Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

48th Annual Convention; Boston, MA; 2022

Program by Day for Sunday, May 29, 2022


 

Noteworthy Activity #173
Speaker Ready Room
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 AM–7:00 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 150

If you would like to test your presentation on the same setup you will have in your presentation room, stop by the speaker ready room. The room is first-come-first-served. Please be respectful of your fellow attendees.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #173A
Guest Services and Spaces
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 AM–8:00 PM
Boston Convention and Exhibition Center

Nursing Room - Southeast Level 1; Mamava Pod

A private space for nursing. Please download the free Mamava app on your mobile device to unlock and use the pod.

 
 
Panel #175
Building Programs for Persons With Autism with Collaboration: Models That Work
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kathleen Dyer (River Street Autism Program)
DAPHNE HARTZHEIM (Autism and Behavioral Interventions)
JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University)
ANIKA HOYBJERG (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Collaboration in the field of behavior analysis in the context of autism provision is frequently discussed in terms of interdisciplinary collaboration with other professionals. While this practice is essential to providing effective services to individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), collaborative relationships should extend to others beyond the interdisciplinary context, for example the community stakeholders. Therefore, this panel will discuss collaboration strategies used in successful service delivery and academic programs. These strategies widen the scope of traditional interdisciplinary models to include collaborative relationships with: (a) direct consumers; (b) indirect consumers; (c) members of the immediate community: and (d) members of the extended community. Focusing on building relationships to promote applied behavior analysis (ABA) as a science for behavior change on a broader level which goes beyond direct care.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): "collaboration", "management systems", "program development", "provider responsibility"
 
 
Panel #176
CE Offered: BACB
Navigating Challenging Conversations in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis: The Stuff You Can't Find in a Textbook
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Molly Ann McGinnis, M.Ed.
Chair: Molly Ann McGinnis (Butterfly Effects)
ALFRED TUMINELLO (Touchstone)
ASHLEY JUAREZ (Butterfly Effects)
JEFFREY F. HINE (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center)
Abstract:

Challenging Conversations.... there is certainly no lack of these within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Whether you are mediating staff relationships, interacting with critical payor sources, or speaking with a family that just received their child's first diagnosis, learning how to handle challenging conversations in our field is often only learned through years of experience. Challenging conversations can pose undue stress, anxiety, and burnout within our field. Our goal is to address challenging situations with a solution-focused mindset while incorporating essential components like compassionate care, perspective taking, and cultural sensitivity during problem solving. In this panel we will discuss different challenging scenarios and conversations faced from the perspectives of different types of practitioners in the field of ABA and autism. The panelists will share hard-learned navigational tools to prepare you for diverse challenging scenarios and teach you how to handle these conversations with confidence.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: (1) Recognize barriers during challenging conversations (2) Implementing solution-based strategies when navigating challenging conversations (3) Utilizing compassionate care, perspective taking, and cultural sensitivity during problem solving.
 
 
Symposium #177
CE Offered: BACB
Using Instructive Feedback to Teach Verbal Operants to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas )
CE Instructor: Samantha Bergmann, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Autistic children/children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often benefit from behavior-analytic interventions to teach verbal operants. Incorporating instructive feedback, which involves embedding additional targets, can increase the number of targets learned within teaching sessions. The instructive feedback targets, often referred to as secondary targets, are included in the antecedent or consequence portion of a primary target’s learning trial. Although the learner is exposed to the secondary target, there is no response requirement nor reinforcement of responding in the presence of the secondary targets. Acquisition of secondary targets is assessed in probes. This symposium includes three presentations that utilized instructive feedback with children with ASD. Aram et al. embedded secondary targets of play statements within discrete-trial instruction and assessed whether learners emitted play statements in a play context. Laddaga-Gavidia et al. embedded secondary targets of tacts of stimulus features and assessed whether secondary targets were acquired and if intraverbals emerged. Campbell et al. used a digital platform to deliver intervention with instructive feedback and assessed acquisition of primary and secondary targets. Descriptions of the studies and implications of the results will be included.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): emergence, generalization, instructive feedback, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Intermediate: some familiarity with verbal behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how instructive feedback is arranged and incorporated in instruction, (2) identify whether instructive feedback led to acquisition, and (3) provide at least one example of instructive feedback used to teach verbal operants to children with ASD.
 

The Use of Instructive Feedback to Teach Play Responses to Children With Autism

LORI GAREEN ARAM (Alpine Learning Group), Janey Pulzello (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group &The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

We used an adapted alternating treatments design to determine the effects of embedding play statements as secondary targets into the primary instruction of tacts on the emergence of those play statements outside of tact instruction. We measured acquisition of tacts as primary targets and play statements as secondary targets presented in the consequence portion of discrete trial instruction. Data showed that Participant 1 learned both primary targets and secondary targets during discrete trial instruction with instructive feedback. Additionally, Participant 1 demonstrated those play statements outside of the discrete trial session during play session probes, replicating the results of Grow et al., (2017). Participant 2 did not learn the secondary targets and acquisition of primary targets was slow and required modifications. Results highlight the need for an individualized approach to incorporating secondary targets into play interactions.

 
Using Instructive Feedback to Promote Emergent Verbal Responses: A Replication
VALERIA LADDAGA GAVIDIA (University of North Texas; UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Araceli Luna (University of North Texas), Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas), Marcus Daniel Strum (University of North Texas), Bonnie Yuen (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Previous studies have shown that instructive feedback (IF) is an effective and efficient procedure for increasing verbal behavior in children with developmental disabilities. Frampton and Shillingsburg (2020) incorporated IF within mastered listener-by-name trials with two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Participants acquired the secondary targets and demonstrated emergent responding (i.e., listener-by-feature, tact-by-feature, intraverbal, and reverse intraverbal). The purpose of the current study was to replicate Frampton and Shillingsburg with two children with ASD. Therapists conducted a series of three sessions of mastered listener-by-name trials (e.g., “Show me otter,” and the participant selecting the picture of the otter) and provided IF statements for features of the target stimuli (e.g., “It lives in rivers.”). We evaluated acquisition of secondary targets and emergent responses using a concurrent multiple probe design across sets. We observed increased correct responding for secondary targets and emergent responses for the first set of stimuli with one participant and for all three sets with the second participant. Results suggest that related verbal operants emerge following IF, but the degree of emergence and repeated exposure to IF may vary across learners.
 
Instructive Feedback Applied Through a Digital Platform
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Jessica Anna Osos (Utah State University), Lauren Cerisano (Utah State University), Sara Nicole Jeppson (Utah State University)
Abstract: Language delays are commonly displayed by children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Practitioners often apply intensive one-on-one, face-to-face instruction to facilitate the development of verbal behavior. However, the current pandemic has hindered typical methods for service delivery and caused practitioners to assess alternative approaches to facilitate a client's continued progress. In the current study, researchers implemented instructive feedback during learning trials (i.e., Discrete Trial Teaching) presented through a digital platform. Instructive feedback is a teaching approach that promotes the efficient acquisition of target behaviors by embedding models of untrained responses within typical instruction. For this study, researchers targeted the acquisition of verbal behavior for three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The results of this study suggest that instructive feedback provided through a digital platform (1) does not interfere with the acquisition of trained responses and (2) does not conclusively develop untrained responses.
 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Treatment for Problem Behavior of Autistic Children and Teens: The Use and Comparative Analyses of Precursor Behavior, Response Interruption and Redirection, and Matched Stimulation
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alanna Dantona (Claremont Graduate University)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Ruth M. DeBar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Autistic children exhibit a number of problem behaviors, including aggression and stereotypy, that can be disruptive, dangerous, stigmatizing, and hinder skill acquisition (Chevalier, 2012; Cunningham & Schreibman, 2008). These behaviors continue to be a target of treatment for this population and treatment approaches need to be compared. Additionally, innovative treatment approaches need to be explored. The present symposium focuses on four studies that target the reduction of common maladaptive behaviors that autistic children and adolescents exhibit. In Study 1, autistic children are taught breathing and relaxation techniques to reduce the frequency of aggressive behavior by targeting precursor behaviors as an antecedent intervention. In Study 2, a Matched Stimulation (MS) procedure was compared with a Preferred Stimulus (PS) access procedure to reduce stereotypy while in Study 3 the effects of both procedures upon post intervention sessions and ancillary behaviors will be reported. Finally, in Study 4, motor stereotypy was targeted using matched stimulation (MS) compared with a response interruption and redirection (RIRD) procedure. These four procedures and the data from these studies presented in this symposium will be wrapped up by the Discussant who relates the current findings to the treatment of autistic children’s problem behaviors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aggression, autism, problem behavior, stereotypy
Target Audience:

Some professional experience with autistic children/teens and/or behavioral programming

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify common problem behaviors for autistic children and teens; (2) use evidence-based research to inform treatment options of problem behaviors for autistic children, and (3) consider and address socially significant targets of intervention for autistic children.
 
Reducing Problem Behavior in Autistic Children by Implementing a Relaxation Exercise Intervention at the Onset of Precursor Behavior
ALANNA DANTONA (Claremont Graduate University), Jessica Padover (Pepperdine Graduate School of Education and Psychology), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract: Severe problem behaviors are highly prevalent in autistic children (Schreibman, 2005). Relaxation exercises have been successful at decreasing problem behaviors (Charlop & Kelso, 1997; Loomis, 2013) but using such procedures with precursor behaviors has not been explored. Research demonstrates treating precursor behaviors, or mild problem behaviors that precede those that are more severe, may be effective in reducing severe problem behaviors (Dracolby & Smith, 2012). The present study used a multiple baseline design across four autistic children (aged 7-11 years) to assess the efficacy of a relaxation intervention on reducing precursor and problem behavior. During an observational functional analysis, researchers identified precursor behaviors and antecedents of problem behaviors. In baseline, participants worked on their typical therapeutic tasks. If problem behaviors occurred, researchers implemented the participant’s behavior plan. During separate relaxation training sessions, children were taught deep breathing relaxation exercises. Following this relaxation training, researchers cued relaxation exercises when precursor behaviors occurred during the children’s typical therapy sessions. Frequency of precursor, problem, and on-task behavior were recorded. Results indicated that problem behaviors decreased for all participants following intervention. Precursor behaviors decreased and on-task behaviors increased for 3 of 4 participants. Results suggest future research is needed on precursor behavior.
 

A Comparative Analysis of Response Interruption and Redirection and Matched Stimulation for Reduction of Stereotypy in Autistic Children

CATHERINE LUGAR (Claremont Graduate University), Vicki Spector (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Stereotypy has remained a persistent interfering and stigmatizing behavior for autistic children despite numerous interventions addressing its remediation. A needed addition to the literature are comparative analyses of effective programs and further examination of their use. This study presents a treatment comparison of an antecedent intervention, Matched Stimulation (MS), with a consequent intervention, Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) and their effects on the stereotypy of six autistic children. A multi-element design with a multiple baseline design as an additional control was used. Generalization probes and follow-up measures were also taken. Results showed that for five of the six participants, stereotypic behavior decreased from baseline levels as a function of the MS intervention. Stereotypy was reduced completely for several sessions for three participants. Evidence that generalization across setting and maintenance of treatment effects occurred was limited. The importance of conducting comparative analyses and the implications of this study in an applied setting are discussed.

 

A Comparative Analysis of Matched Stimulation and Preferred Stimulus Access in Decreasing Motor Stereotypy in Autistic Children

BRIANNA WATERBURY (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Sabine Scott (University of Washington), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Autistic children engage in rigid, repetitive, stereotyped behavior (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Stereotypic behavior is often targeted for reduction because it can interfere with appropriate behavior and engagement with learning opportunities (Cunningham & Schreibman, 2008). Research has demonstrated matched stimulation’s efficacy in reducing motor stereotypy during periods of continuous, non-contingent access (Gunter et al., 1993), but no previous study has examined the implementation of matched stimulation (MS) in short intervals while the participant is engaged in a work session. The present study used a multi-element multiple baseline design across five autistic children (ages 9-14) to examine the effectiveness of a non-contingent MS intervention on motor stereotypy during a work session. As a comparison, a preferred stimulus (PS) intervention was used to determine the efficacy of MS; in these sessions, participants had non-contingent access to highly preferred stimuli during a work session. Compared to baseline and PS sessions, four of five participants demonstrated a decrease in stereotypic behavior during MS sessions. These findings demonstrate effective functional matching for participants thus improving evaluating techniques for reducing motor stereotypy in work sessions. Moreover, these findings highlight the effectiveness of MS in reducing motor stereotypy during learning sessions.

 
Preferred Stimuli and Matched Stimulation Effects on Motor Stereotypy in Autistic Children During Post-Intervention Sessions
JAIME DIAZ (Claremont Graduate University), Sabine Scott (University of Washington), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract: Autistic children often display stereotypic behavior which interferes with daily life. Research on stereotypy reduction has indicated the utility of non-contingent Matched Stimulation (MS) over the use of unmatched preferred stimuli (PS), although findings have been mixed. MS is an abolishing operation which decreases stereotypic behavior by replacing it with a more appropriate behavior that provides the same reinforcement, while PS provides highly preferred items whose functions do not compete with stereotypic behavior. This study used a multi-element multiple baseline design across five autistic children (ages 9 – 14 years) to compare the post-intervention effects of a five-minute MS intervention on motor stereotypy to baseline and a five-minute unmatched PS control intervention. There was no clear difference between MS and PS indicative of a post-intervention effect. However, following the MS and PS interventions, two of five participants demonstrated a downward trend in motor stereotypy rates compared to baseline and variability of on-task behaviors. While MS has been proven effective, these findings highlight that access to a preferred stimulus may decrease the occurrence of motor stereotypy and increase on-task behaviors of autistic children.
 
 
Symposium #179
CE Offered: BACB
Think Outside the Clinic Box: Programming for Generalized Success When Reducing Severe Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura Perry Senn (University of Alabama Huntsville)
Discussant: Sarah Slocum (Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
CE Instructor: Sarah Slocum, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In their seminal article, Stokes and Baer (1977) called for purposeful generalization programming as part of behavior-analytic treatment. They asserted that generalization should be considered an active learning process in itself, rather than a passive phenomenon that occurs as a by-product of another behavior-change process. Despite this call, purposeful programming for generalization of treatment outcomes remains limited. Even more alarming, generalization programming within the treatment of severe challenging behavior is often overlooked. Given the significant and detrimental impact that severe challenging behavior can have on an individual, their family, and society, it is imperative that practitioners attempt to incorporate functional and relevant treatment components. The purpose of this symposium is to disseminate guidance on methodologies to promote generalization within the treatment of severe challenging behavior. Topics covered will include a review of recent generalization literature, the use of multiple schedules to promote generalization, and the use of parent-based interventions to further support generalization of their child’s treatment gains.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Generalization, Multiple schedule, Parent-based intervention, Severe behavior
Target Audience:

Participants should have a basic understanding of generalization as well as its common methods ofprogramming and evaluation. Participants should have some familiarity with functional analysis and function-based treatment. Participants would also benefit from a basic understanding of functional communication training and signaled availability.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the importance of actively evaluating generalization during treatment for severe problem behavior. 2. Identify potential strategies to incorporate during treatment to support the likelihood of generalization. 3. Identify potential means for evaluating the efficacy of treatment generalization.
 
In Pursuit of Generalization: A Systematic Review of Treatment Outcomes for Severe Challenging Behavior
LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other neurodevelopmental disorders often do not generalize trained skills to novel contexts without direct teaching. As such, these individuals require direct programming for generalization to occur. Stokes and Osnes (1989) categorized three main areas of programming to promote the likelihood of generalization effects. These categories included: exploiting functional contingencies, incorporating functional mediators, and training diversely. However, despite these recommendations, programming and testing for generalization are often absent in the treatment of severe challenging behavior. The current systematic review examined the prevalence of generalization within the treatment of severe challenging behavior literature between 2011-2020. Specifically, we evaluated the frequency of studies that tested and programmed for generalization according to the categories set forth by Stokes and Osnes. We also investigated which generalization variables were most targeted, the overall efficacy of generalization, and the types of treatment most correlated with successful generalization outcomes. Overall, a majority of studies did not test for generalization, despite most studies including at least one area of generalization programming. Implications and strategies for improving treatment and generalization outcomes will be discussed.
 

An Evaluation of Discriminative Responding During a Multiple Schedule Arrangement

COURTNEY MAUZY (University of Georgia), Jamison Keenum (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; University of Georgia), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Colin Muething (Emory University; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
Abstract:

Using a consecutive controlled case series design (Hagopian, 2020), we evaluated rates of functional communication responses during a multiple schedule arrangement when schedule thinning criteria were based on rates of challenging behaviors. Multiple schedules are often used in conjunction with teaching a functional communication response. A common issue that arises once the communication response is established is that the individual continues to engage in the response during times in which the reinforcer is unavailable (Kuhn et al., 2010). To address this concern and to make treatment more practical, clinicians often use a multiple schedule arrangement to facilitate systematic schedule thinning. For this study, we reviewed the treatment data from 18 individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) enrolled in an intensive outpatient clinic. Rates of functional communication responses were evaluated during signaled available and unavailable reinforcement within a multiple schedule arrangement when schedule thinning criteria were based on rates of challenging behavior.

 
Multiple Schedule Intervention for the Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior Following an Undifferentiated Functional Analysis
LAURA PERRY SENN (University of Alabama Huntsville), Joy Clayborne (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Matthew David Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: While functional analysis (FA) is the preferred means of evaluating severe problem behavior in order to derive a function-based treatment, a small percentage of FA results remain undifferentiated even after assessment modifications. One potential reason for this outcome is failure to capture motivating operations for the target behavior during FA sessions. This may be even more challenging when the behavior occurs at a low rates and high intensity in the natural environment. Importantly, even infrequent severe behavior can pose a significant threat to the individual, others in their environment, or property. The present study was based on a hypothesis that low rate, high intensity, problem behavior was related to a mixed schedule of reinforcement for mands in the natural environment. Since problem behavior was not observed, parents were trained in implementation of a multiple schedule procedure to prevent problem behavior. A derived mixed schedule of reinforcement for functional communication responses served as a baseline. A multiple schedule was implemented during parent-conducted treatment sessions within the clinic. Following schedule thinning, baseline responding under a mixed schedule was replicated in the home via telehealth. This was followed by introduction of multiple schedule treatment and successful schedule thinning in the home.
 
 
Paper Session #180
CE Offered: BACB
Outpatient Treatment for Problem Behavior in Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disabilities in Italian Healthcare System
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Niccolo USL Varrucciu (Public Local Health, Bologna)
CE Instructor: Jane Paul, Ph.D.
 

Outpatient Treatment for Problem Behavior in Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disabilities in Italian Healthcare System

Domain: Basic Research
NICCOLÒ USL VARRUCCIU (Public Local Health, Bologna), Guido D'Angelo (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Anna Di Santantonio (Health and Disability Integrated Program, Mental Health Health Dept., Public Local Health, Bologna), Ingrid Bonsi (Cadiai Cooperativa Sociale), Sara Del Grosso (Cadiai Cooperativa Sociale), Rita Di Sarro (Health and Disability Integrated Program, Mental Health Health Dept., Public Local Health, Bologna)
 
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to exam the effectiveness of an outpatient treatment for adolescents with problem behavior in the context of the Italian public healthcare system. Assessment and treatment of problem behavior is well documented in private and publicly funded settings in the United States; however, to our knowledge, there are no studies reporting effective treatments in the Italian healthcare system. Our study included three participants with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disabilities that were referred for services for aggression and crying. Parents and caregivers reported that problem behavior interfered with skill acquisition and social interaction. A functional analysis and a corresponding behavioral treatment were carried out for all participants. Functional communication training (FCT) was implemented in one weekly for two participants and two weekly sessions for the third participant. All sessions lasted 90 minutes in duration. Significant outcomes were reported for all participants in terms of reduction of PBs and increase of alternative responses, and for two participants results were generalized to people and settings, differently from the original training conditions. Namely, an 80% or greater reduction in problem behavior was reached for all participants, as well as an increase higher than 80% the functional alternative response, with respect to the baseline level. These findings suggest that an outpatient model is feasible and effective in the Italian public healthcare system. Specific adaptations of functional assessment and treatment in public health system are discussed.

 
Target Audience:

Applied behavior analysts, researchers, educators, psychologists,  other professionals in the field of ABA and neurodevelopmental disabilities

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the experiences of African caregivers from the point they notice early signs to diagnosis, intervention and education; (2) describe five different help-seeking behaviors and struggles of African caregivers of children with ASD; (3) describe three unique and culturally sensitive ways behavior analysts can engage in dissemination efforts internationally.
 
 
Symposium #181
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission "Who am I?" Relational Verbal Behavior and the Emergence and Divergence of Culture
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

“Who we are” operates at the intersection of relational verbal behavior about oneself and generational histories of cultural selection that affect members of communities and groups. Solving “who we are” is not only at the center of a radical (i.e., all encompassing) science of human behavior, but is necessary to solve important social challenges of our time. The first speaker will discuss the progression of a behavioral understanding of culture and community from Skinner to the present culturo-behavior science movement. This work will highlight the formation of ideology that can desensitize behavior to direct contingencies of reinforcement and define convergent and divergent values systems that influence individual behavior both within and between groups. The second speaker will propose a dynamic model of relational behavior, Relational Density Theory, as a way to interpret shared relational frames inherent within our culture that negatively impact communities with an emphasis on prejudice based on gender and race. Relational frames that maintain prejudice and discrimination are likely vastly complex and interwoven leading to extreme resistance to change and rejection of competing information. Our final speaker will discuss implications of relational verbal behavior for disability communities, both within and outside of these communities, that ultimately impact the quality of life of disabled persons. Influencing relational frames surrounding disability will take much more than person-first or disability-first language and may necessitate rethinking entirely how we frame disability within our communities. Taken together, this symposium attempts to redefine our view of culture, relational framing, and the role of behavior analysts therein, lest we fail to seize this opportunity to influence large scale social change.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Community, Culture, Ideology, Relational Framing
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) describe behavioral models of cultural selection and language; (2) describe how relations interact to produce bias and prejudice; (3) reconceptualize disability and disability culture in a contextual-behavioral way
 
Diversity submission 

Ideology: From Skinner to Culturo-Behavior Science by Way of Relational Frame Theory

THOMAS G. SZABO (Touro University)
Abstract:

In his seminal works, BF Skinner left a trail of breadcrumbs concerning the way that ideological conditioning desensitizes behavior to direct contingencies of reinforcement. This can have either desirable or disastrous results, depending on the circumstances. Skinner suggested that respondent, operant, and verbal conditioning all participate in the types of control that cultural agencies exert during ideological conditioning. Nevertheless, Skinner left analysis of the precise ways that such verbal conditioning emerges for future generations. RFT extends Skinner’s analysis by defining the behavior of valuing as verbal behavior that participates in a hierarchical network of verbal relations. In this talk, I contend that ideologies emerge as systems of values, a complex latticework of verbal relations that inhere within coherent verbal networks that are constructed over a lifetime, and which become increasingly inconspicuous as more relations get added. I trace the development of one such ideology and show how this results in a coherent sense of agentic self. Although ideological conditioning is valuable, situations in which it is over-extended abound. To this end, I discuss implications derived from an RFT analysis that pave the way to undermining unwanted ideological verbal relations. Lastly, I discuss implications for the emerging field of culturo-behavior science.

 
Diversity submission Relational Density Theory and Cultural Selection
JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Verbal behavior is the contact medium shared by members of different communities and different cultures, allowing for the passing of reasoning and modes of problem-solving from one generation to the next. Relational density theory (RDT) provides a series of models to interpret relatively stable patterns of verbal relational behavior within communities and groups. A fundamental assumption is that relational patterns are self-organizing and the result of several higher-level and lower-level events. In this paper, I will describe where RDT falls within a nested model of cultural contingencies that select patterns of relational behavior shared by groups. Whereas verbal relational patterns may be adaptive in some contexts within groups, this century has also revealed that this is not necessarily true for all groups, especially when dynamics exist that differentially weight contingency control of some groups over others. In this paper I will describe novel methods to model these relational frames and overview a series of translational experimental studies that demonstrate a complex interplay between relational behavior with an emphasis on social justice and change.
 
Diversity submission Dispelling Limitations of Disabled Persons
MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: The present paper will provide both a conceptualization and empirical verification of how relational responding can serve as a vehicle to change peoples' opinions about individuals with disabilities. If real change in behavior is desired, such change will require more than person first or disability first language. Instead, it will require altering frames of relations around these people, abilities, and actual behavior. In this paper I describe procedures based on derived relational responding that can be utilized in schools when teaching young children about the differences amongst each other. Furthermore, I will provide cultural change interventions which can be implemented widescale as our society rethinks the abilities of those with disabilities and their contributions to their own care and life direction.
 
 
Paper Session #182
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis in Africa
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Bosede Asikhia (Association for Behavior Analysis in Nigeria)
CE Instructor: Usifo Edward Asikhia, M.D.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis in Africa: Cultural Expressions

Domain: Service Delivery
USIFO EDWARD ASIKHIA (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis; Home Link International Inc; Association for Behavior Analysis in Nigeria), Bosede Asikhia (Association for Behavior Analysis in Nigeria; Home Link International Inc; International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, Lagos Nigeria)
 
Abstract:

INTRODUCTION Africa is the richest continent on earth in terms of natural resources and culture. Africans are a happy and resilient sect of people despite the developmental vicissitude of the continent. POPULATION OF AFRICA The current population of Africa is About 1.4 billion and is equivalent to 16.72% of the world population CHALLENGES Human capital is one of African most valued assets across its societies. While this assert remains, Africa has fallen behind because its people, despite their historical abilities in science, have not done this in an organized manner. THE THINKING OF AFRICANS AND THE BLACK RACE To be at peace with our neighbors is African’s greatest goal. To share one’s wealth and prosperity with one’s neighbor is an insurance against interference by people of the world - this is our world and is our perception of humanity! APPLIED BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS IN AFRICA It is the unexplored forest that is often labelled or regarded as snakes dominated habitant. Despite African’s recurrent pernicious social experience, the continent remains resilient, but the growth of ABA in Africa remains stunted. CONCLUSION At the end of this paper presentation, attendees will be able to describe different ways Africans express themselves based on their culture, cross cultural communication style, and how this knowledge can be integrated in the practice of the science of applied Behavior Analysis in Africa to improve the total quality of life of the service consumers.

 
Shifting Parenting Paradigms: A Critical Role of Applied Behavior Analysis Professionals in Nigerian Nation Building
Domain: Service Delivery
BOSEDE ASIKHIA (Association for Behavior Analysis in Nigeria, International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis Lagos Nigeria, Home Link International Inc. New Jersey USA), Alexander Ndubuisi Otakpor (UNIVERSITY OF BENIN, NIGERIA/CARD Ontario Office, California; International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis Lagos Nigeria)
 
Abstract: INTRODUCTION Nigeria is a nation with the largest population in African. The observed generational behavior changes in Nigeria’s population tends to reflect similar changes in other African countries because of shared culture, history climatic changes and socio-economic challenges. This also applies to shared unprecedent influence of technology and information flow in the globe. HISTORY OF EVOLUTION OF PARENTING IN NIGERIAN CONTEXT Communal Parenting Up to 1970, was a situation where one or both parents may be illiterate but have skills to earn a living. The concept of “our child” was the norm, steeped in collective moral upbringing and physical prowess, pride in productivity, family size, family trade, size of barns of yams. With Millennial parenting, both parents work outside the home; most have tertiary education; small size nuclear families [defined by the economy]; seldom talk about or visit ancestral home; fear of witches and wizards fed to the children. This has created a lacuna in the care of the aged with attendant morbidity and mortality in Nigeria and perhaps in Africa at large ADVOCATING FOR BEHAVIOR-ORIENTED PARENTING MODEL This model demands that parents be educated on the basic science of human behavior, reinforcement, punishment, antecedent and consequent manipulations, and replacement behavior(s) in the parenting process. CONCLUSION At the end of this paper presentation, attendees will be able to describe the shifting behavioral landscape and at the same time note the explosive impact of modern technology on parenting with the corresponding negative impact on care for the aged.
 
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCaBA, QBA, QASP, SLPs, clinical psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, the participants will be able to: (1) describe different ways Africans express themselves based on their culture; (2) describe Africans' cross cultural communication styles; (3) describe how the knowledge and understanding gained can be integrated in the practice of the science of applied Behavior Analysis in Africa to improve the total quality of life of the service consumers; (4) discuss the history of evolution of parenting as presented and relate it to the context of the diverse culture of the community in which they are practicing; (5) describe the behavioral challenges arising in general and the associated lacuna in the care of the aged in the community where to function; (6) discuss the Behavior-Oriented Parenting Model .
 
 
Invited Paper Session #183
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Variables and Measurements That are Important to Take into Consideration in Stimulus Equivalence Research
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

Stimulus equivalence has been a lively research area for more than 50 years starting with the Sidman (1971) study. Since then, a huge number of experiments with variety of procedural variants have been published. The presentation will discuss some of the variables influencing the establishment of baseline conditional discriminations and the emergence of untrained relations during testing. Overall variables such as training structures, training and test protocols, and simultaneous vs. delay matching-to-sample, and details like concurrent vs serialized or sequential presentation of baseline trials and number of training trials will be discussed. Also, additional measurements in stimulus equivalence research as reaction time and sorting will be examined.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe different variables that could influence the outcome on tests for emergent relations; (2) analyze important differences among training structures; (3) how sorting tests could be used to track stimulus class formation.
 
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Dr. Erik Arntzen received his Ph.D. from University of Oslo, Norway, in February 2000. Arntzen’s dissertation focused on variables that influenced responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. He also holds a degree as a specialist in clinical psychology. He is currently a full-time Professor in Behavior Analysis at Oslo Metropolitan University. His research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on research in relational stimulus control and verbal behavior. He has also been interested in ethical considerations and core values in the field of behavior analysis. Furthermore, he has ongoing research projects within the areas of gambling behavior and consumer behavior. He also runs a research group, Experimental Studies of Complex Human Behavior, at Oslo Metropolitan University. Dr. Arntzen has published papers 190 articles in international and national peer-reviewed journals including Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), Perspectives on Behavior Science, The Psychological Record (TPR), Behavioral Interventions, European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA), Analysis of Gambling Behavior, the Analysis of Verbal Behavior, American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease & other Dementias, and Psychopharmacology. Dr. Arntzen has served as the president and past-president of the European ABA (2008–2014) and serve as the president from 2017–2020. Dr. Arntzen has been a member of the board of the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis from 1987–1993 and from 2006 to present, holds the position as the secretary of international affairs. Dr. Arntzen is a trustee of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has presented papers at conferences worldwide. Dr. Arntzen has been recognized with awards, including the SABA award for the dissemination of behavior analysis, ABAI award for outstanding mentoring, the research award at Akershus University College, and publication award at Oslo Metropolitan University. Dr. Arntzen is one of the founders and the editor of EJOBA since 2000. He has also served as the editor of Behavior & Philosophy. He has served on the editorials board of several journals, including JEAB, JABA, TPR, International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, the Behavior Analyst, and The Behavior Analyst Today.
 
 
Symposium #184
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Applications in Assessing and Treating Common Challenging Behavior for Individuals Diagnosed With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer M. Hodnett (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Jennifer M. Hodnett, M.S.
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with developmental and intellectual disabilities can experience a number of challenging behaviors (i.e., restricted food intake, rapid ingestion of food, tow walking, aggression, self-injury) which may result in physical health and safety concerns (American Psychiatric Association, 2013; Valentino, LeBlanc, & Raetz, 2018). Symposium attendees will experience practical applications for individuals diagnosed with developmental and intellectual disabilities who exhibit various challenging behaviors. More specifically, the rapid consumption of food will be evaluated under the application of an electronic cueing device. While the additional bite presentation method, under-loaded spoon is used to examine increasing food consumption and decreasing challenging behavior. Considerations for assessing and treating toe walking includes the introduction of shoe inserts. Additionally, preliminary data will be disseminated from a reoccurring COVID vaccine clinic for individuals who exhibit severe and significant challenging behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Cueing Device, Toe Walking, Underloaded Spoon, Vaccination Clinic
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will be able to describe recent research-based assessment methodology for common challenging behaviors (i.e., rapid food consumption) surrounding food consumption for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. (2) Participants will be able to describe recent research-based assessment and treatment methodology surrounding common physical challenges (i.e., toe walking) for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. (3) Participants will be able to describe recent research-based assessment and treatment methodology for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities.
 

Evaluation of Underspoon to Treat Behavior That Interfere With Mouth Clean

ABBY HODGES (Marcus Autism Center; University of Denver), Meara X. H. McMahon (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Children who exhibit feeding difficulties, such as avoidant and restricted food intake disorder (ARFID), often fail to consume an adequate volume or variety of foods, resulting in not meeting their daily nutritional or energy needs (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Applied-behavior-analytic treatment components to address inappropriate mealtime behavior and encourage acceptance of the bite most commonly include escape extinction, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and stimulus fading (Ledford et al., 2018; Saini et al., 2019; Sharp et al., 2017; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Once the food enters the mouth, additional problematic behaviors may occur, possibly due to skill or motivational deficits that will result in decreased oral intake, such as expulsion and packing (holding food in the mouth without swallowing; Sevin et al., 2002). Previous research has evaluated the impact of alternative bite presentation methods including flipped spoon and Nuk brush in comparison to upright spoon on expulsion and packing (Ibañez et al., 2021; Milnes et al., 2019). This consecutive controlled case series assesses the clinical application of an additional bite presentation method, under-loaded spoon, to increase food consumption and decrease problematic behavior which interfere with mouth clean for children with ARFID.

 

Reduction of Rapid Eating in Adults With Disabilities Using a Cueing Device

SANDRA SMITH (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The rapid consumption of food is a prevalent concern amongst individuals with intellectual disabilities (Favell, McGimsey, & Jones, 1980; Lennox, Miltenberger, & Donnelly, 1987). Rapid ingestion of food can create significant health and safety issues including choking, aspiration, food regurgitation, and vomiting (Anglesea, Hoch, & Taylor, 2008; Echeverria & Miltenberger, 2012; Page, Griffith & Penrod, 2017; Valentino, LeBlanc & Raetz, 2018). Furthermore, staff resources are heavily used to prevent these health and safety issues. The use of an electronic cueing device has been used in recent studies and has been effective in reducing the rate of eating in adults and children to normative levels (Echeverria & Miltenberger, 2013; Page et al.,2017; Valentino et al., 2018). This study will examine the effects of a cueing device on the rate of eating in adults with intellectual disabilities across three target foods. Furthermore, this study will also investigate the effects of the cueing device on rate of eating when the proximity of direct care staff is faded.

 

Evaluation of Shoe Inserts to Reduce Toe Walking in Young Children With Autism

DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Toe walking is relatively common among children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and if untreated, can contribute to a number of physical problems. Previous research has suggested that toe walking may vary by walking surface. Some (e.g., rough) surfaces may inhibit toe walking, whereas other surfaces may encourage it. In the current study, we first conducted a functional analysis screening to verify that toe walking exhibited by two young children with autism was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next, we assessed toe walking on a variety of surfaces, including tile, artificial grass, and grip tape. Finally, we placed inserts of the surface associated with the lowest level of toe walking into each participants’ shoes. The inserts were effective to nearly eliminate toe walking by one participant and reduce toe walking to low levels for the second participant. To decrease the second participant’s toe walking further, we added a hand-on-shoulder procedure, which was also effective. We discuss the results in terms of the putative mechanisms responsible for the reduction.

 

The Development of, Initial Outcomes for, and Caregiver Satisfaction With a COVID-19 Vaccine Clinic for Children With Severe Challenging Behavior

JENNIFER M. HODNETT (University of South Florida), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Alec M Bernstein (Emory University School of Medicine and Marcus Autism Center), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism and developmental disabilities are at high risk for contracting and being hospitalized for COVID-19. Although there are several vaccines available for public distribution, children with autism and developmental disabilities often engage in severe challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, destruction, self-injury) preventing their successful completion of such invasive medical procedure and increasing their and others’ risk of harm in the process. We developed a recurring vaccine clinic to provide those engaging in severe challenging behavior and their families an outlet to receive the COVID-19 vaccine safely and efficiently. The clinic has a 100% vaccination rate for patients thus far. Caregivers also reported highly satisfactory experiences and that the clinic increased their accessibility to the vaccine.

 
 
Symposium #185
CE Offered: BACB
One Step at a Time: Video Prompts as a Tool to Boost Daily Living and Employment Outcomes
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kyle Visitacion (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
CE Instructor: Kayla Jenssen, M.A.
Abstract:

The need for continued research on interventions for daily living and vocational skills is highlighted by low rates of independent living and employment for adults diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), including Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This symposium will examine video prompts as one promising tool for promoting greater independence in these skill domains. The first presentation will review the research literature on point-of-view video prompting for teaching daily living skills to individuals diagnosed with ASD. Gaps identified by the literature review will be addressed in the other presentations. The second presentation will include a case study to demonstrate how video prompts can be used to promote the acquisition and generalization of job fair skills for young adults with ASD. The third presenter will review a study on the effects of video prompts when implemented as a self-administered antecedent for daily living and job-related skills during video conferencing sessions. Finally, the impact of having participants develop video prompts to learn the target skill will be covered. Each presentation will highlight how the implementation of video prompts can be individualized to meet the goals of individuals with exceptional needs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): daily living, employment, self-management, video prompting
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation includes practicing behavior analysts (BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds), graduate students in behavior analysis, and Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe how video prompts can be used to program for skill generalization; (2) Summarize the benefits of using point-of-view video prompts; (3) Describe how to use video prompts as a self-directed tool.
 
Effects of Video Simulation and Video Prompting on Campus Job Fair Participation for Autistic Students
JENNIFER MARIE CULLEN (Ball State University), Evette Arlene Simmons-Reed (Ball State University)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that autistic students have difficulty obtaining employment. CAPS2, a college support system for autistic college students, has partnered with the campus career center to help students participate in job fairs. Some challenges identified by students and campus career staff were knowing what to expect, navigating the fair, and interacting with employers. An intervention utilizing video simulation and video prompting to practice the skills needed to prepare for and interact with employers at the job fair was developed to target these challenges. Some steps that could only be performed at the actual job fair (such as bringing a resume, wearing professional clothes) were assessed through verbal questioning. Neither student performed more than two steps correctly during baseline. Prior to the job fair, one student performed all the steps correctly in three of the five intervention sessions, while the other student consistently struggled with multiple steps (greetings, shaking hands, answering questions, and farewell). During the job fair where generalization was assessed, both students showed improvements over baseline in interacting with employers. Both students indicated that the intervention helped them prepare for the job fair.
 
The Effects of Self-Directed Video Prompts Delivered Via Video Conferencing on Functional Skill Acquisition
KAYLA JENSSEN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Deficits in daily living and job-related skills are barriers to independence in living and employment for adults diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). This study examined the effects of self-directed video prompts via a telehealth (video conferencing) model on the percentage of steps correctly completed on daily living and job-related skills for five young adults with IDD, ages 20 to 25, who were recruited from an intermediate school district transition center in southwest Michigan. Participants were initially trained to use Webex during an in-person meeting. All other procedures, including an Assessment of Functional Living Skills® (AFLS) pre- and post-assessment, trainings on how to access and use video prompts, and research sessions were conducted via video conferencing. Four of five participants achieved 100% across three consecutive sessions for at least three target skills with video prompts alone. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) was needed for two target skills for a single participant. Evidence of generalization and maintenance was observed across all participants. Though self-management strategies, including self-directed video prompts, may be promising for achieving goals in daily living and employment, additional research needs to occur including how to best program for generalization with video prompts and the use of enhanced features.
 

Examining User-Created Video Prompts for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder on Job and Daily Living Skills

RICK M. KUBINA (Penn State)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are underemployed and often fail to achieve independence in activities of daily living. Greater independence in both arenas relate to improved quality of life. Video models and prompts are one tool that have been successfully used to teach vocational and daily living skills to this population. Video modeling presents a model of a person doing steps of a particular task. The participant observes an action, performs the action and receives feedback if it is incorrect and praise if correct. The student watches all steps of the task and performs the steps until they learn the skill. The present study had the novel component of having the participants themselves, high school students with ASD, make the videos to learn the target skill. Typically, a teacher or researcher creates the video for the participants. The data show positive effects for in terms of skill acquisition and student satisfaction with the intervention.

 
 
Symposium #186
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Training Strategies to Train Staff and Parents In-Person and Remotely
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Considerable research has demonstrated the utility of various behavioral training strategies (e.g., behavioral skills training, interactive computerized training) to teach individuals to perform a variety of novel skills; however, there is relatively less research on training parents and school staff to perform novel skills, collect data, and analyze results – and even less so when the training is conducted remotely. This symposium includes four diverse empirical papers that explore the application of behavior analysis to teach a variety of skills to parents at home and staff members in school-settings, both remotely and in-person. Alami and Zonneveld will present a study evaluating the effects of a telehealth behavioral skills training package to teach parents to implement a behavioral feeding treatment at home to increase their children’s consumption of low-preferred foods. Jones and colleagues will present a study evaluating the effects of a remote behavioral skills training package on training special educators to conduct a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment, collect and analyze the data, and implement the results in brief teaching sessions. Nichols and colleagues will present a study evaluating the necessary and sufficient components of a previously validated interactive computerized training package for staff. Finally, Silva and colleagues will present a study evaluating the effects of a behavioral skills training package to train school personnel to implement a behavioral feeding treatment for three students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The results of each will be discussed within the context of limitations and implications for future research and clinical applications.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Parent training, Remote training, Staff training, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a familiarity of behavior analytic terminology and an understanding of single-subject experimental research designs.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe various training strategies (e.g., behavioural skills training, interactive computerized training) to teach skills to staff and parents; (2) Identify which training methods research supports for teaching skills remotely via synchronous videoconferencing; and (3) Describe various factors to consider when designing and delivering interventions remotely via synchronous videoconferencing.
 
The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on a Parent-Implemented Feeding Treatment via Telehealth
AREZU ALAMI (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract: Extensive research has established the effectiveness of in-person behavioral skills training (BST; i.e., instruction, modeling, rehearsal, feedback) to teach individuals to perform a variety of novel skills, including how to implement behavior analytic treatments for food selectivity. To date, no study has evaluated the effects of a telehealth BST training package to teach parents to serve as primary interventionists and implement a feeding treatment with their child at home. We used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effectiveness of a telehealth BST training package to teach parents to implement a sequential presentation and nonremoval of the spoon feeding treatment with their child in their home. We found the telehealth BST training package was an effective means of teaching parents to implement a feeding treatment and contribute to the existing literature on parent-implemented feeding treatments to increase children’s consumption of low-preferred food. Results are discussed within the context of treatment implications and suggestions for future research.
 
Use and Implementation of Preference Assessments by Special Educators
NICOLE JONES (University of Kansas), Kathleen Soyka (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Stimulus oreference assessments are used to identify preferred stimuli that can be utilized to increase responding (DeLeon & Iwata, 1996) and may be important in special education settings. Researchers have extensively evaluated preference assessments (e.g., Fisher et al., 1992; Graff & Ciccone, 2002; Graff & Karsten, 2012a) and trained various professionals in preference assessment methodology (e.g., Higgins et al., 2017; Lavie & Sturmey, 2002; Pence et al., 2012); however, preference assessments appear to be uncommon in special education (Graff & Karsten, 2012b). Additionally, there is limited research training special educators to collect and analyze preference assessment data and implement the results in a subsequent teaching session. The purposes of this study were to identify current preference assessment practices of special educators and to evaluate the effects of remote BST on training special educators to conduct an MSWO, collect and analyze the data, and implement the results in brief teaching sessions. Our results suggest few special educators implement preference assessments and remote BST was effective for all three special educators in acquiring MSWO skills.
 

A Component Analysis of Interactive Computerized Training to Teach Activity Schedules

Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), BEVERLY NICHOLS (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Vincent E. Campbell (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The demand for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) increased by 1,942% from 2010 to 2018, and the number of newly credentialed BCBAs is closely tracking that trend. Training and supervising professionals in the implementation of behavior-analytic interventions is a significant part of a BCBA’s job description. Interactive computerized training (ICT) is a staff training package that consists of instructions, modeling, interactive activities, and feedback and has been successful in training multiple behavior analytic techniques. The multiple components included in these training packages can make the creation of new training programs labor intensive. However, the dissemination and replicability of these training packages can be beneficial for both trainers and trainees. Thus, in this study, we conducted a component analysis of the different instructional components that make up the ICT package in an effort to determine which training components were most critical to the success of a previously validated ICT. Two undergraduate students were taught to how to implement and teach activity schedules with an adult confederate. Video training alone was unsuccessful for both participants. While one participant was successful with the complete ICT alone, the other participant required verbal feedback to meet criterion.

 

Examining the Implementation of a Behavioral Feeding Package in a School Setting

KARA ROMANETZ (May Institute), Meghan Silva (May Institute), Stephanie Coe (Simmons University), Stefanie Schrieber (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions, including escape extinction and differential reinforcement, have shown to be effective interventions in treating feeding challenges in pediatric populations. Schools present a promising setting for treating feeding difficulties due to the large number of students served daily. However, limited research exists examining the implementation of behavioral feeding interventions in schools. Further, it is unclear to the extent that special educators and school-based clinicians have been trained to implement behavioral feeding interventions in school settings. In this study, we used behavioral skills training (BST) to train school personnel to implement a behavioral feeding treatment package for three students diagnosed with autism. All students presented with challenging mealtime behavior and a limited food repertoire prior to starting the treatment. The treatment package incorporated non-removal of the spoon, bolus-fading, and differential reinforcement. Results indicate the treatment package was highly effective in increasing acceptance of non-preferred foods and that BST was an effective approach in training school personnel to implement a behavioral feeding treatment package in a school setting.

 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
Educator-Implemented Interventions for Students With Developmental Disabilities in the School Setting
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Bryon Miller (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Bryon Miller, M.S.
Abstract:

Classrooms are complex environments that require teachers to implement a variety of classroom management strategies to minimize problem behavior and maximize learning time. Given the difficulty of implementing behavioral interventions in the school setting, there is a need for teacher training and support. This symposium consists of four presentations that examined the impact of educator-implemented interventions for students with developmental disabilities. The first study evaluated using a team-based consultation model for function-based assessments and interventions (the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce; PTR model) to improve school professional and student behavioral outcomes. The second study evaluated the impact of antecedent exercise (e.g., Brain Breaks®) on disruptive behaviors and academic engagement. The third study was a meta-analytic review that synthesized single-case research in which school-aged students with disabilities received multicomponent function-based intervention implemented by natural change agents in the classroom setting. The fourth study was a review of empirical studies in which educators serving school-aged students with disabilities were trained on implementation of function-based interventions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): coaching, consultation, function-based, problem behavior
Target Audience:

The target audience members for this symposium are practitioners and researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the impact of implementation of school-based consultation on student behavioral outcomes; (2) Describe the procedures involved in using Brain Breaks® to increase on-task behavior; (3) Describe variables of multicomponent interventions that influence student outcomes; (4) Identify behavioral training methods that have been effective for training educators to implement function-based interventions.
 

School Professional Coaching on Facilitation of Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model for Students With Problem Behavior

MARISSA DEL VECCHIO (University of South Florida), Rachel Elizabeth Ayres (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

While individualized, function-based treatment plans have been identified as an effective method for minimizing challenging behavior in schools, schools continue to lack accessibility to school-based professionals who are competent to develop such plans for students. Thus, the current study evaluated the effect of multi-component coaching on school professionals’ facilitation of Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) as well as its collateral effect on teachers’ implementation of function-based interventions and student outcomes. Three school professionals (i.e., behavior specialists and student support staff) were trained to facilitate the PTR process through a 2-phase coaching process, which included co-facilitation followed by independent facilitation. A total of six teacher-student dyads from three schools participated in this study, in which three of the dyads were involved during co-facilitation and the other three dyads were involved during the independent facilitation. Results indicate that a multi-step coaching process is effective in training school professionals to implement PTR independently with fidelity, although some limitations exist. School professionals effectively produced desired behavioral outcomes for students in school even when the PTR process was implemented independently. School professionals, teachers, and students found the PTR process, interventions, and coaching to be effective and favorable.

 
Using Brain Breaks® to Increase On-Task Behavior in a Classroom Setting
ARTURO GARCIA (University of South Florida), Peyton Stipes (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Disruptive behavior in the classroom can harmfully impact students learning and hinder academic growth (Austin & Agar, 2005; Hartman & Gresham, 2016). The term disruptive behavior encompasses many different behaviors, but when used in the classroom it focuses on off-task behavior, noncompliance, talking out in class, aggression, leaving designated areas, and stereotypy (Celebreti et al., 1997; Folino et al., 2014 & Kern et al., 1982). Both antecedent and consequence-based interventions have been conducted in school settings in attempts to decrease disruptive behaviors and increase appropriate on-task academic behavior. Physical activity and antecedent manipulations have demonstrated empirical evidence that both interventions are successful in creating positive behavior change. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of the Brain Breaks® program in relation to on-task classroom behavior. A reversal design was implemented with one elementary school student. Results indicated a substantial increase in on-task behavior upon implementation of the Brain Breaks® videos for this participant.
 

Training Educators to Implement Function-Based Intervention Within the Classroom: A Systematic Review

MADELINE ROSE RISSE (University of South Florida), Danielle Ann Russo (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Educators serving students with disabilities are often tasked with implementation of behavioral supports, specifically individualized or function-based behavioral interventions. When implemented with fidelity, interventions addressing student function are among the most effective practices for reducing problem behavior and promoting positive behavior change for students with disabilities. However, researchers have indicated that many educators struggle to consistently implement intervention procedures due to a lack of sufficient training prior to and during delivery of intervention. This can then lead to a decreased effectiveness of intervention and negatively impact student outcomes. The purpose of this review was to identify and evaluate single-case research which educators serving school-age students with disabilities were trained to implement function-based behavioral interventions. A total of 13 studies representing 37 participants were identified and reviewed to describe characteristics of (a) participants including educators, trainers, and students, (b) components of training, and (c) modality and dosage of training. Overall, majority of educators served as special education teachers and received no training on behavior change procedures prior to participation in study procedures. Implications for practice, future directions for research, and limitations are described.

 
Multicomponent Functional Assessment-Based Interventions Implemented by Classroom Staff: A Meta-Analysis
DANIELLE ANN RUSSO (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Multicomponent functional assessment-based interventions (FABI) have been supported by a large body of research indicating their effectiveness at promoting positive behavior change through means of antecedent-, skills-, and consequence-based procedures that directly address the function of problem behavior. However, these interventions are complex and involve intensive individualized support. The complexities of such interventions are exacerbated when implementation occurs within the classroom setting and by natural change agents such as teachers and paraprofessionals. The purpose of this meta-analysis was to add to the existing literature and synthesize single-case research which school-age students with disabilities received multicomponent FABI implemented by natural change agents in the classroom setting. In all, 24 studies representing 64 participants were identified and systematically reviewed to: (a) determine overall effect of FABI on student behavior, (b) identify study characteristics that may moderate outcomes of intervention, and (c) summarize characteristics of participants, settings, intervention components, and implementer training. Overall, majority of students received intervention within an inclusive elementary school classroom and implemented by a general education teacher. Most multicomponent FABI were developed using a systematic or manualized protocol to facilitate assessment and intervention within the school setting. Implications for practice, future research, and limitations are described.
 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Behavior Analytic Staff Training Practices in School and Adult Service Settings
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Maraventano (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: James Maraventano, Ed.D.
Abstract: A critical component of providing high-quality behavior analytic support services for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) is training for support staff to implement practices consistently and with integrity. As applied behavior analytic interventions have been evidenced to improve many skill deficits and challenging behaviors amongst individuals with IDD, the importance of evidence-based staff training is amplified to promote positive outcomes of individuals receiving services. Our four presentations intend to disseminate recent research in areas of staff training to address issues related to treatment integrity implementing behavior analytic strategies. Lucy Fernandez’s study evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach paraprofessionals a variety of rapport building skills using teacher child interaction therapy (TCIT). Molly Joyce’s study evaluated the use of video-based instruction (VBI) for teaching public school teachers to implement token economy and 3-step guided compliance procedures. Swathi Ragulan’s study investigated the effects of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) for improving treatment integrity and reducing work-related stress and burnout amongst behavior technicians providing ABA services. Nicole Kanaman’s study applied the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS) to identify barriers to staff implementation of healthy behavioral practices at a residential/day service program for adults with IDD.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): evidence-based practices, intellectual/developmental disabilities, staff training, treatment integrity
Target Audience: General understanding of behavior analytic principles and components of staff training practices.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: 1) Describe the utility of video-based instruction for staff training 2) Describe the benefits of using the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services for assessment of employee performance 3) Describe how Acceptance and Commitment Training can effectively improve work performance among human service staff 4) Describe the utility of Behavioral Skills training for teaching staff to develop rapport building skills with the students they support.
 

An Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching Paraprofessionals How to Interact With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LUCY VERONICA FERNANDEZ (Hunter College, CUNY), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract:

Paraprofessionals are often expected to implement behavior reduction programming, but frequently lack the experience creating optimal learning environments. One strategy paraprofessionals can use as a proactive measure to decrease the likelihood of noncompliance and problem behavior is teacher child interaction therapy (TCIT). TCIT involves training teachers positive attention skills such as describing activities the child does, reflecting what the child says, imitating, and praising the child’s behavior. Behavioral skills training (BST) has been used to teach numerous skills to paraprofessionals, but research for how BST can be used to teach paraprofessionals how to decrease noncompliance and problem behavior of children with autism is necessary. For our study, we evaluated the effects of BST to teach paraprofessionals rapport building skills. We conducted BST with a confederate child, then assessed the effects of our intervention with both a confederate child and a child from the paraprofessional’s classroom. Because the goal of teaching paraprofessionals these rapport building skills was to increase positive interactions and decrease the likelihood of problem behavior, we also evaluated problem behavior and child proximity to our trainees at pre- and post-training. We programmed for/assessed generalization and assessed social validity of our procedures by giving teachers and supervisors a questionnaire.

 
Using Asynchronous Video-Based Instruction to Train Public School Staff to Implement Behavior Analytic Interventions
MOLLY JOYCE (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Public school systems in the United States serve approximately 50 million students, with at least 7 million of these students receiving special education services, potentially requiring some sort of academic or behavioral intervention. Asynchronous training for public school teachers to implement interventions such as token economies and 3-step guided compliance procedures may allow for more success in the classroom and for students to access reinforcement from teachers and peers. The purpose of this study was to (a) replicate recent research on the effectiveness of video-based instruction (VBI) on implementation of token economy and 3-step guided compliance procedures and (b) evaluate the effects of adding a scoring video-based instruction (VBI) on staff training of these procedures. All participants demonstrated learning with the use of VBI.
 
Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Treatment Integrity Amongst Behavioral Technicians
SWATHI RAGULAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Erin Elizabeth Bertoli (Brett DiNovi and Associates), Jacqueline Shinall (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Behavior technicians (BT) within the field of applied behavior analysis may be at greater risk for experiencing burnout and stress due to the nature of their clients, job demands, and work environments. Burnout and stress may negatively impact BTs’ work performances, more specifically, their treatment integrity. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) may be a useful tool to address the private events as well as the covert and overt behaviors associated with burnout and stress. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of an ACT intervention on improving treatment integrity and reducing work-related burnout and stress amongst BTs. Four BTs participated in an ACT workshop, and their treatment integrity as well as their burnout and stress levels were measured prior to and following the ACT workshop. Treatment integrity increased for all participants, suggesting that ACT-based interventions may be an effective approach to improving work performance (i.e., treatment integrity) amongst BTs who may experience workplace burnout and stress.
 
Assessment and Intervention of Staff Adherence to Healthy Behavioral Practices in Adult Services
NICOLE KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Catherine McHugh (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Bryan Alan Simmons (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Common variables that may inhibit employee performance include insufficient training, a lack of performance consequences, competing tasks/contingencies, among others (Austin, 2000). The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC; Austin, 2000) is an indirect assessment that has been used to assess employee performance, identify barriers to satisfactory employee performance, and develop interventions that address the variables influencing employee performance (e.g., Rodriquez et al., 2005). More recently, the PDC has been adapted for use in the human service settings (e.g., therapeutic environments, clinic-based service settings; Carr et al., 2013) to identify barriers for direct care staff implementation of various clinically relevant behaviors. In the current evaluation, we used the PDC-human services (PDC-HS) to identify barriers to staff implementation of a company-wide Tier 1 prevention procedure, collectively termed healthy behavioral practices (i.e., delivering positive interactions, using effective instructions, prompting activity engagement, and basics for responding to problem behavior), at a large residential and day service program for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). In this presentation, we will discuss the outcomes of the PDC-HS among staff and supervisors, as well as additional analyses we conducted to clarify results (e.g., inclusion of a role play component, analyzing data from records as well as reports).
 
 
Symposium #189
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
A Constructional Approach to Consent and Assent
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sean Michael Will (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training)
Discussant: Lucero Neri-Hernandez (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Richele Zvorsky, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Given it’s addition to the BACB 2022 Code of Ethics, the current symposium discusses the hot topic: assent and its implications to human and animal learners alike. The first talk introduces a contingency analysis, followed by a concept analysis of assent, consent, and compulsion. The second talk follows-up on those analyses and introduces relevant examples and nonexamples familiar to clinicians in applied behavior analysis. The third talk introduces strategies to evaluate programs where assent is not present, but the program is needed. It also introduces intervention strategies to gain not only learner assent, but begin to construct the needed repertoires for learner autonomy. Finally, the fourth talk will focus on the animal trainer’s personal background and his experiences with assent. Specifically, how quality of life for the animal improves with experiences where assent is present. These four presentations taken together, will provide a fresh nonlinear contingency analytic informed perspective on assent and consent.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assent, Constructional, Ethics, Nonlinear
Target Audience:

A solid foundation in the basic principles of Applied Behavior Analysis is required.

Learning Objectives: (1) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define consent and assent. (2) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to discriminate between examples and nonexamples of assent and consent. (3) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to apply these concepts in practice.
 

A Concept Analysis of Assent

SHEILA KLICK (Endicott College), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction), Richele Yeich (Eastern Florida Autism Center; Great Leaps Academy), Awab Abdel-Jalil (Great Leaps Academy / Eastern Florida Autism Center)
Abstract: Given the inclusion of the core principles and assent to the 2022 BACB code, this presentation will discuss a contingency analysis of consent, assent, and compulsion. A concept analysis will be utilized to identify the critical and variable attributes described by the three coordinate concepts of consent, assent, and compulsion. Critical attributes are features that if absent would produce a non-example, and variable attributes are features that vary across the range of examples of the concept (Layng, 2019; Markle & Tiemann, 1990). Contingencies related to discrete and continuous environmental events will also be discussed. While consent is a discrete event, assent is continuous and should be evaluated moment to moment. This talk will demonstrate how a nonlinear contingency analysis of such complex concepts can inform a concept analysis to clarify and outline what these concepts entail. The aim is to enable clinicians to go beyond topographical definitions of such concepts.
 

Examples and Non-Examples of Assent

JONATHAN AMEY (AIMS Instruction), Richele Yeich (Eastern Florida Autism Center; Great Leaps Academy), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), Awab Abdel-Jalil (Great Leaps Academy / Eastern Florida Autism Center), Sheila Klick (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Given the critical and variable features of assent, consent, and compulsion discussed previously, this talk will present the rational sets of examples and nonexamples related to each (Layng, 2019; Markle & Tiemann, 1990). The presence or absence of the critical attributes will provide differentiation in example/nonexamples of assent, consent, and compulsion. Within this analysis, variable attributes determine whether criteria are met for true or apparent consent/assent. This critical discrimination between true and apparent is at the heart of ethical clinical practice. Examples of true assent will be contrasted against apparent with a focus on helping the clinician reveal the critical contingencies actually operating at any given moment. An emphasis will be placed on the practical everyday situations encountered by clinicians working with Autism Spectrum diagnosed learners. This discussion will establish a framework that will allow the clinician to determine if true assent has been obtained. Further, this framework can be applied in any setting across all learner types.

 

Practical Applications and Implications of a Contingency Analysis of Assent

RICHELE YEICH (Zvorsky Behaviour Consultants, Inc.), Awab Abdel-Jalil (Great Leaps Academy / Eastern Florida Autism Center), Sheila Klick (Endicott College), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Given the concept analysis and examples and nonexamples of assent, this talk will examine what clinicians can do when learner assent is not present. It is suggested that clinicians apply a cost/benefit analysis of program participation and nonparticipation to determine if the program benefits a learner’s overall growth and development. If it is determined that the program is beneficial for the learner, clinicians can ask a few guiding questions to help program for program participation. The questions relate to behavioral objectives, entry repertoires, and programming sequences (Layng et al., 1976). The answers will help clinicians create programs that build on learners' entry repertoires that lead to full participation in the program. These programs are individualized for the learner and may include shaping, chaining, the use of conjugate schedules, and streamlining reinforcement systems (Rosales-Ruiz & Hunter, 2019). This talk will present examples of programs that utilize this process to obtain assent.

 
A Constructional Approach to Assent in Zoological Settings
KYLE HETZEL (San Francisco Zoo)
Abstract: In the zoological community, animal keepers routinely face training assignments with learners who have immediate behavior needs, often paired with firm and intractable deadlines. This combination of priorities can create a disconnect in overall training goals. In the zoological field, linear contingency-based training is considered best practice. This training approach can force many animal care specialists to sacrifice their relationships with the learner or create behavior plans that are absent of assent. After witnessing the positive effects of the constructional approach with a severely disabled giraffe, I was inspired to understand the methods used to accomplish the behaviors displayed. Throughout my career in the zoological field, I have deployed the constructional design in helping develop training plans that allow learners to be fully understanding of all of the contingencies, regardless of their history or start of training. In this presentation I will discuss how I create whole life plans where a philosophy of assent is folded into the framework of the training, how degrees of freedom help to create assent based behavior developments, and the application of these practices in behaviors ranging from interactive guest encounters to high stakes invasive medical behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #190
CE Offered: BACB
Procedural Integrity: Current Practices and Areas for Improvement
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Stephanie Hope Jones, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Procedural integrity (i.e., the extent to which procedures are implemented as designed) is an important area of research and practice in behavior analysis. This symposium includes four data-based presentations centered around procedural integrity. The presentations will inform selecting a measurement system for procedural integrity, how integrity errors affect common interventions, how frequently researchers report integrity measures in behavior-analytic articles, and perceived barriers and facilitators that influence reporting integrity described by behavior-analytic researchers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): procedural fidelity, procedural integrity, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

Supervising BCBAs Behavior-analytic researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe considerations for selecting specific integrity measurement systems. 2. Describe impacts of integrity errors on common reinforcement-based interventions. 3. Describe current trends in how integrity is discussed in behavior-analytic literature. 4. Describe considerations regarding reporting integrity in behavior-analytic research.
 
Through the Looking Glass and What We Found: Evaluating Multiple Treatment Integrity Measures
HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Marcus Daniel Strum (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Bonnie Yuen (University of North Texas), Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University)
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the extent to which interventions are implemented as prescribed (Gresham et al., 2000). Behavior analysts should use treatment integrity data to inform programming decisions, evaluate the quality of intervention implementation, and guide training of behavior-change agents. However, there is no standard measure for collecting treatment integrity data. Multiple options for measurement exist, and each may vary in their utility and efficiency. The present study compared two measures (Likert rating scales and occurrence/non-occurrence scores) of treatment integrity using videos of discrete-trial instruction with a child with autism spectrum disorder. An analysis of overall session, by trial, and by component integrity scores was conducted using each measure. Comparative analyses suggest that treatment integrity measures differ in the specificity of information gathered, degree to which intervention components were reported as implemented correctly, reliability between raters, and time to completion. Implications of these results for treatment integrity data collection by researchers and practitioners will be discussed.
 
Interactive Effects of Treatment Type, Schedule Value, and Treatment Integrity on Treatment Outcomes
OLIVIA HARVEY (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University), Christa Lilly (West Virginia University), Kristian Kemp (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Effects of treatment-integrity failures have typically been studied with dense, fixed-ratio differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), but these schedules may not be typical in clinical practice. We evaluated impacts of 80% integrity on three common interventions (DRA, DRO, and noncontingent reinforcement [NCR]) implemented at four different schedule values (1, 5, 10, and 20). Fifteen undergraduates participated. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three groups that varied based on intervention type. Regardless of group assignment, each participant experienced all four schedule values and both full and reduced integrity in a reversal design. During the experiment, participants clicked on moving circles on a computer screen and earned points as reinforcers. Preliminary results suggest effects of 80% integrity differed across intervention types and schedule values. Integrity failures had a more detrimental effect on DRO than DRA or NCR, with loss of treatment effects even at 80% integrity. These results suggest that practitioners should be cautious in the use of DRO and NCR schedules, and that implementation at 80% integrity may be insufficient to promote successful treatment outcomes.
 

Procedural Integrity Reporting in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2006-2020

BRIAN LONG (West Virginia University), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Marcus Daniel Strum (University of North Texas), Cody Lane McPhail (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Procedural integrity describes the extent to which a procedure is implemented as designed. Although scholars have called for consistent inclusion of integrity data since the 1980s, integrity measures remained infrequent through the early 2000s, and evaluations of the details of integrity reporting were not conducted. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to characterize procedural integrity reporting in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) between 2006 and 2020. We identified 649 experiments published in JABA that mentioned the terms integrity or fidelity. For each experiment, we first determined how authors described integrity. Then, for experiments that collected integrity data, we gathered data on the extent to which authors reported how frequently integrity data were collected, how they calculated integrity values, and the details of the obtained integrity coefficients. Most coded studies measured integrity of the independent variable and there was a slight upward trend from 2006 to 2020. We also noted increasing trends in descriptions of the frequency of integrity-data collection and how integrity values were calculated. Obtained integrity values were almost always reported as percentages, and above 90%. These findings suggest promising trends, but suggest the need for continued growth in the completeness of integrity reporting in JABA.

 
Perceived Barriers and Facilitators to Reporting Procedural Integrity Data in Behavior-Analytic Research
STEPHANIE HOPE JONES (Salve Regina University), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Lodi Lipien (University of South Florida ), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Jennifer Wolgemuth (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Researchers have called for increased reporting of procedural fidelity data in published studies. Although studies have reported moderate increases in reporting, recently collected data suggests that reporting procedural fidelity data is not uniformly done in behavior-analytic research. To understand barriers and facilitators to reporting procedural fidelity data, we conducted six focus groups and one 1:1 interview with behavior-analytic researchers who publish in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. We conducted qualitative data analysis and identified common patterns and themes for facilitators and barriers to reporting procedural fidelity data in behavior-analytic research.
 
 
Paper Session #191
CE Offered: BACB
Change Is Hard, But Does It Have To Be? Become a Leader Who is Successful Guiding Change Initiatives
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:30 AM–8:55 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Breanne K. Hartley (LittleStar ABA Therapy )
CE Instructor: Breanne K. Hartley, Ph.D.
 

Change is Hard, but Does it Have to be? Become a Leader who is Successful Guiding Change Initiatives

Domain: Theory
BREANNE K. HARTLEY (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
 
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis is a field that values continuous quality improvement. Continuous quality improvement is demonstrated within our field’s importance on conducting research to find answers and then implementing the strategies associated with those answers. Behavior Analysts are obligated to modify their practices as new strategies are identified that will be most beneficial for their patient’s outcomes. However, the implementation of new strategies requires change – and change is hard. To continue improving and bettering the treatment provision for our patients, and the clinical systems for our staff, we must strive to lead meaningful change by communicating and planning in a way that increases the reinforcing value of change among our colleagues. Successful change can be fostered through the creation of values, the development of a vision, the creation of a plan, and by evaluating the application of that plan. When these steps are put into place, the aversiveness of change lessens (fear is reduced and discomfort decreases).

 
Target Audience:

Advanced audience members should have responsibilities of supervising other BCBAs and making organizational decisions that will impact the role of the BCBAs they supervise as well as the treatment of the patients served within the organization.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to: 1. Identify why it is important to decrease the aversiveness of change. 2. Identify the steps to lead successful change within an organization. 3. Articulate the contingencies associated to change for you and those you supervise.
 
 
Paper Session #192
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in Child Welfare: An Innovative Approach to Restoring Parental Protective Capacities and Decreasing Risk Factors for Child Abuse and Maltreatment and Recidivism Rates for Re-Abuse
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:25 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Karin Torsiello (Behavior Basics, Incorporated)
CE Instructor: Paula Antonelli, M.S.
 

Behavior Analysis in Child Welfare: An Innovative Approach to Restoring Parental Protective Capacities and Decreasing Risk Factors for Child Abuse and Maltreatment and Recidivism Rates for Re-Abuse

Domain: Service Delivery
KARIN TORSIELLO (Behavior Basics, Incorporated), PAULA Antonelli (Behavior Basics, Inc)
 
Abstract:

An exploration of the application of ABA based intensive parent education programs in the child welfare population. This talk will encompass a review of outcome data in child welfare program developed and managed by Board Certified Behavior Analysts, revealing socially significant impacts to child abuse recidivism rates in Florida. A review of the program history, development, curriculum and methodology will be presented. A call to action and road map for replication of the project in other states will be presented as well.

 
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners with a BCBA or BCaBA certification, who are actively practicing in the applied setting.

Learning Objectives: 1. How ABA can have widespread impact on the child welfare system of care; 2. Identify Parental Competencies, how to teach and measure; 3. Become familiar with the identified outcome measures, why they were chosen and how to present the data; 4. Learn about the proactive parenting and positive discipline techniques that make up this program; 5. Review outcome data from the first 8 years of program implementation in Florida
 
 
Paper Session #193
Ten Lessons Learned: An Interdisciplinary Graduate Program in Special Education and Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA
Chair: Rena Marie VanDerwall (Western Michigan University )
 

Ten Lessons Learned: An Interdisciplinary Graduate Program in Special Education and Behavior Analysis

Domain: Service Delivery
Rena Marie VanDerwall (Western Michigan University), KATE LA LONDE (Western Michigan University), Kristal E. Ehrhardt (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

This presentation will provide an overview of an interdisciplinary graduate program designed to produce master’s-level graduates with expertise in using behavior analysis effectively in schools. The Department of Special Education and Literacy Studies and the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University share the collaborative program to prepare special education teachers and behavior analysts to meet the high-intensity needs of students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The five-year project, funded by the Office of Special Education Programs, US Department of Education worked to prepare and graduate two cohorts of scholars, a combination of those working towards a master’s degree in special education and a teaching endorsement in ASD and others with a master’s degree in behavior analysis. All graduates were prepared for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). This presentation will share the top ten lessons learned throughout the program's implementation. Topics covered will include the project’s curriculum and graduate practicum experiences, common challenges teachers face when implementing evidence-based assessment and interventions in the school setting, challenges in supervising aspiring BCBAs in the school setting, and case studies of successful implementation of applied behavior analysis by teachers in the school setting.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #194
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Equitation Science and the 5-4-3-2-1 Framework for Ethical Animal Training
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Paul McGreevy, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: PAUL MCGREEVY (University of New England NSW, Australia)
Abstract:

This presentation describes the complex nature of human-animal interactions and captures the dynamic interconnection of five constructs, some established and some novel, to characterise safe, ethical and sustainable [best] practices in the management, handling and training of non-production animals. It interdigitates the Five Domains Model for animal welfare assessment, four possible operant mechanisms that interactions may follow, the three influences of attachment, arousal and affective state, and the two contrasting ethologies (human and animal), with a One Welfare approach. This 5-4-3-2-1 framework reveals that while arousal and affective state influence behavioural outcomes of operant conditioning, the trainer’s choice and application of the operant quadrants have a further and cumulative influence on attachment, arousal and affective state. The power of this approach is that, on one hand, it marries optimal interactions with the highly prized attribute of trust in animal–trainer dyads, which may be, at times at least, a manifestation of trainers as attachment figures. On the other hand, it reveals sources of disruption of human-animal and animal-human attachment that promote negative affective states which are incompatible with safe, ethical and sustainable practices. By bringing these constructs together, the 5-4-3-2-1 Framework aligns the Five Domains Model with the ultimate animal welfare aim of One Welfare. As such, it may also serve as a notional checklist for reflective practitioners who ascribe to the One Welfare approach and aim to achieve safe, ethical and sustainable animal management, handling, training and keeping practices.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Animal trainers, animal behavior therapists, and learning theorists
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the applications of operant conditioning in horse training; (2) question the use of gear designed to impose discomfort on horses and deny normal behaviour; (3) identify sustainable animal training techniques that align with the nascent 5-4-3-2-1 framework.
 
PAUL MCGREEVY (University of New England NSW, Australia)
Paul McGreevy BVSc, Ph.D., FRCVS, is a veterinarian and ethologist. He is the author of over 300 peer-reviewed scientific publications and seven books. With expertise in learning theory, animal training, animal welfare science, veterinary behavioural medicine and anthrozoology, he is a co-founder and honorary fellow of the International Society for Equitation Science. He led the VetCompass Australia initiative that brought together all of the Australian veterinary schools to provide ongoing national disease surveillance for companion animals and horses. With the additional involvement of Massey University (NZ), the same schools collaborated under Paul’s leadership to create the One Welfare teaching portal.
 
 
Panel #195
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics and the New 2022 Code
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D.
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
THOMAS L. ZANE (University of Kansas)
YULEMA CRUZ (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

This panel is a continuation of previous presentations at ABAI regarding behavior analysts grappling with ethical issues in the profession. This year we will focus on implications of the new Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts for professionals in the field. For this panel we have brought together four behavior analysis ethicists whose guidance is regularly requested through the ABAEthicsHotline.com To demonstrate the range of approaches used and opinions offered, recent ethics questions from both behavior analysis professionals will be presented, each panelist will offer their guidance, we will then debate the merits of our various and sometimes differing approaches. Toward the end of the session we will open the floor to questions from the audience and again each ethicist will respond so that the range of strategies and tactics will be apparent.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is practicing behavior analysts with at least the BCBA certification and some experience implementing the BACB Ethics Code.

Learning Objectives: (1) Members of the audience will be able to list three new additions to the BACB 2022 Code of Ethics (2) Members of the audience will be able to describe the appropriate steps to take if they need to deal with these new additions to the Code. (3) Members of the audience will be able to describe steps to be taken in an organization to make sure that their practices align with agency priorities.
 
 
Symposium #196
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
Response Patterns for Individuals Receiving Contingent Skin Shock to Treat Self-Injurious and Assaultive Behaviors
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A small proportion of patients with intellectual disabilities (IDs) and/or autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit extraordinarily dangerous self-injurious and assaultive behaviors that persist despite long-term multidisciplinary interventions. These uncontrolled behaviors result in physical and emotional trauma to the patients, care providers and family members. A graduated electronic decelerator (GED) is an aversive therapy device that has been shown to reduce the frequency of severe problem behaviors by 97%. Within a cohort of 173 patients, we have identified the four most common patterns of response: (1) on removal of GED, behaviors immediately return, and GED is reinstated; (2) GED is removed for periods of time (faded) and reinstated if and when behaviors return; (3) a low frequency of GED applications maintains very low rates of problem behaviors; and (4) GED is removed permanently after cessation of problem behaviors. GED is intended as a therapeutic option only for violent, treatment-resistant patients with ID and ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aggression, punishment, self-injury, treatment refractory
Target Audience:

The audience should be familiar with treatment options for severe problem behaviors.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe response patterns that could result from CSS. 2. List alternative treatments that are considered prior to CSS. 3. Weight risks and benefits based on potential results.
 
Response Patterns for Individual Receiving Contingent Skin Shock
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Miles Cunningham (Harvard Medical School; McLean Hospital), Golnaz Yadollahikhales (Neurology, University of Illinois Hospital at Chicago)
Abstract: Severe aggression and self-injury are devastating conditions. The primary treatments utilized to address severe problem behaviors include applied behavior analysis (ABA), psychopharmacology, and various forms of restraint. n addition, ECT and deep brain stimulation have also been utilized. Taken together, these treatments are not always effective. Some patients do not respond sufficiently to years of function based behavioral treatment. While psychopharmacological treatments are used extensively to treat severe problem behaviors, many patients are drug-refractory. Restraint often only serve to minimize harm rather than to treat the problem behaviors. Finally, ECT and deep brain stimulation are not always indicated or effective for various forms of severe behaviors. Although controversial, contingent skin shock (CSS) is often extremely effective in reducing the frequency of severe, treatment refractory problem behaviors. The risks and benefits associated with skin shock must be weighed against the risks/ benefits other treatments and the risks/benefits of taking no action. Here four common response patterns are presented and discussed.
 
Case Presentations of Contingent Shock Response Patterns
NICHOLAS LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: Four individual individual cases that exemplify one of four different response patterns to contingent skin shock are presented. For each case, a complete history and summary of previous treatment interventions are described. For pattern 1 (P), the introduction of GED was remarkably effective; however, GED was prosthetic in that it could not be discontinued without recurrence of problem behaviors. For pattern 2 (L), treatment was required over the long term (105 months) as well, but he was able to control his behaviors for various periods of time with the absence of a GED device. For pattern 3 (M), problem behaviors improved initially when GED was added. However, GED lost efficacy and the GED-4 (a stronger stimulus) was required to reduce the frequency of his aggressive behaviors. For pattern 4 (J), GED successfully eliminated severe problem behaviors and was withdrawn without a major acceleration or relapse.
 
 
Symposium #197
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Toward Culturally Responsive and Compassionate Behavior Analysis: A Case for Cultural Humility as it Relates to Neurotype
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Jamine Layne Dettmering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, BIOS ABA, National Louis University)
CE Instructor: Jamine Layne Dettmering, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020) requires certificate-holders to practice within their boundaries of competence (1.05), behave in an equitable and inclusive manner (1.08), involve clients in planning and consent (2.09), and individualize behavior-change programs to best meet the diverse needs, context, and resources of the client (2.14). The ethics code (2020) includes disability in the professional responsibility standard for cultural responsiveness and diversity (1.07). Although the field of behavior analysis has acknowledged the need for culturally responsive practices and made calls to action to improve training programs (Beaulieu, 2019; Couto, 2019; Fong et al., 2017; Miller et al., 2019; Najdowski et al., 2021, Levy et al. 2021) and nearly 73% of certificate holders work in the area of Autism Spectrum Disorder (BACB, 2020), little attention has been given to including disability, neurotype, and ableism in behavior analytic training and practice. This symposium will illustrate the importance of considering neurotype when designing behavior analytic intervention (Dawson, 2004; Lynch 2019), share actions taken by a behavior analytic training program to increase awareness of neurotype, and discuss ethics and future directions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ableism, autism, neurotype, risk-driven approach
Target Audience:

Intermediate and/or advanced: BCaBA, BCBAs, BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to:1) Identify ethics codes relevant to consideration of neurotype in behavior analytic research and practice. 2) provide an example of how excluding neurotype may be harmful, 3) identify strategies to incorporate neurotype in research and practice.
 
Diversity submission Automatically Maintained Elopement Paper
ELIZABETH ASHTON BENEDICKT (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Kelly Vanessa Cruz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Tyler James Arauza (TCSPP)
Abstract: According to seminal texts within Applied Behavior Analysis, “Target behaviors should not be selected for the primary benefit of others,” (Winett & Winkler, 1972). Researchers have suggested the evidence-based practices utilized are in part a result of the values and context which they’re selected, including those of the individual in question, (Slocum et.al., 2014). This paper will discuss a case study whereby a clinician intervened on a target behavior, elopement, with automatic maintenance. A prior clinician trained caregivers across 3 settings to block and redirect the stereotypy to “age-appropriate play”. The “age-appropriate play” was not a functional replacement behavior and amounted to a punishment procedure. Through a Risk Driven Approach, a new clinician who was autistic was assigned, and conducted A functional analysis, that showed the Elopement behavior was maintained by access to uninterrupted stereotypy. The new clinician implemented a differential reinforcement procedure for manding for access to uninterrupted stereotypy. Training was provided to all instructional dyads across 3 settings i.e., Home, school, and the community. The data reflect a total reduction of Elopement from 20/hour to 0/hour across 3 settings which has maintained for over 12 months. Ethical considerations when selecting practices and behaviors to target are discussed.
 
Diversity submission Including Neurotype in Training Programs’ Discussions of Compassionate, Response, and Ethical Practice
LEANNA MELLON (SUNY New Paltz)
Abstract: The behavior analytic field has acknowledged the need for practitioners who engage in compassionate, ethical, and culturally responsive practices to reduce harm and increase effective socially significant service delivery (Beaulieu, 2019; Couto, 2019; Fong et al., 2017; Miller et al., 2019; Najdowski et al., 2021). Guidelines for including training in cultural humility, competency, responsiveness and self-awareness within training programs has been published in behavior analytic journals (Fong et al., 2017; Najdowski, 2021). Criticisms of current and past practices of behavior analysis (Shyman, 2016) and state-level policies that restrict practice to providing services to autistic individuals suggest the importance of including disability, neurotype, and ableism within training programs. This presentation will describe the actions of a behavior analytic training program in New York in including awareness and understanding of the impact of ableism in its curricula and pedagogy. The goal is to train future behavior analytic practitioners to recognize culture, ethnicity and neurotype in selecting socially significant goals, utilizing assessments, selecting contingencies, and use of language in discourse documentation and research. Suggestions for future research and growth related to these issues in training programs will also be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #198
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Collaboration Between Speech-Language Pathology and Behavior Analysis to ImproveCare
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Brittany Ruth Schmidt (BASS ABA Therapy)
CE Instructor: Brittany Ruth Schmidt, M.A.
 

But Why Isn't the Speech-Language Pathologist Working on "Speech?" Enhancing SLP-BCBA Collaboration

Domain: Service Delivery
BRITTANY RUTH SCHMIDT (BASS ABA Therapy)
 
Abstract:

As an SLP-BCBA, I have collaborated with many professionals in both fields. Too often, with emerging communicators, the only skill targeted is the accuracy of vocal imitation, leading to slow or scattered progress. Emphasis on speech alone can also lead to a breakdown in the clinical partnership between the SLP and the BCBA. This presentation will detail other skill areas important to becoming an effective communicator, and actionable treatment strategies to target those areas.

 
Enhancing Outcomes Through Collaborative Care: Strategies for Effective Interprofessional Coordination of Care
Domain: Service Delivery
SARA GUZMAN (32605)
 
Abstract: Evidence suggests that an interprofessional approach to autism treatment has shown to produce superior outcomes when done effectively. However in many instances there is little to no cohesion that occurs across the various services an individual with autism may receive. Many times there is an overlap in scopes of practice that causes tension when attempting to collaborate. In other instances, there is a lack of time and effort to foster meaningful communication. This presentation will present strategies to address the barriers to initiating and maintaining collaborative care and the importance of the role the BCBA plays in creating a successful care team.
 
Target Audience:

BCBAs or BCaBAs that struggle with initiating and maintaining collaborative care with other disciplines, including SLP

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) operationally define speech, language, and communication; (2) describe prelinguistic skill areas that contribute to becoming an effective communicator; (3) describe treatment strategies for promoting for prelinguistic skill development; (4) describe how collaborative care optimizes treatment outcomes for individuals with autism; (5) describe how to initiate and maintain collaboration with other providers; (6) discuss the importance of the BCBA in creating effective care teams.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #199
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Impact on Maternal and Infant Outcomes by Intervening With Maternal Health Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Yukiko Washio, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: YUKIKO WASHIO (RTI International)
Abstract: Women are often motivated to stay healthy for the well-being of their child during pregnancy and lactation. Generally speaking, women who are pregnant are recommended to eat healthy, exercise properly, and stay away from substance use, including illicit and prescription drugs, alcohol, marijuana, and tobacco, which are potentially harmful to their child. Additionally, breastfeeding is increasingly encouraged as the most recommended feeding practice for at least 6 months, if not longer, to maintain the health of women and their infants. While most women are able to practice a healthy lifestyle during pregnancy and lactation, women with certain social determinants (such as socioeconomic disadvantage, younger age, race/ethnic status, mental health issues, violence exposure, and reproductive and sexual health issues) have difficulties maintaining healthy lifestyles during these critical periods. Various treatment options including behavioral and pharmacological interventions have been developed using computer-based and telecommunication technology to address substance, alcohol, and tobacco use, breastfeeding, contraceptive use, and adherence to maternal-infant care among pregnant and postpartum populations. Tested interventions include, but are not limited to, brief interventions, contingency management, cognitive behavioral therapy, peer and group support, additional to other forms of counseling, and pharmacological treatment such as bupropion. Treatment interventions generally provide education and referral information, nudge to focus on healthy practices, reinforcement on healthy behavior, and cognitive and behavioral exercises such as skill training, to increase the value of natural or contrived reinforcers to engage in healthy behavior. Comprehensive and combined intervention approaches are probably the most ideal for intervening with pregnant and postpartum populations to address intertwined health issues and social determinants that interact with each other. With under-resourced communities, healthcare settings, and workforces that deal with pregnant and postpartum populations, dissemination and sustainability of evidence-based interventions is another major challenge that we need to face. This presentation provides an overview of maternal health behavioral issues, some of the intervention studies, and challenges and efforts to overcome sustainability issues.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Professionals and students in obstetrics and gynecology, pediatrics, nursing, women’s health, substance use treatment, technology use, behavior science
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list WHO-defined maternal health behaviors that significantly contribute to female non-communicable diseases; (2) list at least two studies that used contingency management to improve maternal health behaviors; (3) list other forms of interventions to treat maternal health behaviors; (4) list future direction of maternal health behavior research introduced during the presentation.
 
YUKIKO WASHIO (RTI International)
Yukiko Washio is a researcher at Substance Use, Gender, and Applied Research of RTI International and an adjunct faculty at Obstetrics and Gynecology Department at Temple University Lewis Katz School of Medicine. She consults in both the US and Japan for public health research and implementation using behavior analysis. She currently teaches behavior analysis at Capella University. Her research focus and interest are intervention development, adaptation, and testing to address persistent maternal health behavioral issues that tend to result in a major economic burden at the societal level. Her behavior analysis graduate and postdoctoral training thrives on development of behavioral interventions and professional network to expand research activities and dissemination.
 
 
Symposium #200
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Sexuality, Sexual Behavior, and Psychological Flexibility
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica M Venegoni (Missouri State University )
Discussant: Ayla Schmick (Missouri Southern State University)
CE Instructor: Jessica M Hinman, M.S.
Abstract: Behavior analysis is well equipped to understand and address topics related to sexual behaviors and sexuality. However, most of the work carried out within behavior analysts pertaining to sex has emphasized identifying the function of sexual behavior and implementing interventions to replace or reduce sexual behavior in individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Beyond traditional behavior management strategies, little behavioral research has focused on the psychological complexities of sex. From a contextual behavioral perspective, topics such as sexual and gender identity, infidelity, sexual stigma, and impulsivity can be examined through the lens of psychological flexibility. The current studies will present a series of research addressing the relationship between sexuality, sexual behavior, and psychological flexibility and the effectiveness of utilizing mindfulness-based interventions to promote behavior change in individuals with and without neurodevelopmental disabilities. First, we will discuss the relationship between relationship satisfaction and infidelity probability and examine the effectiveness of mindfulness in reducing infidelity probability. Next, we will present research which utilized Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to promote sexual empowerment among individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities and reduce sexual stigma in parents and caregivers. Results provide future researchers and clinicians with the theoretical and conceptual framework for understanding sexuality and sexual behavior from a contemporary behavioral perspective.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Acceptance, Mindfulness, Psychological flexibility, Sex
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, and faculty
Learning Objectives: (1) describe the role of context in decisions about sex; (2) discuss research on neurodiversity and attitudes about sex and sexuality; (3) describe the role of ACT in promoting sexual empowerment
 
Diversity submission 

Evaluating the Relationship Between Sexual Arousal and Mindfulness on?Probability Discounting Evident in Choices About Infidelity

(Applied Research)
MAGGIE ADLER (Missouri State University), Brittany A Sellers (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Being part of a committed and satisfying relationship is frequently cited as one of the most deeply held values of both men and women in?the United States and other westernized countries. Moreover, relationship infidelity is cited as a?frequent cause of?dissatisfaction and the termination of committed relationships. A contextual behavioral model suggests that choices around?infidelity?are contextually bound, where antecedent strategies like avoiding arousing events with strangers and behavior relational strategies such as practicing mindfulness could?abate arousal functions and reduce the probability of infidelity. In the present study, we?evaluated these contextual factors in a randomized control trial design.?Participants completed a probability discounting task under the hypothetical situation of being in a relationship?at either 75% or 25%?relationship?satisfaction?and?reported?how likely they were to?engage in infidelity?as?an inverse function of?likelihood of getting caught. Half of the participants then completed the same task a second time after watching a 5-minute?arousing scene from a movie identified for each participant in a preference assessment. The other participants completed the second task after completing 5-minutes of mindfulness. Results showed that the overall?probability?of infidelity was higher with lower relationship satisfaction?and the arousing scene produced even greater discounting rates. Mindfulness may have served as a protective behavior the reduced probability discounting.?Results have implications for a contextual view of?infidelity.?

 
Diversity submission 

Sexuality and Disability: Utilizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Empower Neurodiverse Young Adults and Address Sexual Stigma Among Caregivers

(Applied Research)
JESSICA M. HINMAN (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities often face stigma related to sexuality, sexual expression, and reproductive health. Common misconceptions include beliefs that people with disabilities cannot maintain healthy sexual or romantic relationships, are unfit to bear children, do not have sexual desires, and do not need to learn about sex because they will not understand the content. As a result, many neurodiverse individuals do not receive sexuality education which may cause more significant psychological distress and inflexibility. To promote psychological flexibility related to sexuality among neurodiverse individuals and address sexual stigma among caregivers, the current study compared Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to psychoeducational approaches using a randomized control trial design. In study one, individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities attended a three-day ACT and sexuality group workshop focused on sexual and gender identity, consent and boundaries, and reproductive health. After attending the workshop, participants reported increases in sexual empowerment and interpersonal psychological flexibility compared to those who received the educational curriculum. In study two, parents and caregivers of individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities attended a two-hour ACT group workshop to reduce negative attitudes related to individuals with developmental disabilities and sexuality. The findings of both studies suggest ACT is an effective intervention for increasing psychological flexibility related to sexuality in neurodiverse individuals and their caregivers. The implications of utilizing psychological flexibility approaches in conjunction with sexuality education for individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #201
CE Offered: BACB
Measurement of Validity in Behavior-Analytic Research: Procedural Integrity and Procedural Acceptability Reporting in Behavior Analysis in Practice and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Nicholas Matey (University of Florida )
CE Instructor: Nicholas Matey, M.S.
Abstract:

In Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) research, ensuring the validity of the intervention is a critical concern. Thus, reporting various types of validity data (e.g., internal, social) is strongly encouraged by most ABA publications. However, frequency and scope of these reports has not been widely measured in some journals. Procedural integrity, also referred to as treatment integrity, describes how well an independent variable was implemented and represents an index of confidence in the relationship between the independent and dependent variables (i.e., internal validity). Social validity measures, such as procedural acceptability, assess the degree to which the intervention is important to consumers and hints at variables that might lead to lasting change and adoption. The present symposium reports trends in procedural integrity and procedural acceptability reporting within two behavior analytic journals. The three presentations comprise data on 1) treatment integrity reporting in Behavior Analysis in Practice, 2) procedural acceptability reporting in Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM), and 3) procedural integrity reporting in JOBM. Each presentation will highlight current and historical publication trends, as well as discussion of potential variables contributing to variance in measurement and reporting of various validity data. In addition, future directions for research practices will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): procedural acceptability, procedural integrity, social validity, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

Researchers whose projects are related to ABA and subdisciplines (e.g., Organizational Behavior Management; OBM), as well as practitioners, supervisors, and managers who regularly consume behavior analytic research to inform their daily practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to (1) describe common measurement practices for procedural integrity/treatment integrity and procedural acceptability; (2) identify current trends in behavior analytic research regarding measurement of procedural integrity/treatment integrity and procedural acceptability; (3) name potential variables that might deter or enhance regularity in researchers' reporting of integrity and acceptability measures, as well as future areas for explication in behavior analytic research.
 
Treatment Integrity Reporting in Behavior Analysis in Practice 2008-2019
LEA JONES (California State University, Sacramento), Galan Falakfarsa (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Erik Swanson Godinez (California State University, Sacramento), Deborah Christine Richardson (California State University, Sacramento), ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University), Savannah Velazquez (California State University, Sacramento), Colin Wills (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Treatment integrity (TI) is the extent to which procedures are implemented in a manner consistent with their prescribed protocols and is necessary for reaching accurate conclusions regarding the functional relationships between dependent (i.e., behavior) and independent (i.e., environment) variables. Several studies have examined the frequency of TI data reporting in behavior analytic journals. However, no review has included articles from Behavior Analysis in Practice. Thus, the current study reviewed articles in Behavior Analysis in Practice between 2008 and 2019 to assess the frequency of studies reporting TI data. A total of 193 articles consisting of 205 studies met the inclusionary criteria for this review. Ninety-six studies (46.83%) reported TI data, compared to 193 studies (94.15%) that reported interobserver agreement (IOA) data. In addition, 98 studies (47.80%) were considered at high risk for treatment implementation inaccuracies. More research is needed to determine the exact reasons why TI data are not more frequently reported across behavior analytic journals.
 

Has Organizational Behavior Management Found Its Heart? An Assessment of Procedural Acceptability Trends in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management

JESSICA NASTASI (University of Florida), Davis Simmons (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Procedural acceptability measures can be used to inform and improve the long-term viability of interventions in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). However, little is known regarding the use of procedural acceptability assessments across studies employing OBM methodology. In the present review, we evaluated the use of procedural acceptability measures across all articles in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) for the first decade (1977–1986) and the most recent decade (2010 to 2019). We coded each article for industry, organizational performance problem type, participant type and reported use of procedural acceptability measures. Formal procedural acceptability measures were reported in 20% of articles included from the first decade and 35% of articles included from the most recent decade of JOBM. The use of procedural acceptability measures appears to be on an increasing trend, but the frequency of reported use of acceptability measures differed across industries. Furthermore, most articles included limited information on how acceptability was assessed. Unique considerations for the use of procedural acceptability measures in OBM and recommendations are discussed.

 

Procedural Integrity Reporting in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 2000-2020

DANIEL J CYMBAL (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald J. Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Grant Michael Ingram (Florida Institute of Technology), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

In behavior analytic research, procedural integrity refers to the extent to which the independent variable is implemented as described. Collecting and reporting data on procedural integrity is important for assessing the internal validity of a study; it assists in verifying that the independent variable, and not an extraneous variable, is responsible for intervention effects. Previous research suggests that data on procedural integrity are infrequently reported in behavior analytic studies. In organizational behavior management in particular, no recent evaluation of the reporting of data on procedural integrity exists. In the current study, we examined all empirical articles published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) from 2000 through 2020 to examine reporting of data on procedural integrity. We found that only 23.7% of studies reported these data. Furthermore, we found that 43.8% of studies appear to be at high risk, meaning they included multiple person-implemented intervention components and no measure of procedural integrity. We conclude by offering some possible reasons as to why the number of JOBM studies reporting these data is so low and by suggesting some ways to increase the collection and reporting of procedural integrity data.

 
 
Symposium #202
CE Offered: BACB
Overcoming Barriers Through the Application of Telehealth Service Delivery Models
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: KALLY M LUCK, M.A.
Abstract: There are many barriers that can prevent an individual with autism and/or other related disorders from receiving high-quality Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. The use of telehealth as a service-delivery model is one recent advancement in the field of Behavior Analysis that has expanded the availability of services for families across the world. This symposium will highlight the utility of telehealth services through teacher and caregiver training, toilet training, and providing direct services to teach manding. All of the presenters demonstrate the efficacy of utilizing telehealth in different training contexts.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ASD, DTI, mand training, telehealth
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent advancements in the telehealth service delivery model; (2) analyze the effectiveness of telehealth-based trainings; (3) describe methods of improving ongoing telehealth-based services
 

Implementing Direct Telehealth Services for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

DIANA SABRINA MEREDITH (Marquette University), Maria Clara Cordeiro (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Sharon Song (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Many individuals were unable to receive medical services as due to the coronavirius-19 pandemic. The present study sought to determine a method to deliver behavior-analytic instruction directly to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder via an online format. Treatment was conducted initially in a clinical setting and consisted of mand training and discrete-trial instruction delivered at various distances (next to the participant, 3ft, 7ft, and outside the participants room). Participants were provided with a tablet through which instruction was delivered while the experimenter shared their screen or presented instructions on camera (i.e., virtually). During mand training, a preferred video was played, paused, and the client manded for the continuation of the video. Discrete-trial instruction was comprised of the presentation of skills in training interspersed with mastered tasks. Results suggest that training in a clinical setting across varying distances was effective to establish telehealth as a modality for therapists to deliver treatment directly to clients.

 

Supporting Caregivers via Telehealth to Implement Toilet Training Protocol

Hope Dabney (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often exhibit deficits in daily living skills, including toileting skills. Previous studies have evaluated components of common toilet training practices, including differential reinforcement, sit schedules, fluid loading, underwear, and wet alarms. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether it would be possible to coach caregivers via telehealth to implement the toilet training treatment package as described by Perez et al. (2020) with high integrity and whether this would result in positive outcomes for children. Three caregiver-child dyads participated in this study. A researcher coached caregivers on the implementation of the protocol using a modified behavioral skills training approach via telehealth. Caregivers submitted data daily and weekly audio recordings for treatment integrity checks. The sit schedule fading was individualized to meet the needs and preferences of each family. All caregivers implemented the protocol with high integrity. Two participants met the mastery criteria at the 90-min sit schedule and maintained performance at the 1- and 6-week maintenance follow up probes. The third participant had interruption of treatment due to family circumstances. The utility of telehealth coaching and adaptations to meet the individual needs of clients will be discussed.

 
Adaptation of the Research Units in Behavioral Intervention Caregiver Training Program for Telehealth Delivery During COVID-19
LYDIA LINDSEY (Auburn University), Lauren Ashley Nordberg (Glenwood), Carolyn Syzonenko (Auburn University), Hope Dabney (Auburn University), Jordan DeVries (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
Abstract: Caregiver training is an integral component of behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The barriers to conducting caregiver training, such as limited availability of services and conflicting schedules, were exacerbated during the closures resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, which required many service providers to rapidly pivot to telehealth service delivery. Caregivers of children with ASD who have been trained with the program developed by the Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Autism Network have reported decreases in disruptive behavior in their children. Although previous researchers have evaluated delivery of RUBI training via telehealth or in group format, no previous studies have evaluated the delivery via telehealth in a group format, which was important to address emerging needs during the COVID-19 pandemic. Participants were recruited to participate in weekly group didactic sessions and individual consultations via telehealth. Participants reported decreases in challenging behavior and demonstrated an increase in their knowledge of applied behavior analysis (ABA), supporting the feasibility of telehealth delivery of RUBI training in a group format.
 

Using Telehealth Technologies to Train Education Professionals in Taiwan to Implement Discrete-Trial Training

NING CHEN (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

The number of individuals who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in Taiwan has been increasing (Ministry of Health and Welfare, 2019), but education professionals in this country lack the resources and training necessary to serve this population effectively. Telehealth is a promising modality for disseminating this training worldwide. To promote the dissemination of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in Taiwan, three teachers from a private school in Taiwan were first trained to implement discrete trial teaching (DTT) with their students and then were trained to teach another educator at their school. The experimenter conducted behavioral skill training (BST) through telehealth to evaluate the effectiveness and acceptability of this training modality. Results indicated that the training was effective and that the participants successfully implemented the procedures across multiple students in their classrooms. These findings replicate and extend the current literature suggesting that the use of telehealth is an effective and socially valid method for disseminating ABA to countries with limited resources.

 
 
Symposium #203
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Commodity Purchase Tasks in Operant Demand Analyses
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Michael Amlung (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Please Select...
Abstract: Operant demand analyses have demonstrated usefulness in shedding new light on the behavioral economics of many areas of social importance. In behavioral pharmacology, commodity purchase tasks have been refined to permit quick hypothetical purchasing tasks that are conceptually systematic with behavioral economic tenets, and do so while exhibiting strong psychometric attributes. Over the past decade, the commodity purchase task has been translated across substances with abuse liability and into new areas of consumer behavior. Early investigations of the commodity purchase task used between group analyses to demonstrate how individuals in an experimental/target group performed in the demand analyses relative to those from a control group. More recent investigations have translated these ideas to within-subject evaluations to examine contextual influences on demand, and to better parse the behavioral processes underlying responses in demand analyses. This symposium showcases four cutting-edge applications of the commodity purchase task—each is the first of its kind in their respective areas of inquiry/application. A discussant will synthesize these approaches, provide commentary on the benefits of these applications, and discuss future areas of work.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand, quantitativ analysis
Target Audience: Intermediate: Behavior analysts with a basic understanding of behavioral economics or behavioral pharmacology.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between open and closed economies; (2) define various aspects of demand curves; (3) discuss the behavior analytic underpinnings of commodity purchase tasks.
 
Response Uncertainty in Price Elastic Decisions: Implications for Human Demand Procedures
JUSTIN CHARLES STRICKLAND (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas), William Stoops (University of Kentucky), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The purchase task procedure is widely used to evaluate behavioral economic demand in human participants. An unusual, but consistent finding of this work is that price sensitivity (elasticity) is often less predictive of target health behaviors like substance use than other demand metrics despite (arguably) being the most conceptually relevant and a key predictor in preclinical models. One possible reason for these findings is uncertainty, and thus increased measurement error, around price elastic purchasing decisions. We evaluate this in two experiments using both objective (response time) and subjective (self-report) measures of uncertainty. Participants (Experiment 1 College Students N=109; Experiment 2 Community Adults N=112) completed an alcohol purchase task while response time (Experiment 1/2) and self-reported certainty (Experiment 2) were collected. Decisions at points of demand elasticity were less certain (as measured by self-report) than inelastic or suppressed consumption decisions, p<.001. Response time was also slower during elastic decisions than suppressed consumption ones, p<.001. Models incorporating uncertainty in the prediction of alcohol use behavior suggest a possible moderating role. These findings collectively support the need to explore decision uncertainty within behavioral economic demand procedures to both iterate analytic methods as well as to improve clinical prediction.
 

Using Hypothetical Commodity Purchase Tasks to Detect Actual Market Influences: A Natural Experiment During COVID-19

FERNANDA SUEMI ODA (University of Kansas Department of Applied Behavioral Science; Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research & Treatment), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brent Kaplan (University of Kentucky), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The start of the COVID-19 pandemic in North America resulted in consumer hoarding of goods such as hand sanitizer, toilet paper, and water, rendering them difficult to purchase. From a conceptual standpoint, this event presented a natural experiment on closed economy influences on consumer demand. This study examined the relative sensitivity of hypothetical commodity purchase tasks during two periods of the pandemic—start of pandemic versus 1-year later—using a within-subject design. The first purchase task was conducted in March 2020 immediately following the World Health Organization declaring COVID-19 a pandemic and stay-at-home orders issued in the US. We conducted a follow-up purchase task using the same participants (mTurk) in March 2021 when stay-at-home orders were no longer in place and vaccines were available in the U.S. Participants included 287 mTurk Workers. Purchase of the target commodities was compared with purchase of control commodities that can be interpreted as substitutes or complements for the target commodities. Results indicated differences in demand during these two periods. We discuss how these two periods can be interpreted as closed and open economies, as well as the implications of purchase task sensitivity to these natural market fluctuations.

 
Effects of Visual Exposure to Natural versus Built Environments on Cannabis, Cigarette, and Alcohol Demand
SHAHAR ALMOG (University of Florida Department of Health Education and Behavior), Jillian Rung (University of Florida), Andrea Vasquez Ferreiro (University of Florida), Brett Gelino (University of Kansas Department of Applied Behavioral Science; Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research & Treatment), Ali Yurasek (University of Florida Department of Health Education and Behavior), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Among other health benefits of exposure to nature, previous studies have shown that exposure to natural environment images rather than built environment images can affect decision making and reduce delay discounting. The purpose of the present study was to extend these findings and examine whether exposure to natural versus built environment images will reduce demand for substances in a within subjects, repeated measures design, among people who regularly use cannabis, cigarettes, or alcohol. Participants were Amazon Mechanical Turk Workers who self-identified as regular substance users (used at least 5-10 times during the past month, depending on the substance). Session order was randomized and sessions were spaced at least 5 days apart. Participants viewed either natural or built environment images before completing a state drug purchase task. Initial data (n = 79) showed reductions in intensity of cannabis demand following the nature images relative to the built images, however, no differences emerged for demand for cigarettes or alcohol. Data collection is ongoing (n = 200 projected). If hypotheses are confirmed, this may suggest that exposure to more natural spaces as opposed to built/city spaces may serve as a beneficial and accessible treatment component to reduce problematic substance use.
 

Bidirectional Increases in Valuation for Cigarettes and Alcohol Under Withdrawal of Either Substance in Co-Users

BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Cassandra D. Gipson (University of Kentucky), Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract:

Individuals dependent on tobacco are more likely to be dependent on alcohol and vice versa and while behavioral economic methods have proven useful in understanding valuation for various drugs of abuse, little research has applied these methods to examine how drug valuation changes under withdrawal states. The current study examined changes in behavioral economic demand for alcohol and cigarettes drugs under hypothetical withdrawal states for alcohol or nicotine. 260 participants from Amazon Mechanical Turk who reported smoking daily and drinking at least 2 drinks per week were included in the final analysis. Participants completed a series of purchase tasks for cigarettes and alcohol under baseline and hypothetical withdrawal conditions from both drugs independently. Findings from nonlinear mixed-effects modeling suggest demand intensity decreased under both withdrawal states for both drugs and change in demand elasticity decreased (drug valuation increased) for both drugs and under both withdrawal scenarios, demonstrating a cross-substance bidirectional effect of alcohol or nicotine withdrawal on abuse liability of both substances. Although additional research should examine if similar results are observed under experiential conditions, the current results may have implications for continued co-use of these drugs, as well as for treatment targeted at polysubstance use.

 
 
Symposium #204
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Translational Research on Effects of Parameters of Reinforcement on Resurgence
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Discussant: Rusty Nall (Jacksonville State University)
CE Instructor: Carolyn Ritchey, M.S.
Abstract:

Effective interventions for problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury) are susceptible to relapse when treatment conditions change. For example, resurgence – increases in a previously reinforced and then extinguished target response – can occur with changes in parameters of reinforcement for an alternative response. Moreover, methods for decreasing a target response during treatment can differentially impact resurgence when treatment conditions change. Translational research on resurgence could facilitate the development of methods to better understand and mitigate relapse for individuals presenting with severe problem behavior. This symposium includes four presentations: Carolyn Ritchey and Sean Smith will present data from separate crowdsourcing studies evaluating predictions of a quantitative model of resurgence, Resurgence as Choice in Context (RaC2). RaC2 predicts differential resurgence as a function of (1) alternative-reinforcer rate and magnitude (Ritchey), and (2) duration of exposure to target and alternative reinforcement (Smith). Next, Cinthia Hernández and Carlos Flores will present data from a study with rats examining effects of parameters of target-response reinforcement during a simulated treatment phase on resurgence. Finally, Kate Derrenbacker will present data from a study with mice evaluating effects of alternative-reinforcer rate on resurgence. Dr. Rusty Nall will serve as discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): quantitative models, relapse, resurgence, translational research
Target Audience:

Previous exposure to literature on (1) laboratory models of relapse (e.g., resurgence) and/or (2) quantitative modeling of behavioral data would be useful.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define resurgence; (2) provide at least three examples of changes in reinforcement conditions that influence resurgence; (3) provide a rationale for using quantitative models to address empirical questions about resurgence.
 
A Quantitative Analysis of Effects of Parameters of Alternative Reinforcement on Resurgence
CARLA MARTINEZ-PEREZ (Auburn University), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Christopher Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract: Resurgence occurs when a previously reinforced and then extinguished target response increases due to a worsening of reinforcement conditions for an alternative response. We conducted four crowdsourcing experiments to evaluate effects of alternative-reinforcer rate and magnitude on resurgence. We manipulated either the rate of point delivery for an alternative response across groups while holding the number of points constant (Experiment 1) or vice versa (Experiments 2-3). Experiment 4 arranged all combinations of high- or low-rate and high- or low-magnitude alternative reinforcement across groups. During extinction, we observed differential increases in target responding from Phase 2 as a function of reinforcer rate, but no effect of reinforcer magnitude. We fit a quantitative model of resurgence, Resurgence as Choice in Context (RaC2), to the data. RaC2 provided a poor fit, generally underpredicting target responding. The matching law upon which RaC2 is based states that reinforcers’ effect on choice depends upon control by the reinforcer ratio. Weaker control by reinforcers can result from misallocation, where reinforcers are (mis)allocated to a response that did not produce them. Thus, we added a misallocation parameter to RaC2, which improved fits and allowed the model to account for extinction data not otherwise predicted by the original model.
 
Phase Duration and Resurgence
SEAN SMITH (University of Florida), Brian D. Greer (Severe Behavior Program, Children’s Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES); Department of Pediatrics, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract: Resurgence, the recurrence of responding due to a worsening of reinforcement conditions for current behavior, is a prevalent form of treatment relapse. Resurgence as Choice in Context predicts that increasing the duration of exposure to reinforcement for target responding during Phase 1 will increase resurgence magnitude, whereas increasing the duration of exposure to reinforcement for alternative responding and extinction for target responding during Phase 2 will decrease resurgence magnitude. We conducted an experiment evaluating these predictions with human participants recruited through Amazon’s Mechanical Turk platform. We varied Phase 1 and Phase 2 durations across four experimental groups. Resurgence as Choice in Context successfully predicted the differences in resurgence magnitude across these groups, and fitting the quantitative model to the obtained data yielded an exceptional coefficient of determination. We discuss the implications of these results for using Resurgence as Choice in Context to inform experiments with human participants and the feasibility of using human-operant preparations to evaluate resurgence.
 

Worsening Target Responding on Resurgence: Extinction, Magnitude, Frequency, and Delay of Reinforcement

CINTHIA HERNANDEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora)
Abstract:

Problem behavior can be decreased by means of extinction and reinforcement of an alternative behavior. However, when both types of responses are placed under extinction conditions, previously decreased behavior can recur. Under such procedure, target responding is decreased during a second phase by means of extinction. Similarly, behavior could also be decreased by means of changes in reinforcement parameters. In the current study, we explored the latter possibility by exposing rats to a resurgence procedure, in which target responding during phase 2 was decreased by means of extinction, magnitude, delay and frequency of reinforcement between conditions. For all rats, target-responding decreased when changes on reinforcement parameters were introduced; however, it only decreased to near-zero responses under extinction conditions. Resurgence was observed for all rats during the latter condition, while it partially occurred in the rest of the conditions for some of the rats. Our results suggest that abrupt parameter variations, which yield near-zero responses, are required prior resurgence could occur during test. Additional data suggests that resurgence can be observed after target-responding is thinned by gradual changes on reinforcement parameters.

 
The Effects of Alternative Reinforcement Rate on Resurgence in Mice
KATE ELIZABETH DERRENBACKER (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Charlene Nicole Agnew (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University and Elemy Autism Care), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Resurgence is defined as the recurrence of a previously eliminated target behavior following a change in reinforcement for an alternative behavior. Previous research has investigated the effects of different procedural manipulations to determine the underlying mechanism of resurgence. For instance, research indicates that higher rates of alternative reinforcement not only lead to faster elimination of the target behavior but also result in a greater resurgence of that behavior when removed. The current research study aimed to replicate these effects in mice, a species in which resurgence has been demonstrated only recently. Groups of mice were exposed to different rates of alternative reinforcement during Phase 2 of a three-phase resurgence preparation. One group received high reinforcement rates (Fixed-Ratio 1), a second received low reinforcement rates (Variable-Interval 15-s), and a control group received no alternative reinforcement. Further, all mice underwent two rounds of resurgence testing. Higher rates of alternative reinforcement resulted in greater resurgence of the target response relative to the lower rates across resurgence tests. Additionally, levels of resurgence decreased across resurgence tests. Implications of these findings for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #205
CE Offered: BACB
Mediating Factors that Affect Emergence of Derived Stimulus Relations
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University)
Discussant: Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Mark Galizio, M.S.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to present relevant research regarding emergent stimulus relations and the mediating processes that may influence their emergence. Data will be presented by Joao Lucas that suggest equivalence classes formed through intraverbal bidirectional naming might depend on additional sources of verbal control. Next, Robbie Hanson will present data on the possible influence of echoic and/or tact mediation on equivalence-class performances. His results seem to support verbal mediation via tact and intraverbal behavior. Next, Eliana Buss will present data on the visual mediation hypothesis that suggests that directing participants to use visualization may cause untaught relations to emerge more easily. Lastly, Reagan Cox will also present data on the visual mediation hypothesis that suggests that when verbal mediation is blocked, speed of responding on a test for emergent relations is unaffected. All of these studies presented together will provide the audience with a broad spectrum of data on emergent stimulus relations and the factors that affect their emergence.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Bidirectional-Naming, Equivalence, Matching-to-Sample, Mediation
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is researchers in the area of behavior analysis and specifically verbal behavior. The audience should already have a basic understanding of verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the advantages of the S-MTS procedure compared to traditional MTS formats; (2) describe the differences between the verbal mediation and visual mediation hypothesis; (3) describe how equivalence classes may be formed through bidirectional naming.
 

Intraverbal Bidirectional Naming Might not be Enough for Equivalence Class Formation

Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo; National Institute of Science and Technology: Behavior, Cognition and Teaching), JOÃO BERNARDY (University of São Paulo; National Institute of Science and Technology: Behavior, Cognition and Teaching), Vanessa de Souza (University of São Paulo), Kenji Yonamine (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

Bidirectional naming (BiN) is a model that explicitly relates verbal operants with equivalence class formation. For instance, Ma, Miguel and Jennings (2016) successfully established equivalence classes through intraverbal BiN. There, authors trained intraverbal using a fill-the-blank vocal task with multiple sources of control. The verbal stimulus provided during intraverbal training contained a sample name, alongside a relation autoclitic, and a contextual stimulus. Therefore, the intraverbal BiN may not be a sufficient condition for establishing equivalence. In order to test if the contextual stimulus was critical for their results, we’ve conduced a replication. In a pilot version, participants were eight college students exposed to a reversal design, but during intraverbal training, we’ve excluded the contextual stimulus. Our results show that, even though all participants mastered intraverbal relations, only two out of eight passed equivalence post-tests with a 90% criterium. Importantly, all participants failed the intraverbal emergence post-test. This difference between intraverbal and non-verbal emergence during post-tests is an indirect fallout of the absence of contextual stimuli, since during intraverbal post-tests, participants had no environmental clue about which relations were being tested. Our results suggest equivalence classes formed through intraverbal BiN might depend on additional sources of verbal control.

 

Go/No-Go Successive Matching and the Establishment of Auditory Equivalence Classes

ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University), Jillian Christine Sordello (California State University, Sacramento), Thea Skau Engell (Sacramento State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Previous studies have shown that the successive MTS (S-MTS) procedure, in which one stimulus is presented at time with a “go” (touch) and “no-go” (refrain from touch) response requirement, is an effective approach for establishing visual-visual, visual-auditory, and auditory-auditory conditional relations with college students. Results of these studies suggest the possible influence of echoic and/or tact mediation on equivalence-class performances. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to extend previous findings to non-verbal auditory stimuli. Eight college students learned to conditionally relate nonverbal auditory stimuli into three 3-member classes. Following training, all participants met emergence criterion for symmetry and six out of eight participants met emergence criterion for transitivity/equivalence. Further, all participants responded with either an experimenter-defined tact or a unique tact, and five participants related these names intraverbally. Although these results replicate previous findings with stimuli that cannot be echoed, they seem to support verbal mediation via tact and intraverbal behavior.

 
 
Symposium #321
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Applications of Behavior Analysis in Sustainability: How Small Steps Create Behavioral Waves
Sunday, May 29, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; AGI)
Discussant: Susan M. Schneider (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, M.S.
Abstract:

Climate Change and Human Health. What can Behavior Analysts do? Lincoln Kamau Carbon Purple and Autism Resources & Therapy Center of Massachusetts Abstract: Climate Change is the greatest single threat to human health on the planet today. Air pollution alone is estimated to cause 7 million deaths a year. That is at least double the number of people who died globally from COVID-19 in 2020 (WHO, 2020). B.F. Skinner was concerned with the application of behavioral science to solve important human problems, such as overpopulation, nuclear war, pollution, opportunities for minorities and more (e.g., Skinner, 1987, 1971/2002). He maintained that the solution to these problems required the modification of behavior and, therefore, a technology of behavior. Given the threat climate change presents to humanity, but also cognizant of the effective technologies’ behavior analysts have in their tool kit, this presentation will challenge behavior professionals to embrace a range of micro and macro-level interventions such as targeted feedback, environmental arrangements, group contingencies, renewable energy use, food production, waste recycling and reduction etc. to increase and improve sustainable practices. Behavior analysts will also be challenged to collaborate with other experts and policy makers to improve sustainable practices in a variety of areas including environmental conservation and preservation, renewable energy, emission control and transportation. The Environmentalist Behavior Analyst: Identifying Opportunities and Feasibility of Behavior Analytic Careers in Sustainability Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; AGI), Jessica Ghai (Boston University), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) Abstract: The effects of climate change are primarily issues of social and environmental justice. They are symptomatic of a lack of sustainable and regenerative systems that could offer a stable social foundation for the entire population, without exceeding the ecological ceiling of the earth’s resources (Raworth, 2017). While most behavior analysts work within the fields of education and human services, a growing number of practitioners and researchers recognize the urgency to expand work into other sectors. Environmental sustainability is one area that continues to grow as a legitimate professional opportunity for behavior analysts. Given the complexity and urgency of this Super Wicked Problem, there exist a vast number of issues that behavior analysts can meaningfully impact. This paper presents the array of environmental sustainability issues behavior analysis can help solve as well as a systematic framework for those behavior analysts thinking of focusing their behavior analytic work on sustainability. An overview of an iterative process is offered, inclusive of values clarification, evaluation of situational needs and assets, and creation of an action plan. This process creates opportunity for the behavior analyst to consider how they may augment, or shift, their work to critical issues of environmental sustainability and justice. Meg Martineau (New England Behavior Analysts for Sustainability) The Ripple Effects of Committing to Sustainable Action at your Place of Work Abstract: One of the largest challenges facing our society is the climate crises, yet there are very few BCBA certificates where this is their area of focus. The primary area of focus for BCBAs continues to be in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2021). As the climate crisis unfolds, the demand for behavioral based climate solutions will continue to grow. Behavior analysts have the opportunity to make a significant impact on climate change initiatives at their place of work, home, or community. This talk will describe the implementation of a behaviorally based climate solution based on a community-based social marketing framework (Mackenzie-Mohr, 2017). This presentation will describe the implementation of a school wide composting program, discuss how behavior analysts already possess leadership skills in sustainability efforts, and describe the larger ripple effects created through targeted actions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Environmental Sustainability, Justice, Sustainability Practices
Target Audience:

Intermediate: Individuals who are interested in learning more about how behavior analysts can become more involved with sustainability efforts. The talk will focus on immediate actions that can be taken to make a positive change and will also, look at long-term efforts of each author for improving sustainability practices.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify steps that they can take in their practice to incorporate sustainability practices 2. Identify the consequences of not using behavioral technology to sustainability practices 3. How to incorporate values clarification and committed action to get others involved in sustainability practices.
 
Diversity submission The Ripple Effects of Committing to Sustainable Action at Your Place of Work
(Theory)
MEGHAN ELIZABETH MARTINEAU (Newton Public Schools)
Abstract: One of the largest challenges facing our society is the climate crises, yet there are very few BCBA certificates where this is their area of focus. The primary area of focus for BCBAs continues to be in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2021). As the climate crisis unfolds, the demand for behavioral based climate solutions will continue to grow. Behavior analysts have the opportunity to make a significant impact on climate change initiatives at their place of work, home, or community. This talk will describe the implementation of a behaviorally based climate solution based on a community-based social marketing framework (Mackenzie-Mohr, 2017). This presentation will describe the implementation of a school wide composting program, discuss how behavior analysts already possess leadership skills in sustainability efforts, and describe the larger ripple effects created through targeted actions.
 
Diversity submission The Environmentalist Behavior Analyst: Identifying Opportunities and Feasibility of Behavior Analytic Careers in Sustainability
(Theory)
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; AGI), Jessica Ghai (Boston University), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: The effects of climate change are primarily issues of social and environmental justice. They are symptomatic of a lack of sustainable and regenerative systems that could offer a stable social foundation for the entire population, without exceeding the ecological ceiling of the earth’s resources (Raworth, 2017). While most behavior analysts work within the fields of education and human services, a growing number of practitioners and researchers recognize the urgency to expand work into other sectors. Environmental sustainability is one area that continues to grow as a legitimate professional opportunity for behavior analysts. Given the complexity and urgency of this Super Wicked Problem, there exist a vast number of issues that behavior analysts can meaningfully impact. This paper presents the array of environmental sustainability issues behavior analysis can help solve as well as a systematic framework for those behavior analysts thinking of focusing their behavior analytic work on sustainability. An overview of an iterative process is offered, inclusive of values clarification, evaluation of situational needs and assets, and creation of an action plan. This process creates opportunity for the behavior analyst to consider how they may augment, or shift, their work to critical issues of environmental sustainability and justice.
 
 
Paper Session #208
CE Offered: BACB
The Importance of Contextual Fit for Achieving Student Outcomes
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Lisa Gurdin (Northeastern University, LSGurdin Consulting)
CE Instructor: Lisa Gurdin, M.S.
 

The Importance of Contextual Fit for Achieving Student Outcomes

Domain: Service Delivery
LISA GURDIN (Northeastern University, LSGurdin Consulting)
 
Abstract:

Effective behavior change is difficult to achieve in schools due to a multitude of variables, including high caseloads and limited time for staff training. Establishing treatment integrity and social validity are often overlooked as essential to this process. Although behavior analysts are trained to engage in a thoughtful process of assessment, intervention design and implementation, and data analysis, they often do not assess a key component: contextual fit. Contextual fit involves identifying environmental variables that will both enhance and potentially interfere with the success of an intervention. These variables include the values, needs, and skills of the change agents as well as the resources available at the school. Contextual fit, then, is the extent to which behavioral treatment matches the aforementioned variables. In this presentation, contextual fit will be defined and discussed as a way to maximize outcomes with teachers, students, and families and enhance ethical practices. Relevant research will be reviewed and ethical considerations will be discussed.

 
Target Audience:

Intermediate - practice behavior analysts in school for more than 1 year.

Learning Objectives: (1) What is contextual fit?; (2) How do you assess contextual fit?; (3) How does contextual fit affect treatment integrity, social validity, and effective behavior change?; (4) How do you incorporate contextual fit when designing and implementing behavior plans?
 
 
Paper Session #209
CE Offered: BACB
If B. F. Skinner Taught Piano: Applying Behavior Principles During Piano Lessons
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Todd Haydon (PENDING)
CE Instructor: Todd Haydon, Ph.D.
 

If B. F. Skinner Taught Piano: Applying Behavior Principles During Piano Lessons

Domain: Service Delivery
TODD HAYDON (University of Cincinnati)
 
Abstract:

A few researchers have demonstrated the effects of using behavioral principles during music therapy on client’s pain management and work tasks (Kenny & Faunce, 2004; Madsen & Madsen, 1968). Very few researchers have discussed or conducted research on the application of behavior principles for piano teachers. The purpose of this presentation is to articulate the application of behavior principles during a two-hour workshop demonstration at a regional piano conference for piano teachers. The following basic behavioral principles were discussed and demonstrated for a group of 33 piano teachers. The principles of behavior are; creating a task analysis, the use of chaining, reinforcement, learning trials, providing opportunities to respond, behavior specific praise, stimulus prompting, motivating operations, as well as behavioral momentum. The presentation will also include a discussion of how the behavior principle of generalization and maintenance (i.e., general case analysis, multiple exemplars etc.) can help with the preparation of a piano recital. After the completion of the workshop, the attendees were asked to complete a social validity survey to obtain information about their perception of the acceptability and usefulness of the behavioral strategies. Results will be provided for nine out of the 33 conference attendees.

 
Target Audience:

The audience should have a solid foundational knowledge of the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. Attendees should be fluent in concepts such as motivating operations, stimulus prompting, chaining procedures and behavioral momentum.

Learning Objectives: 1. Apply behavioral principles presented to piano pedagogy. 2. Generalize behavioral principles to other instruments such as guitar, flute, and cello. 3. Be able to apply the principles of generalization and maintenance to recital preparation, test preparation, and many performance situations.
 
 
Panel #210
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
To What Extent Does the BACB Code of Ethics Protect Clients and Practitioners?
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Justin Leaf, Ph.D.
Chair: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions)
JUSTIN LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation)
AMANDA N. KELLY (BEHAVIORBABE)
ROBERT ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) was established in 1998 in order to certify individuals who are practicing within the field of behavior analysis. To protect the rights and dignity of consumers, practitioners and society the BACB® has established the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020). The ethics code is important as a guiding document to early career and seasoned practitioners within the field. The ethical responsibilities set forth by the BACB (2020), though essential, may seem impossible to uphold given the wide spectrum of potential ethical violations. With the increase in social media use for professional activities, there’s an increased likelihood of encountering potential violations. Additionally, how one navigates ethical violations may vary from practitioner to practitioner. Further, the consequences that one faces with ethical violations seems to vary. Thus, the purpose of this panel is to have an open discussion about the code of ethics, how professionals can navigate the code of ethics, and what protection (if any) does the code is provide in protecting our clients/consumers and practitioners. The panel will be interactive between the panelists and audience members.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The audience members should have in depth knowledge of the BACB cod and the audience members should have completed their supervision training.

Learning Objectives: (1) At the conclusion of this panel, participants will be able to identify three ways which the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts can protect consumers and participants. (2) At the conclusion of this panel, participants will be able to identify three ways to respond to potential ethical violations that occur via social media. (3) At the conclusion of this panel, participants will be able to describe a decision making model of how to respond when an ethical violation has been brought up against them.
 
 
Symposium #211
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Modern Technology to Promote Community Inclusion and Reduce Stigma for Adults With Autism
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Chok (PennABA)
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life)
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Today, approximately one in 54 children are identified with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD), compared to one in 150 in the year 2000 (Centers for Disease Control, 2020). This increasing prevalence has resulted in the adult system being flooded with individuals with ASD, who will require services and supports following the completion of their educational entitlement. Across longitudinal and cross sectional studies, findings show adults with ASD struggle with achieving independent living, employment, maintaining friendships, managing co-occurring mental health conditions, and have poorer quality of life (Billstedt, Gillberg & Gillberg, 2011; Roux, Shattuck, Rast, Rava, & Anderson, 2015; Sosnowy et al, 2019). The impact of stigma associated with traditional behavior analytic teaching techniques and various mental health conditions can be significant barriers to achieving these outcomes. Some of these stigmatizing experiences may be particular to ASD because core ASD symptoms (e.g. repetitive behaviors, lack of social awareness) can be disruptive in nature. Although public knowledge about ASD has increased (Dillenburger et al. 2013), the general public often lacks information needed to recognize disruptive behaviors as signs of ASD, which makes stigmatizing experiences more likely for individuals, caregivers, and support staff. With the decreasing costs and increasing capabilities of ubiquitous devices (e.g., web cameras, smart-phones, Skype®, FaceTime®, apple watches, remote signal devices), these stigmas can begin to be addressed in unique and effective ways allowing behavior analysts and behavior technicians to continue to improve outcomes.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Adults, CBI, Remote Technology, Stigma
Target Audience:

The audience should have a basic understanding of function-based treatment and practical applications of behavior analytic process such as functional assessment, prompting hierarchies, and community-based instruction.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) begin thinking creatively about ways to deliver behavior analytic interventions in the community in a more acceptable topography; (2) demonstrate knowledge surrounding the use of biometric measure to assess private behaviors; (3) have an increased knowledge related to comorbidity and the differences in presentation of autism and anxiety disorders
 

Use of Electrodermal Activity to Predict and Circumvent Problem Behavior Associated With Obsessive Compulsive Disorder and Anxiety in Adults With Autism

GLORIA SATRIALE (Mission for Educating Children with Autism), Jessica Zawacki (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Katie Brown (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Christi Rothermel (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life)
Abstract:

Almost 40% of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) present with a comorbid anxiety disorder (Zaboski & Storch, 2018). However, many individuals are misdiagnosed or do not receive the appropriate co-morbid diagnosis as both obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and ASD describe behaviors that are intrusive and repetitive, making it difficult to differentiate between them. The American Psychiatric Association (2013) described the distinction between the symptomologies by indicating that with OCD, the urges build in intensity and can cause significant distress to the person experiencing them which differs from the experiences of those just diagnosed with ASD. This can present many challenges for practitioners who are attempting to identify, disentangle, and treat behaviors using function-based treatment. This study using a single subject multi-treatment design, looked to use a portable device to measure the electrodermal activity through skin conductance responses (SCRs) of adults diagnosed with ASD and OCD. The researcher monitored, using real-time feedback (and during typical daily activities), each individual's SCRs to identify the potential stimuli evoking an obsessive or compulsive observable response (motoric or verbal). Each individual was then systematically desensitized to each evocative stimulus, until generalization was achieved and there was no longer a co-occurring biological response to the target stimuli.

 

Technological Prompting: Fading Staff Mediated Prompts Through the Use of a Vibrating Watch

KAITLIN ROSS (MECA), Jessica Zawacki (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Dan Walsh (Mission for Educating Children with Autism), Gloria Satriale (Mission for Educating Children with Autism)
Abstract:

Obtaining and maintaining employment within the community is one of the greatest challenges when working with adults with autism. Often there are false community perceptions surrounding the competence and ability of individuals with disabilities that can be exacerbated by traditional prompting and the clear presence of support staff. In the United States, individuals with disabilities make up almost one-fifth of the American population, but they are unemployed at a rate that is twice that of people without disabilities (Erickson et al., Disability statistics from the 2014 American Community Survey (ACS). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Yang Tan Institute (YTI), 2016).When a job coach needs to deliver a clear prompt, this often requires the job coach to either provide a verbal direction from some distance (thereby increasing reliance on verbal directives) or increase their proximity to the individual (thereby encroaching on the individual's workspace and potentially coworkers). One way to reduce both the stigma associated with needing a support staff and the intrusiveness of this staff is through the use of technology. Remote tactile prompting in the form of vibrating pagers and watches has been demonstrated to be successful in increasing on-task behavior and social interactions with individuals with ASD (Finn et al., 2014; Milley & Machalicek, 2012). This study demonstrates the successful use of remote tactile prompting to increase the on-task work behavior of adults with ASD.

 
 
Panel #212
Diversity submission PDS: Cultural Humility and Awareness in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Emma Auten (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Pepperdine University)
VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

The Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (2022) code 1.07 states that behavior analysts should “actively engage in professional development activities to acquire knowledge and skills related to cultural responsiveness and diversity”. The APA Ethical Principles of Psychologists and Code of Conduct indicates that “Psychologists are aware of and respect cultural, individual, and role differences, including those based on age, gender, gender identity, race, ethnicity, culture, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, disability, language, and socioeconomic status, and consider these factors when working with members of such groups” (American Psychological Association, 2017). Cultural humility has been discussed as it relates to behavior analysis at both individual and institutional levels and has been defined as “…a lifelong commitment to self-evaluation and critique to address power imbalances and develop mutually beneficial and nonpaternalistic partnerships with communities” (Tervalon & Murray-Garcia, 1998 as cited by Wright, 2019). Thus, it is paramount that students develop a foundation and understanding of cultural humility and responsiveness during their training. To discuss this, a panel of experts will answer questions and discuss how students can continually commit to acquiring the knowledge and skills related to cultural responsiveness and diversity.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): cultural humility, diversity, equity, inclusion
 
 
Symposium #213
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Promoting Cultural Sensitivity in Behavior Analytic Practice: Lessons Learned From Service Delivery in Africa and the Middle East
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252B
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Discussant: Margaret Uwayo (Young Women's Christian Services (YWCA) & KABAS)
CE Instructor: Margaret Uwayo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Increasingly, applied behavior analytic services are disseminated worldwide. While recipients of behavior analytic interventions continue to increase in diversity, there has been limited literature on the efficacy of culturally adapted services for individuals from diverse backgrounds. Additionally, for practitioners, there is minimal guidance on how to demonstrate cultural sensitivity during assessment, treatment, and staff supervision. In this symposium, presenters discuss a culturally responsive treatment model that may be utilized to promote cultural sensitivity when serving economically and ethnically diverse individuals. Presenters will highlight lessons learned using data from case studies in Liberia, Botswana, Kenya, and the United Arab Emirates (UAE). Social validity outcomes and recommendations for practitioners will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): cultural sensitivity, diversity, supervision, telehealth
Target Audience:

Intermediate (1) audience should be familiar with the ABA code of ethics, and in particular, understand the importance of scope of practice (2) audience should have a general understanding of culture as defined by B. F. Skinner (1953) and cultural awareness from existing ABA literature

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will able able to: (1) provide at least 2 examples of culturally responsive practices in ABA; (2) discuss at least 1 way culturally responsive practice may impact treatment adherence; (3) state 2 considerations for BCBAs serving diverse populations.
 
Diversity submission Cultural Adaptations and Findings During Behavior Analytic Service Delivery to Professionals and Families in Africa
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Maleshwane Mauco (Africa Behavior Analysis Services), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Provision of behavior analytic services via telehealth from practitioners located in the United States to clients living in other countries has been increasing (Tsami et al, 2019). However, there is limited literature on the need and effectiveness of cultural adaptations required to promote cultural humility. In this project, supported by the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) International Development Grant, behavior analysts located in the U.S. and Middle East conducted online educational presentations to caregivers and professionals who work with individuals with disabilities in Kenya and Liberia, and selected four families to receive individualized parent training via telehealth. Furthermore, through collaboration with a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst in Botswana, 20 teachers and professionals received training both in person and via telehealth to reach Behavioral Technician (BT) competency level. During this presentation, we describe the cultural adaptations and findings needed for the informative presentations, the behavior analytic services provided to the families, and BT competency trainings. Testimonies and social validity data indicate that this cultural adaptation model can be effective in demonstrating cultural humility when services are provided to professionals and caregivers in different countries. The discussion includes recommendations to practitioners in the U.S. for clients with diverse cultural histories.
 
Diversity submission 

Cultural Considerations When Providing Behavioral Analytic Services in the United Arab Emirates

JERBOR T NELSON (Health Innovation of America (HIA))
Abstract:

According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), there are currently 139 active Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), serving a population of over 10 million. Out of the 10 million, about 89% of the population are expatriates, representing more than 50 countries, most notably India, Pakistan, Bangladesh amongst others. With such a large variety of cultures, religions, and backgrounds, BCBAs often need to account for a variety of cultural variables when providing behavioral analytic services. Of the many variables to consider, the behavioral analyst should be mindful of the cultural conditioning as it relates to race, gender, nationality, religious affiliation, economic net worth, cultural values, and more, when providing behavioral analytic services. Furthermore, supervisors should develop a framework for organizational interactions and training that encompasses these cultural considerations. During this presentation, we will discuss the lived experiences of a behavior analyst who was born in Liberia, studied in the US, and is currently practicing in the UAE. We will analyze the cultural adaptations a practitioner should consider and provide potential concessions that should be taken in order to provide sound behavioral analytic services in the UAE.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #214
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Reimagining Solutions to the Persistence of Gun Violence in K-12 Schools
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Sonali Rajan, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SONALI RAJAN (Columbia University)
Abstract:

Gun violence in the United States (U.S.) persists as a public health crisis. Over 40,000 individuals die from firearm-related injuries each year and another 60,000 are shot. Of these, nearly 8,000 are children. And gun violence specifically within K-12 schools continues. Indeed, recent data have underscored that over 250,000 children in the U.S. have been exposed to gun violence specifically in K-12 schools since the Columbine High School mass shooting tragedy in 1999, with Black children disproportionately impacted in comparison to their White peers. And rates of gun violence have increased precipitously since the onset of the Covid19 pandemic.

The impact of gun violence on children is particularly concerning as exposure to gun violence is considered an adverse childhood experience (ACE). ACEs are potentially traumatic events that occur during childhood. An extensive body of research on exposure to ACEs has been linked to dozens of negative outcomes over the life course (poor mental health, increased risk for chronic disease, asthma, poor oral health, cancer, injury, suicide, premature mortality, and even decreased school success). They’re also highly prevalent: an estimated 30% of children report experiencing at least one ACE. Thus, preventing this kind of violence is of utmost importance. Despite this urgency, meaningful responses to the prevention of gun violence in K-12 schools over the past decade have been lacking and largely not informed by evidence.

In this presentation, I draw on existing research, novel data, and a child-centric framework to present a new model that reimagines what solutions to the persistence of gun violence in K-12 schools looks like. In pursuing this work, I seek to answer the following question: what if our collective response to school gun violence did not prepare our schools for the inevitability of the next school shooting, rather treated the eradication of gun violence in schools as a genuine possibility? Knowledge, support, prevention, policy, engagement, commitment, leadership, and consistency are guiding principles we can use to reimagine how our schools can be kept safe, while ensuring that our children thrive.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers (e.g. in the behavioral sciences, public health, education, school psychology), school leadership (principals, superintendents), school health professionals, K-12 teachers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify a comprehensive of "gun violence" as it pertains to child health and development; (2) describe the specific relationship between exposure to gun violence, child health, and learning outcomes; (3) identify specific and evidence-informed school safety strategies that are known to effectively reduce rates of gun violence in K-12 schools.
 
SONALI RAJAN (Columbia University)

Dr. Sonali Rajan is an Associate Professor of Health Education in the Department of Health and Behavior Studies at Teachers College, Columbia University. She also holds a secondary faculty appointment in the Department of Epidemiology at the Mailman School of Public Health. Dr. Rajan is a school violence prevention researcher, studying gun violence, school safety, and adverse childhood experiences. She holds faculty affiliations with the CDC-funded Columbia Center for Injury Science and Prevention, the Columbia Scientific Union for the Reduction of Gun Violence, and the Institute for Urban and Minority Education. She also co-produces Re(Search) for Solutions, a podcast hosted by the Media and Social Change Lab at Teachers College devoted to amplifying creative and evidence-based solutions to the persistence of gun violence. For over a decade, Dr. Rajan has conducted research in K-12 public schools across the U.S.  And for nearly 15 years, Dr. Rajan has collaborated closely with the non-profit organization Girls on the Run; she currently serves on their National Board of Directors. Dr. Rajan has published over 50 peer-reviewed journal articles in additional to multiple talks, book chapters, and other written pieces. Her work has also been featured in multiple national media outlets (including National Public Radio, the Hechinger Report, and CSPAN).

 

 
 
Symposium #215
CE Offered: BACB
Remote Instruction Meets Direct Instruction: A Perfect Pairing Amidst the COVID-19 Crisis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Sudha Ramaswamy (Mercy College)
Discussant: Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center)
CE Instructor: Amy J. Davies Lackey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The onset of the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a paradigm shift in the delivery of services and instruction for students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) instantaneously. The unprecedented circumstances forced educators, behavior analysts and therapists to pivot across programming, delivery of reinforcement and presentation of material with virtually little-to-no lead time. These experiments investigated the effects of Direct Instruction (DI) programming on the acquisition of spelling, language and mathematics skills when presented during remote instruction via a synchronous video platform. Results are discussed with respect to efficiency in material preparation, acquisition of the material presented and applicability to the continuity of care for students with ASD via remote instruction

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Direct Instruction, remote instruction
Target Audience:

Intermediate-the audience for this symposium should have the following prerequisite repertoires: 1) Understanding of data collection and deriving measures from direct data collection 2) Understanding how the design of a study demonstrates experimental control 3) Some basic knowledge of Direct Instruction methodology would be helpful

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe various Direct Instruction Curricula and what they entail (2) Describe what features of DI make it a good fit for remote learning (3) What are some very practical limitations to doing studies in classrooms (especially during a pandemic) and how can these be addressed in future studies
 
Testing the Effects of Remote Instruction on the Acquisition of Direct Instruction Spelling Responses
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Manhattan Childrens Center), Sudha Ramaswamy (Mercy College)
Abstract: This experiment investigated the effects of Direct Instruction (DI) programming on the acquisition of spelling responses when participants were presented with remote instruction via a synchronous video platform. For some participants, an ABA Reversal Design across participants demonstrated a functional relationship between remote Direct Instruction of “Spelling Mastery” and mean sessions to lesson mastery as compared to baseline and reversal conditions of in-person delivery of Direct Instruction. For other participants, we found that remote and in-person Direct Instruction produced very similar levels of responding. Results indicate that regardless of delivery mode, Direct Instruction presents educators with an optimal form of instruction. And for some participants, even better results were gained during the remote delivery of Direct Instruction condition. Results are discussed with respect to features of Direct Instruction that make it a good fit for remote instruction as well as applicability to the continuity of care for students with ASD via remote instruction.
 
Testing the Effects of Remote Instruction on Acquisition of Direct Instruction Language and Math Responses
SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Mercy College), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center)
Abstract: The following two experiments investigated the effects of Direct Instruction (DI) programming on the acquisition of language and math responses when participants were presented with remote instruction via a synchronous video platform. In the first experiment, an ABA Reversal Design across participants demonstrated a functional relationship between remote Direct Instruction of “Language for Learning” and mean sessions to lesson mastery as compared to baseline and reversal conditions of in-person delivery of Direct Instruction of “Language for Learning”. For other participants, we found that remote and in-person Direct Instruction produced very similar levels of responding. Results indicate that regardless of the method of delivery, Direct Instruction presents educators with an effective form of instruction. And for some participants, even better results were achieved during the remote delivery of Direct Instruction condition. Similar results were found in a second experiment where the Direct Instruction curricula, “Connecting Math Concepts” was presented to several participants.
 
 
Panel #216
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Using Organizational Behavior Management to Navigate Crisis in a Behavior Analytic Organization
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Paul "Paulie" Gavoni, Ed.D
Chair: Pierre D. Louis (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
PAUL "PAULIE" GAVONI (Professional Crisis Management Association)
JASON GOLOWSKI (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
Abstract:

For many, a crisis may be an insurmountable challenge that results in a failed business as many individuals and organizations tend to engage in habits that allow for the sustainability of a “comfort zone,” which may be in conflict with organizational success and survival. While we all seek balance, the comfort zone is often contradictory to the optimal performance zone desired where individuals and organizations are able to realize their greatest potential. However, those equipped with Organizational Behavior Management tools are far more prepared to adapt and systematically navigate crisis. In fact, “crisis equals opportunity” can ring true as those with an OBM toolbox can pivot and leverage the occasion to improve performance and business outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Junior BCBAs Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. BCBAs and BCBA-Ds Licensed or certified individuals

Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe various challenges related to leading during crisis 2. The participant will be able to describe critical components to increasing rapid and accurate response during crisis. 3. The participant will be able to describe 5 behavioral components for sustaining or increasing performance
Keyword(s): OBM, Performance Management, Process Improvement, Systems Analysis
 
 
Symposium #217
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Behavior Analytic Literature: Three Reviews
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jessica Piazza (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Jessica Piazza, Ph.D.
Abstract: Evaluation of the extant literature is important in shaping future publications. Specifically, behavior analytic researchers should consider the methods of design and analysis as well as the verbal behavior used in past publications. Review of this information can guide researchers to identify successful research methods and topics from the past and identify gaps in the literature that may strengthen our field. The three papers disseminated in this symposium will present reviews and interpretations of some extant literature and their implications for future research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Basic understanding of single subject and group design. Familiarity with the purpose of statistical analysis and its traditional applications.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the relative prevalence of single subject design compared to group design in a behavior analytic journal; (2) list one useful application of citation analysis; (3) explain the utility of meta-analysis in behavior analysis.
 
The Progression of Experimental Design and Data Analysis in Applied Behavior Analysis
Allison Rader (The May Institute), Kevin Rader (Harvard University), JODI KATZ (Simmons University; May Institute), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Single subject design and visual analysis have become the standard for conducting and interpreting research in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). These methods can be traced in behavioral literature from the early 1900s and were revolutionized by Skinner’s philosophy of radical behaviorism. This ultimately led to a divergence in methods between behaviorism and the rest of psychology. Skinner’s divergence from conventional methods of research (group design and statistical analysis) may have historical underpinnings. His unique methods and philosophy led to the establishment of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (EAB), Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). The prevalence of conventional methods of research in behavior analytic literature remains unknown. Therefore, the purpose of this paper is to (1) report the history of research methods and data analysis in ABA and JABA and (2) analyze trends in methods within JABA to determine whether they are progressive.
 
Building and Analyzing Citation Networks of Behavior Analytic Research Literature
JACOB SOSINE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Abstract: Science, at its heart, is a social enterprise composed of interlocking behavioral contingencies. Researchers use articles published by previous scientists to design and carry out their research, and they use feedback via science communication (e.g., peer review, conference presentations) to shape the content and context of their research. But studying the variables that influence and control the behavior of researchers can be challenging. One way we can objectively measure and analyze the interlocking behavioral contingencies of scientific efforts is through citation analyses. Citations are permanent products that connect topics and data across published research and that provide data on information exchange between authors. In this presentation, we report on the results of a citation analysis involving over 10,000 unique articles spanning five behavior analytic journals. Specifically, we built network graphs of contributions by different authors based and journals, keywords, and publication year. We also analyzed trends in topics studied and provide a visual representation of the scope of published behavior analytic research. Citation analyses can provide information on the history and advancements of scientific research within behavior analysis. Citation network graphs also can help behavior analysts explore and identify seminal publications, important citations, and underexplored topics in our scientific literature.
 
What Can Effect Sizes and Meta-Analyses do for Applied Behavior Analysis?
ART DOWDY (Temple University)
Abstract: Statistical analyses of single-case research design has made significant strides in the last decade – perhaps even statistically significant when compared to previous decades. On type of statistic that appears suitable for applied behavior analysis are effect sizes. To provide scope on these advancements, current research and approaches for using effect sizes with applied behavior analytic, single-case design research will be discussed. The talk will highlight and expand on points offered in the discussion paper named Meta-analyses and effect sizes in applied behavior analysis: A review and discussion published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Furthermore, the utility of effect sizes and meta-analyses in applied behavior analysis will be explored from both a researcher and clinician’s lens.
 
 
Invited Panel #218
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Diversity submission Affirming Neurodiversity Inside Applied Behavior Analysis: Evolving Toward Inclusivity and Compassion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Panelists: KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners), AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Consulting), WORNER LELAND (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract:

Neurodiversity is a concept that asserts that the idea of normal cognition is a false premise, based on the medical model of disability. Instead, neurodiversity, which was conceptualized by the neurodiverse individuals we serve, states that all humans are born with different cognitive strengths and skills and that difference in cognition is valuable and even important for human evolution and creativity. As applied to ABA, advocates in the neurodiversity movement have pushed for a more flexible, more compassionate, and less ablelist approach to ABA supports for autistic people. Some of the criticisms from the neurodiversity movement appear controversial to many in the ABA field and many behavior analysts have rejected the concerns and/or attempted to defend our field against neurodiversity. This panel discussion will engage in an honest, vulnerable, and frank discussion of the strengths and limitations of what we do in ABA and use the neurodiversity movement as an opportunity to discuss practical steps the ABA field can take to moving our field to a future of greater inclusivity, flexibility, and less ableism. The neurodiverse panel of presenters includes researchers, practitioners, family members, and advocates.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define neurodiversity; (2) define ableism; (3) describe simple strategies for centering autistic voices in ABA research and practice.
KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners)
AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Consulting)
Amy Gravino, M.A., is an autism sexuality advocate and Relationship Coach in the Center for Adult Autism Services at Rutgers University. She is also the President of A.S.C.O.T Consulting, which offers autism consulting, college coaching, and mentoring services for organizations, schools, individuals on the autism spectrum, and their families. Amy is an international speaker who has given TED talks, spoken twice at the United Nations for World Autism Awareness Day, and presented worldwide to audiences on a variety of topics related to autism, with a dedicated special focus and research on the subject of autism and sexuality. Ms. Gravino obtained her Masters degree in Applied Behavior Analysis from Caldwell University in 2010 and currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Specialisterne USA, Yes She Can, Inc. and the Golden Door International Film Festival of Jersey City, as well as the Scientific Advisory Board of Simons Foundation Powering Autism Research (SPARK). She is an award-winning writer whose work has been featured in Spectrum, the leading online news source for autism research, Reader’s Digest, special education textbooks, and other outlets. Visit www.amygravino.com to learn more.
WORNER LELAND (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Worner Leland, MS, BCBA, is an agender, neurodivergent human, a former researcher and educator with Upswing Advocates, a current educator with Sex Ed Continuing Ed, and an organizer with the annual SexABA Conference. Their work focuses on assent and consent education, harm reduction and coercion reduction education in behavior analysis, and maximizing autonomy and access to appetitives. Worner is also a past President and past Research and Dissemination Liaison of the ABAI Sexual Behavior Research and Practice SIG.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #219
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Autism 24/7: Promoting Functional Communication at Home and in the Community
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Presenting Authors: : ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: The Pyramid Approach to Education helps the design of effective educational environments, within school settings, as well as the home and community. This talk will address how activities and routines around the home and in the community, along with the accompanying functional materials, may involve a variety of functional communication skills. We will discuss how a set of critical communication skills can be taught by parents and caregivers independent of the learner’s modality. How to incorporate a variety of functional skills within all activities and routines will be described.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Those involved with parent training
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how the Pyramid Approach can be implemented at home and in the community; (2) describe a set of critical functional communication goals; (3) describe how four distinct lessons can be built into each activity or routine.
 
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Andy Bondy, Ph.D., has almost 50 years of experience working with children and adults with autism and related developmental disabilities. For more than a dozen years he served as the Director of a statewide public school program for students with autism. He and his wife, Lori Frost, pioneered the development of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). He designed the Pyramid Approach to Education as a comprehensive combination of broad-spectrum behavior analysis and functional communication strategies. He is a co-founder of Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc., an internationally based team of specialists from many fields working together to promote integration of the principles of applied behavior analysis within functional activities and an emphasis on developing functional communication skills. He currently serves as Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He was the recipient of the 2012 Society of the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #220
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Aversive Effects of Methamphetamine as Arbiters of Risk for Use
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Tamara Phillips, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: TAMARA JEAN RICHARDS (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

This presentation will address the role of sensitivity to aversive drug effects in risk for unhealthy drug use. Considerable research has focused on drug use disorders as motivational disorders involving inherent or drug-induced reward pathway function. Human and animal research support a critical role for circuitry underlying sensitivity to rewarding and reinforcing drug effects in risk for continued use, neuroadaptation and relapse. However, less attention has been paid to the protective role of sensitivity to aversive drug effects. Dr. Phillips will present data proving that the trace amine-associated receptor 1 (TAAR1) as an arbiter of the aversive effects of methamphetamine, which when experienced, reduce methamphetamine intake. More broadly, she will discuss the importance of considering drug avoiders in clinical studies of psychostimulant addiction, which could lead to the identification of a new class of therapeutics.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Basic and clinical researchers and therapists in addiction and reward-related disorders
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance of sensitivity to acute aversive drug effects in reducing risk for addiction; (2) describe the use of genetic models in behavioral research and criteria that meet the burden of proof; (3) explain the role of the trace amine-associated receptor 1 (Taar1) in methamphetamine intake and effects.
 
TAMARA JEAN RICHARDS (Oregon Health & Science University)

Tamara Phillips is Professor and Interim Chair of the Department of Behavioral Neuroscience at Oregon Health & Science University (OHSU), Senior Research Career Scientist at the Veterans Affairs Portland Health Care System, and Director of the National Institutes of Health (NIH), National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism-funded Portland Alcohol Research Center. She received her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from the State University of New York in Albany and completed Postdoctoral training at the Rutgers University Institute of Animal Behavior. She joined OHSU and the Portland VA in 1987, rising through the ranks to Professor in 1998. She has received several honors and awards, including teaching awards, research achievement and mentoring awards, and distinguished scientist and lectureship awards. She has served as the President of three different research societies: the International Behavioural and Neural Genetics Society; the Research Society on Alcoholism; and the International Society for Biomedical Research on Alcoholism. She currently serves as Vice-President on the Board of the non-profit local chapter of Sigma Xi, the scientific research honor society. Mentoring has been one of her passions and she directed the Behavioral Neuroscience graduate program for many years. She has published numerous peer-reviewed papers, book chapters and reviews and is funded by two NIH institutes and the Department of Veterans Affairs. Her research focusses on the genetic dissection of behavioral traits associated with risk for the development of alcohol and drug use disorders.

 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Consideration of Ethics and Quality Indicators in Supervision and Clinical Practice
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Denice Rios Mojica (Georgia Southern University)
CE Instructor: Katherine Brown, Ph.D.
Abstract: Board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) use behavior analytic principles to inform practices in clinical interventions. BCBAs may engage in other activities for which behavior analytic principles are also applied including collaboration with individuals from other disciplines (e.g., speech/language pathologists) and supervisory relationships. The experimental evaluation of the efficacy of clinical interventions and activities is often emphasized; however, a consideration of ethics and quality indicators of such interventions and activities should be pervasive. For example, a practitioner may closely examine the extent to which treatments generalize to natural settings and maintain overtime or the extent to with their treatment is socially valid. Recent changes in the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020) may impact ethical considerations for a variety of clinical interventions, collaborations, and supervisory practices. Therefore, the inspection of ethical implications and current practices across a wide variety of areas is necessary. This symposium provides an overview of ethical, interdisciplinary, generalization and social validity considerations for the areas of the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, severe behavior disorders, and the supervision of early-career BCBAs.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethics, generalization, social validity, supervision
Target Audience: BCBA/Ds, intermediate
Learning Objectives: 1) Identify a variety of areas in which ethical considerations are necessary, 2) Name specific considerations during interdisciplinary collaboration, 3) State the importance of generalization and maintenance of treatment, 4) Name quality indicators as it pertains to clinical assessments
 

Generalization to Stakeholders in the Treatment of Severe Destructive Behavior

ALYSSA HURD (Utah State University), Samantha Nercesian (Utah State University), Sharelene Curry (Utah State University), Katherine Brown (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Stakeholder and generalization training are critical components in the treatment of severe destructive behavior. The Behavior Analyst Certifications Board’s Ethics Code (2020) calls for Board Certified Behavior Analysts to involve stakeholders throughout services and train interventions within contexts appropriate to the client and stakeholders. To assist practitioners, the prevalence of generalization training is needed to identify potential barriers and solutions to conducting generalization training. The purpose of this study was to conduct a consecutive case review of a university-based severe behavior program over a 10-year period to determine the prevalence of generalization training. We reviewed 268 cases for training conducted with parents and professionals, within and outside the clinic setting, and post-discharge during outpatient services. We found the majority of cases trained caregivers to implement intervention procedures whereas only a small portion trained professionals (e.g., school staff). Generalization training within the clinic using novel rooms or novel therapists occurred in less than a quarter of cases and generalization outside the clinic in home, school, or community settings occurred in just over half of cases. Post-discharge training during outpatient services occurred in about a third of cases. We discuss findings in relation to potential barriers, current ethical guidelines, and practice recommendations.

 
An Analysis of Quality Indicators During the Stimulus Avoidance Assessment
KATHERINE BROWN (Utah State University), Alyssa Hurd (Utah State University), Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Researchers have long noted gaps in the punishment literature, one of which is the use of preassessments to aid in the identification and selection of potential punishers. To date, the stimulus avoidance assessment has guided much of the research and clinical practice on identifying and selecting punishing stimuli for severe problem behavior in applied settings. Despite this, there is limited data surrounding the use and outcomes of this assessment. Notably, there no studies have examined important quality indicators for this stimulus avoidance assessment. Some of these quality indicators include social validity, procedural integrity, and outcome correspondence (i.e., the degree to which the results inform a subsequent treatment). The current study summarizes the results of 23 published and 30 clinical cases of the stimulus avoidance assessment. Findings highlight populations who frequently partake in this assessment as well as important quality indicators. We discuss avenues for future research, ethical considerations for identifying and using punishment procedures, and clinical applications.
 
Ethical Considerations in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
CAITLIN A. KIRKWOOD (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Connor Sheehan (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders represent a unique population of individuals that behavior analysts work with due to the wide range of presenting problems (i.e., difficulty chewing to total food refusal) and complex medication conditions that likely contributed to the feeding difficulty. Failure to treat feeding difficulties may lead to malnutrition, worsening current or developing new medical problems, developmental delays, behavior problems, social-stigma, long-term eating disorders, and increased caregiver stress (Piazza et al., 2017). Behavior analysts working with in home, clinic, or school settings are frequently encountering children with feeding concerns, especially given the high prevalence of feeding difficulties among children with autism spectrum disorder and related developmental disabilities. As a result, they may be presented with potential ethical dilemmas related to the assessment and treatment of feeding difficulties, such as boundaries of competency and the necessity for interdisciplinary care warranted by the complexity of feeding problems and co-occurring medical conditions. We discuss best practices in the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders and related ethical concerns and provide a decision-making model to help ensure ethical practice.
 
A Survey of Supervisory Practices in Junior Board Certified Behavior Analysts
KAYLA RANDALL (Georgia Southern University), Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Denice Rios Mojica (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Individuals seeking their board certified behavior analyst (BCBA) credential, or are either a registered behavior technician (RBT) or board certified assistant behavior analyst (BCaBA) are required to undergo ongoing supervision from a BCBA or doctoral level BCBA-D as they engage in behavior analytic activities. After becoming a BCBA/D there are no such formal requirements to receive ongoing supervision or mentorship. The extent to which junior BCBA/Ds (i.e., certified within the last five years) are receiving support in the form of supervision and mentorship is unknown. This may be concerning given that some BCBA/Ds begin their career in highly specialized areas which may require additional oversight because of safety and ethical considerations. Without this oversight, BCBA/Ds may not feel supported nor feel equipped to navigate complex situations (e.g., ethical dilemma). This study presents data on a survey given to BCBA/Ds who were early in their career about their experiences with supervision and mentorship. Specifically, we examined questions related to the current practices, perceptions of supervision, and barriers to supervision. Preliminary data suggest access to supervision following certification is extremely important. Implications for recommendations for the supervision and mentorship of junior BCBAs is discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #222
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Clinical Documentation: A Treatment Package to Improve the Quality of Session Notes
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Leah Bean (Butterfly Effects)
CE Instructor: Bryant C. Silbaugh, Ph.D.
 

Development of a Standard Set to Measure Treatment Outcomes for Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Service Delivery
ZOFIA DAS-GUPTA (International Consortium for Health Outcome Measures (ICHOM)), Ivy Chong (May Institute)
 
Abstract:

Many individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder will require continuous health care and social services to address their individual changing needs, which is estimated to cost up to 2.4 M over the lifetime (Buescher, et al., 2014). While many treatment modalities exist, ABA is the only evidence-based practice in the treatment of ASD. Despite this, there is no standardization of outcome measures to determine the efficacy of treatments. Additionally, there continues to be significant disparities in access and variability in care. For this project, ICHOM brought together 21 clinical experts, researchers, and leaders from all over the world to develop the ASD Standard Set, with the aim of a comprehensive yet parsimonious set of outcomes and case-mix variables. This session will discuss the process used to develop the standard set, current barriers, and preliminary recommendations for implementation. Value-based healthcare and the importance of alignment between provider, payer, and patient will also be presented.

 

Overview of the Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery Quality Framework

Domain: Service Delivery
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (Maraca Learning, Inc.), Robbie Fattal (Maraca Learning)
 
Abstract:

The quality of services in the applied behavior analysis (ABA) industry is under threat by a rapidly expanding workforce and demand for services in the absence of an empirical approach to promoting ABA service delivery quality (ASDQ). Other industries have responded to similar situations with innovations in quality tools and international standards, and we think our industry is primed and well positioned to do the same. In this paper, we provide a high-level overview of a novel ASDQ framework practitioners can use to develop systems for systematically supporting high service quality in ABA organizations. This talk includes a brief summary of growth in the industry, the need for more systematic discussions about quality, a definition of quality at the organizational level, introduction to the evidence-based practice of ABA at the organizational level, and some suggestions for using culturo-behavioral science concepts with a 6-step action plan organizations can implement now to pursue high ASDQ. Attendees will participate in activities that will help them think in new ways about quality in the ABA service delivery industry.

 

The Apprentice Model 2.0: Enhancement of the Apprentice Model to Optimize Shared Value

Domain: Service Delivery
MOLLY DUBUQUE (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Breanne K. Hartley (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
 
Abstract:

The Apprentice: An innovative approach to meet the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s supervision standards (Hartley, 2016) was published 6 years ago. Now, enhancements have been made based on lessons learned through the implementation of this model across dozens of BCBAs and their Apprentices. Supervision of those pursuing board certification within an applied setting requires shared value to the Apprentice, the BCBA, and the organization within which they both work. The benefit for the Apprentice consists of optimal training, including competency assessments, ensuring preparation to become a successful BCBA. The benefit for the BCBA is mentorship to the next generation of BCBAs, as well as support and assistance with an assigned caseload of patients. The benefit to the organization is exceptionally trained Apprentices who will transition into future BCBA positions, at a time when BCBA positions are extremely difficult to fill. For these advantages to be experienced by all three parties, a robust and comprehensive training of Apprentices must include several components: overlap between the BCBA and Apprentice when overseeing patient treatment, identification of a maximum amount of restricted hours accumulated by the Apprentice with patients, targeted objectives for Apprentice competency, and standardization of bi-directional feedback between the Apprentice and their supervising BCBA. The objective is continuous quality improvement of the Apprentice Model with shared value to all parties involved in order to continue seeing successful outcomes throughout the field with endeavors to grow the next generation of highly skilled BCBAs from within.

 

Improving Clinical Documentation: A Treatment Package to Improve the Quality of Session Notes

Domain: Service Delivery
LEAH BEAN (Butterfly Effects), Na Nguyen Seyedain Ardabili (Butterfly Effects), Steve Woolf (Butterfly Effects)
 
Abstract:

Over the last decade, the landscape of ABA documentation and billing has drastically changed. National headlines have been made in several instances of ABA companies being found guilty for fraudulently billing for services that were never provided or inaccurately billing at higher rates, amounting to hundreds of thousands to millions of dollars. These instances have rightfully alarmed payor sources and led to more frequent and intense documentation auditing by funding sources. Accurate, comprehensive documentation requires an increased response effort and training to ensure basic requirements are met. An internal audit of session notes was completed at a large ABA company and scores were found to be insufficient. Therefore, a plan was set forth to develop a comprehensive approach to train and monitor the documentation of ABA services and the Session-Note Writing Auditing Team (SWAT) was created. This presentation will discuss issues identified within session note documentation, how SWAT was successfully implemented across a large, nationwide company, and how audit scores significantly improved to meet and exceed payor standards and best practice. These findings are socially significant as developing an effective auditing system for documentation is essential in sustaining ongoing treatment delivery for persons in need of medically necessary ABA services.

 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define quality at the organizational level, (2) describe the evidence-based practice of ABA at the organizational level, and (3) list steps organizations can take to pursue high-quality ABA services for individuals with autism; (4) identify key components of the Apprentice Model; (5) identify ways to make bi-directional feedback meaningful to both the supervisor and supervisee; (6) identify tools that can immediately be used to enhance your supervision practices; (7) create a scorecard to internally audit staff session notes, (8) develop a comprehensive internal auditing system company wide, and (9) provide training and support for direct care staff on how to improve session note writing to meet payor and best practice requirements.
 
 
Symposium #223
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Use of Technology to Disseminate Applied Behavior Analysis into Applied Settings
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Natalie Badgett (University of North Florida)
Discussant: Jennifer Nicole Haddock (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Rose Nevill, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While ABA is considered an evidence-based approach for skill development and challenging behavior reduction with people with autism and broader developmental disabilities, many lack access to services due to a number of barriers (e.g., distance, cost, scheduling, lack of providers, and transportation). Further, families and professionals who deliver primary supports to people with ASD/DD often do not have training in ABA. Technological advances over recent years now present a wide range of options for disseminating ABA to people with ASD/DD, and delivering coaching on behavioral techniques to support systems. This selection of presentations will provide examples of how four different technological modalities (an app, bug-in-ear speaker system, virtual reality, and the videoconferencing) can be applied to disseminate ABA knowledge to difficult-to-reach populations. Preliminary data will be shared to demonstrate the effectiveness of each approach and to conclude we will discuss implications of use of technology for furthering the reach of ABA within the disability field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Accessibility, Dissemination, Technology, Telehealth
Target Audience:

A minimum of a masters degree in behavior analysis, psychology, education, technology, or a related degree.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) Understand how virtual reality systems can be used as skill building tools for people with autism (2) Identify innovative tech-based strategies for disseminating ABA into applied settings (3) Explain the ECHO model and understand how it can be modified to provide behavioral consultation in new settings
 
There’s an App for That! Teaching Daily Living Skills Using Tablet-Based Technology
NATALIE BADGETT (University of North Florida), Young Hee Byun (University of Virginia), Micah Mazurek (University of Virginia), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia)
Abstract: Daily living skills include appropriate self-care skills (e.g., tooth brushing) that enable individuals to function independently across environments. Children with autism commonly struggle with daily living skills, regardless of cognitive abilities and these deficits may worsen from childhood to adulthood. Deficits in daily living skills lead to over-reliance on caregiver support and limited independence. Evidence-based behavioral strategies targeting daily living skills include chaining, prompting, and task analysis. While ABA represents a useful approach to teaching daily living and other adaptive skills, many children are unable to access high quality ABA services. Barriers to access include provider shortages, long waitlists, high costs of services, and logistical barriers. SkillSTAR represents an innovative strategy to improve access to evidence-based intervention for children with deficits in daily living skills. In this presentation, we will introduce the SkillSTAR application, which fully integrates assessment, intervention, data analysis, and user support to promote acquisition of daily living skills. We will also share data from an initial pilot study evaluating the effectiveness of the tool in teaching tooth-brushing skills.
 

Effects of Coaching Parents of Children With Autism via Telehealth

YOUJIA HUA (University of Virginia), QIAN ZHANG (Kunming LIH SkyCity Rehabilitation Hospital), Yan Liu (University of Virginia), Qing Li (Kunming LIH SkyCity Rehabilitation Hospital)
Abstract:

We designed and implemented a parent coaching program that focused on procedures used to teach three types of spontaneous verbal request skills for children with autism in China during the COVID-19 pandemic. Two parent-child dyads from a southwestern city in China participated in the study. Using the telehealth service delivery model, a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) in China provided coaching. During the coaching sessions, the parents received BCBA’s immediate prompt and feedback from a Bluetooth earpiece. In a randomized multiple-baseline across the behaviors design, we confirmed a functional relation between the parent coaching program and their frequency of correct teaching trials. Both children also emitted more spontaneous verbal requests during the intervention.

 
Skill Building With Virtual Reality
REHAN MAIRAJUDDIN (Floreo Tech), Vijay Ravindran (Floreo, Inc.), Sinan Turnacioglu (Floreo, Inc.), Rita Solórzano (Floreo, Inc.), Stephen Donaldson (Floreo, Inc.)
Abstract: There remains a clear need for effective, accessible, and low-cost interventions that can address the diverse needs of individuals with the diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Virtual reality (VR) has emerged as a promising method of intervention with over two decades of research on its use for a variety of different skills. The safety, feasibility, and efficacy of a virtual reality intervention to teach skills needed to successfully navigate encounters with law enforcement officers in adolescents and adults with ASD was assessed during a funded research project. Results indicate that participants’ knowledge of appropriate encounters with police officers and comfort interacting with officers increased significantly as a result of the virtual reality intervention. Participants’ eye contact during police interactions was rated as significantly better during the post-intervention assessment compared with pre-intervention, and the appropriateness of their behavior was rated as being significantly improved after participating in the virtual reality intervention. Research suggests that a novel mobile virtual reality skill-building system designed to support children and adults with ASD through real-time coaching and feedback is safe and feasible for use by a range of autistic individuals and may be effective at improving community social problem-solving skills.
 

Use of the Videoconferencing-Based ECHO Model to Disseminate Applied Behavior Analysis to Inpatient Psychiatric Settings

ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia), Natalie Badgett (University of North Florida), Gail Lovette (University of Virginia), Jaimee Traub (University of Virginia), Keith Page (University of Virginia)
Abstract:

Adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) experience high rates of behavioral crises, which significantly increase their risk of emergency room or psychiatric hospital admissions. While psychiatric hospitals typically specialize in the assessment and treatment of severe mental illness and substance abuse, providers in these settings generally have little to no training on working with IDD populations. This project piloted an application of the Extensions of Community Health Outcomes (ECHO) model to disseminate behavioral knowledge to inpatient psychiatric care teams in state-funded hospitals across Virginia through a videoconferencing platform. Six providers participated in a pilot evaluation of this program and completed pre-post test measures of ABA knowledge, self-efficacy in managing challenging behavior, and program satisfaction. Results demonstrated a significant improvement in providers’ self-efficacy, knowledge of ABA, and high program satisfaction. The model design will be described, after which implications and considerations for future use of the ECHO model as a mode for disseminating behavioral knowledge and consultation will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
Challenges to Accessing Appropriate Care for Individuals Diagnosed With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities and Their Families: Highlighting Barriers and Discussing Potential Solutions
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Ivy M Chong (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Ivy M Chong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Determining successful pathways to improve accessibility to and quality of care for individuals diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disorders (e.g., autism spectrum disorder) remains a major challenge for health care providers and society at large (Waxegard & Thulesius, 2016). That is, although timely diagnosis and entry into early intervention services is recommended for these individuals (Elder et al., 2017), caregivers often experience barriers when attempting to access this initial level of care. Further, barriers to accessing appropriate care become more complex throughout the individual’s life course (Malik-Soni et al., 2021) and caregivers find themselves continually faced with navigating a variety of challenges when attempting to secure services and resources to meet the needs of their family. The presentations within this symposium will highlight several of these challenges and discuss potential solutions that families might encounter when attempting to access initial care (i.e., waitlists and caregiver training) up until when they need to access emergency or intensive services (i.e., boarding patients with severe challenging behavior in the emergency department and inpatient units). A discussant will review how understanding these barriers is crucial for developing effective solutions and will offer strategies for improving access to services.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Needs assessment, Service delivery, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify barriers caregivers experience when attempting to access care for individuals diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disabilities 2. Discuss potential solutions for mitigating challenges associated with accessing appropriate care 3. Review future areas of research for improving access to services
 
Prevalence of Autistic Children Who Experience Delays to Behavioral Therapy in Michigan: A Summary of Survey Data Describing Caregiver Needs During This Time
ANDREA PETERSON (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Jaimie Barr (Eastern Michigan University), Brittany Loder (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in Michigan often face delays to applied behavior analysis (ABA) services in the form of waitlists. Using a survey distributed to caregivers throughout the state of Michigan, the current study aimed to assess the prevalence of delay to ABA services and barriers faced by caregivers of individuals with ASD when pursuing ABA services in Michigan. The results indicate that about 73% of caregivers’ children (n = 78) spent time on waitlists for ABA services, varying in duration from 1 month to over 1 year. Further, the majority of caregivers indicated they were concerned about their children’s behavior while awaiting services and would have been interested in receiving training during this time to help support them in managing behavioral concerns and teaching new skills to their children. Recommendations for addressing child and caregivers’ needs during this time are reviewed and directions for future research and practice are discussed.
 
Feasibility of Adapting RUBI Behavioral Parent Training to Telehealth
RYAN J. MARTIN (May Institute), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract: Behavioral parent training, such as the Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Autism Network’s parent training program, is efficacious in empowering caregivers and improving the behavior of autistic children but it is typically provided face-to-face in clinical settings. Unfortunately, barriers exist to accessing such services, including an insufficient number of trained providers and long distances to travel. A telehealth version of RUBI could alleviate such barriers. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the feasibility of adapting RUBI parent training to be delivered via telehealth (RUBI-T). We present the results from 14 parent-child dyads that participated in a feasibility study of RUBI-T. Results indicate that RUBI-T can be implemented with fidelity and is acceptable to parents. Further, RUBI-T holds promise of efficacy in reducing children’s challenging behaviors, improving adaptive skills, and reducing parent stress. Implications for both future research and clinical practice are also discussed.
 

Hospital Boarding of Patients with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Severe Problem Behavior: Issues and Barriers

ALI SCHROEDER (Western Michigan University), Lloyd D. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Kelsey E. Stapleton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who engage in severe problem behavior are often brought to the emergency department (ED) by their families when there is no other option to ensure safety. Individuals may remain in the ED for extended periods. We executed a grant with a local ED to decrease the length of stay of these individuals by arriving to the ED within 24 hours of admission to conduct functional behavior assessment, develop treatment recommendations, and train parents, caregivers, and/or staff to implement them. This presentation will describe the results and focus heavily on the barriers experienced in providing said service. We will discuss the ramifications for future projects of this nature and ways to approach removing those barriers.

 

A Treatment Model for Children Diagnosed With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities Boarded on Psychiatric Inpatient Units

MATHEW C. LUEHRING (University of Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Boarding has been defined as “the practice in which admitted patients are held in hallways or other emergency department (ED) areas until inpatient beds become available” (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2008) and represents a widespread challenge to accessing appropriate care for individuals with psychiatric needs. Several published articles (Nicks & Manthey, 2012; Nolan et al., 2015) have described the prevalence of boarding and provided guidelines related to decreasing boarding in EDs. However, less research has examined preventing and addressing a related challenge of patients boarded for extended periods of time on inpatient psychiatric units without a clear disposition plan. This presentation will describe a treatment model for individuals boarded on psychiatric inpatient units. The treatment model consists of (a) modifications to common psychiatric and behavioral treatments to enrich the patient’s time on the inpatient unit and (b) strategies to interact with external team members (e.g., Medicaid) to facilitate a timely transfer from the unit to an appropriate level of care. Initial results showed improved duration between aggressive outbursts and improved staff safety while caring for these patients for extended periods. Recommendations will be made for future research dedicated to understanding and preventing boarding on psychiatric inpatient units.

 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Group Contingency Reviews: Exploring the Literature and Examining Clinical Trends
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University)
Discussant: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Group contingencies account for a wide range of interventions and have amassed a substantial literature base. In this symposium, researchers will present reviews of the group contingency literature, including reviews of randomization in group contingencies, group contingency interventions in alternative education environments, ecological and social validity components in the Good Behavior Game, and reinforcer preference assessments and contingencies in the Good Behavior Game. Presenters will discuss clinical implications and future directions for research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): group contingencies
Target Audience:

Intermediate. Attendees should have a general understanding of group contingencies.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Discuss the current clinical trends in group contingency-based interventions in schools and alternative education environments 2. Describe the prevalence of social and ecological validity measures in Good Behavior Game research. 3. Discuss trends in the use of reinforcer preference assessment and reinforcers in Good Behavior Game research.
 

More Than Just a Game: A User Guide to Randomized Group Contingencies in Schools

VERONICA ROSE DISTASI (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Group contingencies are an evidence-based practice for producing behavior change in groups of individuals and have been widely used in educational settings. Despite the documented effectiveness of group contingencies in schools, traditional group contingencies (i.e., when components of the group contingency are known to students prior to the session) have a number of limitations. Randomized GCs (i.e., when one or more components of the group contingency are selected from a pool and are unknown to students prior to the session) are frequently used by researchers to address the limitations posed by traditional group contingencies and improve usability and contextual fit. In this presentation we will identify several of the limitations associated with traditional group contingencies and describe how randomized group contingencies can be used to overcome those limitations and improve usability or contextual fit. We will also outline recommendations, based on the existing literature, for using randomized group contingencies in educational settings.

 

Systematic Review of Group Contingencies in Alternative Education Settings With Students With Challenging Behavior

Emily Groves (University of South Wales), MILAD NAJAFICHAGHABOURI (Utah State University), Christopher Seel (University of South Wales), Sara Melanie Fischer (University of South Wales), Carys Thomas (University of South Wales), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Previous reviews show that group contingencies (GC) are an effective intervention for improving student outcomes in school settings. However, those reviews do not specifically examine the effects of GCs in alternative education settings. Given that these settings typically support individuals who are displaying severe challenging behaviors or are diagnosed with specific behavior disorders, synthesizing the evidence for GCs will be a useful contribution to the literature on how effective these procedures are in reducing problematic student behavior. In addition, this review will assess how relevant stakeholders in these settings rate the social validity of GCs. The quality of the studies included in this review were assessed using an adapted version of the Evaluative Method for Evaluating and Determining Evidence-Based Practices in Autism (Reichow et al., 2008). Twenty-one articles met final exclusion criteria and were individually coded during data extraction and quality assessment. Results suggest that GC interventions are effective in improving various student behavioral outcomes in alternative education settings. The majority of teachers assessed for social validity of GCs reported liking the intervention. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
The Good Behavior Game and Reinforcer Information: A Review of the Literature
KAYLA CROOK (University of Mississippi), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Rosie Cooper (Louisiana State University, Shreveport), Karla Zabala-Snow (University of Georgia), Kadijah Quinland (University of Georgia)
Abstract: To date, there have been two literature reviews (Flower, McKenna, Bunuan, Muthing, & Vega, 2014; Tankersley, 1995) and two meta-analyses (Bowman-Perrott et al., 2016; Tingstrom, Sterling-Turner, & Wilczynski, 2006) of the research related to the GBG. The reviews and meta-analyses reviewed a range of variables including: (a) classroom organization, (b) when and how long to play the GBG, (c) game variations, (d) populations, (e) increasing and decreasing classroom behaviors, and (f) teacher/consumer satisfaction (i.e., social validity). The purpose of the current review was to assess the GBG literature published during the 5-year period of 2014-2018 (i.e., post Bowman-Perrott et al., 2016), with particular attention paid to two specific areas of interest: (a) inclusion of preference assessments and (b) inclusion of information regarding specific reinforcers used (i.e., magnitude of reinforcers). This review found researchers often do not include information regarding the inclusion of a preference assessment prior to implementation of the GBG. Despite the lack of preference assessments, GBG researchers do include some information regarding what types of reinforcers they used to reward students for winning the GBG. The information, when provided, regarding the reinforcers used is helpful for replication purposes, but even more information would be beneficial.
 
Examining the Social and Ecological Validity of the Good Behavior Game
DYLAN MURPHY ZIMMERMAN (Utah State University), Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) has been established as an effective classroom behavior management strategy, but the degree to which the GBG is implemented in a socially and ecologically valid manner is relatively unknown. We conducted a systematic review of the GBG literature from 1990-2021 using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines and coded each article for key components of social and ecological validity. Results indicate that 92% of studies included some assessment of social validity, yet the measure used varied significantly. The degree to which studies measured each of the key components of social validity (i.e., goals, procedures, and outcomes; Wolf, 1978) was variable. Related to ecological validity, we found that the GBG is often researched in naturally occurring settings, with natural change agents, and with behaviors relevant to participants, yet very few studies assessed generalization or maintenance. In this session, a further analysis of these data as well as participant demographics, settings, dependent variables, and stakeholder involvement in GBG studies will be described. Directions for future research and clinical application will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #226
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Staff Training Interventions
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Grace Bartle (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Jason C. Vladescu, Ph.D.
Abstract: Staff and caregiver behavior impact the quality of services delivered to consumers; thus, identifying ways to effectively train staff and caregivers is a worthwhile area of study. This symposium includes four talks that address this important topic across various settings. Bartle will share findings of an experiment that evaluated the effects of a systems-wide training and incentive program on the integrity with which staff used behavioral skills training when training new staff. Cruz will share findings of an experiment that evaluated the effects of a program to teach behavior analysts how to effectively supervise therapists using discrete trial teaching. Matteucci will describe the results of an experiment that evaluated the effectiveness of remote behavioral skills training to teach dental students and professionals to implement a package of evidence-based interventions. Finally, Romero will discuss the outcomes of an experiment that remotely trained masters-level students on how to interpret results and identify behavioral function during functional analyses using ongoing-visual inspection and e-learning modules.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, OBM, Staff training
Target Audience: Presentations at this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Behavior analysts in practice and researchers are the target audience for this symposium.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the effects of a systems-wide training and incentive program on staff trainer integrity; (2) Discuss how behavioral skills training can be used to train staff remotely and in person; (3) Describe the results of a study that used e-learning modules to teach individuals how to interpret functional analyses.
 
Effects of a Systems-Wide Intervention to Improve Trainer Integrity in a Behavioral Healthcare Organization
GRACE BARTLE (University of Kansas), Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas), Sandra Alex Ruby (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Within large behavioral health care organizations, direct support professionals often function as peer trainers of newly hired staff. To foster the highest quality services, peer trainers would ideally rely on empirically supported training procedures, such as behavioral skills training (BST). Unfortunately, teaching peer trainers how to effectively use BST is not a widely adopted practice. The current study extended previous research on pyramidal peer training and evaluated the effects of a systems-wide intervention to improve the integrity with which peer trainers implemented BST. The results of an assessment revealed that staff did not regularly receive contingent feedback or reinforcement. Thus, we implemented a systems-wide indicated, multi-year intervention involving coaching (i.e., feedback) and a monetary incentive that was adapted during the pandemic. In addition, we added a supplemental prompt given system challenges. The intervention effectively increased the percentage of trainers who used BST during peer training.
 

The Use of a Modified Behavioral Skills Training Procedure to Train Board Certified Behavior Analyst Supervisors of Discrete Trial Teaching

Yulema Cruz (Rutgers University), JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

This study evaluated a systematic method of training and evaluating supervisors in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) settings. Using a concurrent multiple-baseline across subjects’ design, this study assessed the use of a training protocol designed to teach masters’ and doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs/BCBA-Ds) to supervise therapists administering Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) sessions for children on the autism spectrum. Therapists’ performances before and during training for their supervisors was also assessed. Results revealed that the implementation of supervision training improved supervisor and therapist performances when compared to baseline values.

 
Remote Training of Dental Students to Promote Cooperative Behavior in Adult Patients with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
MARISSA MATTEUCCI (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Many individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) engage in noncompliance in dental settings and receive relatively intrusive interventions (e.g., general anesthesia, restraint) during routine dental exams. Few dental schools have specialized curricula to teach dental and dental hygiene students to promote cooperative behavior in patients with IDD. In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of remote behavioral skills training (BST) to teach dental students and professionals to implement a package of evidence-based behavioral interventions. The interventions, which dental professionals could easily deliver within the context of routine dental exams, included tell-show-do, contingent praise, noncontingent positive reinforcement (NCR), and noncontingent negative reinforcement (NCE). After the training, six of seven participants successfully implemented the intervention in-person with a simulated patient in the absence of feedback. The participants reported high satisfaction with the training. These findings suggest that dental and dental hygiene schools could incorporate this training modality to efficiently train students to implement behavioral techniques to promote cooperative behavior in patients with IDD.
 

Teaching Components of Functional Analyses Methodology and Evaluating the Effects of Generalization Using E-Learning Modules and Ongoing Visual Inspection: A Replication and Extension

ASHLEY ROMERO (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Functional analyses (FAs) are empirical demonstrations of cause-effect relations between the environment and behavior (Skinner, 1953). An FA is determined to be complete when a behavior analyst has identified the function(s) maintaining the problem behavior or decides that continuing the analysis will not yield helpful information (Retzlaff et al., 2020). The current study sought to replicate and extend the findings of Retzlaff et al. (2016) by remotely training master-level students how to interpret results and identify behavioral function during FAs using ongoing-visual inspection and e-learning modules. Additionally, we evaluated the effects of generalization to FA methodological variations. Results suggested that our e-learning modules were not effective for 5/5 participants and all participants required additional feedback to meet mastery criteria. We address potential methodological changes that may have affected the lack of replication.

 
 
Symposium #227
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behavior Analytic Instruction in Higher Education
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Hollins (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Nicole Hollins, Ph.D.
Abstract: As teachers of behavior analysis, it is important to apply principles of behavior analysis to our instruction. This is important on multiple levels. It is important that we (1) analyze the variables related to effective and efficient learning for our students, (2) approach teaching college classes from a conceptually-systematic, behavioral lens, and (3) model the use of behavior analytic tactics in our teaching so students see us practicing what we preach. This symposium will consist of multiple papers that exemplify the application of behavior analytic principles in college teaching to ensure effective and efficient teaching and learning. This collection of papers will show how variations of active student responding activities can be incorporated into synchronous online learning activities and their impacts on learning in the online classroom; examples and nonexamples can be used to teach concept formation in the college classroom; peer-generated examples can be used to teach students to discriminate between examples and nonexamples of behavioral concepts; and involve college students in the generating course content to develop more student-centered, culturally-relevant content in the college classroom. These papers demonstrate behavior analytic, conceptually-systematic, and socially significant approaches to college instruction and are useful in informing effective and efficient college instruction.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): active responding, college teaching, concept formation, culturally-relevant teaching
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills include mastery of behavior analytic content at the doctoral level. Experience in college instruction is a helpful skill but may not be a necessary prerequisite skill.
Learning Objectives: Learners will: 1. Explain the effects of different active student responding modalities during synchronous online instruction on student engagement and test question accuracy. 2. Explain the effects of similar and dissimilar nonexamples on concept formation. 3. Explain the effects of peer-generated examples on student accuracy of identifying examples and nonexamples of behavioral concepts during interactive computerized teaching. 4. Explain Open Behavior Artifacts and student perceptions of them as an alternative to traditional semester course projects.
 
Diversity submission 

Can Everyone See My Slides? The Effects of Active Student Responding During Synchronous Online Instruction

NICOLE HOLLINS (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Active student responding and opportunities to respond are appropriately referred to as best-practice instructional strategies for in-person learning. Many have shifted from teaching primarily in-person to either a hybrid or an online format over the past decade. The global pandemic hastened further shifts from in-person to online learning for many institutions of higher education. Given this rapid shift to online instruction, it is critical to evaluate evidence-based teaching practices in online formats. There is a robust body of literature that supports the effectiveness of embedding opportunities to respond and active student responding during in-person instruction. To date, there is limited to no data that evaluates embedding best teaching practices during online synchronous courses in post-secondary settings. Using an alternating treatments design, this study evaluated the effects of two active student response modalities on response accuracy for 17 students enrolled in a synchronous online graduate course. The results suggest that students performed more accurately on post-lecture queries following conditions that required written active student responses compared to responds cards. Moreover, the accuracy of correct responding maintained across the exams and the cumulative final exam. Limitations and future implications are discussed.

 
Diversity submission Effects of Nonexamples on Concept Formation
CATHERINE WILLIAMS (Marcus Autism Center Emory University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Concept formation is affected by the examples and nonexamples provided during teaching, but the degree to which examples and nonexamples should differ is unknown. Two experiments compared concept formation across three teaching conditions: a) nonexamples that were relatively similar to the examples, b) nonexamples that were relatively dissimilar to the examples, and c) no nonexamples. Arbitrary concepts were taught in Experiment 1 and biological concepts were taught in Experiment 2. Before and after teaching, tests with untaught examples and nonexamples measured concept formation. In general, concept formation improved when nonexamples were used to teach the concept compared when only examples were used. The highest levels of concept formation occurred when nonexamples that were more similar to the examples were used. However, concept formation may have been influenced by condition sequence and the relation between stimulus features within and across conditions. The results of these experiments indicate that explicit consideration of these relations is necessary to promote concept formation in instructional and experimental arrangements.
 
Diversity submission Evaluating the Efficacy of and Preference for Interactive Computer Training to Teach Behavior Analytic Concepts
SYLVIA AQUINO (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Richard Tanis (Butterfly Effects, LLC), Tara Famie (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe Meyer Institute ), Elizabeth Goodbody (Marquette University)
Abstract: Interactive Computer Training (ICT) involves the use of video modeling and active responding to teach new skills. ICT may be a favorable teaching modality because it can be personalized, long-term cost efficient, and may be referenced throughout training and thereafter. Evaluating the effectiveness of pedagogical strategies is an important step to determine what may inform teaching practices. Nava et al. (2019) demonstrated peer-generated examples did not improve acquisition of the behavioral concepts to undergraduate students, however students preferred peer-generated compared to traditional textbook examples. In the present study, we extended Nava et al. (2019) by including peer-generated examples in ICT with embedded feedback to teach behavioral concepts. Additionally, we evaluated the relative efficacy of ICT to teach students to distinguish between examples and non-examples of the behavioral concepts. T-tests showed higher overall improvement and higher scores in the intervention condition for all questions, but significance remained for one week only in a week-by-week analysis; non-example questions demonstrated significance both overall and for four out of five weeks. In addition, students preferred ICT compared to video models with text descriptions and text descriptions alone. The implications of the study for the adoption of ICT in higher education will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission 

Student Open Content Generation as Active Responding: Promoting Access, Diversity, and Educational Equity

Veronica Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

Involving students in content generation is one strategy to promote high-quality interaction with course content. Previous studies have demonstrated that student-generated content is a socially-valid, culturally-responsive strategy to promote learning for diverse learners (e.g., Nava et al., 2019). This presentation will review progress on the Open Behavior Artifacts project, an undergraduate student-focused initiative to develop openly licensed or open access materials on topics related to behavior analysis in lieu of a traditional semester course project. Student ratings indicate that the project was perceived as a good way to assess knowledge of behavior analytic principles. Students were also likely to endorse the project for future students, and were likely to want to do a similar content-generation project in the future. Qualitative feedback highlighted great satisfaction with the project, citing meaningful contributions back to the larger learning community. Samples of student materials will be shared, and implications for promoting diverse voices in behavior analysis will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #228
CE Offered: BACB
Overcoming Distance Barriers: Evaluation of a Special Education School Distance Learning Model and Pre-Service Special Education Teacher Training for Small Group Instruction Delivery
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:30 AM–10:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Lauren Lestremau Allen (SUNY Empire State)
CE Instructor: Lauren Lestremau Allen, Ph.D.
 
Overcoming Distance Barriers: Evaluation of a Special Education School Distance Learning Model and Pre-Service Special Education Teacher Training for Small Group Instruction Delivery
Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN LESTREMAU ALLEN (SUNY Empire State; Ivymount School), Jessica Boyle (The Ivymount School; Vanderbilt University), Brooke Hess (Ivymount School)
 
Abstract: The purpose of the session is to (a) Share the outcomes of a distance learning model employed with elementary and secondary students with developmental disabilities in a special education school (Study 1) and (b) Evaluate the effectiveness of virtual training package for special educators (Study 2). For Study 1, the independent variable included a multi-component, comprehensive distance learning package targeting student and teacher skills and supports. Dependent variables include the student variables of student responding and accuracy, daily attendance, and class participation as well as teacher variables related to learn unit implementation. Data were collected via direct observation data collected at baseline in a traditional face-to-face school setting, throughout application of the distance learning model, and then upon return to a face-to-face environment. Findings suggest the distance learning model resulted in student and teacher dependent variables that closely mirrored those during face-to-face learning. For Study 2, special educators were provided pre-service training using a combination of asynchronous virtual and synchronous virtual training, including Behavioral Skills Training, to establish instructional control and instructional delivery that included intact Learn Units and simultaneous opportunities to respond. Findings suggested that teachers implemented Learn Units with similar levels of accuracy as compared to previous school years’ in-person training.
 
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Evaluate core components of a pilot distance learning model via a small group instructional model in a special education school serving autistic students/students with autism 2. Describe core instructional delivery components that support simultaneous active student responding in a distance learning small group instructional format 3. Describe procedures employed to support daily and class attendance in a distance learning instructional format 4. Describe procedures employed to support student motivation and social-emotional well-being during distance learning. 5. Evaluate components of a distance training package for academic teachers providing small group instructional in a special education school serving autistic students/students with autism. 6. Describe the components of the training package that support teacher’s understanding and use of instructional control, instructional delivery, and instruction design practices. 7. Describe virtual Basic Skills Training components employed to train teachers on the use of Learn Units within small group instruction. 8. Describe observational measures and methods employed to collect data and monitor performance of teachers’ use of Learn Units.
 
 
Paper Session #229
CE Offered: BACB
Supervision Practices and Predictors of Supervision Satisfaction for Clinicians Providing Behavioral Services for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 29, 2022
10:30 AM–10:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Katerina Ford (PENDING)
CE Instructor: Katerina Ford, Ph.D.
 

Supervision Practices and Predictors of Supervision Satisfaction for Clinicians Providing Behavioral Services for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
KATERINA FORD (University of California, Santa Barbara), Mian Wang (University of California, Santa Barbara)
 
Abstract:

Despite increasing empirical support for applied behavior analysis over several decades, little attention has been paid to the ways in which supervision is implemented among service providers for individuals with autism. In this study, a cross-sectional survey was designed based on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) supervision guidelines and research literature. 125 clinicians from California service agencies completed a survey inquiring about supervision practices and satisfaction with (1) “typical” sessions and (2) sessions delivered through videoconferencing (VC) during the COVID-19 pandemic. Exploratory factor analyses were conducted to examine factor structure of supervision practice and satisfaction resulting in a three-factor model for supervision practice (i.e., supervision activities, supervisor proficiency, and clinician evaluation processes) and supervision satisfaction (i.e., satisfaction with supervision content, satisfaction with perceived level of support, and dissatisfaction with supervisory relationship). Supervision hours and individual and group meeting frequency were significant predictors of supervision practice, while supervision practice significantly predicted supervision satisfaction. Open-ended comments provided suggestions for improving supervision sessions and supervisor behavior in each delivery format. These findings provide a preliminary foundation of correlational evidence supporting the importance of specific supervision practices and how they predict clinician satisfaction, which can help prevent burnout and turnover intention.

 
Target Audience:

Advanced: BCBA or BCBA-D, or enrolled in graduate level work while pursuing BCBA certification licensed/certified individuals experience as a supervisor or assistant supervisor

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the tiered-system of supervision for ABA programs for individuals with ASD, including the three components of supervision practice identified through factor analysis (i.e., supervision activities, supervisor proficiency, and clinician evaluation processes) (2) Describe the three components of supervision satisfaction identified through factor analysis (i.e., satisfaction with supervision content, satisfaction with perceived level of support, and dissatisfaction with supervisory relationship). (3) Describe the relationship between supervision practice and supervision satisfaction scores in the current study, and recall at least 3 variables that significantly predicted these scores and/or moderated the relationship between these scores (e.g., delivery format, clinician level of experience, supervision frequency).
 
 
Paper Session #230
CE Offered: BACB
Replication Versus Application of the Functional Analysis: Culturally Responsive and Individualized Assessment of Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252B
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Justin Boyan Han (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Bloom, Ph.D.
 

Replication Versus Application of the Functional Analysis: Culturally Responsive and Individualized Assessment of Behavior

Domain: Service Delivery
JUSTIN BOYAN HAN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
 
Abstract:

Recent focus on issues related to diversity, equity, and inclusion have inspired behavior analysts to review and adapt clinical practices to improve service delivery to marginalized groups. Historically, criticisms of functional analysis (FA) have been pointed towards training and feasibility concerns, and have been addressed in the literature. However, some concerns regarding FA have suggested that it is a one-size-fits-all approach that does not adequately address contextual fit. We posit that the issue lies in the understanding of the clinical practice of FA as a replication of Iwata et al. (1982/1994) versus an application of the concept of FA. Although not all behavior analysts use a rigid approach to FA protocols, this paper discusses how misconceptions regarding a standardized approach have led to a culturally insensitive behavior assessment, which is especially a concern for marginalized groups. However, the application of the FA framework to individual circumstances can be a part of a culturally responsive functional behavior assessment (FBA). We provide specific recommendations for identification of and incorporation of culturally responsive elements in the FA in order to improve behavior assessment and intervention for marginalized groups.

 
Target Audience:

Target audience is pre-service or in-service BCBAs that has completed or is completing graduate level work on assessment and treatment of problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe potential pitfalls of using a one-size-fits-all form of assessment especially for people who belong to marginalized groups; (2) discuss how the FA can be part of a culturally responsive approach to assessment of problem behavior; (3) list recommendations for improving culturally responsive service provision.
 
 
Paper Session #231
A Comparison of the Efficacy of Traditional Online Training Modules Versus Telehealth Training for Individuals With No Prior Verbal Behaviour Training
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA
Chair: MERAL KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast)
 

A Comparison of the Efficacy of Traditional Online Training Modules Versus Live Telehealth Training for Individuals With no Prior Verbal Behaviour Training

Domain: Applied Research
MERAL KOLDAS (Queen's University of Belfast), Catherine Storey (Queen's University Belfast), Nichola Booth (Queens University Belfast)
 
Abstract:

Practitioners living in rural areas have typically faced many challenges accessing high-quality ABA training. Online training and telehealth procedures can overcome these challenges, ensuring that high-quality training is accessible for everyone. During the Covid-19 pandemic, online training platforms and Telehealth have risen in popularity as a training method for those working in remote areas. Given the importance of the VB approach in teaching communication skills to individuals with autism, the current research was designed to compare the efficacy of traditional online training versus telehealth in VB training for practitioners. An alternating treatments design (ATD) was utilised to compare the effectiveness of two methods with n=5 participants from globally diverse locations. The delivery of VB modules was alternated between traditional, pre-recorded videos on a learning platform and live telehealth sessions delivered in vivo. After completing each module, participants had to meet predefined mastery criteria in order to progress to the next learning module. Follow-up data and a social validity questionnaire were also collected after 4 weeks. The results showed that while both technologies successfully increased VB understanding, traditional online training produced slightly higher results than telehealth.

 
 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Sleep Problems for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jacqueline Mery (Kennedy Kreiger Institute, Johns Hopkins Children's Center)
Discussant: Annette Estes (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Katerina Monlux, M.S.
Abstract:

Sleep problems affect between 45 and 86% of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and occur at significantly higher rates than in other populations. Without effective intervention, these sleep problems can persist throughout childhood and into?adolescence and?adulthood?for individuals with ASD.? Children’s sleep problems also impact the sleep and general wellbeing of family members. Accordingly, there?is a critical need to identify effective?and?feasible?methods for assessment and parent-mediated intervention for sleep problems in children with ASD. This symposium will discuss practical forms of home sleep assessment and treatment for children from 2-11 years of age with ASD. The first presentation will discuss subjective and objective measures to assess sleep problems in the home across a range of domains, including actigraphy, environmental assessment, caregiver reported sleep diaries, and caregiver report questionnaires. The second presentation will discuss a tiered model for addressing sleep problems for use in parent coaching.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): parent coaching, sleep
Target Audience:

This presentation is targeted toward licensed practitioners including Board Certified Behavior Analysts working with families of children with ASD.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Recognize common sleep problems that affect children with ASD; (2) Discuss common methods for home sleep assessment; (3) Identify evidence-based parent-mediated interventions for children's sleep problems
 
Assessment of Behavioral Sleep Problems
KATERINA MONLUX (University of Washington/Oslo Metropolitian), Annette Estes (University of Washington)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are 2-3 times more likely than typically developing children to have sleep problems. Moreover, children with ASD are likely to develop sleep problems early in development, which persists across the lifespan. Direct behavioral assessment paired with targeted behavioral intervention is an effective solution to address sleep problems such as night wakings, short nightly sleep duration, variable sleep schedules, long latency to falling asleep, and more. However, not many behavior analysts have had training or support in assessing sleep problems. This presentation will discuss common medical and behavioral sleep assessments including subjective and objective measures that can be used in your practice to assess behavioral sleep problems for children aged 2-11 with ASD in the home. Evidence-based practical tools for behaviorally assessing sleep problems will be discussed such as actigraphy, caregiver-reported sleep diaries, caregiver report questionnaires and open-ended parent interviews.
 
Parent-Mediated Behavioral Intervention for Sleep Problems
ROBIN FINLAYSON (University of Washington), Annette Estes (University of Washington)
Abstract: Sleep problems affect between 45 and 86% of children with ASD and occur at 2-3 times the rate as in typically developing populations. Without effective intervention, these sleep problems can persist throughout childhood and into adolescence and adulthood for individuals with ASD. Children’s sleep problems also impact the sleep and general well-being of family members. Accordingly, there is a critical need to identify evidence-based and feasible parent-mediated interventions for sleep problems in pre-pubescent children with ASD. Prior studies have demonstrated improved child sleep using individual and group parent coaching to teach parents to deliver behavioral sleep interventions; however, selecting and providing support on sleep interventions can be challenging in practice. This presentation will present a tiered model for addressing sleep problems in children aged 2-11 for use in parent coaching.
 
 
Symposium #233
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Perspective-Taking Through Deictic Relational Training in Children With Autism
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claire Zuch (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
CE Instructor: Caleb Stanley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Perspective taking and theory of mind deficits are part of the symptomatic representation of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and related disabilities. Relational Frame Theory (RFT, Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001) offers a contemporary model of simple and complex language and cognitive learning that could have immediate implications for work with children with ASD. Deictic relational responding is a relational framing process that is most closely linked to perspective taking and theory of mind where people learn to respond to contextual cues of ‘I and You,’ ‘Here and There,’ and ‘Now and Then.’ Research with ASD samples has established that these relational framing patterns in singular (e.g., I versus you), reversed (e.g., If I were you and you were me), and combined forms (e.g., I-here-now versus I-there-then, perspective of self across time) are impacted even when intelligence test scores are in the normative range. This symposium will provide an overview of clinical research showing that relational training can establish deictic relational framing patterns with implications for teaching skills necessary for perspective taking and theory of mind. The first speaker will demonstrate the acquisition of I-You relations in young children with ASD. The second speaker will demonstrate the acquisition of multiple deictic relations within a single-case experimental design across deictic skills. Finally, the discussant will provide a topical overview of this work along with implications for our field and how we approach training if complex human behavior in ABA therapeutic and educational applications.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Perspective taking, Relational framing, ToM
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) describe the role of deictic relating in perspective taking; (2) discuss the PEAK relational training system; (3) describe deictic relating within the broader experience of empathy
 
Establishing Perspective-Taking Skills in Young Children with Autism Using the PEAK-T Curriculum Simple “I-You” Relations
XIAOHAN CHEN (Emergent Learning Clinic), Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic)
Abstract: Perspective-taking skills are critical for successful social interactions and children with autism often have difficulties in this area. Due to the lack of understanding of other’s perspective, they may struggle with emphasizing with other people and separating appearance from reality. The purpose of this study is to teach beginning perspective-taking skills to young children with autism by using the PEAK-T curriculum simple “I-You” frames. Three participants aged between 4 and 6 are included. A multiple baseline design is used to evaluate their improvement on simple “I-You” relations. Preliminary data show that all of the participants had no perspective-taking skills in baseline and when introduced to intervention, they demonstrated a significant increase in scores. Furthermore, pre- and post-PCA (PEAK Comprehensive Assessment) are conducted as an extra measure of their gains on the perspective-taking skills. Implications of the findings and future research will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #234
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Diversity submission Extending the Reach of Applied Behavior Analysis to Health and Social Justice Domains
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
Chair: August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Bethany R. Raiff, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been successfully disseminated in the domains of autism and developmental disabilities. Although the science and technology of behavior analysis is relevant and is being used effectively in other domains such as health and addiction, these areas receive less attention in the field and do not have clear career pathways. I will review a wide range of applications of applied behavior analysis within these less well-known domains, such as addiction, physical activity, diabetes management, and social justice. Finally, I will discuss potential barriers to the dissemination of applied behavior analysis within these domains, along with some potential next steps.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Anyone interested in broadening the reach of ABA
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how applied behavior analysis has been used in areas outside of autism and developmental disabilities; (2) identify at least two reasons why applied behavior analysis is not being applied more widely in these other domains; (3) explain at least two steps that would need to occur for the successful extension of applied behavior analysis to these non-traditional domains.
 
BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University)
Dr. Raiff graduated from the University of Florida in 2008 with her Ph.D. in Psychology, with an emphasis in Behavioral Pharmacology. She worked as a principal investigator for four years at the National Development and Research Institutes, Inc. in New York City before moving to the Department of Psychology at Rowan University in 2012 where she is currently a Full Professor and the Director of the Health and Behavioral Integrated Treatments (HABIT) Research Unit. Dr. Raiff's primary research interests include developing and evaluating the integration of technological innovations with behavioral economic interventions addressing a wide array of topics, including smoking, opioid use disorder, physical activity, diabetes management, and social justice. Dr. Raiff has been the recipient of numerous NIH grants to develop and evaluate smartphone and technology delivered contingency management interventions. She serves as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is the current President of the Division 25 of the American Psychological Association.
 
 
Symposium #235
CE Offered: BACB
The Application of Behavioral Science to the Betterment of Living and Health.
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavioral science has led to benefits in every area of human endeavor in which it has been applied. For example, autism treatment, staff performance, and educational outcomes have all improved due to the application of the science of behavior to their respective goals and issues. So it is with exercise and health. Previous studies have repeatedly shown that the variables influencing healthy behavior (i.e., exercising and eating healthy) have been identified through our behavioral science, and the application of what has been learned (regarding antecedent and consequent influences) can improve health, reduce health-related problems, and increase exercise. The research in this symposium will further emphasize different applications of behavioral science to improve aspects of exercise and health. The studies here include research focusing on all aspects of the environment, including motivating operations, antecedent control, and the influence of consequences, including the application of behavioral strategies over telehealth.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent, exercise, telehealth
Target Audience: Audience should have minimal understanding and competence in basic behavioral principles, and the basic philosophy of behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1-describe the antecedent and consequent variables that could impact exercise behaviorp 2-orally list the advantages of telehealth coaching for promoting exercise; 3-orally describe antecedent variables that could influence the maintenance of exercise behavior;
 

A Survey: The Routines and Factors That Influence Active Runners to Continue Ongoing Running Exercise

SHREEYA DESHMUKH (University of South Florida), Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida), Jeremy Buttice (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The national obesity rate has increased from 31% in 1999 to 42% in 2018 (Hales et al., 2020; CDC). Adults require 75 to 150 min of vigorous activity each week to maintain a healthy weight (CDC), and running is an exercise highly benefical for improved health outcomes (Lee et al., 2014). We conducted an online survey of active runners to identify the common behaviors and preferences that may contribute to the successful maintenance of ongoing running routines. Results were collected from 555 runners about their common habits (e.g., planning runs, use of devices, places ran) and motivational factors (e.g., preferences, barriers). Of specific interest, we found that 77% of respondents listened to music while they ran and, of those, 61% used a boost song to amplify music’s effects within their run. Moreover, 36% of all runners surveyed listened to a podcast (or other nonmusical auditory stimulation) while running. These results informed our subsequent experimental studies that evaluated the effects of these three autitory sources on running pace. Future research should use the results of this survey to (a) refine questions for other surveys and (b) inform additional experiments on examining the factors that maintain long-term running behavior.

 
The Role of Antecedent Music in the Running Routines of Experienced Runners
JENNIFER L. COOK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Promoting running for exercise is beneficial because it is accessible, cost-effective, and runners have a 29 to 50% lower risk of cardiovascular mortality than nonrunners (Lee et al., 2014). In a survey, we found that 77% of active runners listen to music when they run. The current literature on music’s effects on running show mixed or inconclusive results. This may be due to the overreliance on self-report measures and group designs used in extant literature. To address these issues, we implemented a series of three-component multiple schedule experiments to determine if music (or other auditory stimulation) affects performance for individual runners. Despite all participants reporting a preference for listening to music when they run, music did not have an effect on the pace for several runners; however, pace improved for a few runners under conditions of listening to music (vs. no music) or listening to a self-selected boost song (vs. a self-selected playlist). These results indicated that music’s effects on running pace are likely idiosyncratic across individuals. Future studies should consider (a) using music in a consequent arrangement to affect pace, and (b) the behavioral mechanisms that may explain the prevalence of music’s use in practical settings.
 
An Analysis of the Effects of a Remote Intervention on Exercise in Adults
SARAH ANNE VITZTUM (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Physical activity is important for overall health. Behavioral strategies such as goal setting, feedback, and reinforcement have been used to increase levels of physical activity to health benefitting levels. The present study extended the literature by evaluating the effects of a remote multicomponent intervention (individualized activity plans, goal setting, feedback) on exercise behavior in three adults using a multiple baseline design with an embedded changing criterion design across participants. The study used the technology of wearable exercise trackers and biweekly (twice per week) mentorship meetings where goals were set and feedback was given verbally and in graphic form to increase physical exercise to a health-benefiting level recommended by various health organizations. Across participants minutes of activity increased over baseline. The study showed that the participants increased their weekly time spent exercising according to the set goals. These results suggest the efficacy of the remote multicomponent intervention to increase time spent exercising weekly.
 
 
Symposium #236
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Relational Frames of Prejudice and Intersectionality: Promoting Diversity and Advocacy
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica M. Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago )
CE Instructor: Jessica M Hinman, M.S.
Abstract:

Utilizing behavioral interventions to functionally influence socially relevant topics such as discrimination and bias is what behavior analysis was always intended to do. By integrating elements of Relational Frame Theory (RFT), Relational Density Theory (RDT), and Acceptance and Commitment Theory (ACT) the field can begin to predict and influence barriers that people endure based on immutable characteristics such as gender or race. The current series of presentations will address issues of prejudice and discrimination from a behavioral lens. Implicit biases and related clusters of gender and racial discrimination will be discussed, as well as a model to describe arbitrary features associated with the biases held in gender stereotyping. Next, we will discuss biases associated with sexual orientation through a RDT procedure, as well as the potential for using ACT to improve the experience of LGBTQIA+ college students with relevant resources and supports. Lastly, we discuss the binary and nonbinary genders and how we can defuse associated biases through an ACT intervention. Results provide implications that may better guide research, clinical practitioners, and policy to understand the detrimental behaviors people engage in, as well as inspire the field to produce change lead by intention, science, and advocacy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): LGBTQIA+, Prejudice, Racism, Sexism
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) describe challenges experienced by disadvantaged communities; (2) describe the role of relational frames in the development of prejudice; (3) describe the role of third wave interventions in affecting meaningful change for disadvantaged groups
 
Diversity submission 

Modelling Bias and Prejudice with Relational Density Theory: Gender, Race, and ArbitrAliens

(Applied Research)
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Utilizing Relational Frame Theory (RFT)?models?to?analyze implicit?bias?and discrimination against disadvantaged communities?has been a growing area of interest for the field of Applied Behavior Analysis.?Implicit bias has been successful modelled using procedures like the?Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP)?and,?Implicit Association Test?(IAT). Relational Density Theory provides another approach that may successfully?model the interrelatedness of relations that produce bias and prejudice against people. First, we will discuss our research on gender stereotyping showing that relational frames organize into binary gendered clusters that can influence how people respond to others when variables other than gender are held constant. Second, we combined stimuli from multiple IRAP and IAT studies to reveal?complex interrelations that may participate in racial prejudice. Finally, in order to?develop a model of how these relations arrive, we implemented a relational training procedure to?create biased and prejudiced relations among arbitrary features of invented aliens (arbitrAliens) to?demonstrate how prejudice may emerge around relatively arbitrary characteristics of gender and race that can disadvantage members of these communities. Prejudice was measured in a recall?test?and through participant responses across repeated scenarios. Results correspond with our density analysis and mirror results from?the prior?studies.??

 
Diversity submission Supporting LGBTQIA+ College Students: Psychological Flexibility and Promoting Verbal Behavior of Support and Inclusion
(Applied Research)
BREANNA LEE (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Chynna Brianne Frizell (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University)
Abstract: LGBTQIA+ youth consistently report lower levels of psychological well-being, often as a result of external stressors (Smithies & Byrom, 2018). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been used in reducing self-stigma pertaining to sexual orientation. Participants in this research reported decreases in depression, anxiety, and stress, as well as improvements in quality of life and perceived social support (Yadavaia & Hayes, 2012). The degree of available social support from members of local communities, such as students and faculty on a campus, as well as implicit biases of those individuals have the potential to influence the experience of LGBTQIA+ students, positively or negatively. First, the relationship between psychological flexibility, self-compassion, and perceived social support reported by LGBTQIA+ students was explored, and implications for ACT-based interventions for this population will be discussed. Second, a Relational Density Theory framework was utilized to explore biases related to sexual orientation among college student participants and a relational task designed to defuse relations will be evaluated to examine the effectiveness of targeted interventions to reduce implicit biases regarding sexual orientation. Avenues for behavior analytic approaches to both supporting psychological well-being among LGBTQIA+ college students and reducing bias and increasing social support on campuses will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission Measuring Gender-Related Biases and Exploring Methods to Diminish Bias by Targeting Relations for Defusion
(Applied Research)
CHYNNA BRIANNE FRIZELL (Missouri State University), Breanna Lee (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Biases related to gender are an important area of empirical attention in the United States due to social challenges related to prejudice, stereotyping, and discrimination. The purpose of this study is to evaluate potential bias related to binary and nonbinary gender using a measure of relational responding rooted in Relational Density Theory (RDT) (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). Mass and volume of networks in terms of gendered stereotypical relations are assessed to further examine binary gendered stereotypes and to examine relations regarding nonbinary genders in the context of traditionally masculine and feminine labels. Implicit biases regarding male and female genders have been examined, however less research on nonbinary gender biases and stereotypes is available. Using this approach, gender stereotypes are expected to tightly cluster, but the relations may become less dense using an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) technique to weaken stereotypical relations that create bias. A defusion procedure was utilized to elaborate relational networks, using an approach adapted from previous research (Belisle, Palilunas, Dixon, & Speelman, 2018). An empirical investigation measuring the effects of a defusion procedure on gendered stereotypical relational responding will be reviewed and discussed in terms of avenues for intervention to diminish unhelpful bias and stereotypical responding.
 
 
Panel #237
CE Offered: BACB
Taking the Science of Behavior to School
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Tracy Eileen Sinclair, Ph.D.
Chair: Heather Eisel (University of Oklahoma )
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Connecticut)
R. NICOLLE NICOLLE CARR (University of Oklahoma)
SARAH HEINIGER (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract: Applying the science of behavior to school settings is increasingly necessary to meet the diverse needs of students in classrooms both with and without disabilities. Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are invaluable team members across domains within educational systems: (a) district-level consultations, (b) school-level supports, (c) classroom-level interventions, (d) teacher-level trainings, and (e) student-level assessments. While serving as support in autism classrooms is fairly common, helping train teaching assistants to serve in register behavior technician-like roles, writing/implementing functional behavior assessments for students with mental health diagnoses in upper grades, and overseeing school-wide data collection systems have become more commonplace. Furthermore, as more educators, particularly those in the field of special education, seek applied behavior analysis training and coursework, BCBAs are providing supervision, guidance, and mentorship in formal relationships. These various levels of interaction and support may result in ambiguous and strained relationships with teachers, support staff, and entire district administrations if conducted without appropriate experience and clear intentions guided by shared values and ethical principles rooted in the ethical code. This panel will focus on the ethics of school-based applications of the science of behavior via consultation with school personnel, supervision within school settings, and accurate dissemination of behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Necessary skills and competencies include: (a) supervision training; (b) knowledge of the BACB ethical code specific to consultation services, dual relationships, supervision; (c) school-based services and consultation. This panel will provide practical tips and strategies to improve practices and consultation done within school-based settings.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this panel presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the importance of delineating clear supervisory boundaries, relationships, and guidance for school-based supervisory practices; (2) understand the ethical codes related to providing school-based supervision and consultation; and (3) gain strategies to accurately disseminate behavior analysis within education settings.
Keyword(s): consultation, ethics, school-based, supervision
 
 
Invited Paper Session #238A
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Award for Distinguished Contributions to DEI: Equitable Supervision Practices
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B
Area: DEI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DANYELLE BEAL (Loving Hands Family Support Services)
Abstract:

Representing the Black Applied Behavior Analysts (BABA)--recipient of the 2022 Award for Distinguished Contributions to DEI--Danyelle Beal will present on equitable supervision practices.

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) demographic data reports that approximately 40% of the certificants are Black, Indigenous, or People of Color (BIPOC) individuals. The BACB has added items to support equitable supervision practices which will come into effect in 2025 under the 6th edition task list. One of the new task list items specifies that supervisors are required to identify and implement methods that promote equity in supervision practices. BIPOC individuals are especially at risk of being affected by inequitable supervision practices given much of the behavior analytic leadership is White and may not have previously had training on appropriate strategies that will reduce these inequities for BIPOC supervisees. The mission of BABA is to create a safe community to support, encourage and uplift Black professionals in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Since BABA's inception, our focus has been to shed light on the inequities that have marginalized our community for far too long while creating opportunities for growth, advancement and leadership for clinicians of color. It is vital that the responsibility of cultural responsiveness is shared by the field of ABA in its entirety. Thus, the purpose of this presentation will be to discuss how current supervisor practices could contribute to inequities, identify common barriers in supervisor practices, and provide some examples of solutions which could promote equitable supervision practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Clinicians and supervisors who work directly with clinicians of color

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) reflect on current supervision practices; (2) identify common barriers in supervisory practices for BIPOC supervisees; (3) provide examples of how they can establish equitable supervision opportunities with BIPOC supervisees.
 
DANYELLE BEAL (Loving Hands Family Support Services)
The mission of BABA is to create a safe community to support, encourage and uplift Black professionals in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis
 
 
Symposium #239
Constructional Approaches to Animal Welfare and Training
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: AAB/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Joseph Hacker (Key Autism Services)
Discussant: Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract: Israel Goldiamond developed Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974) to help humans struggling with various problems to achieve meaningful life goals. This approach has also been applied to human-animal interactions to improve animal welfare and training. The critical features of the Constructional Approach are to have goals that expand degrees of freedom of the animals, to start with the animal and their caretaker’s current skills and assets, and to use shaping programs with functional reinforcers. In this symposium, the presenters will provide various constructional programs, such as Constructional Aggression Treatment for fearful and aggressive behaviors (Rosales-Ruiz, 2021) and Constructional Affection (Will & Chase, 2009), to help many different animals, including dogs in homes, dogs in animal shelters, and exotic species in zoos and an application of a conjugate reinforcement schedule (Lindsley, 1963) to loose leash walking.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Animal Training, CAT, Constructional Affection, Constructional Approach
 
Gimme Shelter! A Constructional Approach to Helping Shelter Dogs Get Adopted and Stay Adopted
MAASA NISHIMUTA (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training), Sean Michael Will (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training)
Abstract: Many dogs in shelters exhibit behaviors that can be considered undesirable to many looking to adopt. When shelter staff and volunteers enter the enclosure to provide day-to-day care, these behaviors can present challenges that make the job more difficult and can deter adoption. These behaviors can also present challenges to the adopting family and make it difficult to establish the kinds of relationships they desire to have with the dog. The Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974) provides a way to help dogs learn the types of behaviors required to immediately start building the kinds of relationships good for the dog and the new family. This presentation will feature a detailed look at Constructional Affection, a procedure that uses affection as a reinforcer to teach dogs how to ask for and receive affection. This presentation will also discuss how this approach improves animal welfare and expands the dog's degrees of freedom.
 
Let's Stay Together! A Collaborative and Constructional Approach to Loose Leash Walking
STUART HOFFMAN (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training)
Abstract: Leash walking techniques are available in no short supply. Everything from punishment-based procedures involving pinch, choke, and electric collars to positive reinforcement-based procedures involving various forms of differential reinforcement involving food are available. But one question these approaches have yet to ask is the Basic Behavior Question (Goldiamond, 1967/2004). What behavior under what conditions are we looking at? Is there a way to provide a leash training experience that minimizes contact to extinction and provides the dog with the critical consequence available for pulling for other behavior? This presentation will present a new method to teach dogs how to walk calmly on leash using an approach that utilizes a conjugate reinforcement schedule.
 
A Safe and Fast Deworming Procedure for Horses
JESSICA WARD (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (Behavior Explorer)
Abstract: Most horse owners administer oral deworming medication to their horses on a set schedule, often six times per year. The deworming process involves using a plastic syringe to inject a thick paste into the horse’s mouth. Most horse owners do not specifically train their horses to accept this procedure. Consequently, many horses resist the procedure and some horses engage in behaviors, such as head shaking, pulling away, or even rearing, that may be dangerous to humans or to themselves. This study used a negative reinforcement shaping procedure to train six horses to accept dewormer medication. The procedure consisted of a food sampling phase followed by three shaping phases that simulated the deworming task, first using only the experimenter’s hand, then a small syringe, and finally a large syringe. Once the horse was acclimated to the syringe, the horse’s preferred liquid food was delivered through the syringe at the end of each trial. By the end of the study, all participants successfully completed the procedure and were able to stand still with no or minimal head movements while being dewormed.
 

Hope for the Hopeless: Transforming the Behavior of Exotic Animals Once Thought Impossible to Train

BARBARA HEIDENREICH (Barbara's Force Free Animal Training)
Abstract:

The zoo animal training community provides a unique environment to demonstrate the importance of a constructional approach to improving animal welfare. The contemporary zoo animal professional is training a wide variety of species to cooperate in their own medical care (and day-to-day care.) This can include parrots presenting body parts for injections, gorillas opening mouths for tooth brushing, giraffes presenting hooves for trimming, and tigers participating in voluntary intra-nasal swabs to evaluate for COVID-19. These impressive behaviors have inspired many animal training communities. For some animals, behaviors such as these can present challenges due to a history of the use of coercion to gain cooperation. This often results in animals emitting escape and avoidance behaviors or aggressive responses in the presence of people and objects associated with these experiences. A constructional approach provides a procedure to transform avoidance behavior into affiliative responses. Constructional Aggression Treatment can replace aggressive behavior with calm responses. Using a constructional approach allows new desired responses to be shaped in the presence of these stimuli, which results in significantly improved welfare of animals once thought impossible to train.

 
 
Symposium #240
CE Offered: BACB
Predicting and Quantifying the Effects of Behavioral Assessment and Treatment Methods
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alec M Bernstein (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Alec M Bernstein, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavioral interventions often are individualized to the presenting issue. Such interventions, however, can be cost- and resource-intensive. The ability to predict treatment outcomes based on the presenting issue and pattern of responding could abbreviate intervention timelines. Identifying socially valid treatments that promote the durability of outcomes also can ensure services are efficient but effective. This symposium is the conglomeration of four thematically related presentations. In the first presentation, Dr. Bernstein describes the predictive validity and utility of the structured descriptive assessment through post-hoc analyses from an earlier randomized controlled trial on the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior. In the second presentation, Ms. Weber describes the use of precision medicine and behavioral markers for predicting outcomes of behavioral treatment for socially maintained destructive behavior. In the third presentation, Dr. MacNaul describes the utility of functional communication training without extinction followed by contingency-based progressive delays to increase a functional communication response and tolerance of reinforcer delays, respectively. In the fourth presentation, Ms. Fleck describes the manipulation to parameters of reinforcement within a concurrent-schedules arrangement to decrease challenging behavior during functional communication training without extinction. Dr. John Michael Falligant will conclude the symposium with a discussion on the importance and future direction of this research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Descriptive Assessment, FCT, Nonextinction-Based Treatment, Predictive Validity
Target Audience: (1) Understand the principles of behavior and their application in identifying function and function-based interventions; (2) Understand the strengths and limitations to different functional behavioral assessment formats.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) consider the potential utility of structured descriptive assessments to inform treatment for young children with autism and behavioral markers for predicting the success of functional communication training for socially maintained severe destructive behavior; (2) better understand nonextinction-based treatments and variations of these; (3) identify methods to mitigate the re-emergence of challenging behavior.
 
The Predictive Validity and Utility of the Structured Descriptive Assessment
ALEC M BERNSTEIN (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Loukia Tsami (Center for Autism and Developmental Disabilities, University of Houston – Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), David P Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Researchers often identify the validity of indirect and descriptive assessments by comparing their outcomes to those of a functional analysis (FA). Although reasonable considering the FA is the only experimental method to identify causal relations between behavior and environment, comparing treatment outcomes when treatment is informed by different functional behavioral assessment formats might suggest outcomes of greater social significance. After conducting a randomized controlled trial and finding that treatments informed by either a structured descriptive assessment (SDA) or an FA both resulted in at least an 88% reduction of challenging behavior from that during baseline, we further evaluated the validity of the SDA. We report on the concurrent validity of the SDA in addition to its positive and negative predictive values, sensitivity, and specificity. We discuss these outcomes relative to the utility of the SDA for young children commonly referred to early-intervention programs (e.g., those with autism, mild challenging behavior).
 
Further Extension of Precision Medicine in the Treatment of Challenging Behavior
JESSIE KAYE WEBER (University of Nebraska Medicine), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Seth Walker (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Thomas Freetly (University of Nebraska Medicine)
Abstract: Precision medicine has been used to identify the casual pathway of disease and identify biomarkers to predict response to treatment. Behavior analysis has begun to follow suite and identify behavioral markers that may predict response to behavior treatment (Falligant & Hagopian, 2020). Past extensions of precision medicine to have led to the identification of subtypes of automatically maintained self-injury based on the level of differentiation (LOD) in a functional analysis (FA; Hagopian et al., 2017; Hagopian et al., 2015). These findings informed research evaluating the predictive validity of various behavioral markers (Hagopian et al., 2018). The current study aimed to expand the literature related to the identification of behavioral markers for socially maintained challenging behavior by evaluating the proportion of destructive behavior when the establishing operation was present (EOP) over the total amount of destructive behavior when the EO was absent (EOA) and EOP during FA test conditions. The current data set is comprised of individuals whose FA indicated a single function and data was available on EOA and EOP destructive behavior. Current data showed moderate to high levels of proportion of EOP responding and moderate to high levels of reduction in challenging behavior during functional communication training (FCT). This is an ongoing analysis.
 

Reducing Challenging Behavior Without Extinction and Promoting Delay Tolerance Through Contingency-Based Progressive Delays

HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Anh Nguyen (University of Texas at San Antonio), Madison Carr (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Although extinction is a common component of functional communication training (FCT) procedures (Gerow et al., 2018), withholding reinforcement is not always possible or ethical with certain individuals or in particular contexts (MacNaul & Neely, 2018). Additionally, for individuals that engage in challenging behavior, delays to reinforcement are inevitable, even contingent on appropriate communication. The current study employed FCT without extinction through quality and magnitude parameter manipulations to decrease challenging behavior and teach a functional communication response (FCR) for two participants with autism. Then, contingency-based progressive delays (CBPD; Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016) were introduced to teach participants to tolerate increasing delays to reinforcement. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was used to evaluate FCT without extinction and CPBDs, resulting in decreased challenging behavior and increased FCRs across both participants. Levels of both target responses maintained under increasing delay-to-reinforcement intervals, further supporting the utility of CBPDs to maintain appropriate behavior in the event of unpredictable or unavoidable delays to reinforcement.

 
Concurrent Schedules of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior in the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior without Extinction
CHELSEA R. FLECK (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Emma Jehle (Western New England University & New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Recent research on treatment of problem behavior has focused on interventions that do not require extinction. Positive reinforcement for compliance delivered on an FR 1 schedule has been shown to be an effective intervention for reducing escape-maintained problem behavior without extinction. Several studies have shown that problem behavior may re-emerge when the schedule of reinforcement for compliance is thinned. In the present study, we established and reinforced multiple alternative responses during treatment to decrease the likelihood of problem behavior during a treatment challenge with four participants with autism. First, we conducted a functional analysis to identify the maintaining variable for problem behavior (e.g., vocal protesting, self-injury, or aggression). Then, we reinforced two alternative responses with both the maintaining reinforcer and an arbitrary reinforcer while problem behavior continued to produce only the maintaining reinforcer. Finally, we withdrew reinforcement for one of the alternative responses to determine whether concurrently reinforcing an additional alternative response would avoid the re-emergence of problem behavior without extinction. The addition of a concurrently available alternative response was effective at avoiding the reemergence of problem behavior during a treatment challenge. Interobserver agreement was obtained for at least 33% of sessions and ranged from 81%-100% for all responses.
 
 
Symposium #241
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Multiple-Exemplar Training on Verbal Operant Experimental Analyses of Culturally/Linguistically Diverse Speakers With Autism
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Discussant: Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Alonzo Alfredo Andrews, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Speakers from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds have been disproportionately identified with communication deficits, a defining feature of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Traditional approaches to language assessment focus on the topography of a response, without regard for the context in which it was emitted. In contrast, the functional analysis of verbal behavior offers a rigorous and innovative approach to language assessment that subsumes the cultural and linguistic diversity of the speaker. Through multiple-exemplar training, we demonstrate verbal operant experimental (VOX) analyses across different children with autism from a variety of culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. VOX analyses are used to identify specific functional language deficits, and differences in the strength of verbal operants are examined through non-parametric analyses. Moreover, the results can be used to develop an individualized treatment plan, using a most-to-least prompt hierarchy to shape a response topography specific to each unique verbal community. In this way, functional analyses of language are shown to be a verbal-community-centered approach to observing and measuring the verbal behavior of speakers from diverse backgrounds.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): cultural diversity, functional analysis, linguistic diversity, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Practitioners (BCBAs, LSSPs, Educational Diagnosticians, etc) who work directly with children with autism from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. Audience should be familiar with the concept of functional analysis and the verbal operants.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list the conditions of a verbal operant experimental analysis (2) describe the procedures for developing an individualized treatment plan based on the results of a VOX (3) explain how a VOX analysis is applicable to speakers from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds
 
Diversity submission 

Analyzing the Functional Language of a Child With Autism Who Speaks English

JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

Functional analyses of language have been useful for measuring the strength of a speaker’s verbal repertoire, identifying verbal behavior deficits, and monitoring language development. An extension of the functional analysis methodology used to identify the variables that maintain challenging behavior, a verbal operant experimental (VOX) analysis is used to identify the variables that maintain a speaker’s verbal behavior. This presentation introduces the VOX analysis along with the procedures used to sample the speaker’s verbal repertoire. Using an English-speaking, three-year-old boy with autism as a case study, we demonstrate a pretreatment VOX analysis, describe how the results were used to develop an individualized intervention plan, and then show the results of a follow-up VOX analysis after six months of early intensive behavioral intervention. Whereas the pretreatment VOX results demonstrated examples of stimulus overselectivity, follow-up results show the development of more proportionate levels of stimulus control. Implications of VOX analyses for English-speakers with autism are discussed, and areas of future research are highlighted.

 
Diversity submission 

Analyzing the Functional Language of a Child With Autism Who Speaks Spanish

MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Childrens Center)
Abstract:

While all members of a verbal community speak a common language, not all speakers of a common language are members of the same verbal community. In addition to sharing a common language, members of a verbal community also share common reinforcing practices. Mere translation of an assessment into another language fails to address these critical issues of cultural and linguistic diversity. Consequently, topography-based language assessments provide an insufficient analysis of a speaker’s verbal behavior. Here we extend the research on functional analyses of verbal behavior to include speakers of a language other than English. Using a Spanish-speaking, five-year-old girl with autism as a case study, we demonstrate the use of a pretreatment VOX analysis conducted in the speaker’s native language, describe how the results were used to develop an individualized intervention plan, and then show the results of a follow-up VOX analysis after six months of referent-based verbal behavior instruction. Whereas the pretreatment VOX results demonstrated examples of stimulus overselectivity, follow-up results show the development of more proportionate levels of stimulus control. Implications of VOX analyses for Spanish-speakers with autism are discussed, and areas of future research are highlighted.

 
Diversity submission 

Analyzing the Functional Language of a Child with Autism Who Speaks Multiple Languages

SREEJA ATHERKODE (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

For speakers who belong to multiple verbal communities, functional analyses of verbal behavior allow for dynamic control of response topography. The simple practice of allowing the speaker the freedom to select the language of instruction minimizes cultural bias and hegemony. Here we extend the research on functional analyses of verbal behavior to include speakers of multiple languages. Using a multilingual, seven-year-old boy with autism as a case study, we demonstrate the use of a pretreatment VOX analysis, describe how the results were used to develop an individualized intervention plan, and then show the results of a follow-up VOX analysis after six months of behavior-analytic intervention. Notably, the follow-up VOX analysis was conducted in three different languages, and we compare the results of each. The results show a clear hierarchy of strength across English, Telugu, and Tamil, with overarching patterns across the three assessments. Implications of VOX analyses for multilingual-speakers with autism are discussed, and areas of future research are highlighted.

 
Diversity submission 

Analyzing the Functional Language of a Child With Autism Who Speaks With a Speech-Generating Device

MARIA JOSE OTERO (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Within the context of cultural and linguistic diversity, speakers who use augmentative and alternative communication are often overlooked. The selection of augmentative/alternative communication (AAC) for non-vocal speakers with autism spectrum disorder has been described as more of an art than a science for the population of children with autism who do not develop functional speech. While the decision to use one AAC modality over another is largely subjective, what limited research exists primarily focuses on mand training. Here we extend the research on functional analyses of verbal behavior to include speakers who communicate with speech-generating devices. Using a non-vocal, five-year-old girl with autism as a case study, we demonstrate the use of a pretreatment VOX analysis conducted in which the speaker uses AAC, describe how the results were used to develop an individualized intervention plan, and then show the results of a follow-up VOX analysis after six months of early intensive behavioral intervention. Whereas the pretreatment VOX results demonstrated a functional mand repertoire, follow-up results show the development of more proportionate levels of stimulus control. Implications of VOX analyses for speakers with autism who use AAC are discussed, and areas of future research are highlighted.

 
 
Symposium #242
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
The Use of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventionsin Community Settings
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Diondra Straiton (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Aubyn C. Stahmer (UC Davis Health)
CE Instructor: Allison Jobin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs) utilize natural contingencies and behavioral strategies (Schreibman et al., 2015) and are effective at increasing skills in autistic children. A recent meta-analysis of early interventions for autistic children found that NDBIs outperform other behavioral interventions (Sandbank et al., 2020). Yet most ABA providers report limited training in NDBIs. This symposium describes applied research from 13 institutions on the use of NDBIs in community settings. The first presentation reports improvements in adaptive behavior, social skills, and autism symptoms for autistic children receiving NDBIs within an inclusive preschool setting. The second and third presentations present data on practitioner perspectives on NDBIs, with presentation 2 demonstrating how ABA provider perceptions of NDBIs change over time and with consultation, and presentation 3 illustrating preschool teachers’ experience with and perceptions of NDBIs. Finally, the fourth presentation demonstrates the parent coaching practices of NDBI-trained early intervention (EI) providers, noting barriers and facilitators to parent coaching in the EI system. Dr. Amy Matthews (discussant) will draw on her expertise in the implementation of NDBIs in community settings and will provide recommendations for provider training and scale-up implementation efforts, particularly in publicly funded service systems.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, community settings
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and other practitioners interested in learning more about the implementation of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs) in community settings

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the theoretical basis of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs) and the behavior analytic principles of NDBIs, 2) describe the effects of NDBIs on child outcomes in community settings across 3 domains: adaptive behavior, social skills, and autism symptoms; 3) identify ABA provider perceptions of NDBIs and how these perceptions change over time and with expert consultation; and 4) describe at least 3 barriers and 3 facilitators to providing parent coaching practices within NDBIs delivered in the early intervention system.
 

Delivery of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions in a Community-Based Preschool Inclusion Program for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ALLISON JOBIN (California State University San Marcos), Nora M Camacho (Rady Children's Hospital), Aubyn C. Stahmer (UC Davis Health), Gina May (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Kristin Gist (Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego), Lauren I. Brookman-Frazee (UC San Diego)
Abstract:

The importance of inclusive environments for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is well established, and positive outcomes have been reported for some preschool inclusion programs (e.g., Strain & Bovey, 2011). However, these studies report extensive training from researchers, and limited data are available on the effectiveness of community-based and self-sustaining preschool inclusion programs. Moreover, few studies have reported outcomes from the community-based delivery of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI) in group-based community care. This quasi-experimental study reports outcomes for 26 children, 3-5 years of age at entry and diagnosed with ASD, who were enrolled in a community-based inclusion preschool program delivering NDBI for at least 6 months. Paired sample t-test indicated statistically significant improvements from entry to exit on standardized measures of adaptive behavior (Figure 1), social skills (Figure 2), and autism symptoms (Figure 3). The majority of children were testing in the adequate or higher range across measures after an average of 18 months of intervention (SD=6.5 months). Implications for the effectiveness of inclusive settings for preschool-aged children, considerations in the delivery of NDBI in group inclusive settings, and future directions will be discussed.

 

The Effect of Time and Consultation on Applied Behavior Analysis Provider Perceptions of Project ImPACT

DIONDRA STRAITON (Michigan State University), Brooke Ingersoll (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Background: Little is known about how ABA provider perceptions of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs) change over time. Consultation may also affect provider perceptions of these interventions. We investigated the effect of time and consultation on perceptions of Project ImPACT, an empirically supported NDBI. Methods: We fit 9 two-level multilevel models. We report preliminary analyses from 9 providers across 4 agencies in the Medicaid system (single case design). Providers delivered Project ImPACT during baseline (randomized to 3-6 weeks) and during the 12 weeks of consultation. Providers completed the Perceived Characteristics of Intervention Scale (PCIS) weekly. Results: Perceptions of Project ImPACT were moderately high (see Figure 1). See Table 1 for model parameters. There was an effect of time on trialability and task issues; regardless of whether providers were receiving consultation, each week, providers rated Project ImPACT as easier to try out and more helpful at improving the quality of their work. The effect of time on trialability varied depending on condition. The average rating of trialability was lower during baseline than during consultation and trialability ratings increased each week during baseline, but not during consultation. Though marginal, there was an effect of time on observability; each week, providers rated client improvements from ImPACT to be more observable. There was no effect of consultation. Conclusions: Increased use of NDBIs over time results in more favorable perceptions. Consultation does not appear to change providers’ perceptions. Implications for provider training will be discussed.

 
Preschool Teacher’s Perceptions of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions
SOPHIA R D'AGOSTINO (Utah State University)
Abstract: Naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBIs) are empirically validated interventions that are well matched for the preschool classroom context as they are designed for use in natural settings and integrate both behavioral and developmental intervention approaches. This study explored the perspectives of preschool teachers regarding common NDBI components. One hundred fifty-two preschool teachers across one Midwest state who taught at least one child with an identified disability in their classroom completed an electronic questionnaire. The questionnaire consisted of open and closed ended questions on preschool teachers’ NDBI training experience, knowledge, reported use, and perceptions of social validity. Overall, most preschool teachers received preservice and inservice training experiences in child development and early childhood teacher practices but did not receive preservice or inservice training in strategies based on applied behavior analysis. Preschool teachers agreed that NDBI components are acceptable for use within their classroom context and align with current classroom practices. Open-ended comments revealed benefits and barriers to NDBI implementation as well as specific training needs. Implications for practice and future research needs will be discussed.
 
Parent Coaching in Early Intervention for Autistic Children: What Providers Say versus What Providers Do
JORDAN ALBRIGHT (Virginia Tech; University of Pennsylvania, Center for Mental Health, Perelman School of Medicine), Liza Tomczuk (University of Pennsylvania, Center for Mental Health, Perelman School of Medicine), Aubyn C. Stahmer (University of California – Davis, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences; University of California – Davis, MIND Institute, Sacramento), Rinad Beidas (University of Pennsylvania, Center for Mental Health, Perelman School of Medicine), David Mandell (University of Pennsylvania, Center for Mental Health, Perelman School of Medicine), Rebecca Stewart (University of Pennsylvania, Center for Mental Health, Perelman School of Medicine), Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania, Center for Mental Health, Perelman School of Medicine)
Abstract: Background: Parent coaching in early intervention (EI) can lead to improvements in parent and child outcomes for young autistic children. Little is known about how parent coaching is implemented in publicly funded EI systems. Using a mixed-methods approach, this study aims to 1) identify barriers/facilitators to the implementation of parent coaching in EI and 2) evaluate EI provider fidelity of parent coaching. Methods: Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 36 EI providers and agency leaders to learn about barriers/facilitators to using parent coaching. Transcripts were analyzed iteratively using an integrated approach. Twenty-five EI sessions were coded for parent coaching fidelity using direct observation. Results: Several barriers and facilitators to parent coaching during EI sessions were identified (Figure 1). While EI providers reported using a variety of evidence-based parent coaching techniques, findings from provider observations indicate use of parent coaching strategies is low overall, with significant variability across providers (Figure 2). A strong correlation was observed between fidelity of collaboration and in-vivo feedback (r = .68, p = .000), providers who used collaborative coaching strategies were more likely to provide in-vivo feedback (Table 1). Conclusions: Targeted implementation supports are needed to improve the implementation of parent coaching for autistic children in publicly funded EI.
 
 
Special Event #243
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Women in Behavior Science: Observations of Life Inside and Outside of the Academy: Surviving & Thriving
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Denise Ross (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D.
Panelists: DENISE ROSS (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Women behavior scientists advance relevant and valuable perspectives on behavior analysis as a science and practice, perspectives that facilitate high quality training, mentoring, and civic engagement. Many scientists balance their pursuits of academic success with their roles and responsibilities as mothers and family members. However, cultural-level contingencies have not always recognized the contributions of women academicians, particularly when compared to their male colleagues. Yet the discipline has historically benefited from the contributions of many female scholars over the course of the decades. The purpose of this panel is to showcase the perspectives of prominent female behavior scientists who have held successful careers in academia and are contributors to the forthcoming ABAI book: Women in Behavior Science: Observations of Life Inside and Outside of the Academy. This panel is the second of three, focused on the mid-phase of one’s academic career and addressing topics such as promotions, transitions, and working as a female scientist in the global network.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior scientists (and particularly) women working in or working toward positions in academic settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe some of the challenges and successes experienced by the panelists, (2) describe at least one way in which these experiences have affected the panelists’ professional and personal development, and (3) identify one way in which the panelists have contributed to reframing cultural-level recognition regarding the contributions of female behavior scientists to behavior science and/or academia.
DENISE ROSS (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas)
 
 
Invited Symposium #244
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Practitioner Experiences With Telehealth Across the World
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Flamboyan Behavioral Services)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, many behavior analysts who serve individuals with developmental disabilities had to transform their practice swiftly using telehealth in order to continue supporting their clients. In this international symposium, we invited practitioners from across the world who adapted their services to telehealth to share their experiences. Smita Awasthi will present a study that reports how Behavior Momentum India shifted their in-clinic services across their 10 clinics in India to in-home telehealth during the pandemic using smartphones. Guido D’Angelo will present a study conducted in Italy through their agency, Dalla Luna, in which telehealth supervision was provided to two therapists in conducting functional analysis and functional communication training. Kristín Guðmundsdóttir, from University of Akureyri, will present a study in which the authors developed and implemented a telehealth parent training protocol with 5 families in rural Iceland before the pandemic despite challenges such as low-speed internet access. Iris Heidsha Pons from Starbright Academy in Puerto Rico will share her experiences shifting to telehealth during the pandemic for a school and clinic that serves over 200 individuals. Presenters will share cultural variables they considered, barriers they faced, and will present recommendations for other professionals implementing behavior analysis through telehealth.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how smartphones can be used to teach skills typically taught in IBI programs for children with ASD; (2) describe the three models of tele-health service delivery; (3) discuss scaling up behavior analytic services beyond the horizon; (4) describe ethical challenges in transitioning services to telehealth; (5) idenitfy adaptation to therapists’s supervision via telehealth; (6) describe how to implement functional assessment and FCT via telehealth; (7)state critical components of an evidence-based telehealth behavioral caregiver training with families of young children with autism, using a low-speed internet connection; (8) state and discriminate between possible procedural, technological, ethical and cultural challenges during behavioral caregiver training; (9) state critical training components for higher and continuing education in behavioral caregiver consultation via telehealth in low-speed internet connection; (10) describe how telemedicine was used to work with children with ASD in Puerto Rico to deliver education-based ABA during the pandemic.
 

Using the Ubiquitous Smartphone to Deliver Behavior Analytic Telehealth Services: An Indian Organizations Response During the Pandemic

(Service Delivery)
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India (BMI)), Bhavana Joshi (Behavior Momentum India (BMI)), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India (BMI)), Rajeshwari Kalkivaya (Behavior Momentum India (BMI)), Razia Shahzad Ali (Behavior Momentum India (BMI)), Sonika Srivastava (Behavior Momentum India (BMI)), Sreemon Edasserykkudy (Behavior Momentum India (BMI))
Abstract:

Telehealth services have been applied in the treatment of a variety of problems across geographies (Tsami et al., 2019). The COVID-19 pandemic provided such an opportunity to scale up the impact of behavior analysis for children with autism when in-clinic services stopped abruptly worldwide. This qualitative and quantitative case study details how Behavior Momentum India (BMI), an organisation with 10 clinics across India transitioned services from in clinic to telehealth using the ubiquitous smartphone. A cohort of 92 students diagnosed with autism participated in this study under a team of 51 therapists, 9 behavior supervisors, and a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Smartphones were used by 78% students and 82% therapists for direct 1:1 and parent-mediated sessions with 82 students. With 10 students, behavior supervisors provided parent training to continue interventions during lockdown. The critical transition decisions, logistics, and ethical challenges were identified using qualitative methods. All students continued to acquire targeted skills, while 52% of the students acquired more skills in telehealth compared to in clinic as per curriculum modification. A social validity survey provided high ratings on our organization’s initiative, and 72% parents reported that their familiarity and confidence with the science of applied behavior analysis had increased.

Dr. Smita Awasthi is a psychologist, behavioral scientist, and a BCBA-D. She completed her Master’s in Psychology in 1986, and earned her Ph.D. from Queen’s University Belfast, Ireland, in 2017. Dr. Awasthi started her career on a UNICEF project in community-based rehabilitation of people with special needs and has devoted 36 years of her professional career working across the lifespan with individuals and families affected by autism and other developmental disabilities. Dr. Awasthi founded Behavior Momentum India in 2010 and pioneered 1:1 behavior analytic services in India. She currently serves as its Executive Director and CEO. Today BMI is the largest autism intervention center outside the United States. With eight intervention centers and a team of behavior analysts and 200+ para-professionals, the agency provides intensive behavior analytic treatment to 350 pediatric and adolescent populations with autism spectrum disorder from India and abroad.
 
Supervision of Therapists and Families via Telehealth: An Italian Experience
(Service Delivery)
GUIDO D'ANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI)
Abstract: The dramatic effect of COVID-19 at the beginning of 2020 in Italy has forced the educational agencies to rapidly reorganize the provision of educational services, moving from an in vivo to a telehealth modality. Although in the international context there is wide evidence of the effectiveness of this approach, only a recent handful of studies have begun to research its application in the Italian context. This study investigates the effectiveness of telehealth therapists’ supervision in the context of two functional communication training (FCT) interventions for two children with autism spectrum disorder. Telehealth supervision was provided first to the therapists and then to the families of the children. The FCT was conducted following the functional analysis implemented by therapists, who had never received specific training on this procedure before. Subsequently, the family implemented an intervention through telehealth for the generalization of the previously taught skills within the home context. In this presentation we present the findings of both our initial and subsequent analyses, and eventually discuss their implications.
Guido D'Angelo is an internationally certified behavior analyst since 2016. He has been working for over 17 years with children and teens with autism and their families. He has been invited as a speaker at 17 national and international conferences on the topics of autism and psychology. He has published 13 books and scientific articles in the psychological field, on autism and other developmental disorders.
 

Rural Behavioral Consultation in Iceland Pre-COVID-19 Pandemic: Effects of Caregiver Training Via Telehealth on Child and Family Progress and Considerations for Training and Professional Practice

(Service Delivery)
KRISTÍN GUDMUNDSDOTTIR (University of Akureyri)
Abstract:

This paper presents the development and experimental evaluation of telehealth methods in behavioral caregiver training in rural Iceland pre COVID-19 pandemic. Lessons learned from the study will be described and considerations for professional training and practice in behavioral telehealth for families of children with autism will be discussed. The study was conducted with Icelandic families of preschool-aged children with autism that did not have access to evidence-based services. The experimental design was a multiple baseline across parent and child skills, replicated across 5 families. Both quantitative and qualitative data were collected for experimental and social validity purposes. Caregivers were taught to apply the TeachingDANCE (Ala‘i-Rosales, Cermak og Guðmundsdóttir, 2013) during play interaction with their children in order to teach their children social communication skills and enhance the quality of the relationship between the parent and child. The majority of the training was conducted through telecommunication methods. The results showed measurable progress for parents and children across all skill areas. Furthermore, the caregivers valued the increased access to evidence-based intervention and expertise, despite various challenges during the intervention. The results indicated that training via telecommunication is a viable approach for rural families with low-speed internet connection. Critical training components for higher and continuing education will be highlighted and recommendations for professional training and practice will be discussed in the context of the research as well as the lessons learned. These recommendations include considerations regarding technical skills, effective training procedures, ethical and cultural considerations, and challenges when conducting data-based behavioral consultation via telecommunication.

Kristín Guðmundsdóttir is an Assistant Professor in Psychology at the University of Akureyri, Iceland. Kristín holds a Doctoral degree in psychology from the University of Iceland and a Master of Science degree in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas. She is also a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) since 2003. Kristín has served as the President of Icelandic ABA and has been an active participant in the shaping of behavior analysis in Iceland. Kristín has worked as a therapist and case manager in early behavior intervention for young children with autism and other developmental disabilities in Iceland and the US. She also has extensive experience teaching and consulting with children and caregivers in the Icelandic school system, specifically in rural parts of Iceland. Kristín’s current research focus includes behavior intervention for families of young children with autism and other developmental disabilities via telehealth. Specific emphasis is on caregiver training for rural families that have limited access to evidence-based services.

 

Telemedicine in Puerto Rico: A New Challenge During the Pandemic to Deliver Clinical and Educational Applied Behavior Analysis to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

(Service Delivery)
IRIS HEIDSHA PONS (Starbright Academy)
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic has had an impact on the education, family, and social aspects of people with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in Puerto Rico. Starbright Academy serves 116 individuals from the ages of 2-21 years in our school program and 101 individuals with ASD and other related disorders in our clinical program (MO Therapy). The pandemic challenged us to transfer our educational and clinical system from face-to-face to a virtual one. Within 5 weeks of the initial “shut down” in 2020, Starbright had converted all of our in-person services to telehealth. We conducted academic and clinical programs through telemedicine for 76 children for 10 months. In this discussion I will share the lessons learned during this transition. Specifically, I will discuss how telemedicine has had a positive impact in educating all family members in ABA techniques, the significant improvements we have seen in the well-being of the family threw the application of telehealth in these homes, the development of independence skills and the generalization of other skills learned at school into the home setting. I will also share the obstacles that we faced in Puerto Rico for receiving ABA services, other challenges encountered during this transition to telehealth and provide recommendations for future providers.

 
 
Symposium #245
CE Offered: BACB
The New Education Crisis: Solutions to Post-Pandemic Fallout
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University )
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Weber, Ph.D.
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic changed the fabric of how individuals accessed a multitude of services. These services include educational and clinical ABA-based services. Over the last 2 years, behavior analysts worldwide used the science to continue to provide scientifically sound ABA services. In schools, virtual services appeared to be initially welcomed as an effective alternative to traditional schooling. As expected, there was a shelf-life to this welcome. Parents, teachers, and school administrators are now faced with having to re-analyze the current educational status of American children because the intensity and fidelity of instructional services may have been less than adequate under the pandemic restrictions. We present four papers that are a solution to the current educational crisis. The first paper focuses on the AIL environment and curricular design within the AIL classroom, resulting in increases in academics across grade levels of students during the pandemic. The second paper identifies the critical learning cusps to accelerate student learning. The third paper describes how to use the science of behavior and teacher training to develop new classrooms that utilize the AIL model. Lastly, the fourth paper describes the effect of utilizing a Supervisor’s Rate Protocol to increase teacher behavior, which in turn demonstrated effects on individual learning outcomes. Collectively, these papers provide a means of using the science of behavior, and teacher training to combat the educational losses due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Prerequisites: Introduction to a Strategic Science of Teaching, Verbal Behavior, and Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the components of the AIL program, 2) identify components of the Supervisor Rate Protocol, and 3) identify learning cusps in relation to academic outcomes.
 

Classroom Environment and Curricular Design within the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner Model

JI YOUNG KIM (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classroom is general education model that utilizes a strategic science of teaching across all aspects. This model includes students with and without disabilities, from preschool through fifth grade within a Title 1 public school. While the COVID-19 pandemic altered the way in which instruction could be delivered to students (i.e., such as virtual instruction and an increase in the use of technology), it also required us to reevaluate the critical components of the CABAS® AIL model. The classroom environment, coupled with an emphasis on curricular design, pedagogy, and curriculum-based measurement (learning pictures) has led to academic outcomes within out AIL general education classrooms during the pandemic. This paper aims to describe research studies relative to the classroom environment and instructional design, and class-wide student data during the COVID-19 pandemic that utilized the AIL model across virtual and in-person classroom settings.

 

Reading and Writing as Learning Cusps within the Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom

GABRIELA PEDRERO-DAVILA (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Research findings within the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model has resulted in new behavior analytic advances across academic domains (i.e., reading, writing, and math) over the past twenty years within the public school system at the elementary school level. Many of these research findings are tied to the establishment of learning cusps, defined as major changes in learning that allow children to learn things that they could not learn before, such as learning to read or learning to write. We propose that these learning cusps are crucial for students to acquire and may be the solution to the current educational crisis. The present paper summarizes protocols and tactics tied to standard-based instruction that focus on both verbal developmental cusps and learning cusps that in turn, accelerate students learning within the general education classroom setting.

 

The Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom: Using the Science of Behavior to Address the New Educational Crisis

GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University)
Abstract:

If applying tactics emanating from the science of behavior to help mitigate the spread of Covid-19 was effective, then we should rely on that same science to help students catch up on any lost educational opportunities. Systematically implementing the science of behavior to teacher training, school climate, classroom set-up, instructional delivery, and measurement may position our belabored educational system to have a standing chance for success. We propose the use of a modification of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model to achieve that. We posit that through the implementation of targeted teacher training based on behavior science, ongoing follow-up and support, establishing a decision analysis protocol, ensuring measurement and accountability for both staff and students we can achieve this goal. We report the systematic application of these components for one charter school in a hard-hit Covid-19 geographic region over the course of a school year and the relevant educational outcomes for all stakeholders.

 

A Strategic Science Application to Quality and Rate of Effective Interactions Among Mentors and Mentees

DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Nicholls State University, Touchstone), Jayven J. Encarnacion (Touchstone Center), Jenny Cronier (Tulane Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Tricia Clement (LaBAA)
Abstract:

We applied a Supervisor's Rate Protocol (Babbit, 1986) in clinical settings, to increase quality, rate and completion of mentor's tasks, levels of mastery and performance, positive interactions among mentors and mentees, and client's progress. The protocol was based on a strategic science of teaching and framed within a Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) (Keller, 1968) format. The design of each mentor's protocol included general administrative and clinical behavior analytic tasks, as well as those specific to the clinical role and client needs of each mentor and mentee. Additionally, the mentor's tasks were aligned with the CABAS's Master Teacher Rank, including mastery of the scientific literature, data based contingency shaped interactions and research based applications to solve complex instructional problems. The data showed increased rates of quality mentor-mentee interactions, completion of Teacher Performance Rate Accuracy (TPRA) observations, presentation of intact Learn Units, graphic, tactical and strategic analysis of instruction based on the Decision Protocol, opportunities to provide functional contexts related to scientific tacts, completion of components of CABAS® Teacher Assistant, Teacher 1, Teacher 2, and Master Teacher ranks, and clients' mastery of objectives.

 
 
Symposium #246
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Basic and Applied Research on Rich-Lean Transitions
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Forrest Toegel, Ph.D.
Abstract: Discriminable transitions from favorable to unfavorable schedules of positive reinforcement, often called rich-lean transitions, can disrupt operant behavior. The present symposium arranges four recent areas of research that further our understanding of this phenomenon. The first presentation will discuss environmental arrangements that make the schedules “rich” and “lean” and the temporal locus of pausing in research with pigeons. The second presentation investigates pharmacological methods to ameliorate the disruptions caused by rich-lean transitions with monkeys. The third presentation evaluates punitive effects of stimuli associated with lean reinforcement schedules using pigeons. The fourth presentation describes methods of incorporating the context-dependent aversive nature of rich-lean transitions to benefit individuals in the clinical environment. The symposium will conclude with a discussion led by Dr. Michael Perone. The goals of this symposium are to bring interested researchers up to speed with current research involving rich-lean transitions, highlight areas where future research could aid in our understanding of the phenomena, and describe the potential application of treatments to improve the lives of clients, their caretakers, and professionals working in clinical settings.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): context-dependent aversiveness, positive reinforcement, rich-lean transitions, translational
Target Audience: Audience members should understand patterns of behavior generated by basic schedules of reinforcement and the general principle of stimulus control.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to describe (1) aversive aspects of transitions between schedule of positive reinforcement, (2) pharmacological interventions that can affect behavioral disruptions observed in rich-lean transitions, (3) punishing effects of stimuli correlated with lean schedules of positive reinforcement, and (4) clinical implications of transitions between rich and lean reinforcement schedules.
 
Pausing Under Rich and Lean Fixed-Ratio Schedules: Where and When?
(Basic Research)
FORREST TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Carson Yahrmarkt (Northern Michigan University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: When transitions are arranged between discriminable fixed-ratio (FR) schedules that are relatively favorable (rich) and unfavorable (lean), the pause observed in the transition from the rich schedule to the lean schedule (i.e., the rich-lean transition) is extended beyond those observed in the other types of transitions. Although this finding has been well documented across various species and situations, some aspects of this phenomenon are not well understood. For example, the traditional measurement of pausing understates the disruptive effects of the rich-lean transition for some individuals. We sought to further our understanding of pausing in rich-lean transitions in two ways: by examining behavior in a new type of experimental arrangement with transitions between response targets that generate accurate and inaccurate responding and by investigating the temporal location of pausing in rich-lean transitions. We found that transitions from response targets that generate accurate responding to those that generate inaccurate responding can function as rich-lean transitions. We also identified the temporal locations of pausing in rich-lean transitions across pigeons that participated in several rich-lean projects, and make recommendations for measuring pausing by individuals for whom the typical measurement of pausing is insufficient.
 

Feasibility of Rich-Lean Transition Procedures With Rhesus Monkeys as an Assay for Putative Anti-Anxiety Medications

(Basic Research)
Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Austin Zamarripa (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Potential anti-anxiety medications are commonly assessed by measuring their “anti-conflict” effects. While these procedures have good predictive validity, there are practical limitations that may be alleviated using a different procedure. Transitions from favorable to unfavorable schedules of positive reinforcement (rich-lean transitions) disrupt operant behavior, are putatively aversive, and disruptions in rich-lean transitions can be reduced following benzodiazepine administration. We evaluated the suitability of a rich-lean transition procedure as an assay for potential anti-anxiety medications. Adult rhesus monkeys’ lever presses were reinforced using a two-component multiple schedule with equivalent fixed-ratio (FR) requirements. Components were differentially signaled by different colored cue lights. Completing one component, the lean component, produced one food pellet. Completing the other component, the rich component, produced four food pellets. Sessions consisted of 41 components arranged irregularly to produce 10 iterations of four kinds of transitions: rich-lean, rich-rich, lean-lean, and lean-rich. Consistent with previous findings, extended pausing was observed in rich-lean transitions. Acute administration of benzodiazepines (midazolam and alprazolam) and a benzodiazepine-type compound (TPA023B) selectively and dose-dependently reduced pausing in rich-lean transitions. In control conditions, acute administration of morphine selectively increased rich-lean pausing and (+)amphetamine had unsystematic effects. The suitability of rich-lean procedures as assays for putative anti-anxiety medications appears promising.

 

Assessing the Punishing Effects of Stimuli Associated With Rich-to-Lean Transitions

(Basic Research)
ALANNA FERGUSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lillith Camp (Idaho State University), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Pigeons had experience pecking under a multiple FR FR schedule in which ratios ended in a large/rich or small/lean amount of grain. Each of the four transitions between rich and lean was signaled by a different key light color. Pigeons paused at least twice as long during the rich-to-lean transitions than during other transitions. We then established a baseline of responding on a dependent concurrent VI 20-s VI 20-s schedule. After stability was reached, we implemented punishment probes, during which one of the transition-specific stimuli was flashed contingent on responses on one of the keys according to a random-ratio schedule. We examined potential conditioned punishment (e.g., rich-to-lean and lean-to-lean stimuli) or reinforcement (e.g., lean-to-rich and rich-to-rich) effects. Results could inform clinical practice in that it may demonstrate how advance notice or prompts that remind individuals to do work may function aversively.

 
Practical Implications of the Conceptual Understanding of Transitions
(Applied Research)
SOPHIA MA (Queens College), Joshua Jessel (Queens College)
Abstract: A child is likely to experience transitions between rich and lean reinforcement on a daily basis. These transitions could evoke problem behavior ranging from dawdling or off-task behavior to severe aggression or self-injurious behavior, especially for those diagnosed with autism. On the other hand, transitions can also be systematically arranged by clinicians as a form of intervention for improving targeted repertoires. In this talk we will discuss these juxtaposed practical implications of rich-to-lean transitions being the problem in need of solving to transitions being the solution. Our research in transitions has been designed to support service delivery by developing (a) assessments that can be conducted to determine level of difficulty with rich-to-lean transitions, (b) interventions including unpredictable and probabilistic reinforcement for reducing problem behavior evoked by transitions, and (c) error-correction procedures that utilize transitions to improve performance with discrete-trial instructions. We intend for this talk to be an intervention-driven activity for audience members working with children diagnosed with autism or other related developmental disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #247
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment Modifications and Antecedent Interventions in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole C Demchuk (UNMC Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Valerie M. Volkert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent research in the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (PFDs) has focused on increasing efficiency, decreasing opportunities for prolonged maintenance of inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB), and promoting the likelihood for generalization outside of highly controlled clinic settings. The present symposium aims to disseminate novel research in assessment modifications, as well as treatment through the implementation of antecedent interventions. The first presentation will show the potential utility for brief functional analyses in the assessment of PFDs for increasing efficiency and decreasing the time to onset of treatment. The following presentation will introduce a means for systematically identifying optimal bolus size in the treatment of PFDs—a measure currently chosen arbitrarily in most treatment programs. The third presentation will evaluate an individualized treatment plan consisting of antecedent interventions, a reinforcement system, and escape prevention; as well as assessment of choice throughout the intervention to determine how clinicians may best program for generalization and enhance treatment through preference. The final presentation will display a replication of a choice-based intervention, in combination with stimuli to program for generalization to a home setting in the treatment of change-resistant feeding behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent interventions, feeding disorders, functional analysis, generalization
Target Audience:

Attendees should be Master's or Ph.D. level students and individuals currently holding or seeking a BCBA or BCaBA credential.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, (1) Attendees will be able to understand the utility of novel assessments for increasing efficiency in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders; (2) Attendees will be able to identify antecedent interventions to reduce rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior; (3) Attendees will be able to state methods for improving generalization outcomes in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.
 
Comparison of Brief and Extended Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior in Pediatric Feeding Disorders
CONNOR SHEEHAN (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Functional analyses are the predominant assessment used to identify environmental variables maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior in children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer et al., 2009; Piazza et al., 2003). Despite the utility of functional analyses in determining function, concerns regarding the time required to conduct the assessment have been raised (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Prolonged assessments can extend the time spent reinforcing problem behavior and delay the onset of treatment. A brief functional analysis is a methodological variation that compares the occurrence of the target behavior during shorter periods of test and control conditions, resulting in reduced assessment time (Northrup et al. 1991). We conducted brief and extended functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior with 9 children with feeding difficulties, and results indicated high levels of correspondence (89%) between the two analyses. With 3 participants, we implemented function-based treatments based on the results of the functional analyses, and results indicated that treatments matched to each identified function resulted in clinically acceptable changes in acceptance and inappropriate mealtime behavior. We discuss implications for using a brief functional analysis to develop the most specific, effective, and efficient interventions for children with feeding difficulties.
 
An Individualized Treatment Package to Increase Food Consumption and Promote Generalization
ASHLEY ANDERSEN (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz, Stanford University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Children with avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder may consume an insufficient variety of foods which can lead to medical complications. Interventions to increase consumption of a variety of foods may include differential reinforcement, demand fading, and escape prevention (i.e., escape extinction). However, interventions to increase food consumption may not have a plan for generalizing consumption to unstructured meals or take into account the child’s preferences. In this study, we evaluated the effects of a treatment package including demand fading with escape prevention accompanied by a self-monitoring and reinforcement system on consumption of three foods. We assessed the child’s preferences across foods the child frequently consumed, foods the child previously consumed, and novel foods. The treatment package was individualized and developed as part of a larger system to promote generalization to unstructured meals. We found target step compliance increased rapidly during treatment and was faded successfully to consumption of the target foods without evoking inappropriate mealtime behaviors or negative vocalizations. Although consumption of novel foods increased, preference did not shift across treatment. The impact of initial foods selected for intervention, how clinicians can be flexible to account for child preferences, and the development of systems to promote generalization will be discussed.
 
What Would Goldilocks Choose? Determining the “Just Right” Bolus Size in Treatment of Feeding Disorders
LAURA E PHIPPS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute,), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Nonremoval of the spoon (Piazza et al., 2015) may be necessary to rapidly increase acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior for children with avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). However, with nonremoval of the spoon comes the potential for temporary increases in rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior that could warrant additional components (i.e., blocking, safe seating, increased need for staff). Bolus fading, an antecedent intervention, theoretically decreases the feeding demand (Hodges et al., 2020), such that a child may engage in lower rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior when combined with nonremoval of the spoon. Anecdotally, the initial bolus size presented in baseline is often age-typical or selected arbitrarily across providers. In the current presentation, we review an assessment used to determine the ideal initial bolus size for children with avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder receiving treatment in an intensive day treatment program. Then, we will review how the results of the bolus size assessment informed treatment using an ABAB design with terminal probes. We will discuss if results indicate a benefit to starting with an individualized bolus size when nonremoval of the spoon is an indicated treatment.
 

Recent Advancements in the Treatment of Change-Resistant Feeding Behavior

BRITTANY JEAN MARTINO (Childrens Specialized Hospital), Kathryn Peterson (Children's Specialized Hospital, Rutgers University), Vivian Ibanez (University of Florida), Lisa Guerrero (Little Leaves), Christopher Engler (Children's Specialized Hosptial), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Cathleen Piazza (Children's Specialized Hospital, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Resistance to change is a core symptom of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) characterized by extreme emotional outbursts in response to small environmental changes (Turner, 1999). Food selectivity is a change-resistant behavior that occurs frequently in children with ASD, characterized by insistence on eating the same few foods, in the same, specific conditions. Change-resistant feeding behavior leads to nutrient-poor diets, which can cause impairments in cognitive and behavioral functioning, serious and irreversible effects on the brain, and increases the risk for severe health problems (Sullivan et al., 2002). Crowley et al. (2020) determined that differential reinforcement and nonremoval of the spoon, implemented within a concurrent-operants arrangement, were effective at reducing change-resistant feeding behavior with young children with ASD. In the current study, we replicated Crowley et al. by evaluating a similar choice-based intervention to reduce the change-resistant feeding behavior of a child with ASD and scurvy, by increasing the number of alternative foods and programming stimuli to generalize responding to the home setting. Results showed that treatment effects generalized from the clinic with a therapist to the home with the caregiver. These results have implications for examining methods that produce faster consumption of a wider variety of healthy foods at home.

 
 
Symposium #248
CE Offered: BACB
Art as Behavior: There's No Escaping It
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Robin Kuhn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As the title reads, art may be conceptualized by the responses that produce it. Increased discussion of the contingencies maintaining art at multiple levels, from perspectives of the maker and the viewer, could improve understanding of art as behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to contribute to the ongoing discussion about art as a subject within behavior analysis, and ideally catalyze research by illuminating multiple areas of art as behavior ripe for study. The first presentation in this symposium will discuss art in terms of the cultural practices that sustain it by examining three different art movements across three unique domains. The second presentation will explore the environmental contingencies thought to promote artistic expression at various levels of analysis. The third presentation will discuss fluctuations in the demand for a major American portrait artist from a perspective a culturo-behavioral selection and complexity of the contexts where the artist lived. The fourth and final presentation will describe research aiming to prevent unwanted touching of art, providing one example of the use of single-case design to investigate audience behavior. The presentations will be discussed in the context of current art-related literature within behavior analysis and with consideration towards its expansion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will: (1) describe the impact of culture on art; (2) state the role of the audience in art; (3) discuss art as behavior and the contingencies that support art making.
 
Influence of Cultural Selection Processes in the Definition of Artistic Movements
(Theory)
AECIO DE BORBA VASCONCELOS NETO (Universidade Federal do Para), Alexandre Sequeira (Universidade Federal do Pará (UFPA)/Brazil)
Abstract: Every culture has developed practices that could be called art. A behavior analyst may address that topic by describing what variables are relevant when that verbal response is emitted. These variables depend on cultural practices, and may vary according to a particular artistic movement. This conceptual talk will discuss that art can be described as behavior and its products that are emitted, taught, and transmitted. Thus, we describe art as defined in a set of cultural practices that are present in cultures, and artistic movements can be described in terms of metacontingencies. By examining three different art movements in different domains – romanticism in literature, impressionism in painting, and the punk movement in music – we address the context where these movements rose, reinforcing practices in the community, and cultural consequences that selected these movements. We conclude by describing that, while different in topographies, the three can all be understood as cultural practices that were selected by an environment receiving artists’ novel behaviors, that brings to discussion topics of that time, and presents forms of counter-control of practices of previous movements. Thus, we offer a starting point for discussion of how art can be understood.
 

Not a Gift! Learning to be an Artist

(Theory)
MARILU MICHELLY CRUZ DE BORBA (Iluminar), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas), Alexandre Sequeira (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Abstract:

While it is commonly accepted that complex behaviors can be understood, when we talk about artists, mentalistic explanations are accepted. However, an artist's operant behavior can be explained, even if the controlling variables are not readily available to the observer. This conceptual paper aims to discuss, through artists’ talks and works, the variables that control those behaviors. Those variables include antecedent variables where artists learn to respond to parts of the world. They also learn responses, not only technically, but ways to behave relevant to an artistic community. In these communities, contingencies are presented in such a way also to reinforce some behaviors and its variations, in novel and original ways. Finally, we discuss the consequences of artistic behavior, pointing they are not only social and financial, but may include the automatic reinforcers present in producing art, where the creation process itself is the reinforcer, and that art may be controlled by negative reinforcers, as a socially accepted way to express emotions and ideas that otherwise wouldn’t be. The interplay of those elements, in unique and new ways, in an environment that selects for artistic expression, may help to understand the behavior of the artist.

 

The Rise and Rise Again of Sargent's Figure Painting

(Theory)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

John Singer Sargent (1856 –1925) was the most prolific and renowned American figure painter of the 19th century. Painting was his love: “To work is to pray” (“Laborare est orare,”in Latin) is the inscription of his tombstone. He painted over 900 portraits and today he is recognized internationally with unequaled distinction. Though, during his lifetime and even following his death, he reached both fame and disgrace with his figure painting several times over. At the height of his career, he was highly praised and was inundated with international demand for his portraits. At the bottom, he was subject to scandal, his commissions curtailed, and he felt forced to move out of Paris. He said, “Every time I paint a portrait, I lose a friend”; and by 1907 he resolved to stop portrait paintings all together, especially of the upper classes. He devoted himself to other branches of painting, producing over 1800 watercolors, large paintings, and murals. This presentation attempts to explain the fluctuations in the demand for Sargent’s portraiture from a perspective a culturo-behavioral selection and complexity of the contexts where he lived. The analysis is relevant to the site of the 2022 ABAI convention: He was prominent in Boston—a city that houses some of his most significant paintings.

 
The Effects of Signs on Unwanted Touching of Museum Displays
(Applied Research)
REILLY FULLERTON (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Vincent T. Francisco (University of Kansas)
Abstract: When exploring a museum, visitors often reach out and touch the art. This unwanted touching has serious consequences – art can be damaged, with millions of dollars spent annually on restoration. Museums employ interventions such as stanchions, plexiglass, and signs to discourage touching, but no formal data have been collected regarding effectiveness of these interventions. The purpose of this study was to investigate the influence of antecedent procedures on unwanted touching of museum art. Using an alternating treatment design, three different signs were posted within a few feet of a targeted piece of art. The signs were constructed to evoke an observing response – the front of each sign read, “Please look at the back of this sign!” On the back of each sign was a directive, rationale, or rationale and graphic message. Data were collected on the percentage of visitors who touched the art, the percentage of visitors who made the observing response, and percentage of visitors who made the observing response and then touched the art. The results of this study could increase protection of priceless art and potentially save the institution money for years to come.
 
 
Invited Symposium #249
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Dismantling Ableism From Your Practice
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Cailey M M Rodgers (Integrated Therapy Solutions)
CE Instructor: Cailey M Rodgers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Ableism involves stereotypes (biased verbal behavior) and discriminatory actions against disabled people. Ableism results from the assumption that there is a normative way of living that is superior and that being disabled reflects deficits in need of “fixing,” and are thus, inferior. The Practice Board of ABAI developed a “Beginner’s Guide to Dismantling Ableism in Your Practice” in recognition of the fact that ableism is ubiquitous in helping professions, and behavior analysis is no exception. Behavior analysts have a particularly heavy responsibility for dismantling ableism given the large number of contact hours they have with Autistic clients and the immediate and long-term problems resulting from this form of discrimination. This symposium will include the perspective of four behavior analysts contributing to the development of the “Beginner’s Guide” and will reflect their perspectives and barriers they have experienced as activists--including that of an Autistic, a doctoral student, a professor, and a Board Coordinator. The symposium will conclude with discussion from a neurodivergent behavior analyst who has not been involved in the development of the “Beginner’s Guide;” she will reflect on ways this and additional work is needed to actualize a paradigm shift in ABA.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define ableism; (2) explain why dismantling ableism is important in ABA; (3) describe how ableism powerfully impacts the roles of students, professors, and Autistics.
 
Diversity submission 

Ableism and ABA: I Have Caused Harm

SHAWNNA SUNDBERG (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Studying behavior analysis involves a love for the science as well as a drive to support others. With the growing awareness of ableism and applied behavior analysis (ABA) as abuse, students are faced with challenging information and are required to navigate through the controversy in the field. It is critically important to inform these future practitioners and leaders in the field what ableism is and how to actively dismantle it in their practice. Ableist beliefs are present in everyone due to our society’s continuous reinforcement whether in the media (i.e. infantilizing, dehumanization) or in or taught in educational settings. The Beginner’s Guide to Dismantling Ableism in Your Practice is an introduction to these issues and a way to listen to Autistic voices. Listening to Autistic voices is essential to dismantling ableism in ABA. Learning that you have discriminated and caused harm can be an overwhelming realization. Students must learn how to move forward and practice using true client centered care and make the changes in the field that the people we support so desperately need from us.

Shawnna received a B.A. in Psychology from Purdue University in 2008, and a M.A. in Special Education with Certifications in ABA and Autism from Ball State University in 2015. Shawnna is a board certified behavior analyst (BCBA) with over 13 years of experience working in the mental health and ABA/VB field. Shawnna is currently a Ph.D. student in special education at Ball State University where she will be completing her dissertation on prompting methods to reduce ableism used to support Autistic students. She focuses both her clinical and research efforts on dismantling ableism and ABA reform as well as training other behavior analysts and parents on issues of social justice-diversity, equity, and inclusion in the field of ABA. She has a special interest in sexuality education for Autistics. Previously in her career, Shawnna was a parent training coordinator focusing supporting families in home. In addition, Shawnna was the 2018-2019 Hoosier Association for Behavior Analysis Secretary assisting with licensure for BCBAs in the state of Indiana. She has published two chapters on using interventions with Autistic children and three peer-reviewed chapters accepted for publication that focus on sexuality education, self-management, and college alternatives for transition-aged Autistic students.
 
Diversity submission 

Considerations for Academic Training Programs

JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysts possess deep knowledge and strong skills in teaching desired behavior and addressing interfering behavior of individuals with a wide variety of needs. However, at least two issues interfere with practitioners’ ability to engage effectively with the people they aim to support. First, individual practitioners bring their own beliefs, values, and attitudes to their practice, yet their beliefs, values, and attitudes will inevitably vary from those of the people they serve. Second, applied behavior analytic practitioners have historically approached their work in a very technocratic manner – as elite technical experts. Behavior analytic practitioners must attend to these two issues and adjust their approach if they wish to achieve their aim of providing effective supports. Actively working to dismantle ableism is one approach to addressing these two issues, and training programs bear responsibility to teach aspiring behavior analysts how to think, talk about, and treat the people they serve and support in anti-ableist ways. I will discuss infusing a training program with instruction and practice in the use of anti-ableist attitudes, language, and practice.

Jennifer J. McComas, Ph.D., is Professor of Special Education and holds the Rodney S. Wallace Professor for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning Endowed Chair at the University of Minnesota and faculty lead of the Collaborative Action for Radical Equity in Applied Behavior Analysis (CARE ABA) lab. Her research focuses on systematic and individualized analysis and intervention for academic and social behavior. She co-coordinates the University of Minnesota Master’s program in special education with an emphasis in applied behavior analysis, recently co-authored a chapter titled, “Beyond Cultural Responsivity: Applied Behavior Analysis Through a Lens of Cultural Humility,” and co-authored ABAI Practice Guidelines, “Beginner’s Guide to Dismantling Ableism in ABA Practice: Where Do We Go From Here?”
 
Diversity submission 

Activism and Life-Long Learning

SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract:

The Practice Board redefined our mission in 2020 as, “The mission of Task Force for Quality and Values-Based ABA is to recommend systemic changes to ABAI and leaders in the field of applied behavior analysis regarding how best to meet the needs of the people we serve. We maintain that anti-ableist, person-centered services that promote meaningful outcomes through socially valid and effective intervention is the means to achieving this mission. We further recommend reflection, honesty, and effective communication regarding the strengths and limitations of evidence regarding the utility and adverse side effects of all interventions applied by behavior analysts.” The Beginner’s Guide to Dismantling Ableism in Your Practice is consistent with that mission and collaborating on this work with Practice Board members learning from Autistics who are outside the field of ABA led to growth opportunities. For example, I had learned that White people need to do the heavy lifting for producing systems change with respect to social justice and race because they (we) had created the structures that produce marginalization. I incorrectly generalized this thinking to the development of The Beginner’s Guide by having only one Autistic person on the original group writing the document. However, this decision violated the trust of the Autistic community by not sufficiently addressing the need for representation. This presentation will focus on lessons learned and the need for self-reflection and reconsideration of our positions as we all consider how to dismantle ableism in our practice and field.

 
 
Paper Session #250
CE Offered: BACB
From Baselines to Phase Lines: The State of Behavior Analysis in Florida's Agency for Persons With Disabilities 2022
Sunday, May 29, 2022
11:30 AM–11:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252B
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Kristin J. Korinko (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
CE Instructor: Kristin J. Korinko, Ph.D.
 

From Baselines to Phase Lines: The State of Behavior Analysis in Florida's Agency for Persons with Disabilities 2022

Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTIN J. KORINKO (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities Walden University)
 
Abstract:

This paper presentation will review this year’s progress made in one state agency across several projects of interest. A disproportionately small number of consumers engage in target behaviors that have the greatest intensity and resultant consequences such as admission to Crisis Stabilization Units (CSUs), emergency room visits, and incarceration. The Agency for Persons with Disabilities (APD) is a government agency who is tasked with funding and overseeing behavioral and medical supports for these high watch consumers. By creating a High Watch List of qualifying aberrant behaviors and/or acute medical episodes, APD can provide additional resources for these individuals in the form of more frequent oversight and technical assistance on individualized recommendations. In this way, a larger allocation of time and resources can be more focused to effect long term outcomes. Additionally, proactive recommendations to prevent future episodes can result in more stabilized living settings, consistent service delivery, and potential higher indices of satisfaction of services received by consumers. The results of this project has the potential for applicable state agencies to develop similar processes to serve consumers that have a disproportionately higher level of impactful behaviors that addressed successfully, can improve the quality-of-service provision while lowering long term costs.

 
Target Audience:

The target audience should include Behavior Analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors and/or who are currently enrolled in/recently completed graduate-level work.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) list and describe the intervention strategies that one state agency has implemented in response to the changing needs of our consumers (i.e., pandemic assessments and the promotion of least restrictive strategies); 2) compile and describe one particular application implemented in the Florida known as the "High Watch Project." 3) identify at least one key "lesson learned" during this implementation.
 
 
Paper Session #251
CE Offered: BACB
Efficacy and Effectiveness of Different Models of Early Childhood Developmental Behavioral Interventions: Possible Hope for Low- and Mid-Income Countries
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:25 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Nirvana Pistoljevic (EDUS-Education for All; CABAS)
CE Instructor: Nirvana Pistoljevic, Ph.D.
 
Efficacy and Effectiveness of Different Models of Early Childhood Developmental Behavioral Interventions: Possible Hope for Low- and Mid-Income Countries
Domain: Applied Research
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (EDUS-Education for All; CABAS)
 
Abstract: EDUS- Education for All is a not-for-profit organization trying to introduce the science of teaching, create novel developmental-behavioral approaches and conduct research in the fields of early detection, diagnostics, intervention, and inclusion of children with developmental disorders in low- and mid-income countries (LMIC). For a decade now, EDUS has been creating systematic developmental-behavioral approaches and transdisciplinary teams of service providers using behavioral principles to advance health, education, and social care systems in low-resource countries. In partnership with global non-for-profits (UNICEF, USAID, KHANE FOUNDATION) and relevant ministries in countries, EDUS was able to work on developing Early Detection and Intervention concepts for the countries and provide services based on a behavioral but transdisciplinary approach for thousands of children through different models. Applied behavior analysis intervention services for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other Developmental Disorders (DD) are mostly unknown and not affordable for most LMIC such as Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&H). EDUS, an NGO in B&H is the only high-intensity behavioral intervention provider in the country. For the past several years we have developed different intensity programs across the country for and with the health and education systems and completed several studies comparing their effectiveness. In order to provide insight for decision-makers, we conducted a matched-pairs pre-post intervention study by comparing effects of three different intervention models during a five months period: Early Intensive behavioral intervention (n=24; 25 hours weekly), Eclectic models in combination with low-intensity behavioral interventions used in public institutions (n=24; 4-25 hours weekly), and a control group of children without any intervention (n=27), on waiting lists for the programs. In addition, during the pandemic, we have developed and tested additional low-intensity programs focusing on parents delivering the services. I will discuss each model in detail and variables of interest for each separately in this paper. We hope these data will help us work with the government and further develop effective and efficient models of intervention and professional training for different parts of the country.
 
Target Audience:

Understanding the transdisciplinary approach to intervention Practicing or managing intervention services Understanding the research on efficacy and efficiency of different models Understanding evidence-based models of intervention

Learning Objectives: 1, Understand possible differences of models of early intervention 2. Learn how to possibly evaluate the effectiveness and efficacy of an intervention 3. Understand barriers and challenges in LMIC for service providing
 
 
Panel #252
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Compassion-Focused Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Chair: Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners and Endicott College)
GREGORY P. HANLEY (FTF Behavioral Consulting)
NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (ULEZI, LLC; Pivot 2 Inclusion; Capella University)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Recent literature has called our profession toward a re-focus of expanded social validity and more robust compassion repertoires. This work poises professionals working in Applied Behavior Analysis to become increasingly effective in serving the world, across populations and areas of emphasis. This is particularly necessary work for behavior analysts who serve in healthcare/helping profession sectors, such as those who work within autism services, but expanding compassion focused-ABA beyond client and caregiver to compassion repertoires toward colleagues and ourselves makes this emphasis universally applicable for addressing problems of great social significance. This panel will explore committed actions behavior analysts can adopt today to infuse compassionate practices into our interactions with clients, caregivers, colleagues, and with ourselves. Panelists will highlight existing tools and resources within the literature, as well as new directions for compassion-focused ABA. In particular, panelists will discuss more compassionate procedures for functional analysis of challenging behavior, extinction, avoiding behavioral escalation, and procedures for honoring assent in treatment.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to define compassion behavior analytically Attendees will be able to describe common ABA procedures that are often not perceived as compassionate Attendees will be able to describe simple changes to make our everyday procedures more compassionate
Keyword(s): assent, compassion, ethics, extinction
 
 
Symposium #253
CE Offered: BACB
An Attorney and a BCBA Walked Into a Symposium: Clinical Best Practices and the Law
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amanda Kelly (Behaviorbabe)
Discussant: Daniel Unumb (Autism Legal Resource Center (ALRC); National Autism Law Center)
CE Instructor: William Courtney, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium we will explore the relevant laws and implications on best practices in medically necessary ABA. We will also discuss clinical decision making that is in accordance with the law. We will also identify strategies for coordinating care with diagnosticians, and the importance of integrating the information garnered in the diagnostic report. Lastly, we have identified the need for data around authorizations and operations that will help with advocacy and public policy analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Insurance, Law, Medical Necessity
Target Audience:

This information is relevant for all levels, no prerequisite knowledge necessary.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify two ways to use legal information to justify medical necessity. 2. Implement strategies for coordinating care with diagnosticians. 3. Describe key data points as related to areas of medical necessity
 

The Many Hats BCBAs Wear While Navigating Medical Necessity

William Courtney (Autism Legal Resource Center; BrightKyte; OneHorizon Health), HANNAH STAUFFER (Kadiant)
Abstract:

A BCBA has a pivotal role in providing medically necessary care to individuals with autism. The BCBA has to advocate for the appropriate intensity of services and succinctly justify the medical necessity of care. The BCBA also has to coordinate services with other professionals providing care. One key area of coordination is with the diagnostician. In this symposium we will discuss strategies for coordination and the necessity for integrating the diagnostic report. We will also explore strategies for navigating potential pitfalls around medical necessity.

 

A BCBA, an Attorney, and a Statistician Walk into a Symposium…

DANIEL UNUMB (Autism Legal Resource Center; National Autism Law Center)
Abstract:

In this symposium we will explore the relevant laws governing delivery and coverage of ABA services and their implications on best practices. We will discuss integrating clinical decision making with legal analysis to improve ensure access to medically necessary care. We will also discuss processes for capturing and analyzing insurance authorization outcomes data as a tool for improving care and practice operations and enhancing public policy advocacy and regulatory enforcement.

 
 
Panel #254
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Starting a Psychotherapy Clinic and Finding Supervision in a Global Scenario
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kozue Matsuda, Ph.D.
Chair: Rodrigo Vianna de Almeida (Ulster University)
KOZUE MATSUDA (Children Center Inc)
JOAO HENRIQUE DE ALMEIDA (Londrina State University)
JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Abstract:

Current global events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and several lockdowns, have enhanced widespread motivation for using the web as the official environment for activities previously considered marginally appropriate for online delivery. One of them was psychotherapy service and supervision. This opens the possibility of blurring borders. Namely, clients can reach out to therapists in different countries. The same happens with therapists looking for clinical supervisors. The aim of this PDS is to invite clinical behavior analysts to discuss these new possibilities, and, more specifically, how their theoretical-practical approach to behavior-analytic psychotherapy can adapt into the digital, global context. For this talk, the invited and confirmed speakers are: Dr Kozue Matsuda (Pepperdine University and Children Center Inc., Tokyo), Dr João Henrique de Almeida (State University of Londrina, Brazil), and doctoral candidate Jesús Alonso-Vega (Autonomous University of Madrid). The speakers will be asked to cover some –or all– of the 4 following topics: 1. What are the qualifications and documents required to perform psychotherapy as a licensed practitioner in the speakers' jurisdiction (i.e., Japan, Brazil, or Spain)? 2. For the starter of a clinic, what would be the current supply-and-demand market balance and how is that modulated by the current online possibilities? 3. What has recent behavior-analytic literature on online therapy sessions and supervision, regarding current possibilities? 4. How are theoretical-practical approaches to behavior-analytic psychotherapy influenced by online, international possibilities? This PDS will be endorsed as a BACB continuing education general credits module by BCBA-D Kozue Matsuda.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audiance are graduate students about to complete their degree and move on to pursue a licensed practice as behavioural therapists. This implies that participants of this PDS will need to be acquainted with the basics of behavioural analysis (basic principles and behavioural processes) and with concepts related to clinical behavioural analysis and its main perspectives, such as reinforcement contingency therapy, functional-analytic therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy, process-based beavioural therapy, and applied behaviour analysis for developmental issues.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to know the answer to: 1. According to the professional regulations in some particular jurisdiction (countries, namely: Spain, Japan, and USA), what are the qualifications and documents required to perform psychotherapy as a licensed practitioner? 2. What are some tips to someone who wants to start a psychotherapy clinic in those jurisdictions: what is the current supply-and-demand market balance, how is it modulated by the current online possibilities, and how much venture capital should be required to start with? 3. What some views on online therapy sessions and supervision, regarding current possibilities? The answer to this question can go to several different scopes: legal constraints and permissions, cultural constraints and permissions, you opinion on online sessions etc. 4. What are some theoretical-practical approach to behaviour-analytic psychotherapy and how are these approaches influenced by online, international possibilities of performing therapy?
Keyword(s): Clinic, Online therapy, Psychotherapy, Supervision
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #255
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Power and Empowerment: Honoring by Decision and Design
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ANDRATESHA FRITZGERALD (Building Blocks of Brilliance)
Abstract:

Equitable and inclusive learning environments are built on the choices of individuals. This session will explore the notions of power and empowerment that are made evident in our decisions, our designs, and our outcomes. With antiracism and Universal Design for Learning we can begin inviting every voice to powerful positions by honoring identity, culture, and learning needs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Anyone interested in deepening and solidifying the partnership toward creating equitable learning environments.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define honor and power; (2) evaluate power-filled choices and examine the implications of power in equitable access to learning; (3) co-create a community of educators who are conscious of how to use power to honor learners.
 
ANDRATESHA FRITZGERALD (Building Blocks of Brilliance)
Andratesha Fritzgerald is the author of Antiracism and Universal Design for Learning: Building Expressways to Success (CAST, 2020), winner of a Benjamin Franklin Award from the Independent Book Publishers Association. She has worked as a teacher, curriculum specialist, administrator, and director. As an international speaker, presenter, and facilitator, Fritzgerald exhibits an audacious perseverance that calls organizations to evolve into inclusive antiracist safe zones for all learners. As a book nerd, Jeopardy enthusiast, and imagination expert, she loves writing and dreaming out loud with her husband, two children, and committed educators who believe in academic success for all. She is the founder of Building Blocks of Brilliance Educational Consulting Firm. For more information, go to www.buildingblocksofbrilliance.com. Twitter: @FritzTesha
 
 
Symposium #256
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Skills for Clinicians and Caregivers to Enhance the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine )
CE Instructor: Craig Strohmeier, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Successful functional analysis and treatment of problem behavior requires that both clinicians and caregivers develop and implement several practical skills. For clinicians, accurate visual inspection of data is necessary for interpreting functional analysis results and deriving effective treatments. Clinicians must also be equipped with skills to analyze caregiver-child interactions, and apply conceptually systematic strategies to increase desirable (treatment-consistent) caregiver behaviors. Finally, long-term effectiveness of a behavior plan centers on teaching caregivers generalizable skills that will help them maintain adherence to the plan, particularly when approaching contexts that have historically evoked problem behavior. This symposium includes three presentations that describe clinician and caregiver skills that are critical for effective assessment and treatment of problem behavior. The first presentation reviews results from an investigation of the reliability of visual inspection for multielement functional analysis graphs. The second presentation describes a revised contingency analysis of desirable and undesirable caregiver behavior as it relates to child problem behavior. The third presentation describes contextual behavioral strategies to decrease the likelihood that caregivers will reinforce problem behavior and increase the likelihood of adherence with behavior plans.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver behavior, Functional analysis, Treatment adherence, Visual inspection
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who conduct functional analysis of problem behavior, use visual inspection to identify function of problem behavior, implement treatments for problem behavior, and work with caregivers to help them implement treatments for problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of visual analysis when interpreting single-subject design data for clinical and research purposes; (2) describe four variables that might contribute to agreement or disagreement on the presence of experimental control within a data set; (3) describe the contingencies that support desirable and undesirable caregiver behavior; (4) describe 2-3 potential solutions for increasing desirable caregiver behavior during the treatment of problem behavior; and (5) describe at least two contextual behavioral strategies to decrease accommodation of problem behavior and shape caregiver behavior related to treatment adherence.
 
Consistent Visual Analysis of Multielement Data
MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (Louisiana State University Shreveport), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University), Kendall Mae Kastner (Marquette University)
Abstract: Experts in visual analysis were given 33 graphical displays of hypothetical data depicted in a multielement experimental design and asked to indicate (a) the presence or absence of experimental control and (b) the degree of experimental control displayed on a 1-100 scale. Each depicted figure systematically varied the number of data paths, the number of data paths elevated above the control, the mean difference between affected test and control conditions, and variability within conditions. The dichotomous indicator of the presence or absence of experimental control corresponded across all permutations of data examined. Rater’s indicated degree of experimental control on a 1-100 scale also correlated across all data sets. Thus, we observed a high degree of correspondence not only in respondents’ identification of experimental control in these figures, but also in their identification of relatively strong and weak demonstrations of experimental control. This supports the reliability of visual analysis as an evaluative tool for these designs amongst expert raters.
 
Negative Reinforcement of Caregiver Behavior: A Contingency Analysis and Function-Based Solutions
JACQUELINE ROGALSKI (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Problem behavior can function as an aversive event that establishes escape from problem behavior as a reinforcer for caregiver behavior. Often, negatively reinforced caregiver behavior is countertherapeutic in that it reinforces problem behavior. For example, caregivers can quickly escape from attention-maintained aggression by delivering contingent attention. This cycle of reinforcement poses a concerning barrier to the effective treatment of problem behavior. The purpose of this talk is threefold. First, we extend existing literature in this area by discussing how contingencies of negative reinforcement affect desirable caregiver behavior (treatment adherence), and how that contingency interacts with the variables supporting undesirable caregiver behavior. Second, implications of this revised contingency analysis as it relates to caregiver treatment of problem behavior are discussed. And finally, we use the contingency analysis as a guide to propose and discuss conceptually systematic treatments for undesirable caregiver behavior. Solutions are informed by three main areas of research: function-based treatments for negatively reinforced problem behavior, research on treatments using concurrent operant schedules without extinction, and research on mitigating resurgence.
 

Contextual Behavioral Informed Strategies to Reduce Accommodation of Severe Problem Behavior and Increase Caregiver Adherence With Behavior Plans

CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Conducting a functional analysis and implementing derived treatments can produce effective behavior plans for severe problem behavior such as self-injury, aggression, and disruptive behavior. Nonetheless, skills training and an effective plan may not be sufficient to produce caregiver adherence. Low levels of treatment adherence may persist because caregiver responses that reinforce problem behavior also produce negative reinforcement for the caregiver response through immediate problem behavior cessation. This presentation describes a contextual behavioral informed approach to a) target the negative maintaining contingencies supporting caregiver reinforcement of problem behavior (accommodation) and, b) increase adherence with behavior plans. First, the presentation reviews the borrowed concept of family accommodation as a useful way to discuss, and conceptualize, the maladaptive pattern of interactions across caregivers and children who demonstrate persistent severe problem behavior. Second, a description of the intervention components highlights the mechanisms aimed at undermining the contingencies that maintain accommodation while providing caregivers with new treatment-related committed actions that are sensitive to positive changes in caregiver-child interactions. Finally, a multiple baseline evaluation demonstrates the effectiveness of this intervention strategy across two parents of a child with severe problem behavior.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #257
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Laboratory to Clinic: Dysfunctional Behaviors Cannot be Erased From the Behavioral Repertoire, but a Growing Stable of Modification Techniques Collectively can Reduce Such Behaviors and Impede Relapse
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University)
CE Instructor: Ralph R. Miller, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: RALPH R. MILLER (State University of New York at Binghamton)
Abstract:

A number of behavioral pathologies arise in part from aversive associations (e.g., anxiety disorders) and cue-drug reward associations. Enormous efforts have been made over several decades trying to identify procedures to decrease these behaviors, including extinction-like exposure therapy, counterconditioning, and related techniques. Most these treatments are initially of some effect, but relapse, with long retention intervals, change in context (i.e., renewal), and re-exposure to the initial affective experience, is frequently observed. Newer treatments such as presenting the target cue some minutes before starting a session of massed exposure/extinction trials (i.e., so-called disruption of reconsolidation) have proven no more effective in eliminating dysfunctional behaviors or preventing relapse when some initial benefit of treatment is observed. The observed recovery of the dysfunctional behaviors, in conjunction with experimental laboratory data concerning associative interference, suggest that irrevocably erasing memories is difficult if not impossible. Improved behavioral outcomes appear to reflect impaired retrieval of the problematic memories. Rather than seeking erasure of these associations, more realistically, we should be seeking to impede their retrieval, using conjointly as many different techniques as possible to impair subsequent retrieval (i.e., a “kitchen-sink” approach).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, clinical psychologists, behavior analysis students, graduate students in clinical psychology programs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) reduce dysfunctional acquired behaviors by combining small-to-moderate effect-size training manipulations, rather than using any one silver-bullet technique; (2) delay and reduce relapse following behavior modification by both properly combining manipulations in initial treatment and, when necessary, in periodic refresher treatments; (3) design treatments that allow shorter behavior modification sessions by increasing trial frequency while more-than-comparably reducing trial duration.
 
RALPH R. MILLER (State University of New York at Binghamton)
Miller's specific area of specialization is elementary information processing in humans and nonhuman animals, including learning, memory, and decision making. Although his research team in recent years has worked in the framework of Pavlovian conditioning, integration with both the physiological and human cognitive literature is sought at the theoretical level. His research is concerned with dissociating processes impacting perception, acquisition, retention, retrieval, and response generation, using impediments to performance such as contingency manipulations, stimulus competition, and associative interference (including extinction). His laboratory has found that training and test contexts (i.e., background stimuli) play central roles in modulating the expression of acquired information. Present research examines how retrieval processes can explain phenomena that are traditionally attributed to differences in acquisition. Experiments are being conducted to determine whether the retrieval rule that they have formalized based on a modified form of contingency theory (the Extended Comparator Hypothesis) can explain sufficient behavioral variation to allow simplification of contemporary theories of conditioning. For example, with this retrieval rule, behavior indicative of conditioned inhibition can be explained in terms of a decrease in US likelihood as opposed to associations to the absence of a US per se, i.e., negative associations. A second avenue of research is concerned with the role of temporal relationships between events in elementary learning. Their data indicate that temporal proximity not only fosters the formation of associations, but is invariably part of what gets encoded within the association. Moreover, this temporal information is a critical determinant of how the association will later be expressed in behavior. Their work in this area is summarized in what they call the Temporal Coding Hypothesis. With the intent of informing practitioners of exposure therapy in clinical situations, other studies are examining the variables that influence relapse following exposure therapy, as modeled by extinction of conditioned fear. Additional research focuses on similarities and differences in Pavlovian conditioning, contingency judgment, and causal attribution by animals and humans. Professor Miller has served as editor-in-chief of the two leading journals in his field, chaired NIH study sections, lectured extensively on five continents, and has been widely cited in the professional literature (over 20,500 citations, h-index of 71, and i10-index of 286). His current research is collaborative with laboratories in England and France and his own laboratory is staffed by postdoctoral fellows and undergraduate research assistants.
 
 
Panel #258
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Supervision
Scaling Up of Behavioral Professionals in the Philippines: Challenges and Opportunities During the Pandemic
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Maribel Castillo Stikeleather, M.A.
Chair: Maribel Castillo Stikeleather (BTS: Behavioral Teaching Solutions)
JENNIFER DELOS REYES SILAO (Don Bosco College)
ANNA MARIE LORENZO GALAY (Behavior Analysis Intervention Services)
ROBERT MAPANDO GOMEZ (Little Professors Learning Center - Davao City; Satit Bilingual School of Rangsit University - Thailand)
Abstract:

The Philippines ranks as the 13th most populated country globally, with more than 111 million people. The country’s prevalence of disability is estimated to be more than 12% of the current population. As of October 2021, there are 6 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), 6 Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs), and 71 Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) in the Philippines. These numbers highlight the staggering need for more certified practitioners to serve not only individuals with autism but also in other areas where this science of behavior can be utilized. When the pandemic happened, individuals pursuing their coursework faced hardships in meeting the supervision requirements. This effort led Filipino BCBAs abroad to assist and support 14 BCBA and BCaBA students. This initiative also led to the establishment and development of the first bachelor’s degree in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) that received approval from the Philippine Commission in Higher Education Development.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, BCBA-Ds, QBA, QASP-S, ABATs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the importance of cultural competence when providing supervision and mentorship. (2) Understand and transform barriers to opportunities in disseminating behavioral science in developing countries. (3) Strengthening collaboration amongst international and local practitioners in embedding behavior analysis in the educational system.
Keyword(s): Course development, Cultural competence, International dissemination, Supervision
 
 
Symposium #259
CE Offered: BACB
Examining Bribery, Reinforcement, and Choice in Behavior-Analytic Teaching and Skill-Acquisition Programs
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
Discussant: Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (The National University Hospital of Iceland)
CE Instructor: Ryan C. Speelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In a teaching or skill-acquisition environments, educators and behavior analysts must utilize strategies to promote the best possible outcomes, such as individualizing procedures, providing choices, and reinforcement-based teaching. However, when teaching larger groups, such as a class of students, individualization and choice may be difficult to accomplish. Similarly, reinforcement procedures may be misconstrued as bribery by consumers. The present series of studies examines barriers to adoption of behavior-analytic teaching strategies and methods to overcome them. Study 1 used a multi-element design to compare college students’ attendance in optional, supplementary class sessions with pre-determined content versus sessions with content chosen and voted on by students using online polls. When students voted and chose content to discuss, attendance increased by 15%. In Study 2, 34 adults viewed recorded teaching trials featuring different antecedent components, learner behaviors, or consequences and rated whether each trial included bribery or reinforcement. Results revealed higher ratings of bribery were associated with several antecedent components (e.g., Premack rules) and several consequence components (e.g., edible reinforcement), which practitioners or teachers should more fully explain to consumers and fade out, if possible. Together, these studies provide support for practitioners and teachers to include behavior-analytic strategies and improve outcomes in teaching.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA and BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will be able to state differences between bribery and reinforcement 2) Attendees will be able to incorporate choice components into teaching trials to improve outcomes 3) Attendees will identify components of teaching trials which consumers identify as problematic and beneficial
 

Increasing Optional Class Session Attendance in an Online Course With a Brief, Low-Effort Choice Intervention

RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Seth W. Whiting (Louisiana State University Shreveport)
Abstract:

Student-faculty interaction and attendance have been demonstrated to positively influence a student’s overall course satisfaction and grade outcomes. Still, students often fail to participate in supplementary classes, study sessions, or office hours offered by instructors. The present study evaluated a brief, low-effort choice intervention designed to improve attendance in weekly supplementary class sessions. In a graduate-level online course, the teacher’s assistant (TA) conducted weekly, optional class sessions and recorded student attendance. The instructors randomly alternated weekly sessions to include class-as-usual or a choice intervention consisting of presenting anonymous online polls with which students could vote for topics for the TA to specifically address in the next session. During class-as-usual the TA presented discussion topics, provided prompts to evoke relevant responses, and answered questions regarding weekly topics. Choice conditions consisted of the TA tailoring discussion around the most voted topics such as: overview of projects, examples of concepts, exam review and practice, tips on exam preparation, discussion of journal articles or book chapters, and discussion of a topic anticipated as difficult. Results showed an average attendance increase of 15% in the choice condition compared to class-as-usual, supporting the use of student choice to increase student engagement in supplementary learning experiences.

 
An Analysis of Teaching Trial Components Which Evoke the Terms "Bribery" and "Reinforcement"
SETH W. WHITING (Louisiana State University Shreveport), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: Consumers, teachers, and clients may misconstrue reinforcement and operations observed in reinforcement procedures as bribery regardless of any definitional differences between the concepts, hindering acceptance and adoption of behavior-analytic procedures. The purpose of the present study was to identify components of behavior-analytic teaching trials which individuals recognize as bribery. To date, 34 adults viewed videos featuring a model behavior analyst implementing discrete trial teaching procedures with a young learner and rated each on whether the procedure demonstrated reinforcement and whether the procedure demonstrated bribery using Likert-type scales. Thirty-six videos were created in pairs, such that one video portrayed a teaching trial and response according to standard procedures and a second video portrayed that same trial but with an aspect of the antecedent, learner behavior, or consequence manipulated. Results suggested that offering choices, initiating trials with a simple rule (e.g., “We’re working”), and intermittent schedules of reinforcement produced the highest ratings of reinforcement, whereas using Premack rules, providing edible reinforcers, and continuous schedules of reinforcement produced the highest ratings of bribery. When implementing procedures which consumers may identify as bribery, practitioners must increase attempts to educate and fade out undesirable components to increase acceptance and consumer satisfaction of behavior-analytic procedures.
 
 
Symposium #260
Promoting Staff Behavior in Unprecedented Times: Utilizing Behavior Skills Training and Reinforcement Schedules to Promote Effective Staff Behaviors.
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Maria Eugenia Hornbeck (Anderson Center for Autism )
Discussant: Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar (Quality Services for the Autism Community)
Abstract:

Human services organizations face obstacles towards staff development, such as skill training and job task completion, which may impact programming and treatment outcomes. Staff skill acquisition and task completion challenges are exacerbated by limited resources in a high turnover environment. To address these concerns, two applied research studies were conducted at an agency providing academic and residential services for youth with autism. One study aimed to assess the efficacy of behavior skills training (BST) with rehearsal and feedback on goal writing skill acquisition, and the second study assessed the efficacy of a group contingency reinforcement (GCR) intervention on staff’s successful job task completion. Participants included clinical and teaching staff employed in an education setting, and direct support professionals working in a residential environment, respectively. Behavior skills training with rehearsal and feedback was found to be successful in supporting staff skill acquisition to mastery criterion within one to three sessions, and GCR intervention was successful in maintaining staff’s progressive job task completion. From staff skill development to job task completion, these interventions may be utilized to support treatment fidelity and improve programmatic outcomes within an organization to further promote staff development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Direct Support, GCI, Staff Reinforcement
 
The Effects of Group Contingency Reinforcement on Direct Support Staff Task Completion
KRISTINE CARL (The Anderson Center for Autism), Abdullah Kinan (Anderson Center for Autism)
Abstract: An experimental study was conducted to assess the efficacy of implementing a group contingency reinforcement intervention on improving staff completion of job task requirements. This study was conducted at a not-for-profit agency in Hudson Valley, New York providing residential services for youth with autism. Five Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) working in a residence were included in the study. The study utilized a changing criterion design and an interdependent group contingency reinforcement intervention (GCRI). Staff were reinforced after meeting criteria in each of the five phases. Each phase of the study assessed staff on a required number of job tasks completed. Tasks assessed included responsibilities that were requirements for their role at the agency. Staff preferences were determined using a self-reported assessment, and preferred items were selected at the beginning of each phase of the study. The data reflects successful use of reinforcement in maintaining staff’s progressive task completion.
 

Using Feedback and Job Aids to Improve Goal-Writing at a Residential School

AMANDA M ADAMS (Anderson Center for Autism & Capella University)
Abstract:

Employees in human services require a significant volume of training and often lack skills needed to perform their job duties effectively (Gravina et al., 2018; Parsons & Rollyson, 2012; Reid & Whitman, 1983). ?Employers must be able to provide effective training in order to maintain treatment fidelity in a resource scarce and high turnover environment (Gravina et al., 2018; Matson & Sturmey, 2011; Parsons & Rollyson, 2012; Redmon et al., 2001). It is also critical that training interventions are acceptable to employees due to the noted correlation between mastery, skill maintance, and perception of the training (Matson & Sturmey, 2011; Parsons & Rollyson 2012; Reid & Whitman, 1983). This paper demonstrates another application of Behavioral Skills Training and social validity to increase goal writing skills of teachers and behavior specialists at a residential school program serving children with Autism. Mastery criterion of 100% IOA was met by all participants, demonstrating that the goal was written accurately and completely. ?Antecedent training, checklist, and template were not successful at achieving mastery alone (Redmon et al., 2001; Reid & Whitman, 1983). ?The addition of rehearsal and feedback until mastery was able to get four employees to mastery with just one session, two with only 2 session, and one employee with three sessions (Parsons & Rollyson, 2012; Reid & Whitman, 1983). ?Social validity data was gathered to determine acceptability of the training style and feedback to improve acceptability of future sessions (Matson & Sturmey, 2011; Parsons & Rollyson 2012; Reid & Whitman, 1983).

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #261
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Embedding Behavior into an Organization: A Blueprint for Success
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Nicole Gravina, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: ALAN CHEUNG (Costain), CLAIRE FRYER (Costain)
Abstract:

Alan and Claire will share Costain’s behavioural journey over the last 15 years. They will talk about the importance and challenges of keeping on the path and share how Costain has successfully managed to roll out and embed a truly sustainable behavioural safety programme, which has been designed to address the specific issues of a continually changing workforce, with multiple business sites and varying project durations. They will speak about the importance of the programme achieving Platinum Accreditation Status with the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and how one of the keys to success has been to ensure that the programme is and remains a leadership focused programme that looks at making things simple, getting the simple things right, and providing outreach to their supply chain and clients. Alan and Claire will share real examples of the tools they use, how they apply it to all aspects of Costain, including wellbeing, carbon, IT security, quality and change management, where they are going next, and how the programme has moved from behavioural safety to behavioural management and more importantly to behavioural leadership.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

OBM researchers, practitioners, business owners, safety professionals. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) describe the key components of a practical behavioural management programme; (2) apply behaviorally sound approaches for workplaces with transient workforces; (3) utilize simple and effective behavioural management tools and techniques in the workplace.
 
ALAN CHEUNG (Costain)
Alan is operationally responsible for the Safety, Health and Environmental (SHE) performance of Costain, this includes responsibility for a team of 160 SHE Professionals and a team of 12 Behavioural Management Professionals. Alan has been instrumental in the development and implementation of the Costain Behavioural Safety (CBS) Programme, which began in 2006. In 2011 he successfully took the CBS Programme through third party accreditation with the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, making CBS the first third party accredited behavioural safety programme in the UK. In 2018 CBS was re-accredited for the third time and became one of only two programmes to achieve Platinum Status. In 2010 he developed a Behavioural Management Consultancy for Costain which helps clients apply the principles of behavioural science to improve all aspects of their business. Costain is a smart infrastructure solutions company, based in the United Kingdom, whose purpose is to improve people's lives by deploying technology-based solutions to meet urgent national needs across the UK's energy, water and transportation infrastructures. The company turns over c£1.0Bn per year delivering integrated consulting, complex project delivery, technological solutions and operations and maintenance services to major blue-chip customers in targeted market sectors such as highways, rail, water, power, nuclear and oil and gas. Alan has a degree in Civil Engineering from Loughborough University, is a Chartered Civil Engineer and Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers and has over 30 years’ experience of working in the UK Construction Industry.
CLAIRE FRYER (Costain)

Claire Fryer is the Director of Behavioural Management and leads the team of Behavioural Management Team of consultants, practitioners, coaches, and advisers. She also leads the external consultancy, working closely with clients and specialises in the design and delivery of behaviourally sound programmes using accelerated learning techniques. She has over 20 years’ experience in the practical application of behavioural science and coaching principles to improve business and individual performance. Claire regularly presents at conferences, including Highways UK with Highways England Social Research and Behavioural Change Team, and in 2019 the UK Project Controls Expo, which focussed on leadership behaviours, exploring aspects such as the culture created during project revies and the impact of behaviour on programme delivery. She has played a key role in how the Costain behavioural programme has moved from Safety through to Management and through to Leadership. She has been an executive coach since 2004, blending traditional coaching techniques with applied behavioural science.

 
 
Symposium #262
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Signal Detection Theory to Visual Analysis of Functional Analyses
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Allison Rader, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Using statistics within behavior analysis is a topic that has been visited and revisited but has yet to become a regular part of practice in the applied setting. In some circles, it remains a topic of contention, especially when suggested that statistics be used in lieu of visual analysis to interpret behavioral data. We agree with others who have proposed that statistics and other quantitative judgement tools can be used in conjunction with visual analysis. Application of statistics might be of special interest when early detection of functional relations is critical. Such is the case when making decisions regarding results of functional analyses. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to explore (1) to what extent PhD level behavior analysts agree with each other on visual analysis of FA graphs (2) and to determine the effect of teaching practicing and novice behavior analysts to apply statistical analysis to the evaluation of FA graphs. We then propose some directions for further investigation that may promote best practices in the future.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Basic and applied researchers, practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify shortcomings of visual analysis; (2) list at least one advantage of a signal detection theory approach to evaluating reliability, accuracy or bias; (3) name one quantitative method that may be used to supplement visual analysis.
 
A Quantitative Analysis of Accuracy, Reliability and Bias in Judgements of Functional Analyses
(Basic Research)
Allison Rader (The May Institute), MICHAEL YOUNG (Kansas State University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Functional analysis can be considered a diagnostic assessment that behavior analysts use to determine behavioral function. Such a diagnosis ultimately requires a yes or no decision (i.e., a variable maintains a behavior, or it does not) that is determined by both subjective (clinical judgement) and objective (data) variables. Accurate and reliable identification of function is essential for successful treatment, yet behavior analysts’ interpretation of data relies on their ability to detect visual differences in graphed data. Some research indicates that behavior analysts have questionable reliability in their visual analysis. To further examine the reliability, accuracy, and bias in visual analysis of functional analysis graphs, we simulated functional analysis results and surveyed 121 BCBA-Ds experienced in visual analysis. We then examined reliability of responses and used a signal detection theory approach to analyze accuracy and bias. Findings suggest that reliability and accuracy of judgements are questionable, and exploration of decision aids is warranted.
 
Use of Confidence Intervals to Supplemental Visual Analysis in Interpretation of Functional Analyses
(Applied Research)
ALLISON RADER (The May Institute), Michael Young (Kansas State University), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Use of statistics within behavior analysis has been visited and revisited but has yet to become a regular part of practice in applied settings. In some circles, the topic is contentious, especially when it is suggested that statistics be used in lieu of visual analysis. We agree with others who have proposed that statistics and other quantitative judgement tools can be used in conjunction with visual analysis. This application might be of special interest when early detection of causal relationships is critical. Therefore, the purpose of this investigation was to determine the effect of teaching practitioners to integrate confidence intervals into their evaluation of functional analyses. We then propose some directions for further investigation that may promote future best practices.
 
 
Panel #263
Careers in Behavior Analysis: Moving Beyond Autism
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Angela Joyce Cathey (Better Living Center for Behavioral Health)
LEAH MARIE FENNEMA (Lux Consulting)
JOHN WESENBERG (Better Living Center for Behavioral Health; Behavior-Behavior.org)
HUNTER BARRON (Better Living Center for Behavioral Health; Behavior-Behavior.org; Better Living Initiative)
Abstract: As of October 1st, 2021, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) currently reports 73.16% of BACB certificate holders (BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs) are working with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Therefore, out of 165,201 certificate holders, 120,861 are in ASD. We have to ask ourselves, are we becoming autism practitioners and not behavior analytic practitioners? Newly licensed certificate holders assume the only opportunity to disseminate behavior analysis and implement reinforcement schedules are on children with ASD. Many certificate holders do not know their options nor are they able to readily navigate a therapeutic context apart from ASD. This panel will provide critical steps in setting yourself up for success and engaging in new professional therapeutic opportunities. The bulk of the panel will address how to identify opportunities, better prepare yourself for crossing into new areas (e.g., update resume'), begin to translate new topographies using behavior principles, and be a supportive member of a multidisciplinary team.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Beyond Autism, Consulting, Mental Health, Multi-disciplinary teams
 
 
Symposium #264
CE Offered: BACB
Moving our Science Forward: Understanding and Correcting Misconceptions of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Discussant: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
CE Instructor: Christopher A Krebs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is unfamiliar to most people outside of autism and even those who have heard about behavior analysis often have beliefs that run contrary to known evidence. Misconceptions in science are not unique to behavior analysis, but they do limit the ability of our field to address issues of social significance and become more mainstream. The overarching goal of this symposium is to generate insight and discussion on strategies that can be used to improve dissemination, training, and support of current and future behavior analysts for the many current and future challenges to our field. The first presentation describes a study that evaluated perceptions of behavior analysis by undergraduate students by comparing their ideas and interest about the discipline at the beginning and end of an introductory principles of learning course. The second presentation describes a study that examined the qualitative experiences of behavior analysts before, during, and after their training in effort to identify practitioner-endorsed and actionable behaviors analysts can engage in when facing misconceptions in the field.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify some common misconceptions of behavior analysis; (2) Describe the 5 main behaviors associated with addressing misconceptions (e.g., Listen, Ask questions, Determine misconceptions, Engage, and Reflect and evaluate); (3) Identify effective strategies for engaging an audience to counter misconceptions in real-time.
 
Perceptions of Behavior Analysis by Undergraduate Students
CHRISTOPHER A KREBS (Eastern Connecticut State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University), Christina A. Alligood (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Introductory undergraduate courses are often the first point of contact a student has with an area of inquiry. Perceptions about a field can influence the likelihood that students will pursue additional education or a career in that area and undergraduate psychology students are more likely to have misconceptions of behavior analysis compared to master’s students and teachers in university colleges (Arntzen et al., 2010). This presentation describes a study that evaluated perceptions of behavior analysis by undergraduate students at two different universities by comparing their ideas and interest about the discipline at the beginning and at the end of an introductory principles of learning course. The introductory course corrected several misconceptions and increased interest in behavior analysis. Discussion of these results will focus on identifying strategies that instructors can use to improve instruction and better market behavior analysis.
 
Using the Experiences of Current Analysts to Support Addressing Common Misconceptions in Applied Behavior Analysis
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Olivia Grace Enders (University of Pittsburgh), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract: Misconceptions have impacted the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) since its inception. In conference presentations and manuscripts, researchers have focused on highlighting such misconceptions and their potential sources. However, very little empirical work has surveyed and allowed the on-the-ground professionals to offer their professional input regarding how best to disseminate our science in the face of these fallacies. We present a process tool designed to support the effective communication of ABA based on the reported lived experiences of behavior analysts. LADER (Listen, Ask Questions, Determine misconception, Engage, and Reflect and evaluate) provides a scaffolded approach to support behavior analytic professionals navigating the potential challenges of addressing others’ misconceptions of ABA in real-time. Engaging analysts to address misconceptions is a professional skill taught, developed, and shaped over time. The LADER tool can thus inform training of both students and practitioners.
 
 
Symposium #265
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Influences on Acquisition and Outcomes of Foreign-Language Tact Instruction
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anabela Santos (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Danielle LaFrance, Ph.D.
Abstract: Around the world, many people receive compulsory foreign-language instruction or choose to study foreign languages for reasons that include employment prospects, mobility, cultural awareness, and desire to maintain connection with their ancestral cultures. Learning a new language, however, is a monumental task. In terms of vocabulary alone, students need to master thousands of words to communicate in everyday situations (see e.g., Nation & Waring, 1997). This symposium reports the results of three studies on teaching foreign-language vocabulary words in the form of tacting to students of various ages from various linguistic backgrounds. Anabela Santos presents on the effects of mastery criterion stringency on acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of foreign-language tacts. Elma Dögg Birgisdóttir presents an evaluation of the role of response contingencies in tact acquisition, intraverbal emergence, and maintenance in a comparison of a pair-test procedure with discrete-trial instruction. Finally, Danielle LaFrance presents on the effects of stimulus preference on tact acquisition and intraverbal emergence. Together, the three studies provide insights into the use of behavior-analytic concepts and tools to solve problems in foreign-language teaching and learning.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): acquisition, foreign language, intraverbal, tact
Target Audience: Researchers, educators, BCBAs, graduate students
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1. describe how mastery criteria, response contingencies, and stimulus preference were found to affect the acquisition of foreign-language tacts. 2. define two types of intraverbal responding that may emerge as a result of foreign-language tact instruction. 3. identify maintenance as an important outcome to evaluate in research on foreign-language instruction.
 
Effects of Mastery Criteria on Skill Maintenance of Foreign-Language Tacts
ANABELA SANTOS (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract: There is minimal evidence to guide practitioners on selecting mastery criteria based on its effects on acquisition and maintenance across skills and populations. Although strategies for teaching foreign language skills have been investigated, the implications of mastery criteria on foreign language targets have not been explored. The purpose of this study was to assess the efficacy and efficiency of acquisition and maintenance of 67%, 89%, and 100% mastery criteria of foreign language tacts by four adults of typical development. Stimulus generalization of tacts, maintenance at one- and three-weeks post-mastery, and the social validity of goals, procedures, and outcomes were assessed. Findings suggest that each mastery criterion effectively led to the acquisition of target responses and that responding generalized across untrained targets. Three of four participants demonstrated low responding across targets and untrained stimuli during the three-week maintenance probe. Goals, procedures, and outcomes were rated socially significant by practitioners. Although our results contribute recommendations for selection of mastery criteria by clinicians based on values that are both efficacious and efficient, our findings are limited by the points in time in which maintenance was assessed and warrant both intra- and inter-subject replication.
 

Evaluation of a Pair-Test Procedure in Computerized Foreign Language Vocabulary Instruction

ANNA PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University; Reykjavik University), Juliana Sequeira Cesar de Oliveira (Texas Christian University), Elma Birgisdóttir (Reykjavik University)
Abstract:

Stimulus pairing procedures without contingencies on active student responding can result in the emergence of both conditional discriminations and topography-based verbal operants. However, dense student response contingencies have been found to improve outcomes of computerized programmed instruction. The present study compared two approaches to teaching foreign-language (FL) vocabulary words: discrete-trial (DT) instruction with a response contingency in every trial, and pair-test (PT) instruction with intermittent response contingencies. Participants were eight adults whose native language was Icelandic. Each participant was exposed to DT tact instruction with one set of Arabic words, and PT tact instruction with another set. A multielement design was used to compare tact acquisition in the two conditions. A within-subjects design was used to compare performance on an immediate post-test and a one-week follow-up test that assessed FL tacts and emergent intraverbal responding. PT instruction was found to produce highly similar outcomes to DT instruction on all measures, and three of five participants reported preferring PT to DT instruction.

 
Effects of Stimulus Preference on the Acquisition of a Small Foreign Language Vocabulary
Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos; Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento, Cognição e Ensino (INCT-ECCE) ), Maira Costa (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), DANIELLE LAFRANCE (Elemy Autism Care; Hunter College - City University of New York), Mayara Ferreira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: There is a growing body of literature examining the effectiveness of teaching a foreign language using behavior-analytic procedures. This study compared the acquisition of foreign tact responding as a function of stimulus preference and assessed the emergence of bidirectional intraverbal responses (Native-Foreign and Foreign-Native). Three typically developing Brazilian children participated. Sessions were conducted remotely using a platform for video and audio communications. First, the experimenter conducted a preference assessment to select the target stimuli for each participant based on their preference. During tact instruction, the experimenter presented a visual stimulus and asked for its foreign name. A progressive prompt delay was used. Emergent intraverbal responses were evaluated across Native-Foreign and Foreign-Native directions before and after instruction. Results showed that all participants met the learning and the emergence criteria for the high preferred stimulus set in fewer trial blocks than for the low preferred stimulus set. Also, the high-preferred set yielded greater emergence of all intraverbal relations. Results confirmed those of previous studies, showing that tact instruction is effective in producing emergent intraverbal responding, and suggesting that stimulus preference is an important variable when teaching a foreign language.
 
 
Paper Session #266
CE Offered: BACB
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Predicting Outcome and Examining Relations between Intensity, Quality and Treatment Acceptability
Sunday, May 29, 2022
12:30 PM–12:55 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University )
CE Instructor: Svein Eikeseth, Ph.D.
 

Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Predicting Outcome and Examining Relations Between Intensity, Quality, and Treatment Acceptability

Domain: Applied Research
SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo Metropolitan University), Marita Andreassen (1Oslo Metropolitan University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
 
Abstract:

This prospective study was designed to examine predictors of outcome after 12 months of community-based Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) in 171 children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Predictors included Age at Intake, Intake Adaptive Behavior (Vineland-II), Treatment Intensity, Treatment Quality and Treatment Acceptability. In order to evaluate predictors of outcome, Pearson correlations and hierarchical multiple regressions (MR) was conducted for each outcome measure. Non-parametric tests (?2) were used for variables that did not meet normal distribution. For Vineland ABC and all Vineland subscales (Communication, Social Skills, Daily Living Skills, Motor Skills and Maladaptive Behavior), higher intake scores predicted significantly higher outcome scores. Furthermore, younger intake age and higher treatment quality was associated with improved outcome. Treatment quality improved over time, but children who received lower treatment quality initially tended to receive overall lower treatment quality. Children who received higher number of treatment hours also tended to receive better treatment quality. Parents and therapists scored treatment acceptability as very high, and treatment acceptability score was independent of the children’s outcome. These findings add to our knowledge of potential predictors of outcome for children receiving EIBI and about relations between treatment intensity, treatment quality and treatment acceptability.

 
Target Audience:

Practitioners working with children with ASD

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe predictor variables of outcome of EIBI; (2) explain possible relations between treatment hours and treatment quality; and (3) know how parents and therapist report EIBI treatment acceptability.
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #266A
Author Signing
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A; ABAI Bookstore

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #266B
Presenter Meet and Greet
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

Authors:

  • Matthew Capriotti (Table 1)
  • Alan Cheung and Claire Fryer (Table 2)
  • Douglas Greer (Table 3)
  • Katie Kalafut (Table 4)
  • Karl Kapp (Table 5)
  • Bethany Raiff (Table 6)
  • Linda Reddy (Table 7)
  • Rachel Taylor (Table 8)
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #266C
Professional Photographs
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A

Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more!

 
 
Poster Session #267
BPN Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
1. Identifying Substitute Activities for Alcohol Consumption: A Preliminary Analysis
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Michael Amlung (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: In behavioral economics, alcohol use is impacted by competing environmental variables; thus, promoting engagement in non-substance-related alternative activities may help reduce alcohol consumption. Researchers have designed activity questionnaires for individuals with alcohol use disorder, measuring overall reinforcement derived from alcohol-related versus alcohol-free activities. However, it is not yet known whether these questionnaires identify specific activities that are substitutes for alcohol consumption. Recruiting through Amazon’s Mechanical Turk, we administered the Activity Level Questionnaire (ALQ) to participants, deriving alcohol-related reinforcement ratios. We devised a novel suitability survey to determine whether alcohol consumption was compatible (suitable) or incompatible (unsuitable) with each activity from the ALQ. Participants were also asked to complete the Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT). Differences in responding across activities indicated that individuals may label an activity as suitable for alcohol consumption despite a low reinforcement ratio. Across participants who marked given activities as “unsuitable”, we observed generally positive correlations between AUDIT scores and self-reported likelihood of consuming alcohol during the activity, despite its incompatibility with alcohol consumption. These results suggest that a deeper analysis of specific activities may help researchers and clinicians identify activities that are incompatible with alcohol consumption and may serve as substitutes for alcohol use.
 
3. Efficacy of the Zones of Regulation When Applied Within an Applied Behavior Analysis Framework for Individuals With Severe Epilepsy and Brain Injury
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
ERICKA MULLINIX (Lexington Behavioral Health Services), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Teaching emotional self-regulation is challenging for care providers. The Zones of Regulation is a curriculum used widely by occupational therapists to teach emotional regulation. There is no evidence yet to support its efficacy. While the Zones curriculum provides guidance on progression of teaching skills and a plethora of teaching materials, there is no standard method of teaching within the curriculum. For instance, there is no guidance correcting errors, prompting hierarchy, or standardized instructions. Additionally, challenges in teaching emotional regulation are more pronounced given significant communication barriers. Many individuals with developmental disabilities have comorbid medical issues, including neurological and gastrointestinal complications such as epilepsy and fecal impaction, which can be painful and lead to negative emotional responding. Difficulty communicating pain has been reported to lead to lack of medical care, attributions of symptoms to behavioral issues, unnecessary or incorrect medical care, and invasive medical procedures. This paper explores a way to apply the curriculum with an applied behavior analytic framework, and examines if using stimulus equivalence and automaticity of reinforcement by pairing overt indicators of pain (e.g., precursors to problem behaviors, overt symptoms of illness) with colors that correspond to the Zones might increase the ability to identify and communicate distressing emotions in order to receive appropriate interventions from caregivers.

 
5. Classical Conditioning of the Anxiolytic Effects of Diazepam
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Matthew lazusky (Allegheny College), Olivia Kraus (Allegheny College), Stephen Cullinan (Allegheny College), RODNEY D. CLARK (Allegheny College)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: The objective of the present study was to determine whether anxiolytic effects of benzodiazepines could be classically conditioned. Sucrose water was paired with injections of diazepam (1.0mg/kg ip) in rats over a fourteen-day period. Following the pairing phase, diazepam treated rats were presented with sucrose water before being evaluated on the elevated plus-maze test. The time spent in and numbers of arm entries of rats treated with diazepam were compared to rats treated with saline. Marginal effects were observed in many of the tests. However, a marked difference (p>0.035) in the number of total arm entries between control and experimental rats was observed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #268
EAB Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Jillian Rung (University of Florida)
9. Next-Day Responsibilities Alter the Reinforcing Value of Alcohol Among Community Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRANDON PATRICK MILLER (University of Kansas), James Murphy (University of Memphis), James MacKillop (McMaster University), Michael Amlung (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Jillian Rung (University of Florida)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that next-day responsibilities impact preference for alcohol, however, this work has exclusively used undergraduate samples and a narrow range of responsibilities. Thus, the goal of this project was to extend this work by examining the effect of a wider range of responsibilities on demand for alcohol among community adults using a hypothetical purchase task. Our sample included 261 community adults (60% male; 39% female; 1% non-binary) with a mean age of 38.42 recruited from Amazon Mechanical Turk. All participants first rank-ordered eight hypothetical next-day responsibilities across 3 categories (i.e., work, caregiving, and recreational). Participants then completed an alcohol purchase task with no explicit responsibilities before completing two additional purchase tasks in the context of their two highest ranked responsibilities. Several stages of attention and data quality checks were implemented prior to all data analysis. Analyses revealed that demand was highest for the no responsibilities condition and found no differences between 1st and 2nd ranked responsibilities. Those ranking work and caregiving responsibilities highest showed the greatest suppression of demand, followed by those ranking caregiving and recreational activities highest. Our results build on previous research by demonstrating contingencies may alter preference for alcohol in sample of community adults.
 
11. Functional Equivalence in Rats II: Increasing Set Size via Class Expansion
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MADELEINE MASON (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Cassondra Giarrusso (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sophie Lorraine Pinneke (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Spencer Bruce (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Hawken V. Hass (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Jillian Rung (University of Florida)
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence has not been reliably demonstrated in nonhumans though a simple discrimination reversal procedure (e.g., Mason et al., 2021) has yielded evidence of functional equivalence classes. The present study is an assessment of whether functional classes formed using this procedure demonstrate two fundamental properties of equivalence classes: transfer of function and class expansion. In Phase 1, using a go/no-go arrangement, rats were trained to nose-poke in the presence of three odors arbitrarily designated as members of Set 1, while responding to members of Set 2 was not reinforced. Contingencies (i.e., which set was positive) were repeatedly reversed each time subjects met mastery criteria. In Phase 2, class expansion was investigated by presenting novel odor discriminations in training sessions with only one member of each set, implementing a series of reversals, then subsequently testing for transfer of function between existing and novel set members, which had never been presented in the same session. This sequence was completed for three pairs of novel stimuli. While class expansion has not yet been demonstrated, results showed evidence of transfer of function across set members with relatively little reversal training compared to previous experiments, perhaps due to manipulations to training sequences and reinforcement parameters.
 
13. Matching-to-Sample with Different Delays in a Person with Alzheimer’s Disease
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ANETTE BROGAARD BROGÅRD ANTONSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Jillian Rung (University of Florida)
Abstract: In the present study, a 91-year-old woman with Alzheimer’s disease served as a participant. She had earlier been presented with identity simultaneous matching-to-sample (SMTS) and MTS with 0s delay (Brogård-Antonsen & Arntzen, 2020). With the purpose of identifying the longest level of delay where the participant responded in accordance with the mastery criterion, she was presented with identity matching training and testing with the delays of 12s, 13.5s, 15s, 18s, and 24s. The stimuli used was three colors (yellow, blue, and red). The results showed that the participant met the mastery criterion with delays of 12s and 13.5s.
 
15. Using Train-to-Code to Teach the Order of Events in a Discrete Trial: Error Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PATRICK DAVIDSON (Assumption University), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University), David A. Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Will Roche (Assumption University), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.; Rollins College)
Discussant: Jillian Rung (University of Florida)
Abstract: Variation in procedure during the delivery of discrete trial (DT) programs results in poorer learner outcomes. This study is part of an on-going project investigating use of Train-to-Code software in teaching staff to recognize correct and incorrect delivery of DT programs in order to improve their delivery of those programs. Participants view video clips of DT programs and code whether the trial was delivered correctly and, if not, the type of error made. Participants are undergraduate students studying applied behavior analysis or active behavior therapists. Prior to coding clips, participants are taught to identify the order of events in a DT for three programs (motor imitation [MI], receptive labeling [RL], and social questions [SQ]). We present the results for Phase 2 pretraining (see Table 1), which has been completed by two participants thus far. Mean training time was 161.8 minutes. Participants reached criterion with the fewest codes for RL, followed by MI, and SQ. For one participant on SQ, coding errors only occurred when the example was incorrect; the example was miscoded an equal number of times as having no error or having a different type of error than depicted. For the second participant on SQ, 22% of errors were miscoding of correct examples as having an error. Of the remaining coding errors, 67% were miscoding an error at the beginning of a trial. Analysis of error patterns can be used to improve DT training for staff in service delivery.
 
17. The Effects of Contingency Experience on Infant Visual Discrimination Learning
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
D. WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Katelyn Rachelle Jones (Missouri State University), Lyric Arvizu (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jillian Rung (University of Florida)
Abstract: Thirty-five 4-month-old infants’ visual discrimination learning was assessed via a 10-trial synchronous reinforcement task. Infants were assigned randomly to one of two groups: A Contingency or Control group. Infants in the Contingency group received 4 pretraining trials of a simplified visual discrimination task so to gain reinforcement experience with the discriminative cue (the least salient stimulus component) employed on the subsequent 10-trial synchronous visual discrimination task. Infants in the Control group received no pretraining experience. Overall, the Contingency group displayed greater visual attention to the S+ compared to the Control group. Also, the number of shifts (visual comparisons between the S+ and S-) across trials were significantly greater for the Contingency group compared to the Control group. These findings support the hypotheses that contingency experience (1) guide and organize perception scanning patterns and (2) increase visual scanning which in turn increases the probability of successful visual discrimination. A two-factor visual learning model (consisting of habitual and contingency experience) is proposed to explain the developmental and individual differences in infant shift rate and discrimination learning.
 
19. Assessing gamification elements on high school students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
L. REBECA MATEOS MORFIN (Universidad de Guadalajara), Araceli Anzaldo (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Discussant: Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Gamification is the implementation of mechanics typical of games in non-playful environments, in order to generate a change in behavior. The present study assessed the application of gamification elements, such as points and feedback in high school students. All the students were taking a course on self-care. Before reviewing each class topic, students had to solve some questions about the target topic. Forty students divided into four groups participated, for some students their answers were followed by feedback and the delivery of points, in a second group the students only received points, another group received only feedback, finally, the fourth group was not exposed to the gamified task. Once the course was finished, a post-test was applied to all students in order to identify if there were effects according to the type of elements used. The students with feedback obtained the highest percentages of correct responses during the test. These results are discussed based on previous evidence, suggesting the role of feedback on learning.
 
21. High functioning autism, equivalence class formation and priming with meaningful stimuli and words
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GURO GRANERUD (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Torbjørn Elvsåshagen (Oslo University Hospital), Christoffer Hatlestad-Hall (CHTD research, Division of Clinical Neuroscience, Oslo University Hospital), Eva Malt (Akershus University Hospital)
Discussant: Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A matching-to-sample (MTS) procedure could be used in training conditional discriminations and testing emergent relations. Another way to test for relations between stimuli is through priming; presenting a prime stimulus and a target stimulus and instruct the participant to judge if the stimuli is related or not. The priming effect is often demonstrated, more errors or longer reaction time to unfamiliar stimulus pair than related. Earlier research has demonstrated a discrepancy in the results of ability of priming in participants with autism. In the current experiment, 26 people with high functioning autism (HFA) and 29 people without any known diagnosis served as participants. They were all trained to form three 3-member classes in a many-to-one (MTO) training structure with C stimuli as meaningful, and A and B stimuli as abstract shapes. One-third of the relations were tested in the MTS format before the rest of the relations were tested in a priming procedure. All participants also conducted word priming. The results show that on an average the participants with HFA produced more errors than the group without any known diagnosis, more errors where produced with related stimulus pair than unrelated in both groups and that both groups had more errors in word priming than priming with meaningful stimuli.
 
23. Functional Equivalence in Rats III: Novel Tests of Transfer of Function
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CASSONDRA GIARRUSSO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kyndra Lawson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Hawken V. Hass (University of North Carolina- Wilmington), Spencer Bruce (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Sophie Lorraine Pinneke (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Evidence for functional class formation in non-human animals has been limited; thus, this study sought to examine whether rats would show functional equivalence using olfactory stimuli. Six rats were first trained to nose-poke using a simple discrimination reversal procedure with two sets of six olfactory stimuli (X1-X6 and Y1-Y6) in a go-no go procedure. Initially, the X set stimuli were positive and the Y stimuli were negative, and once responding was accurate, the contingencies were reversed. After repeated reversal training, we used a delayed probe procedure to test for transfer of function. In this delay probe procedure, subjects were exposed to either 10 (two-scent delay) and/or 8 (four-scent delay) of the 12 total odor stimuli with the changed contingencies, then tested for transfer to the remaining stimuli without direct training. Rats showed evidence of class formation using both two- and four-scent delay-probe procedures. Additional tests of transfer of function were also assessed. This research provides additional evidence for class formation in rats using olfactory stimuli.
 
25. The Role of Delay Discounting in Media Multitasking in the College Classroom: A Cluster Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton), Savannah Cothron (Pennsylvania Sate University, Hazleton)
Discussant: Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The present study examined the relation among delay discounting, students’ attitudes toward classes, and frequencies of texting in the classroom (TIC) in college students. A sample of 170 college students participated. Using a hierarchical cluster analysis with frequencies of TIC in preferred and non-preferred classes, we first identified four distinct subgroups of students: (a) students with low frequencies of TIC in both preferred and non-preferred classes (Low-Low subgroup), (b) students with moderate frequencies of TIC in both preferred and non-preferred classes (Moderate-Moderate subgroup), (c) students with moderate frequencies of TIC in preferred classes and high frequencies of TIC in non-preferred classes (Moderate-High subgroup), and (d) students with low frequencies of TIC in preferred classes but high frequencies in non-preferred classes (Low-High subgroup). We then compared the subgroups on the degree of delay discounting of hypothetical monetary reinforcers. In the delay-discounting task, participants made repeated choices between $1,000 available after a delay and an equal or lesser amount of money available immediately. The results showed that the Low-High subgroup showed significantly lower rates of delay discounting than the other three subgroups. Impulsive characteristics of TIC from a behavioral economic perspective are discussed.
 
27. An Evaluation of Sibling-Peer Modeling on Increasing Consumption of Foods for Children with Feeding Disorders
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MYAH SLOANE (UNMC MMI), Laura E Phipps (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that a treatment package consisting of peer modeling and differential reinforcement (DR) is an effective intervention for increasing consumption of target foods in children. The current study aims to replicate these procedures for children with feeding difficulties wherein their siblings play a role in treatment. This study will also aim to identify the effectiveness of sibling-peer modeling (SPM) with and without commonly used DR procedures when targeting the acceptance of target foods. Participants will include dyads of children diagnosed with avoidant-restrictive food intake disorder (ARFID) or other feeding difficulties, and their siblings. Researchers will utilize a multiple baseline design across caregiver selected foods using a food hierarchy survey. If a component analysis is warranted, a reversal of treatment components will be conducted to assess the individual components of the treatment package. Initial findings suggest that SPM may be an effective treatment for increasing acceptance of some foods, such as foods that are not reliably refused or are refused on occasion. These results could help clinicians identify a treatment approach that includes key individuals regularly involved in the child’s daily mealtimes (i.e., siblings) without the use of more intensive feeding procedures (i.e., nonremoval of the spoon).
 
29. Laboratory Model of Physical Activity: Relapse Following an Incentive-Based Intervention
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
BRIANNA SARNO (West Virginia University), Katherine Cucinotta (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Physical inactivity is increasing in the United States, and the annual cost of health-related expenses from physical inactivity is as high as $117 billion in the United States (Department of Health and Human Services, 2018). Previous research has demonstrated efficacy of monetary incentives for increasing physical activity; however, treatment gains often subside when incentives are withdrawn. The purpose of the current study was to model an incentive-based intervention in a brief, one-session laboratory arrangement. We evaluated relapse of sedentary behavior in a three-phase arrangement. Adult participants were randomly assigned to three groups. Participants in the Incentive Group experienced a no-incentive baseline, monetary incentives for treadmill use during the second phase, and a relapse test in which the incentives were discontinued in the third phase. There were two control groups: (a) one without incentives and (b) one group that experienced incentives in the last two phases to control for fatigue. We collected data on heart rate, time spent on the treadmill, and alternative topographies of behavior (e.g., leisure activities). Physical activity generally increased in the incentive phases compared to baseline and discontinuing the incentives tended to result in relapse of sedentary behavior.
 
31. Comparing Acquisition in Discrete Trial Training using Virtual Reality to Traditional Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SABRINA OLIVERA (University of Miami), Yamna Zaman (University of Miami), Yuan Fang (University of Miami), Mohamad Hammam Alsafrjalani (University of Miami), Mohamed S Abdel-Mottaleb (University of Miami), Kim Grinfeder (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami)
Discussant: Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Virtual reality is an immersive 3D virtual environment within a removable headset. VR has been applied to educational and therapeutic environments to supplement learning through exposure to naturalistic and contrived environments. Although VR’s effectiveness in teaching has been proven through a treatment package, it has yet to be assessed as a stand-alone method for teaching a new skill. The purpose of the current study was to compare outcomes of typically-developing adults learning a receptive language DTT task when taught using a VR headset and traditional DTT methods similar to those in Gutierrez et. al., 2009. Furthermore, we assessed generalization of skills learned within VR to the real-world environment and maintenance of skills under both conditions with a follow-up assessment. Preliminary data suggests that VR is effective as a standalone method of teaching receptive discriminations. Data also suggests that participants had a higher degree of mastery in the VR condition. Currently, our data collection is ongoing.

 
 
 
Poster Session #269
PCH Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Eric A. Thrailkill (University of Vermont)
33. Toward a Better Understanding of Meaningful Differences in the Adapted Alternating Treatment Design
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MADISON JUDKINS (University of Nebraska-Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Emily Ferris (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole Pantano (Caldwell University), Paige O'Neill (University of Nebraska-Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska-Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska-Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Eric A. Thrailkill (University of Vermont)
Abstract: The adapted alternating treatment design (AATD) is a frequently implemented small-N research design used to evaluate the efficiency and efficacy of teaching procedures. AATD rapidly alternates two or more interventions using unique sets of instructional targets assigned to each intervention. Despite a growing body of research using AATD, one basic tenet of the design remains untested: What is the natural variability in rate of acquisition of matched instructional sets when there is no difference in teaching procedures? In the current study, six children diagnosed with autism were taught to read sight words or receptively identify pictures of common items using identical teaching procedures across all targets. Targets were equated for difficulty using logical analysis procedures. The AATD design was embedded in a multiple-probe-across-sets design. Preliminary results show a notable amount of variability in the number of sessions to mastery, despite identical teaching procedures. These findings suggest that there should be a considerable, consistent difference in the number of sessions to mastery to conclude there was a difference in efficiency between treatments and underscore the importance of within-subject replication. These findings could help inform what is considered a meaningful difference between conditions for future research using AATD.
 
35. An Exploration of the Potential Advantages of Analyzing Religious Behavior
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
SADIE L. LOVETT (Brock University)
Discussant: Eric A. Thrailkill (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Behavioral analyses of religious behavior have been relatively few throughout the history of our field. Skinner (1953) provided a brief analysis of religion primarily at the cultural level, a more robust analysis of individual religious behavior was provided by Schoenfeld (1993), and a few brief discussions of the topic have been provided by others (e.g., Hayes, 1984). In recent years, when behavior analysts mention religion, they tend to refer to the concept of non-overlapping magisteria (NOMA), which holds that science and religion are equally important but separate domains of inquiry (Gould, 1999). Avoidance of the analysis of religious behavior within our field is largely justified using the concept of NOMA. This presentation will propose the argument that it is possible to respect the main tenets of NOMA while still providing an analysis of religious behavior and that this could be beneficial for the field. Some potential advantages of providing behavioral analyses of religious behavior along with general attention to the topic will be presented including the importance of the place of religion in issues of diversity, equity, and inclusion.
 
 
 
Poster Session #270
EDC Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
37. Does Self-Monitoring Increase Teachers' Use of Behavior-Specific Praise?
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JASMINE JUSTUS-MCDOWELL (University of Oklahoma, SPIDERS Scholar and Doctoral Student)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a behavior management strategy that typically involves goal setting and a schedule of reinforcement. The purpose of this study was to determine if a functional relation between self-monitoring with a hand counter and an increase in general education teachers working at a title one school’s use of the evidence-based classroom management technique of behavior-specific praise (BSP). A single case multiple baseline across participants design was used to determine if a functional relation could be established between self-monitoring and an increase in educators’ use of BSP. A functional relation was established between an increase in educators’ BSP and the use of self-monitoring. Due to COVID-19 and other school-wide events, multiple data points per participant are missing throughout the study. An increase in level was seen across all participants moving from baseline to intervention and from intervention to generalization. A greater impact on the rate of BSP per minute was seen in the generalization phase (transition within the classroom) than the intervention phase (instruction). Inter-observer agreement (IOA) across all participants and observers during self-monitoring sessions was high. Results add to the body of literature that self-monitoring in isolation can be used to increase teachers' use of BSP.
 
39. Using the Individualized Behavior Rating Scale Tool as a Self-Monitoring Tool to Improve Classroom Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Dominique Martinez (InBloom Autism Services), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Marissa A. Novotny (DASH ABA, LLC), ALEXIS LOPEZ (University of South Florida)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Research on self-monitoring in the classroom setting has shown improvement in student behavior. Behavior rating scales can be used by teachers to monitor student progress or by students as a self-monitoring tool. The current study examined the impact of using the Individualized Behavior Rating Scale Tool (IBRST) as a self-monitoring tool on classroom behavior in three 2nd-grade students at a high-need public elementary school. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the intervention outcomes for the three students who were at-risk for developing severe problem behavior. Results indicated that self-monitoring with the IBRST successfully decreased disruptive behavior and increased on-task behavior in all three students during the targeted academic period. Improved levels of behaviors maintained during fading with all three students and at 1-week follow-up with two students. The results also indicated that both teachers and students had high levels of satisfaction with the procedures and outcomes of self-monitoring using the IBRST.
 
41. Interventions for Self-Injurious Behavior for Students with Disabilities in Public Schools
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
ROSS NESSELRODE (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Lauren Wright (The University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Self injurious behavior (SIB) in individuals with disabilities has remained a pertinent area of behavior literature over the last 40 years. Specific interventions applied in clinical settings, such as differential reinforcement and functional communication training, have been shown to be effective at decreasing SIB across these individuals. However, a large portion of the disability population is served in public schools, where research on interventions specifically on SIB is limited. The present review evaluated 13 studies conducted in public school with SIB as the dependent variable. Treatment variation and method of functional assessment was discussed. Results showed a variety of treatment components including differential reinforcement, extinction, and punishment. The difficult nature of SIB intervention in public schools was discussed, as well as social validity implications for future school-based SIB interventions.
 
43. Improving Student Behavior and Task Engagement With a Token Version of the Good Behavior Game
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JONINA KLARA PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland), Bergljot Bjorg Gudmundsdottir (Service Center for Breiðholt)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Long-lasting behavior problems put students at risk for dismal outcomes, thus effective interventions are vital for their success in school. This study assessed the effects of a token version of the Good Behavior Game (GBG) on persistent problem behavior of five girls and seven boys (aged 7–11 years) in three classrooms in an elementary school in the capital region of Iceland. Four teams in each classroom competed in earning tokens for appropriate classroom behavior, to achieve daily activity rewards and weekly tangible reinforcers. Multiple baseline and ABAB reversal designs revealed immediate effects of the GBG on disruptive behavior and task engagement, measured with partial interval recording. Disruptive behavior decreased from 0-73% of intervals (23% on average) to 0-2% of intervals (0.1% on average). Task engagement increased from 25-80% of intervals (57% on average) to 83-99% (94% on average). When GBG duration was lengthened from 10 to 20 minutes, disruptive behavior remained near 0% and engagement above 90% of intervals. Student questionnaires suggested high social validity. Findings indicate that this token version of the GBG could be a viable and effective classroom management strategy to reduce behavior problems of elementary students in Iceland, but systematic replication is called for.
 
45. Brief Teacher Training in Token-Version of the Good Behavior Game: Effects on Interactions and Noise
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GUDRUN GUDLAUGSDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland), Bergljot Bjorg Gudmundsdottir (Service Center for Breiðholt)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Many teachers lack skills in managing disruptive and noisy student behavior, often resorting to aversive methods. This study evaluated the effects of brief training in a token-based Good Behavior Game (GBG) on teacher-student interactions and classroom noise. Participants were three teachers, two females and one male, aged 29-32 years, teaching grades 2 to 5 in an elementary school in the capital region of Iceland. Each teacher received 50-minute training in a token-based GBG and guidelines, reinforcer ideas, posters with classroom rules and, token boards. After training, GBG fidelity ranged from 64-92%, increasing to 87-96% after feedback and guidance. A multiple baseline design across teachers revealed immediate effects of training on teachers´ use of praise and reprimands. Praise increased from 3% to 27%, whereas reprimands decreased from 17% to 0% of intervals. An ABAB reversal design with one teacher confirmed effects of GBG on praise, but reprimands remained low. Classroom noise decreased by 7,5 to 23% in two classrooms. Extending GBG duration from 10 to 20 minutes yielded similar results. Questionnaires indicated high social validity. This first study of the token-based GBG in Iceland suggests that brief training can enable successful implementation and improve teacher-student interactions, but systematic replication is needed.
 
47. Examining Life Satisfaction among College Students: An Analysis of Relational Density
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BREANNA LEE (Missouri State University), Chynna Brianne Frizell (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, 2020) provides an extension of Relational Frame Theory (Hayes et al., 2001) that examines the complex interplay of potentially large relational networks that exceed 3-4 class members. This model may have utility in assessing the strength of verbal relations that college students engage in related to their acadmic experiences, as well as perceiving the academic experiences of others. The present study examined how college student participants relate positive and negative affective terms (e.g. “Proud or “Ashamed”), stimuli related to academic performance (e.g. “My GPA”), and items from a Satisfaction with Life Scale (e.g. “I am satisfied with my life.”) using a multidimensional scaling procedure (MDS). The MDS provides a visual representation of the relative relationship of all stimuli in the multidimensional class. Participants consisted of undergraduate students, and they completed a computerized task requiring them to rank the strength of associations between pairs of stimuli, first from their own perspective as a student and then from the perspective of “the average college student.” Results indicated that participants viewed their own experiences more negatively and with more dimensionality than their perception of others. Implication of these findings include improving the empirical understanding of the relational responses of college students in terms of wellbeing as well as social comparison that may have implications for mental health.
 
49. Using Repeated Reading Strategies and Precision Teaching Measurement Approaches to Improve Oral Reading Fluency of Students Enrolled in Extended School Year Educational Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Talia Elizabeth DeWitte (University of South Dakota)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Little to no research on the effectiveness of reading instruction implemented during extended school year sessions was found in the literature base. Students with educational disabilities in reading often struggle with oral reading fluency. The primary purpose of this research study was to demonstrate improvements in the pattern of correctly read words and a subsequent decrease in incorrectly read words during oral reading. The instructional aim of this project was to use of repeated readings and practice procedures with Precision Teaching measurement approaches during one-minute timings to improve the oral reading of students with educational disabilities enrolled in an extended school year educational program. Both students involved in the study made improvements in oral reading fluency. The pattern of correctly read words improved and the error rate decreased to nearly zero incorrect responses during the one-minute reading probes. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity related to the experimental procedures were assessed using the audiotapes of full sessions reviewed by the research advisor to verify proper implementation of the measurement and instructional procedures. Forty percent of all the sessions across participants were assessed for interobserver reliability and procedural integrity. The overall median of interobserver reliability for all sessions reviewed was 100%. The range of interobserver reliability for the sessions reviewed was 98-100%. Results of the procedural integrity measures indicated that the researcher implemented the procedures correctly 100% of the sessions reviewed. The two participants believed that they became better readers because of the research study. The classroom teacher felt that the repeated readings intervention was an effective method for implementing oral reading fluency. The classroom teacher responded that the students were reading more fluently in class. The data indicated that oral reading fluency using repeated readings and Precision Teaching measurement approaches were functionally related to reading improvements across the two participating students during the extended school year educational program.

 
51. The Effects of Frequency Building and Precision Teaching on the Acquisition of Academic Skills for Classroom Integration of Three Children with Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Despite Kubina, Morrison and Lee (2002)’s enumeration of the benefits of adding Precision Teaching (PT) interventions to children with autism, there are only a limited number of peer reviewed studies on the use of PT with this population. In the current study three children aged 9 to 11 years participated. They were attending mainstream schools in grade three. On the basis of inputs from their schools on certain component skills they had difficulties with, they were taught skills such as relational responding, addition, math facts, solving word problems, copying sentences, dictation and discriminated reading. The intervention consisted of repeated practice, feedback at the end of each timing, and differential reinforcement of higher rates of responding. With 30s to 1 min timings implemented daily all the participants showed rapid improvements across most targeted skills. The school staff reported significant improvements in the targeted component skills in the classroom setting.
 
 
 
Poster Session #271
TBA Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Melissa A. Diaz (Shelby County Public Schools, Simmons University, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Diversity submission 53. An Interdisciplinary Coordinated Field Experience Model for Training School-Based Professionals to Address Bullying Behavior Across All Tiers of Support
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Michelle Demaray (Northern Illinois University), Julia Ogg (Northern Illinois University), Christine Malecki (Northern Illinois University), Elise Simmons (Northern Illinois University), Lauren McTague (Northern Illinois University), Haley Hauptman (Northern Illinois University), Regina Koons (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Melissa A. Diaz (Shelby County Public Schools, Simmons University, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Northern Illinois University’s Project Prevent and Address Bullying Behavior at All Tiers (PPABB) is a collaboration between the Specialist in School Psychology Program and the Special Education M.S.Ed. Specialization in Behavior Analysis Program at NIU. The project provides specialized cross-disciplinary training to prevent and address bullying behavior in schools. Scholars from both school psychology and special education receive specialized training and shared coursework. A coordinated interdisciplinary practicum occurs during the final semester of training. Each school psychology scholar is paired with a special education/BCBA scholar in his/her school site. While scholars complete activities associated with school-wide and class-wide levels of support, the focus of the practicum is on targeted Tier 3 interventions. Each PPABB Scholar dyad identifies a school-age student with intensive needs who engages in bullying behavior. The scholars 1) conduct a functional behavioral assessment, 2) work with school-based teams to develop function-based comprehensive behavior support plans, 3) provide training and support to implement multi-tiered interventions, and 4) evaluate the effectiveness and acceptability of the interventions and provide follow-up support as needed. The Coordinated Interdisciplinary Field Experience serves as a culminating experience in which PPABB Scholars apply knowledge and skills gained throughout the shared coursework under the supervision of a practicing psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst.
 
55. Applied Behavior Analysis Application in Community Care Facilities for Sexually Offending Individuals with Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
MARY WONG (Thrive Behavioral Care)
Discussant: Melissa A. Diaz (Shelby County Public Schools, Simmons University, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Previous research indicates a significant amount of individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders residing in community care facilities (CCF) has and continues to sexually offend. The Counterfeit Deviance Hypothesis established by Hingsburger, Griffiths, & Quinsey (1991) remains current with the American Psychiatric Association’s risk, prognostic, and comorbidity factor description of neurodevelopmental disorders and paraphilic disorders in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th ed.; DSM-5; 2013). The Hypothesis outlines multiple theories indicating greater risk for dually diagnosed individuals, specifically those residing in CCF, where rates of perpetuating sexual offenses both by and against residents may be higher due to limited resources and lack of training. This study aims to measure the efficacy of CCF staff training specific to providing sexual behavior interventions and functional skills training in areas of communication, community, social, and recreation using Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to reduce sexual offending. ABA uses evidence-based techniques and systematic data collection, and remains one of the most effective approaches to treating neurodevelopmental disorders and has multiple research supporting its use in paraphilic disorders.
 
57. Special Education Graduate Students Use of Single Case Design Research to Support Their Practice.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SUZANNE JERI YOCKELSON (UMass Global (Previously Brandman University))
Discussant: Melissa A. Diaz (Shelby County Public Schools, Simmons University, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis has applications that extend into special education and the teaching of academics. Additionally, Single Case Design Research (SCDR) is a preferred method in Applied Behavior Analysis for determining the effectiveness of and building evidence for specific interventions and teaching strategies (Trump, Pennington, Travers, Ringdahl, Whiteside & Ayres, 2018). Students in the Master of Arts program in Special Education at University of Massachusetts Global complete a year-long research project that is presented at a virtual conference at the end of their program. The students are in their final year of studies and have emphasis areas in either Applied Behavior Analysis, Autism, Early Childhood Special Education or Teaching and Learning. Students in the Applied Behavior Analysis emphasis must use single case design research, however other students also select this research methodology to support the work that they do. This presentation will describe how the research is incorporated into their curriculum, the support they receive from faculty, and highlight student research across academic areas. A summary of each study will be provided together with their data and interpretation.

 
 
 
Poster Session #272
CSS Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
Sustainability submission 59. Evaluating Changes in Pro-Climate and Anti-Climate Verbal Relations: An Application of Relational Density Theory
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
MEREDITH MATTHEWS (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Prior research has documented that relational behavior can impact purchasing patterns of consumers with potential implications for influencing earth's climate (Matthews et al., under review). In the present study conducted with 34 participants, we utilized procedures consistent with relational density theory to analyze how relational frames respond to environmental stimuli using a multidimensional scaling procedure. Patterns of relational responding based on climate impact were evident in the pretest multidimensional scale, where participants appeared to relationally frame events in terms of climate impact and organic versus inorganic elements; however other organization dimensions were present. Then, we conducted a stimulus pairing observation procedure (SPOP) to establish arbitrary symbols as either pro-climate or anti-climate-harmful. Following the relational training, we conducted the multidimensional scaling analysis using the same pro-climate and anti-climate stimuli. We observed the items collapse within the space into two dense classes based solely on Earth impact, and a closer view of dimension two shows similar latent patterns as in time one suggesting that those latent patterns remain evident. Results have implications for understanding how relational frames may self-organize around climate change and the relative influence of the environment.
 
Diversity submission 61. Meaningful Applications of Culturo-Behavior Systems Science to Social and Global Issues
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kendra Combs (Sparks Behavioral Services), Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Discussant: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Meaningful applications of behavioral systems science to social and global issues have been limited, largely due to lack of preparation and access to critical systems and limited conceptual guidance. In the Matrix Project, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility has worked for six years to address these limitations, emphasizing the potential for behavioral systems analysis to advance the underlying science. The Project currently includes active work groups in four areas: (a) development of a draft training and mentorship directory; syllabi and course units in areas of social importance; (b) development of state BFSR chapters, with strong emphasis on student involvement, and supporting individual student engagement in socially significant efforts; (c) examining options for increasing integration of behavior analytic data into state and federal policy; and (d) encouraging and disseminating information related to behaviorists’ involvement in activism and advocacy. The role of volunteers is increasingly emphasized for the advancement of the Project and training procedures for measuring volunteerism are being developed. These projects offer exemplars of the conceptual framework underlying and structuring all of these projects—a systemic integration of Goldiamond’s constructional approach and Lutzker’s ecobehavioral work, relying primarily on shifting interlocking and recursive patterns of antecedents (particularly SDs and motivative operations), reducing response effort, and accessing already established reinforcers.Meaningful applications of behavioral systems science to social and global issues have been limited, largely due to lack of preparation and access to critical systems and limited conceptual guidance. In the Matrix Project, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility has worked for six years to address these limitations, emphasizing the potential for behavioral systems analysis to advance the underlying science. The Project currently includes active work groups in four areas: (a) development of a draft training and mentorship directory; syllabi and course units in the areas of sustainability, diversity, education and other areas of social importance; (b) development of state BFSR chapters, with strong emphasis on student involvement, and supporting individual student engagement in socially significant efforts; (c) examining options for increasing integration of behavior analytic data into state and federal policy; and (d) encouraging and disseminating information related to behaviorists’ involvement in activism and advocacy. The role of volunteers is increasingly emphasized for the advancement of the Project and training procedures for measuring volunteerism are being developed. These projects offer exemplars of the conceptual framework underlying and structuring all of these projects—a systemic integration of Goldiamond’s constructional approach and Lutzker’s ecobehavioral work, relying primarily on shifting interlocking and recursive patterns of antecedents (particularly SDs and motivative operations), reducing response effort, and accessing already established reinforcers.
 
63. Shape Up: A Review of the Effectiveness of Behavioral Interventions to Increase Physical Activity
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY SIMONE OWENS (Endicott College), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is commonly utilized to address the core deficits of autism spectrum disorder and other intellectual disabilities. However, the use of behavioral change tactics has been demonstrated to be effective in increasing physical activity levels across intervention type and populations. Identified using the PRIMSA Model, 50 articles, which investigated the application of behavior analytic interventions to increase physical activity in individuals with sedentary lifestyles, illness, and/or disease, were included in this analysis. Various measures were delineated to evaluate the research including participant age and diagnoses, number of participants setting, experimental design, type of intervention implemented, treatment package or independent intervention, duration of intervention, and outcome and maintenance. The measures revealed 90% of reviewed experiments demonstrated meeting mastery level criterion, statistical significance, or high statistical significance. A review from this analysis also includes the effectiveness of utilizing behavior analytic interventions, behavior analysts’ responsibility to this area, current implications in involving behavior analysts in this specialized of application of ABA, limitations, and relevant areas for future research.

 
65. Analysis of Behavior Skills Training with the VirTra 300 LE Training Simulator to Increase De-Escalation Behaviors of Law Enforcement Officers
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
DAYNA BEDDICK (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida), Jerry Charvat (University of West Florida), Christopher Hinnant (University of West Florida Police Department)
Discussant: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Law enforcement training and education in the United States vary remarkably. Although an associate or bachelor’s degree is not required in most law enforcement departments, decades of research focused on the education level of individual police officers (Roberg & Bonn, 2004). Many rebut formal education and cite work experience as the best mode of training for police officers (Bayley & Bittner, 1997), indicating that police work is an art to be mastered only by repeated experience in the field. As Paoline and Terrill (2007) surmised their argument “policing cannot be taught in a classroom but must be learned on the streets over time” (p. 182). While on-the-job experience is paramount, young officers cannot be expected to handle deadly force situations with neither the education nor experience. However, mimicking on-the-job skills training via simulators and a behavioral curriculum can equip officers with more effective training. This study is utilizing a multiple-baseline design across dyad participants to examine the effectiveness of a behavior skills training package, in conjunction with the VirTra 300 LE training experience simulator, to improve officer de-escalation behaviors based on a Behaviorally Anchored Rating Scale (BARS).
 
 
 
Poster Session #273
OBM Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark)
67. Factors Impacting Reliability: Rate and Total Behaviors
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTNEY WORKMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Towson University), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark)
Abstract: Accurate data collection is critically important for behavior analytic providers and researchers (Cooper et al., 2020). Response rate and the complexity of the recording procedures (i.e., the number of behaviors being recorded) have both been identified as threats to observer accuracy and reliability (Mash & McElwee, 1974; Kazdin, 1977; Rolider et al., 2012). However, little to no empirical recommendations exist pertaining to what extent, and in what manner, the simultaneous measurement of multiple behaviors contributes to the introduction of errors in data collection. Similarly, it is unclear whether those effects are moderated by the rate of the recorded behaviors. The present study assessed (1) observer reliability as a function of the number of behaviors simultaneously recorded (i.e., observer load) and (2) the influence of response rate on observer reliability. Preliminary results show an incremental decrease in reliability as observer load was increased from one to 12 behaviors. Implications and future directions surrounding these findings are discussed.
 
69. Training Staff to Deliver Performance Feedback with Remote Technology
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KATE A LANGSTON ROONEY (Delaware ABAI), Kara Constantine (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Megan Robinson Joy (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Sasha Birosik (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Amanda Duffy (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Hadley Kunz (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Ashley McClennen (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Todd Harris (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark)
Abstract: Previous research suggests that behavioral skills training (BST) is an evidence-based intervention that can be effectively delivered via telehealth to staff and caregivers. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether BST delivered via remote technology could improve staff performance in providing effective feedback to autistic adults receiving telehealth services. A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate staff performance in telehealth sessions and included generalization and maintenance probes. Results shown in Figure 1, indicated that all staff met mastery criteria for delivering performance feedback during the initial training. However, 3 out of 5 staff required varying degrees of coaching in order to generalize the skills from the training session to in-vivo telehealth sessions. Once mastery criteria was demonstrated during telehealth sessions, participants were able to maintain their skills during 1-month and 3-month probes. All participants rated the intervention as having high social validity. This study supports the use of remote technology to deliver BST and provide coaching to teach staff critical skills for providing high quality telehealth services. Staff were taught how to effectively deliver feedback to their adult clients, improving the use of evidence-based practices during telehealth sessions.
 
Diversity submission 71. Developing a Robust Professional Development Training Program for Faculty Under Challenging Institutional Conditions
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Veronica Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark)
Abstract:

Open Educational Resources (OER) are materials released under an open license that permits no-cost access, use, adaptation and redistribution by others with no or limited restrictions (UNESCO, 2022). Using OER and other zero-cost course resources improves student grades, persistence, and course enrollment density (Fischer et al., 2015), particularly for first-generation students, Pell-eligible/low-income students, part-time students, and students from historically marginalized groups (Colvard et al., 2018), yet these adoptions often thrive on discretionary faculty effort. This project highlights the grassroots faculty professional development program to promote OER adoption at an open-enrollment university in the Pacific Northwest. Special attention will be given to exploration of the institutional opportunities and challenges surrounding the program (including resource restrictions/financial exigency plus substantial faculty and staff attrition) through a Stages of Community Readiness lens. Performance-based elements designed using a Behavioral Skills Training approach and longitudinal university data on OER adoption are also included with suggestions for adoption at other behavior analytic training programs.

 
 
 
Poster Session #274
CBM Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
73. A Brief Zoom-Facilitated Mindful and Intuitive Eating Intervention to Decrease Disordered Eating
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Jenna Anderson (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Danielle Curtis (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Discussant: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: Clinical eating disorders are psychological disorders that impact a small percentage of the population. Subclinical disordered eating is a broader term for eating patterns and behaviors that do not meet clinical threshold, but that still may be life impairing (Burnette & Mazzeo, 2020). Subclinical disordered eating impacts many more individuals than clinical eating disorders do and is often present without the direct awareness of the people affected by it. Mindful and intuitive eating approaches have recently begun to emerge as combined and stand-alone treatments for disordered eating and eating disorders. The current study used an online mindful and intuitive eating intervention to bring about awareness of these concepts and combat disordered eating in lay adults through the use of simple workbooks (Albers, 2018; Resch, 2019). The goals were to increase education and decrease overall disordered eating. The authors found that disordered eating did decrease, mindful and intuitive eating increased, and general mindfulness improved across the duration of the study. While the hypotheses were partially supported, only the results for disordered eating and intuitive eating were significant. Despite lack of power due to small sample size and some insignificant results, participants verbally reported approval of the benefits of the intervention.
 
75. A Preliminary Functional Assessment of Video Game Use
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
EZEKIEL TORRES (California State University East Bay), Elizabeth Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
Discussant: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: We developed and piloted a self-report assessment for positive and negative reinforcement that sustains a person’s video game use. The pilot questionnaire consisted of five questions associated with each of six functions which are tangible positive reinforcement, sensory, attention, and negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demand, social consequences, or private events. Thirty-one psychology undergraduate students answered each question on a Likert frequency scale with 7 options (never-always). They also answered other questions about gaming and internet use. Students’ estimates of time spent gaming ranged from 0 to 56 hours per week (M = 9.1 hours, SD = 11.8 hours). Overall scores on the video game consequences questionnaire were correlated with time spent gaming (r = .69, p < .001), and scores on a measure assessing gaming dependence (r = .61, p < .001), but not with consequences maintaining internet use (r = .05, p = .79), or internet addiction (r = .11, p = .56), which suggests that online gaming and internet use are functionally distinct response classes. Subscale means were highest for positive reinforcement from attention and sensory reinforcement. They were lowest for tangible reinforcement and escape from offline social interaction. The pattern of subscale scores indicates that psychology students’ gaming is typically maintained by positive reinforcement, but not financial gain. Comparing response patterns of treatment-seeking problem gamers, recreational gamers and non-gamers could provide insight as to reasons people want to change their video game use.
 
77. The Evolution of Verbal Behavior Trough 10 Years of Clinical Experience
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
GLADIS LEE PEREIRA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Jesús Alonso-Vega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Concepcion Serrador Diez (Universidad de Guadalajara, CEIC), Alberto Sánchez (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), María Xesús Froxán-Parga (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Discussant: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: Introduction: Why do some clinical psychologists achieve consistently excellent results? To analyze it, normally clinical research study how therapist’s personal variables correlate with yielded outcomes. However, this research neglects the interaction between psychologists and clients, studying who therapists are rather than what they do. Objective: The goal of this study is to find behavioral patterns related to a highly effective therapist, considering both therapists and clients. Method: Two single case studies were conducted from the same therapist within a gap of 10 years. The clients’ goals were the same: to improve work environment and self-steam. After a two-month follow-up, both cases were highly effective. The data was collected through observational methodology and the independent and dependent variables are therapist and clients’ verbal behavior respectively. Results: The data shows a similar pattern between therapist’s and client’s verbal behavior in both cases, except when the clients’ behavior drift away from therapeutic goals (Figure 1). Conclusions: It seems that the interaction pattern fits more properly the idiographic nature of therapy than isolated therapist measures. Specifically, the pattern founded repeats regardless the years of experience or case type, matching specifically when the clients’ behaviors are evolving towards the therapeutic goals.
 
79. Evaluating the role of context in the production of tic behaviors
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY POGUE (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: Tic disorders are a class of responses assumed to be neurobiological in origin and maintained by automatic negative reinforcement. While tics may emerge from automatic contingencies, research has shown that tic expression can also be influenced by socially mediated variables such as attention and escape from aversive situations. The assessment of tic disorders typically includes the use of semi-structured interviews to provide symptom information, however, these indirect methods of assessment fail to evaluate contextual variables systematically. Procedures consistent with functional analysis (FA) are well-suited to identify social contingencies for tics and develop function-based treatments. The current literature on interventions for tic disorders contains little about FA procedures. The current procedures were designed to assess social variables hypothesized to evoke and maintain the vocal tics in an 8-year-old boy presenting for treatment at an outpatient behavior clinic. Assessment was followed by implementation of habit reversal training combined with exposure and response prevention. Results suggest vocal tics were evoked by demands presented by an unfamiliar adult and maintained by sensory consequences. This study extends the literature on functional assessment by providing an added demonstration of the use of FA for tics and the sensitivity of tic frequency to socially mediated variables.
 
81. Developing a Decision-Making Model For Including Additional Treatment Components for Escape Extinction Procedures
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Guerrero (Little Leaves), Ashley Andersen (Clinic 4 Kidz), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: Escape extinction (EE) is a well-established treatment to increase acceptance and decrease refusal behavior for children diagnosed with a feeding disorder (Bachmeyer, 2009). While there is evidence that EE alone does not result in clinically significant treatment gains for all maladaptive feeding behavior (e.g., Girolami et al., 2007; Vaz et al., 2013), limited data exists demonstrating how often this occurs. Further, there are not clear guidelines for how long to continue to run a procedure before concluding that it will not be sufficient to progress a child’s eating. Thus, we conducted a retrospective review of 31 (20 solids and 11 liquids) treatment evaluations that included EE across 23 participants to 1) determine how often other treatment components were needed to progress a child’s eating, 2) make hypotheses about what criteria clinicians were using to determine when to add treatment components to a procedure, and 3) standardize that criteria into a decision-making model to be used by clinicians in the future. Developing a decision-making model to identify when additional treatment components are needed to progress a child’s eating, could help clinicians more efficiently develop effective treatments for children diagnosed with feeding disorders.
 
 
 
Poster Session #275
DEV Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
83. A Systematic Review of Self-Control Training
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Kacey Renee Finch (West Virginia University), REBECCA CHALMÉ (West Virginia University), Brianna Sarno (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Self-control training is a behavioral intervention for increasing self-control choice by presenting opportunities to choose between a smaller reinforcer delivered immediately (i.e., impulsive choice) and a larger reinforcer delivered after a delay (i.e., self-control choice). Additional independent variables are applied in self-control training to shift response allocation toward self-control choice. We conducted a systematic review of the self-control training literature ranging from 1988-2021. We identified 26 experiments that met inclusion criteria and scored general article characteristics, design characteristics, assessment types, intervention components, and participant-by-participant outcomes. Progressive delays to larger-later reinforcers and intervening activities (implemented in isolation and simultaneously) were the most common intervention components, and generally produced successful outcomes in terms of achieving longer terminal delays and shifting response allocation to the self-control choice. Recommendations for future research include further investigating effects of each intervention component alone on relevant outcome measures, increasing the duration of the achieved terminal delays, conducting assessments to individualize self-control training, and assessing generalization and maintenance of self-control choice. Recommendations for clinical application are limited but briefly discussed.
 
85. Considering Establishing Operations When Calculating Contingency Values from Descriptive Data
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARISELA ALICIA AGUILAR (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Jeffrey Byrd (BehaviorLogger Observational Coding System), Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University), Kacey Renee Finch (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Mathematical evaluations of naturally occurring caregiver-child interactions can illustrate how contingencies operate in naturalistic contexts. Multiple ways to analyze descriptive data mathematically have appeared in the literature. In some, contingencies are considered based on the delivery of a potential reinforcer following behavior. Others consider any event that occurs after the behavior as a potential reinforcer, even if the event also occurred before the behavior. Direct comparisons of these two approaches are rare. Thus, the purpose of this study was to determine if the method of calculation changed outcomes. We conducted telehealth descriptive assessments for 3 caregiver-child dyads, each consisting of a parent and young child who experienced opioid withdrawal at birth. We used the descriptive data to calculate conditional and background probabilities in two ways: considering establishing operations (EOs) and based on any events that followed behavior (without EOs). Contingency values across the two forms of calculation varied substantially. These findings suggest that consideration of EOs may change the perceived function of problem behavior or the identification of potential naturally occurring contingencies.
 
 
 
Poster Session #276
VRB Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kara LaCroix (TACT, LLC)
87. Relational Density Theory: Further Exploration of Coherence between Relational Classes
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Kara LaCroix (TACT, LLC)
Abstract: Relational Density Theory (RDT) is an extension on Relational Frame Theory that attempts to provide a quantitative model to predict non-linearity and self-organization of relational classes. Recent research on RDT has evaluated the degree to which pre-experimental coherence among relational classes influences the development of merged classes. Specifically, research has shown successful mergers with coherent relational classes, whereas mergers were not demonstrated with non-coherent relational classes. The current study sought to extend previous research on RDT by evaluating whether differences exist between coherent and non-coherent relational classes when both classes are exposed to coherence training. Coherent and non-coherent relational classes were established with participants using a Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure. The Multidimensional Scaling Procedure was administered prior to and following coherence training to obtain a quantitative measure of distance between relational classes which were modeled geometrically. Overall, the results show that both the coherent and non-coherent relational classes showed changes in geometric space following coherence training, however, the coherent relational class showed less fractionation than the non-coherent relational class. This finding supports previous research which suggests coherence is likely a variable that influences the self-organization of relational class development. Implications and considerations of the findings are discussed.
 
89. Evaluating the LIFE Curriculum: The Effect of Relational Training on Stimulus Substitution in Behavior Chains
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Palak Jha (University of Illinois, Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Kara LaCroix (TACT, LLC)
Abstract: Previous research has clearly demonstrated that derived relational responding plays a critical role in the development of complex human behavior. Despite this, there remains a significant gap in applied research regarding the use of relational responding in teaching complex behavior chains, such as those involved with many social and adaptive living skills. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of relational training on stimulus substitutability within a behavior chain for children diagnosed with autism. Following baseline probes, researchers used a forward chain to teach three children with autism a sequencing task. Participants were then taught to relate the stimuli which made up the behavior chain to arbitrary images using equivalence-based instruction. Tests were conducted to determine whether participants would substitute the arbitrary stimuli for missing steps of the behavior chain following relational training. Results indicate that adding relational training to our commonly used task analysis methodologies could increase variability in responding when stimuli included within the task analysis are absent.
 
91. The Effects of Echoic Response Requirement During Auditory Visual Discrimination Training on the Emergence of Tacts in Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE CAROLINE COSTA CARNEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Kara LaCroix (TACT, LLC)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of an auditory visual discrimination training with and without echoic response requirement in the emergence of tacts and evaluate if the moment in which the response was required (e.g., after the auditory stimulus was presented meanwhile children attempted to the visual stimulus) could lead to the emergence of tact responses. Three children diagnosed with ASD participated in the study and were exposed to the following experimental conditions: 1) Pretest tact probe; 2) Auditory visual discrimination training with echoic response requirement to one set of stimulus in which the participant was required to emit the echoic response after the auditory stimulus was presented meanwhile children attempted to the visual stimulus, 3) Auditory visual discrimination training without echoic response requirement to another set of stimuli, and, 4) posttest tact probe to evaluate the effects of echoic responses requirement in the emergence of tacts. An alterned treatment design was implemented and the results demonstrate high levels of tact emergence for all participants suggesting that echoic responses requirement in an specific moment in which it is emitted could play an important role in the emergence of tacts in an auditory visual discrimination training procedure.

 
93. Effects of Autoclitics on Cold Water Tolerance
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
PAULA TEIXEIRA ANDRADE SOUSA (Department of Experimental Psychology, Institute of Psychology at the University of São Paulo.), Martha Costa Hübner (Affiliation One: University of São Paulo (USP) Affiliation Two: Universitary Hospital of USP)
Discussant: Kara LaCroix (TACT, LLC)
Abstract:

A biobehavioral phenomenon, pain can be studied from a behavior analysis perspective. The present research assessed the effects of antecedent verbal stimuli on pain tolerance using the Cold Pressor Task (CPT). In such a task, participants put a hand inside water at body temperature (calibration phase) and afterwards inside a cold water (39,2 ºF), which functions as an aversive stimulus (experimental phase). We used a mixed-design, with the antecedent verbal stimulus as a within-subject factor, and the order of exposure as the between-subjects factor. We exposed the 12 participants to two verbal antecedent stimuli describing the temperature of the water at experimental phase. A tact with the quantifier autoclitic “very cold” (condition A); and a tact with a qualifying autoclitic “good” (condition B). The dependent variable was the time participants remained in contact with the water. Out of twelve participants, eight showed greater tolerance in condition A, two in condition B, and two maintained the same tolerance across conditions. Also, we found an order effect, as shown by a mixed Anova with random effect per participant (p=0.003). We concluded that the accuracy of verbal stimuli of previous episodes, rather than the content of descriptions, modulates pain tolerance.

 
 
 
Poster Session #277
DDA Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile)
95. An Evaluation of Trial-Based Precursor Identification Methods
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SETH WALKER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jordan DeBrine (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile)
Abstract: Identifying the functional reinforcer maintaining challenging behavior is critical to achieving effective treatment outcomes. Some severe topographies of challenging behavior may be dangerous to evoke, even in very controlled settings. To address issues of safety related to assessing severe topographies of challenging behavior, some recommend using precursor functional analysis technology. A precursor functional analysis consists of identifying and assessing less severe topographies of challenging behavior to inform treatment for more severe topographies of challenging behavior. Although the precursor functional analysis methods are regularly recommended, there are limited replications of trial-based precursor identification methods in the literature. In this evaluation, we sought to analyze the stability of conditional probabilities derived from the precursor analysis across observations. We also sought to determine how effective the trial-based precursor identification methods were at identifying members of the functional response class. We present two cases where we used trial-based methods to identify precursors to severe challenging behavior. We confirmed our precursor functional analyses with a functional analysis of the severe topography and used an extinction analysis to confirm precursor and severe topography response class membership.
 
97. Evaluation of a Levels System to Address Food Refusal for Adolescents
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MALLIE DONALD (Mississippi State University), Mary McCarley (Mississippi State University), Shundrell McMullan (Mississippi State University), Rita Marie Druffner (Mississippi State University), Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ripple (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile)
Abstract: A levels system includes a combination of behavioral strategies with the goal of increasing appropriate behaviors and decreasing problem behaviors (Bauer et al., 1986; Hagopian et al., 2003). Specifically, a pre-determined behavioral criterion is set, and the participant is assigned to a specified ‘level’ allowing access to or restriction of a variety of reinforcers based on their ability to meet the criterion. While the use of levels systems has been explored to target various problem behaviors, they have not been evaluated for the treatment of food refusal. The current study included a typically developing 11-year-old female with a history of medical concerns resulting in delayed oral-motor skill development and a 15-year-old female with autism spectrum disorder, both who presented with food refusal. A reversal design illustrated that during baseline conditions food consumption was variable and low. However, during treatment conditions, both participants consistently consumed a higher volume (or the entire volume) of both preferred and non-preferred foods. Overall, results are very promising and lead to the expansion of treatment options for food refusal, particularly for adolescents. Follow-up data collected thus far also indicate maintenance of treatment gains.
 
99. A Preliminary Evaluation of Protests and Function Identification during Functional Analyses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
OLIVIA SCATTERGOOD (Rowan University), Christian Grant (Rowan University), Jenna E Richards (Rowan University), Giovanna Salvatore (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Discussant: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) methods, as described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994), have been widely used in the field of applied behavior analysis to identify reinforcers that maintain challenging behaviors and to inform subsequent function-based treatments. During FAs, clinicians typically reinforce target challenging behaviors while not responding to other topographies of behavior. Research has demonstrated that precursors (i.e., behaviors reliably occurring prior to target behavior) can be reinforced during FAs to identify the function of target behavior, while decreasing the occurrence of severe target behavior (Smith & Churchill, 2002). Although researchers have included protests as target behaviors during FAs, research has not specifically examined the occurrence of protests as a secondary behavior across multielement FA conditions. In this study, we investigated the rate of vocal and nonvocal protests across FA conditions, correlation between protests and target challenging behavior, and identification of function with protests versus target challenging behavior using visual inspection criteria (Roane et al., 2013). Preliminary results with four participants with developmental disabilities indicate that protests occurred for all participants, with highest rates of protests in escape conditions. Protests were only correlated with function identification for two participants. We discuss ethical implications of protest behavior and participant assent during FAs.
 
101. The Role of Staff when Prompting and Reinforcing Social Connection Behaviours of Persons with Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KATHARINE KALINOWSKI (University of Manitoba; St. Amant Research Centre; Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis), Toby Martin (University of Manitoba; St. Amant Research Centre), Stefaniia Martsynkevych (University of Manitoba; St. Amant Research Centre), Johnson Li (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDDs) are at an increased risk to experiencing limited social network size, dependency on paid support staff and family members, as well as behavioural deficits and excesses that serve as barriers to social inclusion. Research has identified staff behaviours that facilitate and maintain social inclusion in the lives of individuals with IDDs, but few have analyzed immediate, direct, and sustained observation of actual staff behaviours when supporting such endeavors. Therefore, the purpose of this research is to learn from staff what they do to support social interactions by analyzing sustained self-observations of staff behaviour when supporting clients towards social inclusion. This study analyzed anonymized service data where staff indicate whether they prompted, reinforced, or provided other support during social interactions of clients. Data was requested from St.Amant, a community-based service provider. Staff and clients were from St.Amant’s Community Residential Program (CRP); a series of community homes that support adults with IDDs live in the community. Data was analyzed descriptively and inferentially, to determine the prevalence, frequency, and relationships of various staff prompting behaviours. This study aims to further the knowledge of the role of staff when supporting social inclusion of individuals they support.

 
103. Generalization of Treatment Effects Following Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARGARET JANE MACDONALD (Vanderbilt University), Cassandra Standish (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Rodrigo Vianna de Almeida (University of Ulster)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a common intervention aimed to decrease problem behavior by teaching an alternative, functional communicative response. Notwithstanding, there are few studies evaluating the generalization of FCT or the specific programming needed to promote generalized results. The purpose of the current study was to answer the following questions: (a) will FCT treatment effects established by one implementer in one training context generalize to a novel implementer in an untrained context? (b) in cases in which generalization of treatment effects does not occur following FCT, to what extent will a generalization training package (i.e., EO tolerance training, schedule leaning, multiple schedules, and sequential modification) promote generalization to a novel implementer in an untrained context? Results indicate little to no generalization occurring across both problem behavior and manding. This indicates that there may be a need to directly train naturalistic interventionists in natural settings to ensure the treatment effects transfer the natural setting.
 
105. Assessment and Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior: The Influence of an Idiosyncratic Variable
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE M. DEROSA (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Iris Garza (St. John's University), Tahanie Mahmoud (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Allison Finley (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Rodrigo Vianna de Almeida (University of Ulster)
Abstract: In the absence of relevant antecedent or consequent variables the outcomes of functional analyses may be inconclusive. However, at times the relevant variables may be challenging to identify and/or idiosyncratic. In the current study, we implemented a standard functional analysis (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) for the self-injurious behavior (SIB) of an individual diagnosed with an intellectual and developmental disability, which produced inconclusive findings. Next, we implemented a modified FA based on the initial FA outcomes and observations in the child’s home that suggested the potential relevance of an idiosyncratic variable (i.e., presence/absence of clothes), which produced differentiated outcomes. Based on the modified FA results, a treatment package was developed that effectively reduced the occurrence of SIB. Furthermore, reductions in SIB maintained when 1) the intrusiveness of the treatment was reduced, 2) the caregiver was faded in to implement the treatment package, and 3) the treatment was generalized to a new setting. The clinical implications and relevance of effectively and efficiently identifying potential idiosyncratic variables that influence the occurrence of challenging forms of behavior will be discussed.
 
109. Mothers Stress During COVID-19 Pandemic Effects Child Fear in Kids with Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
SHEOW YUN SIE (Queens College, City University of New York), Reena Maharaj (Queens College, the City University of New York), Emily Nelson (Queens College, the City University of New York), Johnny Lopez (Queens College, the City University of New York), Catherine Heitz (Queens College, the City University of New York), Yoko Nomura (Queens College, the City University of New York Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, NY)
Discussant: Rodrigo Vianna de Almeida (University of Ulster)
Abstract: Little is known about how COVID-19 lockdown affected children with developmental disabilities. The study explores whether maternal stress during lockdown is associated with the level of fear among children with and without developmental disabilities. A sample of 117 mothers and their children was recruited. Participants completed an online survey which assessed COVID-19 related post-traumatic stress levels and children’s worries post-lockdown. Child’s development disability status was ascertained via a structured diagnostic interview. Factorial ANOVA was conducted to compare the main effects of mothers' stress and child’s developmental disabilities status, and the interaction of the two on child’s fear following COVID-19. The results showed a significant main effect of mothers’ stress, but not the developmental disability status, and no notable differences by the interaction of the two risk factors. A stratified analysis by sex of the child showed that only among the girls, there was a significant main effect for mothers’ stress. Notably, there was an elevated level of fear among boys without developmental disabilities, but an elevated level of fear was observed among girls with developmental disabilities. These findings reveal the differential adverse experiences of boys and girls in relation to COVID-19 and highlights the importance of the mothers’ well-being.
 
 
 
Poster Session #278
AUT Sunday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
111. Psychometric Properties and Normative Sample of LIFE Skills Emergence System Functional Module
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University), Jessica M. Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
Abstract: The LIFE Skills Emergence System Functional Module is a comprehensive life-skill curriculum that utilizes relational training procedures in empowering the learner in multiple areas of daily life, including social skills, personal care skills, performance skills, leisure skills, and home skills. The current study conducts preliminary inquiries into the psychometric properties and the normative sample of the curriculum’s assessment. Content validity was evaluated by a panel of 20 subject matter experts. 96.4% (n = 241) of the programs reached the critical value of the content validity ratio. Preliminary data also suggested excellent overall internal consistency (α = .948) and acceptable to excellent internal consistency across each skill level (i.e., essential skills, foundational skills, independent skills, and liberating skills). A preliminary normative sample was also obtained by analyzing de-identified assessment results submitted via an interactive online portal. Suggestions for future studies and the use of online data collection portals to complete secondary research objectives concurrent to providing clinical services were discussed.
 
113. Improving Reciprocity during Pretend Play for Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University), LANQI WANG (University of Iowa), Shaokang Zheng (Best Love Child Development Center, Kunming)
Discussant: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
Abstract: Impairments in reciprocal pretend play are common in children with autism (Jarrold, 2003; Lifter, 2000). Their play is often characterized by repetitive behaviors with a lack of symbolic and social quality (MacDonald et al., 2009). Prior studies addressing pretend play often focused on the symbolic quality, and few addressed social interactions during pretend play. In this study, we specifically target reciprocal social interactions during pretend play for children with ASD when they are paired in dyads. Using direct instruction and constant prompt delay, children in each dyad are being taught to provide vocal and physical reciprocal responses relating to their peer’s play actions during pretend play. In the context of a multiple baseline across toy sets, we investigate if the direct instruction with prompt delay could facilitate the children's reciprocal responses during pretend play with their peers. The procedure and data collection of this study has begun and are anticipated to complete in March 2022.
 
115. Psychometric Properties of a Function-Based Elopement Measure: A Randomized Controlled Trial
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA MARIE ROCK (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Marcus Autism Center), Laura Suzanna Coleman (Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Solomon (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
Abstract: An exploratory measure of elopement was constructed to assess children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in an actively enrolling randomized controlled trial to treat elopement. Treatment involved a manualized behavioral intervention for elopement, and the control group received parent psychoeducation. The 30-item parent-rated measure rates severity of various everyday situations where elopement may occur. This instrument was modelled after the Home Situations Questionnaire-Autism Spectrum Disorder (HSQ-ASD), measuring non-compliance in ASD (Chowdhury et al., 2016). We examined the elopement measure’s psychometric properties from a sample of 37 completed participants with ASD in the treatment and control arms across 28 weeks. Within the 30 items are 3-4 potential item clusters of elopement functions (i.e., attention, tangible, demand, and/or automatic). Results from the measure were compared to other parent-ratings of behaviors, such as hyperactivity (Kaat et al., 2014) and elopement frequency. Preliminary findings suggest marked decreases of hyperactivity and elopement frequency in the treatment group compared to the control group at endpoint, but less clear differences between groups on the elopement measure, suggesting the parent-reported outcomes in the novel elopement measure may assess different aspects of elopement.
 
117. Effects of Professional Development on Preschool Teachers' Use of Embedded Teaching to Support Child Learning in Inclusive Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Serife Balikci (University of North Carolina Greensboro;), SALIH RAKAP (University of North Carolina Greensboro; Ondokuz Mayis University), Burak Aydin (Ege University), Sinan Kalkan (Canakkale Onsekiz Mart University)
Discussant: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate relative effectiveness of two professional development programs (Workshops only and Workshops + Practice-BasedCoaching) in increasing preschool teachers’ frequent and accurate use of embedded teaching practices while working with children with autism. The study employed a randomized controlled trial with a total of 36teachers and 36 children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Thirty-six teachers were randomly assigned to one of the three study groups: Control Group, Workshops only Group and Workshops+Practice-Based Coaching Group. Findings of the study indicated that teachers in the experimental groups used embedded teaching practices more frequently and correctly than teachers in the control group; teachers who received practice-based coaching support in addition to the workshops demonstrated better performances on implementing embedded teaching practices than teachers who attended workshops only. With respect to child outcomes, children whose teachers were in the Workshops+Practice-Based Coaching group showed larger increases in target behavior performances in comparison the children in Workshops only or Control groups.
 
Diversity submission 119. Challenges in Transitioning to Adulthood for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder in India
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SWATI NARAYAN (WECAN ProACT India), Gita Srikanth (ABA India)
Discussant: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
Abstract:

An increasing number of individuals with ASD are entering adulthood in India. There is growing concern among parents of these individuals, about their employability, future living arrangement, financial independence and safety, particularly as the caregivers grow older. Majority of these individuals struggle with communication and social isolation, according to parent narratives. The participating adults continued to live with their families, having limited social interface and faced a lack of employment opportunities at the time of the study. The study also indicates a need for shift in parental attitudes towards long term planning for the child early into the intervention years. This descriptive study also points to the need for psychoeducation and focused intervention for better adult outcomes and the ongoing need for trained personnel who are specialized in working with adults, apart from residential options for all socio-economic sections of the affected population.

 
121. Analysis of Four Measures of Positional Bias Within a Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID RAY GUTIERREZ MIRANDA (Purdue University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Emma Seliina Sipila-Thomas (Michigan State University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Alexandria Thomas (Michigan State University), Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
Abstract: Positional bias is a pattern of responding to a specific location (Bourret et al., 2012). When individuals engage in positionally biased responses, practitioners may find it more difficult to interpret whether selections were due to preference or item location (Karsten et al., 2011). Prior research on positional bias within stimulus preference assessments have focused primarily on its use in paired stimulus assessments. However, there are currently no measures for calculating positional bias within the multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment due to the increased number of stimuli and changing number of stimuli in the array. The present study is a secondary data analysis that utilized four different methods to measure side and center bias within an MSWO for 19 young children with autism spectrum disorder. All four methods utilized the same MSWO data to calculate both side and center bias percentages. When comparing the positional bias percentages outputted by the four methods, general output patterns were found. General recommendations for the application of these methods and directions for future research are discussed.
 
123. Utilizing the PEAK Relational Training System to teach language skills to children with autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH MAKENZIE LINDEMANN (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have deficits in their verbal behavior repertoire. Recent research has shown utility of the PEAK curriculum in teaching complex verbal behavior to individuals with autism (McKeel et al., 2015). The current study sought to expand the research on the effectiveness of the PEAK curriculum by evaluating its use to teach several relevant verbal behaviors to three children diagnosed with autism within an integrated preschool classroom. The intervention was evaluated using a multiple baseline across participants that was replicated across behaviors. DTT was used in conjunction with a least-to-most prompting procedure and participants were differentially reinforced for correct responding. Programs included similar sets of stimuli embedded within teaching trials to test for generalization. Each participant acquired the skills that were trained during teaching trials and demonstrated generalization for the untrained sets of stimuli. The data sets suggest that there is utility for using PEAK within integrated programs to promote skill acquisition and generalization. These findings lend support for the use of the PEAK curriculum in inclusionary settings as well as in more transitional settings.
 
125. Implementing the PEAK relational training system to teach language skills in an integrated pre-school classroom
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SYDNEY JENSEN (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Yamileth Beltran Medrano (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Individuals on the autism spectrum often have significant delays or deficits in their language repertoires. Recent research has shown the utility of the PEAK relational training system in addressing these delays or deficits by teaching relevant verbal behavior skills. Although research has demonstrated the use of the PEAK curriculum in several settings, there is limited research evaluating the applicability of it when used in an integrated pre-school classroom. The current study aimed to expand previous research by evaluating the efficiency of PEAK to teach language skills to individuals with autism in an integrated pre-school setting. Participants were assessed in terms of their verbal behavior and deficit skills were taught using DTT. A multiple baseline across skills was utilized to evaluate effectiveness of the intervention. The results showed that each participant was able to reach mastery criteria for each of the targeted skills. Overall, the results support the existing data that PEAK programming is an effective method of teaching language skills to individuals on the autism spectrum. Additionally, the findings expand on previous literature by showing that PEAK can be effectively implemented in an integrated pre-school setting. Additional limitations and further implications will be discussed. ?
 
127. Augmentative and Alternative Communication Assessment: Empowering Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through Individualized Communication Systems
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA JAYNE FREAKLEY (Woodbury Autism Education and Research)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

For some individuals with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder, communicating with verbal speech presents a challenge. Access to Augmentative and Alternative Communication can be the difference between students having communicative independence or continued challenges with language. Determining appropriate communication options comes down to trailing various systems and measuring these through a comprehensive assessment. Woodbury’s device trials assess three alternative communication options each trailed over 3 weeks in collaboration with speech and language pathologists. Data collection tracks a student’s level of independent communication, variety of words accessed across communicative functions (e.g. requesting, protesting, greeting, commenting, asking and responding to questions), and acknowledges student’s personal preference for an alternative communication system. This dynamic assessment examines user abilities across several areas of competence, including linguistic, operational, strategic, emotional, and social-functional domains. While commercially available options allow students quick access to relatively low-cost communication support, it does not necessarily guarantee access to the appropriate communication system, nor does it ensure improved student communication outcomes meeting the students long term needs. This poster reviews 3 case studies of primary school-aged students with Autism, demonstrating this assessment process and highlighting the importance of offering choice when choosing a communication option.

 
129. Evaluating the rates of skill acquisition across school, clinical, and combined settings using the PEAK Relational Training System
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LINDSEY AUDREY MARIE DENNIS (Emergent Learning Center), Kathy Anne Roustio (Emergent Learning STL Center)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Across modes of service deliver, skill acquisition can vary based on several different factors including instructional control and exposure to stimuli. Many clients may receive similar treatments in clinical settings as they do in school to assist in target skill acquisition. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of exposure across instructional settings on rates of skill acquisition for language and cognitive skill programs using the PEAK Relational Training System. Using a multielement design combined with a multiple baseline across skills, will evaluate skill acquisition over 3 instructional settings: ABA center, school, and combination of both ABA center and school. Pilot data shows skill acquisition occurred across all instructional settings however there was a faster rate of mastery for the combined instructional setting. Implications of including multiple instructional settings to accrue faster rates of skill acquisition is discussed for client treatment goals in both school and clinical settings.
 
131. The Use of Behavioral Skills Training with Caregivers on Correct Pairing Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIKAYLA CAMPBELL (Utah Valley University), Devin Guinn (Alternative Behavior Strategies - Kids), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University), Yamileth Beltran Medrano (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Behavior analysts and caregivers play a critical role in the delivery of effective treatment to those with autism. One effective strategy for ensuring long-term maintenance of targeted behaviors is to train caregivers on specific treatment implementation procedures. Previous research has shown BST as an effective intervention for teaching caregivers proper treatment implementation of a variety of skills, such as prompting, teaching social skills, and self-care, to their children. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of BST in teaching appropriate implementation of pairing procedures to caregivers. The current study employed an AB design, whereby the intervention involved a BST protocol (instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) given to caregivers on effective pairing strategies with their child with autism. The staff recorded data on the implementation of the pairing task analysis as well as the frequency of independent tacts and mands made by the child with autism to these family members. The results suggest the training was effective in teaching appropriate pairing procedures to the parents. Additionally, the findings show an increase in independent tacts and mands to family members, as well as to the behavior technician.
 
133. Preference Assessment and Reinforcement Delivery Practices of BCBA's in Home-Based Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Thirty-two BCBAs employed by a home-based agency providing EIBI services completed an on-line survey. Forced-choice and Likert-scale questions assessed participants’ demographic information, client’s reinforcers, and preference assessment practices. Seventy-three percent of the participants had been a BCBA between 0-6 years. Fifty percent of the clients had been receiving services from the BCBA for 2-3 years and 62% of clients received between 6 -15 hours of services per week. Results found that 72% of the children served had between 0-10 identified tangible reinforcers, 81% had fewer than five activity-based reinforcers, 69% had fewer than five social reinforcers and 88% had fewer than five sensory reinforcers. Commonly used practices included allowing clients to choose reinforcers pre and during sessions, controlling access to reinforcers during sessions and reassessing preferences if clients became off task or made errors. There was less agreement regarding the use of natural reinforcers, if reinforcers should be reassessed if the client leaves an instructional area and when to conducting formal preference assessments. Implications for clinical practice will be discussed.
 
135. Conducting Matched-Stimuli Preference Assessments to Identify Replacement Stimuli to Reduce Pica
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAUNESSY M. EGAN (The Center for Children with Special Needs), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Center for Children with Special Needs)
Discussant: David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: In order to identify appropriate substitution stimuli to replace pica, it is critical to conduct matched-stimuli preference assessments. Data collection should be designed to identify the specific reinforcing properties of the preferred pica stimuli including the visual appeal regarding color, material, and size, oral texture, smell, and auditory stimuli (e.g., makes a crunch sound). Once the hypothesized reinforcing features of the preferred pica stimuli are identified, a matched-stimuli preference assessment can be conducted that includes foods with similar properties (e.g., ground up graham crackers in place of sand). The goal of using a matched-stimuli is to introduce a replacement behavior, and the literature has used matched-stimuli by placing bowls of the high preference foods around the room. This solution is often limiting as children with autism are often moving across environments including home, school, and in the community. Since environments change, it is important to have the matched-stimuli available at all times so that they can independently engage in the replacement behavior in the presence of the preferred pica stimuli. This paper extends the current research by teaching children with autism to access the matched-stimuli from a pouch attached to their waist across environments.
 
137. Parental Attitude and Expectations in Raising a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder in India
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Swati Narayan (WECAN ProACT India), GITA SRIKANTH (ABA India)
Discussant: David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The current study aims to understand the attitude of parents of 28 children with Autism Spectrum Disorder in India. This study was conducted in Chennai, an urban metropolitan setting in South India, and most of the respondents were middle and upper middle-class parents. In a country like India with a vast number of languages, cultures, socioeconomic disparities, and varying education levels, the challenge lies in finding a standardized understanding of Autism, and an optimal intervention package. Social norms and expectations play a significant role in shaping parental acceptance of ASD and their choice of intervention. Findings show that parents of children with ASD have the same expectations of their child as they do of their typically developing children, giving a leverage of a few years. There was also a mismatch between what was vocalized as being the ideal outcomes for their child and the steps taken to achieve them. This descriptive study illustrates the urgent need to provide parents with a uniform understanding of the condition, the availability of scientific intervention services and additionally, the need for a uniform policy on processes and educational and therapeutic intervention that will meet the needs of the child and that of the family
 
139. Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Evoked by the Disruption of Hoarding
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY SULLIVAN (Western New England University; May Institute), Robin K. Landa (May Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)
Discussant: David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Hoarding is characterized by behavior such as excessively collecting various items, organizing those items in highly specific and atypical ways, and resisting attempts at disrupting collection or organization. For example, individuals who hoard may resist expectations to relinquish collected items, independent of their functional use or value. For some individuals, such resistance may take the form of severe problem behavior. Both hoarding behavior and severe problem behavior are associated with impairments in adaptive functioning for individuals with autism. However, few studies have investigated the function of problem behavior among individuals with autism who hoard, and treatments for hoarding or related problem behavior remain under-investigated for this population. The present investigation involved a practical functional assessment (PFA) and skill-based treatment (SBT) approach to assessing and treating problem behavior associated with the disruption of hoarding for two adolescents with autism. Results of the PFA demonstrated that problem behavior for both participants was maintained by a reinforcement contingency involving the opportunity to engage in participant-directed hoarding behavior. These results informed the development a SBT package, which decreased problem behavior to near-zero levels and increased desirable replacement skills (e.g., functional communication; cooperation with instructions to relinquish or organize collected items) for both participants.
 
147. The Correlation Between a Novel Area and an Increase in Rearranging Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA GILLORAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract: One of the diagnostic criteria for autism is the presence of restricted, repetitive behavior, and this may manifest as an insistence on sameness, such as requiring objects in the environment to be placed in a consistent location. As such, when objects are not in the “correct” location and cannot be moved, this can evoke problem behavior. If caregivers then stop blocking and allow the objects to be relocated following problem behavior, this can serve as reinforcement. The current study involved a series of repeated exposures to a room with objects placed in specific locations, after which the objects were moved to new locations. In the control condition, rearranging items was permitted. In the test condition, rearranging was blocked unless problem behavior occurred, at which point blocking was terminated and access to rearranging was permitted. The conditions were evaluated in a multielement design. Problem behavior only occurred during the first three sessions of the test condition and none of the following test sessions, until sessions were moved to a novel environment. Following repeated exposure to the new environment and placement of stimuli, the items were rearranged, and the test and control conditions were repeated. Following this, the participant engaged in an increase in problem behavior in the test condition.
 
149. An Evaluation of Problem Behavior during Ambiguous and Unambiguous Transitions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXA NOPPENBERGER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sagar Patel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Valeria Macuare (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Toups (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract: Problem behavior during transitions may occur if the individual is unaware of the purpose of the transition. That is, the transition may be “ambiguous.” The purpose of this study was to evaluate if making ambiguous transitions unambiguous would decrease problem behavior for an adolescent female with autism and severe intellectual disability. Sessions were conducted as discrete trials embedded across the day during behavioral therapy while she was admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Two conditions were conducted that each consisted of transitions to various areas and activities. The first condition included unambiguous transitions where the participant was presented with a micro switch prior to the transition that visually depicted the activity or area she was transitioning to while also providing audio feedback when the micro switch was pressed. During the second condition, ambiguous transitions, the participant was informed that they were going on a walk, but the location was not disclosed. The participant did not engage in problem behavior during the unambiguous transition condition. However, she engaged in problem behavior more frequently during ambiguous transitions. Results suggest that providing individuals with clear signals about where they are transitioning may reduce problem behavior.
 
151. Teaching Vocal Imitation Of Prolonged Sounds To A Young Adult With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLA CEFALO (Aliter Cooperativa Sociale)
Discussant: Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract: Some studies support the general conclusion that language development after a certain age is more improbable. Although, a significant proportion of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) fail to develop word or phrase speech by age 8, successful acquisition by older children is reported in several studies. However, such children may show several articulation errors, unusual intonation or volume, or other difficulties that interfere with speech intelligibility. Despite the development of effective interventions for young children with ASD, virtually nothing is known about older students. We describe a young adult (22-years-old) who speaks in single words, or at most two-word phrases. Furthermore, he shows a specific problem in connecting the sounds within a word (e.g. “ho…..m” for home; “t…..wen…ti…tu” for twenty-two). The present study evaluates a visual prompt procedure to teach vocal imitation of prolonged sounds (e.g. “mmmmmmm”; “aaaaaaaaaa”) and vocal imitation of a held sound to a second sound (e.g. “oooooommmmmmm”; “iiiiiiiiuuuuuuu”). In baseline, the subject couldn’t imitate sound longer than 3 seconds neither link the sounds together. After training he learnt to prolong every sound for up to 5 seconds, on average; he also learnt to connect several single sounds together. We tested generalization with other people and in other environments. We evaluate internal validity through a single probe multiple baseline design.
 
153. “Boarding Pass to Autism”: An Innovative Intervention for Desensitizing Children with Autism to air travel
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANGELIKI GENA (University of Athens, Greece), Aikaterini Drosinou (National and Kapodistrian University of Athens), Christina Panagiotakou (Onassis Foundation)
Discussant: Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract: People with Autism Spectrum Disorder typically experience high levels of anxiety which often renders taking a flight a rather demanding and stressful procedure for them and their families. The aim of the present study was to investigate the effectiveness of a therapeutic intervention aiming to desensitize children with Autism Spectrum Disorder that have flying phobia and to prepare them for a trip with an airplane. “Boarding Pass to Autism” is a therapeutic program that draws from the science of Behavior Analysis and incorporates various methodologies, such as task analysis, reinforcement contingencies, and a desensitization process that entails both in-vivo exposure and imaginary practice. In addition, Social Stories were used to familiarize the participants with preparing for a flight, going to the airport, and entering the aircraft. All 10 participants – 4-16 years old – were fully desensitized in preparing for a flight – from getting ready for a flight at home, getting to the airport, going through all procedures within the airport, until the point of boarding an aircraft. In addition, airport staff was provided with training that aimed to ameliorate difficulties that people with Autism Spectrum Disorder may face during an air travel.
 
155. A Comparison of Prompting by Exclusion and Single-Stimulus Prompting in Auditory Visual Conditional Discriminations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE ELLINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alexandria Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Delanie Fetzner (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract: Training arrangements that include selection-based responses (e.g., matching to sample) may be more likely to result in responding under irrelevant sources of stimulus control characterized by position or stimulus biases. Although several training recommendations should be considered (see Green, 2001), prompting procedures may be particularly relevant to ensure responding is controlled by the relevant conditions. Learning by exclusion procedures typically include the presentation of one or more defined (i.e., trained) relations and the undefined relation. Under these conditions, the participant should select the undefined comparison when presented with an undefined sample by rejecting the already defined comparisons. The current study compared two prompting procedures on the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations for a child with autism spectrum disorder using an adapted alternating treatments design. In both conditions, an observing response produced an auditory sample followed by three visual comparisons. In the single stimulus prompting condition, the correct comparison is presented alone. In the prompting by exclusion condition, the correct comparison is presented with two defined comparisons. The findings of three direct comparisons suggest that both procedures were effective and differences in efficiency were negligible. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.
 
157. Evaluating DRO with Asymmetrical Magnitude of Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSEY M HRONEK (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a widely recognized reinforcement schedule used in behavior analytic procedures aimed at decreasing challenging behavior. DRO commonly includes a programmed reinforcer delivered on an interval-based schedule dependent on the omission of a target behavior, and the reinforcer is withheld following the occurrence of the target behavior (i.e., extinction). Although interventions employing DRO can be an effective, procedures that include extinction can, at times, be impractical or potentially lead to undesirable side effects. A DRO schedule can be implemented without extinction, but previous research has shown limited utility of this tactic. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate an asymmetrical DRO arrangement in which meeting the omission requirement resulted in a greater magnitude of reinforcement than the target behavior that continued to produce a lesser magnitude reinforcer. We examined DRO with and without asymmetrical magnitude of reinforcement for the omission and emission of the target response in a human-operant arrangement with nine adult college students. None of the participant’s exhibited a greater reduction in responding reliably during the higher magnitude DRO condition in comparison to the equal magnitude DRO condition.
 
159. Teaching communication skills to children with autism spectrum disorders through parent training via telehealth: A comprehensive literature review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Camille Orlanda Lajara (Endicott College; Autism Partnership Philippines), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), CHRISTEN RUSSELL (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Telehealth, telemedicine or telepractice is defined as the application of telecommunication technology to conduct professional services remotely by connecting clinician to client or clinician to clinician for assessment, intervention and/or consultation (Baharav & Reiser, 2010). The purpose of the comprehensive literature review was to provide an update on the current research that studied the effects of telehealth-based parent training in implementing communication interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder. A total of 18 studies met the inclusion criteria was reviewed. Majority of the studies included were single-case research studies and only one study was conducted through randomized controlled trial (RCT). Overall, the current research provides support in the use of telehealth as an effective option to train and coach parents in implementing communication interventions for their children. The findings of this review support the role of parents in providing an effective and quality communication intervention to their children when receiving training and/or coaching via telehealth. Therefore, future research should conduct studies to determine whether providing training and/or coaching via telehealth to parents in implementing other kinds of behavior analytic strategies can also achieve effective outcomes.
 
161. Telehealth PECS® Parent Training: Error Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANPREET RANDHAWA (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Melissa Ann Elliott (Bethesda Services), Jeffrey Esteves (York University), Krysten Spottiswood (Pyramid Educational Consultants of Canada), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University), Katelyn Rolfe (Brock University)
Abstract: The available research indicates that the Picture Exchange Communication System® (PECS®; Bondy & Frost, 1994) is an evidence-based communication approach for children and youth with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Further, research indicates that parents may be trained to implement PECS with relatively good teaching accuracy (e.g., Treszl et al., 2021). However, little is known about parents’ PECS teaching accuracy across the various phases of PECS. Similarly, little is known about the nature of parents’ PECS teaching errors. This information would be helpful in tailoring PECS training and coaching to better support parents’ needs. This study explored parents’ PECS teaching accuracy across various PECS phases (e.g., phase 1 – the picture exchange, phase 2 – distance & persistence, phase 3a/b – picture discrimination), as well as the error patterns within each phase. Six parents of children with ASD participated. Following a brief telehealth training using behavioral skills training, parents’ performance on maintenance and follow-up probes was assessed. Preliminary analyses indicate that after training parents’ PECS teaching accuracy was relatively consistent across all phases. Within each phase, parents committed few errors. Most errors occurred in phases 3a/b during correspondence checks and error correction procedures. Limitations, future research directions, and clinical implications will be shared.
 
163. Teaching Independent Mask Application During COVID-19 Pandemic
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TYLER-CURTIS CORY ELLIOTT (University of Georgia, Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Rose Morlino (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia, Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract: The Center for Disease Control suggests that people wear masks to slow the transmission of COVID-19. However, not all children have the behavioral repertoire required to initiate mask-wearing independently. Recent studies focus on building a child’s tolerance of mask-wearing using differential reinforcement (Halbur et al., 2021; Lillie et al., 2021). While these procedures are useful for increasing the length of time over which mask-wearing occurs, the child may still require a second individual to put on the mask. To minimize the frequency of other people touching an individual's face and mask, it is important to teach the skills required to put on a mask. In the current study, researchers evaluated the use of a 5-step task analysis to teach a 7-year-old boy with autism to independently put on a mask. Researchers used a prompting hierarchy that did not include physical prompts to decrease the frequency of others touching the participant's hands, face, and mask. Results demonstrate that a model prompt with vocal feedback increased the percentage of steps completed independently. Results are discussed with respect to their implications for practical implementation and skill development related to mask-wearing.
 
165. A Review of Literature on Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Savannah Tate (University of Florida), JEANNE STEPHANIE GONZALEZ (University of Florida), Ronan Bustamante (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: A common approach to the treatment of problem behavior is to conduct a functional analysis and design a function-based treatment. These functional analyses often include an escape condition to test whether problem behavior is maintained by negative reinforcement. Typically, a treatment to reduce escape-maintained problem behavior is introduced, either in the research study or clinically. Thus, a variety of treatment options exist for problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. We conducted a literature review to identify specific functional analysis methodology and treatment methods for problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. We used EBSCO Host with the search terms “functional analysis” OR “functional analysis of problem behavior”. This search yielded 7,017 peer-reviewed articles since the seminal Iwata et al. (1982) functional analysis paper. We extracted 387 articles that included a functional analysis with an escape condition and at least one participant in which researchers identified an escape function. We have extracted information from 25 articles thus far. Of these articles, 64.2% of participants had an escape function. We also coded for whether treatment was included, and the methods included in treatment. Researchers evaluated a variety of treatment methods in the 56% of articles that included treatment.
 
167. An Assessment of Prompt Types to Teach Behavior Chains to a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas; UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas; UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (University of North Texas; UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), RACHEL LAI (University of North Texas; UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Assessment-based instruction, which involves evaluating a learner’s behavior in response to several instructional arrangements, can assist in selecting of efficient and efficacious interventions for children with autism (Kodak & Halbur, 2021). In this clinical evaluation, we designed an assessment to evaluate the efficacy and efficiency of four different prompts (textual, video, vocal, and physical) on the acquisition of behavior chains with a four-year-old female with autism who received comprehensive behavior-analytic intervention services. Each prompt type was assigned to one of four different behavior chains, and evaluated using an adapted alternating treatments design. We used a prompt-delay procedure to fade all prompts regardless of type. Results indicated that all prompts were efficacious; however textual prompts were the most efficient. We replicated the assessment with four more behavior chains, and results were comparable to the first assessment. The results of the assessment were used to inform the selection of prompts used to teach developmentally appropriate behavior chains in the client’s programming. Research on assessment-based instruction may support further development of assessments that can be used across clients and clinically indicated interventions for clients who receive individualized treatment based in applied behavior analysis.
 
169. Establishing a Generalized Qualifying Autoclitic Repertoire in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) described autoclitics as secondary verbal operants that are dependent upon and function to modify aspects of the speaker’s own verbal behavior (e.g., tact, mand). Specifically, qualifying autoclitics extend, negate, or assert a speaker’s primary verbal response and modify the intensity or direction of the listener’s behavior (Howard & Rice, 1988; Skinner, 1957; Speckman, Greer, & Rivera-Valdes, 2012). The current study aimed to teach children with an autism diagnosis to employ a qualifying autoclitic to extend a known tact to a distorted or unknown stimulus. This study is an extension of the only study to date on teaching qualifying autoclitics, Howard and Rice (1988). Four participants first learned to combine a qualifying autoclitic with a tact in response to a distorted shape or textual character. This response then generalized to distorted versions of newly acquired tacts for previously unknown shapes and textual characters. After reaching mastery, we tested for generalization of the autoclitic to unknown animals and items. The participants began using the qualifying autoclitic to extend a known tact to an unknown stimulus following multiple exemplar training with several sets of stimuli.
 
 
 
Poster Session #279
BPN Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
2. Abuse Liability of Potential Menthol Cigarette Substitutes: A Randomized Controlled Trial in Adults Who Smoke Menthol Cigarettes
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (University of Vermont), Tyler Erath (University of Vermont), Toral Mehta (Ohio State University), Alice Hinton (Ohio State University), Jennifer W. Tidey (Brown University), Andrea Villanti (University of Vermont), Theodore Wagener (Ohio State University)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) recently announced its intention to ban menthol in cigarettes to protect public health. The current study used a randomized crossover design with 80 current menthol cigarette users to examine the abuse liability and substitutability of potential menthol cigarette alternatives. Participants completed four smoking session visits. In the first session, participants smoked their usual brand menthol cigarette (UBMC) and in subsequent sessions were randomized to one of three alternative products: menthol filtered little cigars (mFLC), a pre-assembled, machine-injected roll-your-own cigarette using a mentholated cigarette tube and mentholated pipe tobacco (mRYO), and non-menthol cigarettes (NMC). At the end of each session, they completed cigarette purchase task (CPT) for the product sampled. Overall, UMBC demonstrated greater abuse liability compared to all alternative products, with higher values for intensity, breakpoint, Omax, and Pmax. Among alternative products, mRYO had the greatest abuse liability and had a significantly higher intensity as compared to both mFLC and NMC (p <0.05). Results highlight the importance of including mRYO products in a menthol cigarette ban to maximize the public health benefit of FDA’s actions.
 
4. Effects of Aripiprazole Alone and in Combination with d-Amphetamine on Probability Discounting in Sprague-Dawley Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
PAIGE CURRIE (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract: Pharmaceuticals are helpful tools in aiding individuals with psychiatric diagnoses. Sometimes, the drug’s side effects can be more severe than the initial problem. One side effect may be an increase in maladaptive behavior. Maladaptive behaviors, like pathological gambling, overeating, and substance abuse, are important to consider during the prescription of different pharmaceuticals, particularly those used to treat Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Individuals with these diagnoses are often prescribed: stimulants, like d-amphetamine (d-AMP; for symptoms associated with ADHD), and antipsychotics, like aripiprazole (ARI; for symptoms associated with ASD). These drugs in combination could influence maladaptive behavior, including risky choice (probability discounting). In probability-discounting studies, choice is between a smaller, certain reinforcer and a larger, uncertain reinforcer. Our results have shown significant reductions in percent larger-reinforcer choice (decreased risky choice) at 3.0 mg/kg ARI compared to vehicle (DMSO), as well as dose-dependent flattening of discounting curves. Experiment 2 results are still being collected but suggest combined (additive or synergistic) effects of ARI and d-AMP on risky choice. Drug combinations in behavioral research are understudied, hence it is imperative that we develop a better understanding of how drug combinations influence choice.
 
 
 
Poster Session #280
EAB Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
6. Appetitive latent inhibition: effect of stimulus pre-exposure on conditioned reinforcement in rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Victor Bastos Ventura (Universidade Estadual Paulista (UNESP)), FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract: Latent inhibition (LI) is an experimental model used to investigate dysfunctional selective attention, one positive symptom of schizophrenia. It is widely used to evaluate the effect of pre-exposure on aversive conditioning. The aim of this study is to evaluate the impact of latent inhibition on conditioned reinforcement. Nine male Wistar rats were submitted to a procedure divided in four phases. On baseline, the response in one of two levers turned off two stimulus lights (LO), the other bar produced a TONE. On pre-exposure, five subjects were pre-exposed to LO (PE group) and the other four were not pre-exposed (NPE group). In the conditioning phase, LO was paired to a food pellet ona a random interval schedule. The testing procedure was the same as in baseline. For 3 subjects of the NPE group, performance on the test indicates LO as conditioned reinforcer. On the other hand, for the PE group, only one subject had a clear pattern consistent with conditioned reinforcement. This initial analysIs indicates that conditioning of LO as reinforcer was affected by pre-exposure in the PE group when compared to NPE group. Other subjects will be run in order to evaluate the reliability of the results.
 
8. Effects of Training Problem Solving on the Demonstration of Equivalence Relations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SARAH FRAMPTON (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.), Phoebe Carlisle (May Institute, Inc; Endicott College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract: Graphic organizers (GO) help students structure their notes to enhance performance on educational tasks. Use of a GO may be a useful in the context of training and testing for equivalence. We sought to answer: (a) What are the effects of a training package consisting of MTS baseline relation training and GO construction on equivalence yields? and (b) What are the effects of MTS baseline training alone with a second set of stimuli? A non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of the treatment package with seven adults. During linear training, participants were provided with GOs and instructed to fill in and connect any missing abstract sample and comparison stimuli. GOs were progressively faded to only a blank page as these were available in pre and posttests. Five of seven participants passed the posttest on the first attempt; the remaining participants passed when provided access to their GO. All participants voluntarily constructed GOs with a second set of stimuli. Three participants completed training with a second set and passed the posttest. Though preliminary, these results suggest that teaching participants to write/draw relations among stimuli may strengthen the effects of MTS training on equivalence yields.
 
10. Effects of Alternative Response Availability During Baseline
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AMANDA MAE MORRIS (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute ), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sean Smith (University of Florida), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract: Approximately 40% of individuals with an autism spectrum disorder or developmental delay will engage in destructive behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury; Harris, 1993). Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior plus extinction is an effective function-based treatment to suppress destructive behavior (Pritchard et al., 2014). Despite initial suppression, treatment relapse can occur. Renewal is a form of treatment relapse observed when a change in context occurs and causes previously suppressed target behaviors to reemerge. Variables contributing to renewal include reinforcement rates in baseline (Berry et al., 2014; Podlesnik & Shahan, 2009) and target response rates in baseline (Bouton et al., 2011; Podlesnik & Shahan, 2009; Podlesnik et al., 2017). Kimball et al. (2020) evaluated the presence of an alternative response during baseline using a between-subject design. Researchers observed higher rates of renewal when the alternative response was available during baseline sessions. This poster will display an ongoing study that extends the findings of Kimball et al. by using a within-subjects design. Using object permanence boxes in a human operant preparation, we evaluated the effects of alternative response availability during baseline sessions. Currently, one participant, diagnosed with autism, has completed the study. The current dataset shows minimal renewal occurring upon return to baseline.
 
12. Conjugate Reinforcement of Muscle Contractions Using Surface Electromyography
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW NGUYEN (University of North Texas), Robby Goodhue (University of North Texas), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract: Electromyography is an evaluative technique that measures electrical activity generated by the recruitment of motor units during contractions of skeletal muscles. A direct relationship between measured amplitude and the strength of the response provides an opportunity to create contingencies of reinforcement based on increasing amplitudes of the measured signal as a way to strengthen the muscle. This study explored the use of conjugate schedules of reinforcement to increase the intensity of the contraction with healthy volunteers. A surface electromyograph (FlexDotTM) was attached on the surface above the vastus medialis oblique (VMO). Contingencies of reinforcement were created via custom-written software that measured the electrical activity and provided real-time feedback based on the amplitude of the signal. Feedback was provided as a compound comprising an auditory stimulus and a dynamic bar wherein the amount of “fill” was based on the amplitude of a measured contraction. The primary independent variable (IV) was the amount of unfilled in the bar. The data showed that response intensity increased across the study regardless of the programmed IV value. These data suggest that the ‘negative space’ or the space left unfilled in the visual feedback bar was not a functional consequence for increasing muscle contractions.
 
14. Human-Operant Evaluation of Renewal Following Differential Reinforcement of Asymmetrical Choice Options
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KACEY RENEE FINCH (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract: Renewal is relapse that occurs following context changes. A standard renewal arrangement typically involves an extinction component for the target response during Phase 2. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate ABA renewal following differential reinforcement of alternative behavior with multiple alternative responses. A secondary purpose is to assess renewal in the absence of extinction by varying the magnitude of reinforcement across response options. Participants earned points by responding on a computer task that included three response circles (Target, Alt 1, and Alt 2) that moved randomly across the screen. Context was represented by the background color of the screen. In Phase 1, only the target response was reinforced in Context A. In Phase 2, the target response was reinforced with one point delivery, Alt 1 was reinforced with 3 points, and Alt 2 was reinforced with 5 points in Context B. In Phase 3, we tested for ABA renewal by maintaining the same contingencies in Phase 2 and returning to Context A. Renewal occurred for all three participants, evidenced by an increase in the target response at the beginning of Phase 3 relative to the end of Phase 2. Clinical implications and future research directions are discussed.
 
16. Choice and delay of reinforcement in rats: a replication of Chung and Herrnstein’s experiment
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Anthony Tapia (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract: A replication with nine food-deprived rats of the classical experiment by Chung and Herrnstein (1967) was attempted. The subjects were exposed to a Random Interval 60 s fixed time t s Random Interval 60 s fixed time t s concurrent-chained schedule of food reinforcement. The first fixed-time schedule, the standard option, was set in 0, 8 and 16 s in a between subject´s design. The second fixed time schedule, the experimental option was varied, in consecutive conditions, from 0 to 6, 8, 16, 20 and 24 s according to a within subject’s design. Three rats each were exposed to each standard FT option and each experimental option was in effect at least during 20 sessions of one hour or 50 reinforcer deliveries, whatever occurred first. It was found that lengthening the delay of reinforcement for the experimental option affected the rate of responding on both, the standard and the experimental options. Specifically, as reported by Chung and Herrnstein, as the delay of reinforcement was lengthened, the response rate decreased and increased in the experimental and the standard options, respectively. Thus, as predicted by the matching law, the relative response rate matched the relative delay of reinforcement with rats as subjects.
 
Diversity submission 18. Performance of indigenous students in reading tasks in English as a foreign language: a first approach
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Andrea Rodríguez (University of Guadalajara), Fabiola Mercado Rodríguez (University of Guadalajara), Catalina Rodriguez Perez (University of Guadalajara), MARIA ELENA RODRIGUEZ PEREZ (University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This research evaluated the reading comprehension of English as a foreign language of indigenous students enrolled in a high school education program at a public university in Jalisco, Mexico. Eighteen students, 10 men and 8 women, aged 16-18 years with different domains of the Spanish language participated. His mother tongue is Huichol and no data was obtained on his ability to read in the mother tongue. They were exposed to two reading tasks in order to identify significant variables that could explain their reading performance. In the first task, they had to deduce the meaning of words and phrases in a children's story. In the second task, they were presented with an advertisement and they had to answer questions regarding the characteristics and uses of the advertised product. Low performances were found in both tasks given the specific experimental conditions to which they were exposed: instructions in Spanish, face-to-face interaction with a non-indigenous experimenter, presentation of the advertisement in digital format, use of a non-indigenous children's story. This first approach opens up future research questions where the role of these variables in reading performance in Spanish as a foreign language is evaluated.

 
20. Non-linguistic Stimulus Substitution of Mandarin
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHANGZHI WU (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Investigations of function substitution commonly used words. Words have both linguistic (meaning) and non-linguistic (auditory and visual) functions. Either or both functions can be actualized when people interact with words. Previous studies have demonstrated how non- meaningful syllables can acquire linguistic functions substituionally through pairing of meaningful words with non-meaningful syllables (Clayton & Hayes, 2007). Studies of non- linguistic perceptual substitution are much less common. Munoz-Blanco & Hayes (2016) demonstrated the auditory stimulus substitution could be actualized in English by pairing English letters with words which are homophones to numbers. Mandarin is formally different from English because written Mandarin does not offer any auditory cues. This difference in English and Mandarin potentially influence the auditory stimulus substitution. The first experiment demonstrated the auditory stimulus substitution in Mandarin. Subsequent research will focus on factors that influence the actualization of stimulus substitution.
 
22. Temporal Discounting in Different Teaching Scenarios: Effects on Commitment to Continue Studying.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FABIO HENRIQUE BAIA (Universidade de Rio Verde), Alberto Barella (Universidade de Rio Verde), Germano Lima (Universidade de Rio Verde), Emanuela Silva (Universidade de Rio Verde), Nelson da Cunha (Universidade de Rio Verde)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: At the beginning of 2020, after 1 year of the COVID-19 pandemic, University Administrators needed to decide how to return to school. Insecurity about the duration of the pandemic and the fear that students would drop out of studies affected the decision-making of Administrators about which teaching strategy to adopt: whether to return face-to-face or distance learning. We investigated the degree of commitment to continue studying in 1027 Brazilian university students. Participants answered an online questionnaire in which four scenarios were presented: (i) 100% face-to-face learning; (ii) hybrid system with 50% of students in class and 50% synchronous distance learning; (iii) 100% synchronous distance learning and (iv) asynchronous distance learning. In addition, we present 8 durations of the pandemic: 1, 7, 14, 30, 60, 120, 180 and 365 days. The results indicate that students reported a greater degree of commitment to continue studying in the 100% face-to-face return scenario (significance p. <0.007), followed by the hybrid system scenario. In addition, in all scenarios, the longer the duration of the pandemic, the lower the commitment to continue studying. We also conduct an ANOVA statistical analysis of gender, age, area of study. Neither shows significance.
 
24. Procedures for Facilitating Acquisition of an Incrementing Matching-To-Sample Task in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SPENCER BRUCE (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sophie Lorraine Pinneke (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Cassondra Giarrusso (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Hawken V. Hass (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Incrementing non-match-to-sample (NMTS) procedures have been used in the odor span task and in operant chambers equipped with olfactometers in rodents as a method to test complex stimulus control and remembering. In the incrementing NMTS procedure, responses to session-novel stimuli are reinforced while responses to session-familiar stimuli have no programmed consequences. While rodents have displayed rapid acquisition of incrementing NMTS, they have struggled to learn incrementing match-to-sample (MTS) despite rodent’s ability to learn simultaneous MTS and NMTS at similar rates. The present study aimed to develop procedures for facilitating the acquisition of a matching incrementing task in an operant chamber equipped with an olfactometer. Training on a fading procedure using one, two and three session-familiar stimuli for all positive trials in a given session demonstrated acquisition of incrementing matching for two of the five subjects. Further research is needed to improve acquisition as this procedure has potential value in research on behavioral pharmacology and remembering.
 
26. Teaching Health Related Concepts to Adults with a Foreign Background: Application of Stimulus Equivalence Technology
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TORUNN LIAN (OsloMet), Oana Pintilie (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The present study applied stimulus equivalence technology in teaching Norwegian health concepts to eight adults with a foreign background. The stimulus set was based on the curriculum in a health assistant course and was designed to form four potential four-member classes. Four participants experienced a stimulus set with Norwegian text stimuli only and four experienced a stimulus set with some text stimuli in their respective, native language. Baseline training was arranged as a linear series training structure and baseline relations were presented in a serialized fashion. All baseline relations were established to criterion before test for equivalence class formation. The results showed that seven participants formed equivalence classes and as such demonstrated simple understanding of health concepts they had previously struggled to learn. The results add to a growing evidence base suggesting that procedures used in laboratory studies on stimulus equivalence can also be effective in applied settings. With regards to presenting some stimuli in the participants native languages versus presenting Norwegian text stimuli only, the results are inconclusive.
 
28. Functional Equivalence in Rats I: Class Formation and Expansion
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELIJAH RICHARDSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kyndra Lawson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Cassondra Giarrusso (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Hawken V. Hass (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Spencer Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sophie Lorraine Pinneke (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This study was conducted as part of the ongoing effort to develop a rodent model of equivalence relations. Rats were tested for evidence of functional equivalence and class expansion using olfactory stimuli. First, researchers tested whether rats could show evidence of transfer of function. Twelve olfactory stimuli were assigned to two arbitrary sets of six and rats were trained on a go no-go task to respond to members of only one set at a time. Reinforcement contingences for each set were reversed following accurate responding. After many repeated reversals, probe sessions revealed that following a contingency reversal, rats responded at above chance accuracy to session-novel stimuli, which demonstrated transfer of function across functional classes in rodents. Next, researchers tested whether rats could show evidence of class expansion. Two new scents were trained alongside one member of each of the original sets in the same procedure as the original twelve stimuli. Following repeated reversals, probe sessions tested whether a function trained in original set members not trained alongside the new scents would transfer to the new scents. Preliminary results were more consistent with rapid acquisition than transfer of function. We are continuing to search for evidence of class expansion in rodents.
 
30. Analysis of the conditional relationships that emerge in the teaching-learning process
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Valelria Magaña López (Universidad Veracruzana), Minerva Perez Juarez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Dinorah Arely Escudero (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to analyze the conditional relationships that emerge in the teaching-learning process between preschool children and teachers. Six preschoolers of both sexes, with an average age of four years, and two teachers participated in the study; the participants were divided into two groups, one experimental and the other control. The experimental design was structured with a Baseline Phase, an Intervention Phase, and a Follow-up Phase. In the Phases of the Study, the emergent contingent relationships between students/students, students/teacher were observed and recorded; the initial and final competency tests evaluated the expected learning based on the level of functional aptitude; in the Intervention Phase, a Teaching-Learning Unit (UEA) was applied designed to promote interindividual relationships that would facilitate the acquisition of the expected disciplinary learning. The Control Group Students were not exposed to UEA. The results indicate that the circumstantial dispositional factors generated by the Teaching-Learning Unit made possible the emergence of conditional relationships between students and teachers that facilitated the acquisition of the expected learning in the five levels of the taxonomy of functions. The educational process from a psychological dimension can contribute to the emergence of interdependent relationships that facilitate disciplinary and life competencies.
 
 
 
Poster Session #281
PCH Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Worner Leland (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
32. An Examination of Measurement Practices in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (2006-2020)
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Danyl M.H. Epperheimer (LittleStar ABA; Hoosier ABA; Southern Illinois University; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Hewetson Gruber (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Vanshika Gupta (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Brian Katz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Worner Leland (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract: A true scientific analysis of behavior originated with continuous, direct measurement of behavior occurrences, most notably as a rate of response measure (Lindsley, 2013). As behavior scientists began exploring applied issues of social relevance, additional measurement procedures began to be utilized, including discontinuous measurement such as time sampling as well as dimensionless quantities such as percent correct. Furthermore, many behavior therapists and practitioners of behavior analyst report a preference for discontinuous measurement procedures, likely due to the logistical challenge of obtaining direct measures of behavior while also leading therapy and instructional sessions (Kolt & Rapp, 2014). Given these anecdotally reported shifts in behavior measurement practices, the aim of this poster is to examine the frequencies per year of various measurement procedures in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). This poster extends the work of previous investigations of measurement practices in the applied literature (Barrett, 1990; Mudford, Taylor, & Martin, 2009) by examining all issues in JABA from 2006-2020.
 
Diversity submission 34. A Call to Action: Content Analysis of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in Applied Behaviour Analysis
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Sabrina Palmer (Brock University), Amanda Marie Bailey (Brock University), EMMA CHAIKOWSKY (Brock University), Rachel Sheppard (Brock University), Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Laura E. Mullins (Brock University)
Discussant: Worner Leland (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract: During the 47th ABAI Presidential address, Dr. Carol Pilgrim highlighted, “we have a rapidly expanding discourse on [Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion] DEI within Behaviour Analysis... wouldn’t it seem good to know the nature of this discourse and be able to follow its development”? This project answers Dr. Pilgrim’s call to action by examining the 47th annual ABAI conference abstracts to provide insight into DEI’s current discourses in ABA through a summative content analysis of the 101 DEI presentations. A manifest analysis provided a descriptive report of the variety of DEI topics, including domain, presentation type, program area, and target populations. Initial results suggest representation of DEI topics in Teaching Behavior Analysis (40%), Behavioral Pharmacology and Neuroscience (33%), and Verbal Behavior (33%) program areas. In contrast, the lower percentage of DEI topics represented in the program areas of Behavior Development (6%), Clinical/Family/Behavioral Medicine (16%), and Organizational Behavior (21%) suggest that these program areas require further attention. A latent analysis provided plausible interpretations of the patterns and breadth of DEI topics. This project helps to raise awareness to the current focus of DEI in ABA and provides recommendations for moving the field forward in research and practice.
 
36. 50 Years of 7 Dimensions: Adherence to the Seven Dimensions within Research Published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 1968-2018
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
EDWARD SANABRIA (Centria Healthcare), Danielle Watson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lyret Carrasquillo (Florida Institute of Technology; The Chicago School; Capella University), Elizabeth Gennari Crosby (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chivon Niziolek (The Chicago School of Professional psychology), Andrea Wilson (InBloom Autism Services)
Discussant: Worner Leland (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract: Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) identified and described seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis (ABA): applied, behavioral, analytic, technological, conceptual systems, effective, and generality. These dimensions are what separates applied behavior analysis from the experimental analysis of behavior, and provides practitioners with the information necessary to deliver effective and ethical treatments and services to their clients. Using specific definitions of the seven dimensions and a coding tool, we evaluated and assessed various elements of these seven dimensions across 47 volumes of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), from 1968 to 2014. The data suggest that research articles generally satisfy the requirements for being behavioral, analytic, and conceptually systematic. In recent years, research in JABA has been gradually improving in the technological dimension. The data also suggest that the research articles in JABA could improve in the applied, effective, and generality dimensions. The trends in the use of the seven dimensions of ABA should be taken into consideration when planning future applied research and future directions in the field. Are the seven dimensions still current and relevant to applied research? If so, researchers would benefit from building their research methodologies with generalization, technology, and efficacy in mind.
 
 
 
Poster Session #282
EDC Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University), Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
38. Evaluation of the Good Behavior Game on Undergraduate Student Participation
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BRIANNA ABBOTT (Student), Megan Ryan (Eastern Connecticut State University), Victoria Cirilo (Eastern Connecticut State University), Christopher A Krebs (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Discussant: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a group contingency-based intervention that divides a class into teams, establishes classroom rules, provides feedback on team rule following, and delivers rewards to teams that follow the rules. Recently, a modified version of GBG was used to increase participation by undergraduate students across three introductory psychology courses at a large public university (Cheatham et al., 2017). The current study systematically replicated Cheatham et al. across two sophomore-level undergraduate psychology college courses at a small Northeastern university using an ABAB design. Class participation was measured by the number of times students raised their hands to answer content-based questions presented by the instructor and students on the winning team earned extra points to be applied to their course grade. Incorporating the GBG increased class participation for one course and most students in both courses indicating preference for playing the GBG. Limitations of our study and strategies to increase class participation will be discussed.
 
40. Using a Peer-Mediated Bullying Safety Skills Intervention for Children with Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Jennifer Trapani (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: As bullying continues to be a growing problem in schools, research is needed to further evaluate the effectiveness of current bullying prevention and intervention programs for children with disabilities. The peer-mediated intervention (PMI) is an evidence-based practice that has been successful in teaching social skills to children with disabilities. PMI literature can be extended by exploring and evaluating its effectiveness in teaching bullying safety skills to children with disabilities. The current study examined the use of PMI to teach children with disabilities bullying safety skills with four students (2 peers and 2 learners) in grades kindergarten and third grade. Typically developing peers were trained to teach children with disabilities, using behavioral skills training, on how to use bullying safety skills. The impact of the PM bullying safety skills intervention on target children’s use of bullying safety skills was evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline across participants design. The results indicated that the learners successfully acquired the bullying safety skills when trained by a peer. The limited maintenance data shows that the learners likely did not maintain the skill over time. Results from the social validity questionnaires showed the intervention was highly acceptable to the learners, peers, and their teachers.
 
Diversity submission 42. Toward a Functional Approach to Solving the School Absence Epidemic
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MADISON GRAHAM (University of Kansas; Center for Supportive Communities Inc.), Kelsey Dachman (Center for Supportive Communities; University of Kansas)
Discussant: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
Abstract:

The US Department of Education declared school absenteeism a national crisis in 2017-18 after reporting over 8 million students missed at least 10% of the school year. School absenteeism is complex and results from idiosyncratic, inter-related problems (e.g., homelessness, abuse and neglect, bullying, unreliable transportation, school disengagement or failure, and inappropriate behavior management). Despite being a likely precursor to issues such as juvenile crime, adult incarceration, and unemployment, programs that address school absenteeism are limited in number, fail to address the comprehensive needs of the individual student, and are often punitive, counterintuitive, ineffective, and ungeneralizable. A functional behavior assessment, followed by an assessment-based treatment, likely is required to account for the complex nature of school absenteeism. In the current experiment, we created a functional behavior assessment to identify the putative function of school absenteeism for K-12 students who were legally truant and participating in a diversion program. We then employed a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate a treatment informed by our assessment to reduce the percentage of unexcused absences. We will depict results and discuss these outcomes as they relate to a functional approach to addressing the school-absence epidemic.

 
44. Implementation and Evaluation of Prosocial Group Intervention for Educational Staff: Psychological Flexibility, Group Cooperation, and Shared Group Values
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHYNNA BRIANNE FRIZELL (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Raymond burke (Glenwood School - Apex Children's Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: Previous research has explored the effect of ACT-based interventions on psychological flexibility of employees at agencies that provide services for individuals with mental health needs and developmental/intellectual disabilities (Bethay et al, 2013). Promoting psychological flexibility may be achieved through a collaborative group setting promoting a prosocial process. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) training may be utilized with a prosocial process, which helps to integrate separate and collective interests within and between groups and is used to work out what needs to be done in a group by pointing out opportunities in achieving shared goals in that group (Atkins, Wilson, & Hayes, 2019). Prosocial behavior is cooperating with others, being altruistic in helping others, and is about benefiting the collective. It is proposed that a prosocial group intervention may enhance each member of an educational team’s sense of shared purpose and group identity to aid in balancing individual interests and the improvement of group cooperation. The current study sought to examine the effects of prosocial behavioral intervention on experiences of educators in an alternative educational setting on the educator group’s aligned interests, supportive group collaboration, and in the achievement of the groups shared values. Weekly data was collected to examine the degree to which each member aligned with the groups shared values and to evaluate prosocial behaviors related to subscription of this group. Results of this study may provide insight in how prosocial group processes can improve psychological flexibility and group cohesion in educational settings.
 
46. Group Contingencies in Early Childhood Settings: A Systematic & Quality Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHARDEA N CHATMAN (University of Texas at San Antonio), Marie Kirkpatrick (University of Texas at San Antonio), Aparna Mathew (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: The purpose of this review was to update and extend Pokorski et al. (2017) on use of group contingencies in preschool settings. We synthesized the current literature from 2013-2021, and assessed the methodological rigor of these studies using the Single-case Analysis and Review Framework (SCARF). A total of nine studies were included in the review. The findings indicated that interdependent group contingencies were primarily applied during large group activities or centers. All studies were conducted in general education or inclusive classrooms, and three studies included participants with disabilities. Majority of the studies targeted appropriate behavior with only one study using an unknown (i.e., “mystery”) reinforcer. Reinforcers were primarily selected by the implementer (e.g., teacher). Limitations, implications for practice and future research, as well as results of methodological rigor will be discussed.
 
48. The Use of Group Contingencies Within General Education Classrooms
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
BRITTANY BEAVER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
Discussant: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: Research is essential for designing behavior management procedures that can be easily implemented in classrooms as behavior management is critical for creating the optimal environment for students to learn (Heering & Wilder, 2006). One of the most successful classroom interventions is group contingencies (Kamps et al, 2011), which is defined as the application of operant behavior procedures to manage the behavior of a group (Litow & Pumroy, 1975). This presentation will provide a review of the literature on group contingencies in elementary through high school general education classrooms. Articles were obtained through searching electronic databases and included studies with an independent variable of a group contingency, students in kindergarten through 12th grade general education classrooms, and studies set in any school location. These 54 articles were coded across participant demographics, independent variables, dependent variables, and limitations with IOA collected by two additional graduate students. Implications of this research including the effectiveness across participants and dependent variables will be discussed. Limitations within the current literature including generalizability, maintenance, applicability of rewards, and assessment of academic performance will be reviewed. Directions for future research including assessing feasibility of implementation, evaluating long-term effects, and obtaining social validity will be provided.
 
50. A Qualitative Approach to Understanding the Effects of Covid-19 on Students, Staff, and Caregivers in a Specialized Educational Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ashley Payne (Missouri State University), Raymond burke (Glenwood School - Apex Children's Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Brittany A Sellers (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University)
Abstract:

The field of applied behavior analysis has historically utilized visual and quantitative analytic methods to evaluate the relationship between context and behavior change. Qualitative research methods may add to this overarching research strategy by capturing more elements of complex contexts and the lived experiences of people (Scheithauer et al., 2019). The present study utilized qualitative analytic methods to evaluate experiences of special education learners, staff, and parents during the COVID-19 pandemic. Interviews were conducted and included multiple open-ended questions with a structured probing strategy. The participants were 10 students, 8 caregivers, and 9 staff members. Themes evident within the student responses included statements suggesting that online learning was much harder and there were more distractions. Stating that online learning was “hurtful” to their academic future. Parents suggested that their child(ren) were learning and adapting the best that they could, but that they experienced multiple new barriers both academically and personally. Teachers reported attempts to set their learners up for success, but many noted that an insight into their students' homes was both positive and negative. These data suggest that experiences of those within the context of specialized services during broad lockdowns may benefit from supports to best serve this community.

 
 
 
Poster Session #283
TBA Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
54. Poster-ception: Case Evaluation of a Prosocial Intervention to Prepare Student Researchers for ABAI Conference
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Prosocial interventions operate as a group-level strategy that extends from foundational core design organizational principles and elements of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy applied to groups. We developed a Prosocial group-level intervention to lead a group of student researchers through the process of preparing for this year's Applied Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) conference. The intervention focused on identifying shared values of the group and fostering a creative and collaborative community to develop the research project. A total of 9 participants took part in the group and 8 of the participants consented to participate in the research study. Pre-post analysis of group cohesion and adherence to the Prosocial survey suggested that the group improved across all behavior targets. Each student spent an average of 20 to 40 minutes per day developing and researching their research projects and obtaining pilot data in support of their submission over the course of 3-months. A total of 9 research presentations were submitted and accepted to ABAI and 16 research posters from this group. The presentations and posters currently present at ABAI this year represent the permanent product data of this group. Obtained social validity data also suggest that the Prosocial process was viewed positively by the group and recommendations for improved implementation of this framework are discussed. Taken together, results provide preliminary support for the use of Prosocial to support scientist-practitioners of tomorrow.
 
56. Examining the Effects of a Self-Compassion Intervention on Academic Burnout
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNA HUSKEY (Missouri State University), Kaitlyn Hui (Missouri State University- student), Kayley Clements (Missouri State University), Ryan Moser (Missouri State University), Breanna Lee (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
Abstract: College students are a population high at risk for developing burnout (Caballero & Breso, 2015). Academic burnout can be attributed to several factors, including the stress of adapting to the university work environment, study demands, performance on exams, and the ambiguity of students’ futures (Ramirez & Hernandez, 2007). It is proposed that self-compassion intervention could relieve some of these stressors. The current study sought to examine the effects of an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT)-consistent self-compassion intervention on experiences of academic burnout in undergraduate students. Participation included a ten-week intervention and three questionnaires administered at Week 1, Week 4, and Week 10 of the academic semester. Questionnaires measured burnout and self-compassion. Weekly quiz scores were collected to measure academic performance. All participants viewed videos pre-recorded by researchers each week and interacted with relevant discussion questions. The experimental group interacted with videos and activities related to self-compassion, while the control group engaged in a study tips intervention. Participants interacting with the self-compassion intervention experienced lower rates of academic burnout and higher quiz scores compared to the control group. Results of this study can provide insight in how universities can prioritize mental health and incorporate brief self-compassion exercises into course content to improve students’ feelings of burnout, as well as academic performance.
 
 
 
Poster Session #284
CSS Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Diversity submission 58. An Experimental and Quasi-Experimental Analysis of Motherhood as a Contextual Social Variable Influencing Risk-Aversion
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA M VENEGONI (Missouri State University), Chynna Brianne Frizell (Missouri State University), Maggie Adler (Missouri State University ), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Amanda P. Laprime (University of Rochester Medical Center),
Abstract: The gender pay gap affects women, specifically women with families, that can influences their power in the workforce and is referred to as the “Motherhood Penalty” (Lips & Lawson, 2009).  The present study evaluated motherhood as a potential contextual variable that may influence risk aversion in women. A series of three experiments were implemented from within a probability discounting framework to isolate motherhood as a contextual variable. First, we presented college students who were not mothers with a series of three probability discounting measures where they were asked to choose between a certain amount of money and probabilistic amounts of money that were titrated in the task across hypothetical conditions where they had a child, a child with a chronic illness, or no child. Results revealed greater risk aversion in the child and child with chronic illness conditions. Next, we adjusted the task to more closely examine the ambiguous range where greater discounting was observed, and the same results were observed with the non-mother sample. Both studies represent an additive component analysis strategy. We then recruited a sample of mothers and presented the same discounting questionnaire under the condition that their lives were the same as present but without children, thus representing a subtractive component analytic strategy, where mothers were less risk averse in the hypothetical no-child condition. These results suggest that the constructed social pressures on mothers may operate as a contextual factor that influences risk taking with implications for mothers in the workforce.
 
62. Contributions of Behavior Systems Analysis to the Brazilian Woman’s House
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
VIRGÍNIA CORDEIRO AMORIM (Universidade Federal do Pará), Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Pará), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Brazilian Woman's House (BWH) is an organization in which specialized and multidisciplinary services are housed to provide integrated and humanized care to women in situations of violence. However, few cities have managed to implement and maintain a BWH unit. The objective of this work was to analyze the BWH strategy based on the concepts of Behavior Systems Analysis to check for discrepancies between the "prescribed BWH" and the "BWH ought to be" that guarantees its aggregate products and its financing by governments. To do so, we analyzed decrees, guidelines, and protocols referring to BWH regarding the first three levels of the Behavioral Systems Engineering Model. Among the results, the importance of BWH's relationship with the National Secretariat for Women's Policies was highlighted so that BWH services are under the control of a common set of external variables, facilitating assistance. The organization's Total Performance System pointed out that an additional product not outlined in the legislation, reports on BWH services, is essential for stakeholders to exercise social control over this public policy. The process level endorses the advantages of implementing BWH units. It is hoped that this study will support the analysis of actual BWHs and inform reformulations of this policy.
 
Diversity submission 64. Understanding BACB® Certificant’s LGBTQIA+ Knowledge
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Pepperdine University), Christopher M. Rosado (Pepperdine University), Lisa Marie Arellano (Pepperdine University)
Discussant: Amanda P. Laprime (University of Rochester Medical Center),
Abstract: Roughly 5.6% of the United States population identifies as LGBT. Previous data suggest this is a 4% increase from data reported in 2017 (Jones, 2021). More than half of LGBT adults (54.6%) identify as bisexual, roughly a quarter (24.5%) identify as gay, 11.7% identify as lesbian, 11.3% identify as as transgender, and 3.3% identify as a another non-heterosexual preference or term to describe their sexual orientation (e.g., such as queer or same-gender-loving; Jones, 2021). In another report by Movement in Advancement Project (2019)), individuals who identified as LGBT were more likely to have a disability than the general population. In the report which incluided more than 26,000 people identifying as transgender, 39% reported having a disability (Movement Advancement Project, 2019). In comparison, 27.2% of the general population reported having a disability. Similarly, roughly 15 to 35 percent of individuals with a diagnosis of autism who did not have an intellectual disability among autistic people who do not have intellectual disability identify as LGBTQIA (Pecora, Mesibov, Stokes, 2016). This information indicates there is a high likelihood that clients, behavior analytic certification board (BACB©) have a higher likelihood of having a disability and identifying as part of the LGBTIA population. It’s important for BACB® certificant to understand how sexual preference may impact services, as part of delivering a culturally sensitive program. For example, Pecora, Hancok, Mesibov, and Stokes (2020), found that females with autism reported engaging in sexual behaviors that were later regretted, unwanted, or receiving unwanted sexual advances. Women with autism were at increased risk of negative sexual experiences including victimization and abuse in comparison to men with autism. This is due to a difference between decreased sexual interest (in comparison to non autistic females), and increased sexual behaviors. Even individuals without a disability or diagnosis of autism, are also at increased risk for health conditions, which a BACB certificant could also address. For example, cardiovascular disease, heart disease, asthma, worse physical and mental health (Streed, Hedian, Bertram, & Sission, 2019). Increased provider knowledge and competence may be one way to reduce healthcare disparities for minorities. Therefore, it’s important to assess BACB certificant’s competence and knowledge with the LGBTQIA+ population.
 
 
 
Poster Session #285
OBM Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
66. Considerations for Adapting Behavior-Based Safety Protocols to Construction
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
LUCA GIANI (BEHAVIOR FACTORY), Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida), Gianluca Aldo Ghezzi (BEHAVIOR FACTORY), Davide Mazzola (BEHAVIOR FACTORY)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
Abstract: Behavior-Based Safety (BBS) is a protocol that apply principles of behavioral science to industrial safety, in order to decrease injuries and establish a safety culture among employees at all levels. This is possible thanks to the systematic measurement and differential reinforcement of both workers motor behaviors (e.g. wearing PPE, complying with safety procedures, etc.) and verbal behaviors (e.g. statements about safety during meetings). Usually adopted by manufacturing plants with great results, it is commonly implemented also in big construction sites, where some specific changes are needed to address peculiar issues context-related. Our aim is to compare implementations across these two settings, highlighting differences and similarities useful to make the best of BBS in construction sites.
 
68. An Evaluation of Caregiver Preference for Graphic Depiction of Data
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE TOUPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brittney Workman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melanie Elaine Parks (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
Abstract: During applied behavior analytic (ABA) services, caregivers are often provided feedback about their child’s progress. Graphic feedback may commonly be used, but there is minimal research on what characteristics make feedback more effective, or what consumers prefer (Sigurdsson & Ring, 2013; Hardesty et al., 2019). The current study extends research by Hardesty et al. 2019 to determine if caregivers have a preference for how assessment and treatment results are displayed graphically. Participants included caregivers from inpatient (IP) and outpatient (OP) settings, whose children received ABA services within the same organization. Caregivers were presented with three sets of graphs followed by a questionnaire to assess preference and comprehension. Graphs included bar and line time series, average bar, and colored and monochromatic. Caregivers could also indicate a preference to not view graphs. All respondents indicated they wanted to be shown data graphically. Most caregivers also reported that providers regularly shared data graphically (70% of families were previously shown graphs within the organization and 75% outside the organization). On average, 54% of IP and OP caregivers selected line over bar graphs, and 77% preferred colored over monochromatic graphs. Implications for behavior analysts and best practices for sharing data with caregivers will be discussed.
 
70. Examining the Utility of a Teacher Self-Completed Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC – HS) to Improve Classroom Management in an Educational Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARIAH JACKLYNN WESTERN (Capella University)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
Abstract: Strong classroom management can decrease disruptions and increase student engagement. Developing classroom management can be a difficult process. A multiple baseline across participant design was employed to evaluate the utility of a teacher, self-completed Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC – HS) in identifying a function-based intervention to improve the use of a classroom management strategy. Three general education teachers were recruited from a large public charter school network in Arizona. Each of the three teachers selected one classroom management strategy from a list of three to improve. A teacher self-completed PDC – HS was used to identify the variables maintaining each teacher’s current use of the selected strategy. Based on the identified variables, a function-based intervention was selected and implemented for each teacher. The intervention was effective in increasing all participating teachers’ rate of use of their selected classroom management strategy. The increase was maintained during maintenance. The teachers’ self-completed PDC – HS was also compared to a PDC – HS completed by their supervisor (an administrator or instructional coach). The comparison revealed high overall agreement but varied agreement across individual domains. Overall, the study demonstrates the utility of a self-completed PDC – HS in changing complex, multistep performance targets like classroom management strategies.
 
 
 
Poster Session #286
CBM Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
72. An Applied Behavioral Medicine Approach to Marital Behavior Change: Skip the Whining and Arguing and Focus Directly on Changing Behaviors
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The habitual behaviors of spouses toward each other are arguably the most fundamental units of behavior within a marriage, and present the most readily observed and potentially most readily addressed foci for making improvements, including sometimes the so called "private behaviors" of attitudes, opinions, feelings, and the like. Most marriage counseling and therapy however currently uses a cognitive behavioral model, which is invariably far too heavily weighted on the "cognitive" often difficult to understand aspects, and far too light on specifically addressing the behaviors. Changing behavior can often be the most efficient, and effective, way to change attitudes and opinions (it is much easier to feel warmly toward a spouse who hasnt tracked mud over a freshly cleaned floor, over spent the checking account, or made lewd comments to one's boss or in-laws). This paper highlights components of a behaviorally based approach to effecting desired marital behavior change, including identification of desired behaviors, and use of behaviorally sound techniques to develop them into maintained and appropriately generalized habits. The topic and teaching can be helpful for conference attendees applying such behavior change professionally in their practices, as well as within the confines of their own marriages.
 
74. Evaluating Renewal of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior Between Feeders During Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KARLIE PETERSEN (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Renewal of problem behavior is defined as the reemergence of a previously eliminated behavior following a context change (Muething et al., 2020). Haney et al. (2021) and Ibañez et al. (2019) found that renewal of problem behavior during mealtimes (i.e., inappropriate mealtime behavior) occurs during intervention for children with feeding disorders following multiple changes in the feeding context. The current study aims to extend these findings by isolating one common and necessary context change, the change from a therapist to a caregiver feeder, during intervention for children diagnosed with avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder. The current study includes an ABC design, where the child’s caregiver serves as feeder in a function-based baseline, a trained therapist implements function-based treatment (e.g., escape extinction), and the caregiver implements function-based treatment after receiving behavioral skills training from a trained therapist. The findings from the study could better prepare practitioners and families to anticipate renewal of problem behavior during a feeder context change and reinforce the need for well-established stimulus control transfer and fading procedures during feeder training.
 
78. A Long-Term Group Psychoeducation Therapeutic Program for Parents of Children with Autism: Benefits to the Family as a System.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EVA KOLLIA (National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Athens-Greece), Erifylli Tsirempolou (National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece), Angeliki Gena (National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Parents of children with Autism experience unique stressors that derive from their child’s deficits and from the lack of appropriate therapeutic interventions.To investigate the efficacy of a long-term group psychoeducational intervention in alleviating the stress of parents of children with Autism. In the psychoeducational group-therapeutic intervention four couples of parents of children with Autism participated. The intervention had a psychoeducational component pertaining to Autism Spectrum Disorder, social stigma and self-stigmatization, and a therapeutic component that aimed to improve the communication and problem-solving skills of the participants. Three self-reported questionnaires were used: Family Assessment Device, Family Rituals Scale and Family Burden Scale. All parents reported improvement in the three areas of the psychoeducational intervention, yet, the communication and problem-solving intervention was not completed due to the drop out of half of the participants. Despite early termination of the intervention, parental improvements were noted in all the three self-reported questionnaires.
 
80. Caregiving Stressors and Behavioral Changes in Children with Autism during COVID-19
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DARKO CABO (Georgia State University), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Peyton Groff (Georgia Neurobehavioral Associates), Alec M Bernstein (Emory University School of Medicine and Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic impacted most individuals, but the negative impact is especially exacerbated for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, clinicians who serve children with ASD are faced with difficult decisions regarding the necessity to weigh COVID-19 exposure risk with the need to continue services for this at-risk population. Models for decision-making regarding altering treatment services for individuals with ASD during COVID-19 have been published, with a focus on assessing the individual needs of each client or family to guide decision-making. However, few tools have been disseminated to guide clinicians in how to assess this need. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a Behavioral Health Needs Assessment, designed by experts in the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior in individuals with ASD. The questionnaire was administered to caregivers of clients seeking clinical services. Results suggested that a large percentage of caregivers reported changes in behavior and worsening caregiving issues during COVID-19. We discuss results in terms of specific caregiving issues identified as problematic by our sample and how the measure might guide the selection of evidence-based strategies matched to these specific issues during treatment development.

 
 
 
Poster Session #287
DEV Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (St. Lawrence College)
82. Descriptive Assessment of Play Development in Infants at Risk for Autism
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CARLEY SMITH (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida)
Discussant: Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (St. Lawrence College)
Abstract: Play skills are an integral component in the development of social skills, communication, and emotional interactions in young children. Children with neurodevelopmental disabilities engage in less toy play than their neurotypical peers, and therefore, are at risk for additional deficits in these pivotal areas. Early research suggests deficits in play skills in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) can be observed in infancy (9 to 12 months). This is advantageous as delays in play skills could be used as another indicator of infants at risk for ASD. Aside from pretend play, there is limited research on earlier forms of play styles in behavior analysis. Through a review of the developmental literature, operational definitions of play types are inconsistent and are neither measurable nor observable. This may affect the validity of developmental norms collected for each play type, which inhibits early identification of delays. The aim of this study was to conduct a descriptive assessment of an infant’s play skills from 7 to 15 months. Play skills coded included undifferentiated, stereotypical, relational, symbolic, and functional play. This study aims to identify the most valuable measures of play indicative of developmental delays for infants at risk for autism.
 
84. The Effects of Sensory Integration Therapy and Exercise on Stereotypy in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH WALKER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Robin Nuzzolo (Fred S Keller School, NY)
Discussant: Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (St. Lawrence College)
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit a range of non-functional motor movements or vocalizations referred to as stereotypy. These behaviors restrict quality of life as they tend to interfere with attentional engagement, socialization, and educational instruction. Sensory integration (SI) therapy is often prescribed as an occupational therapy (OT) treatment for stereotypy despite limited evidence to support these treatments. SI treatment attempts to address atypical sensory processing by providing stimulation to different sensory modalities (i.e., rocking chair or dizzy disc). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects OT with SI therapy and non-contingent exercise during recess on the reduction of stereotypical behaviors in three preschoolers with ASD. Researchers evaluated the effects of the treatments using an alternating treatments design embedded in a reversal design. While exercise effectively reduced stereotypy, the SI condition produced rates of stereotypy that were comparable to baseline. These results do not support SI therapy as an effective treatment for stereotypy.
 
86. Parental Practices linked to Antisocial Behavior Regarding the Children Age Group
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SILVIA MORALES-CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (St. Lawrence College)
Abstract: Antisocial behavior refers to a wide range of behavioral manifestations. Regarding its development, certain forms of antisocial behavior are more likely to present in different stages of development. Coercive practices in parents such as punishment and inconsistency are strong predictors of child disruptive behavior. The main purpose of this study is to evaluate the practices used by parents that predict the level of antisocial behavior in preschool and school children and adolescents. Participants were 1175 parents of three age groups children: 3 to 5-year-old (525 parents), 7 to 9-year-old (286 parents), and 13 to 15 -year-old (364 parents). The sample was recruited from social media. Parents answered two questionnaires about their children's behavior and their practices. Structural equation modeling was conducted showing that the main predictor of aggressive behavior in all three groups was the oppositional behavior. On the other hand, the use of punishment was the main predictor of oppositional behavior for preschool children and adolescents, meanwhile, the inconsistent practices were the main predictor of oppositional behavior in school children.
 
 
 
Poster Session #288
VRB Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Diversity submission 88. Relational Density Theory and the Self-Organization of Racial Prejudice
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
BRITTANY A SELLERS (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ashley Payne (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Fewer than 50 articles relating to racial discrimination research have been published in major behavior analytic journals in the last 20 years. Relational Density Theory (RDT; Belisle & Dixon, 2020) provides an extension on Relational Frame Theory (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001) that could allow for an analysis of complex relational patterns that could influence racial discrimination. We obtained sample stimuli from four studies utilizing implicit bias assessment tools (IRAP and IAT) and developed a multidimensional scaling procedure to evaluate the interrelations of 30 stimuli. The stimuli included images of Black men and women, white men and women, people with firearms, positive affective terms, and negative affective terms. A geospatial analysis of the relational frames showed the formation of distinct classes along the dimensions of race. Whereas both groups were viewed as equally positive and negative, Black images were viewed as more dangerous whereas negative affective statements associated with character flaws occured with white images. Moreover, relations associated with "freedom" revealed stronger relations with white images. These results provide a first demonstration of large and complex relational networks that could influence racist beliefs and prejudice against the Black community.
 
Diversity submission 90. The Effects of Contingent Motherese Speech and Vocal Imitations on the Vocalizations of Typically Developing Infants and an Infant At-Risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Comparison of Research
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Rebeca Pelaez (Florida International University), Elisa Lage (Florida International University)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Caregivers interact with their young infants using infant directed speech (otherwise known as motherese speech) and vocal imitations. Motherese resembles “baby” talk which uses words and sentences in high-pitched tones, a songlike rhythm and inflections on verbs and nouns. This contingent vocal stimulation often makes a key difference in young infant’s vocalization rates as demonstrated in previous research (Pelaez et.al, 2011a, Pelaez et. al, 2018; Poulson, 1983). Our aim is to compare the findings of two studies that used contingent reinforcements of motherese speech and vocal imitation on the frequency of vocalizations of infants who are typically developing and one infant identified at-risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first study (a single-subject design) explored the use of contingent and non-contingent bilingual motherese provided to a 6-month-old infant using a withdrawal design A-B-C-D-E. The second study explored the effects of motherese and vocal imitations on the frequency of infant vocalizations of a typically developing 8-month-old infant and a 12-month-old infant at-risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Reinforcement conditions for each infant were provided by their two caregivers (mother and father) using an alternating treatment design A-B-C-B-C. Results from both studies replicated previous findings that contingent motherese can increase the frequency of infant vocalizations. In addition, results from study 1 suggest that the use of contingent motherese provided in the home language of the infant (in this case Spanish) produced slightly more vocalizations on average. Furthermore, study 2 found that both contingent vocal imitations and motherese increased vocalizations well above the baseline for both infants regardless of developmental trajectory and caregiver providing the reinforcement conditions, with vocal imitations producing slightly higher average vocalizations.

 
92. What’s in a Name? Naming, Echoic Behavior, and Conditioned Sensory Responses
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Madison Kate Stelly (Behavioral Intervention Group)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Over the last 25 years, dozens of studies on the Naming capability have advanced the theory proposed by Horne and Lowe. While there is much agreement on the significance of Naming, our field continues to unpeel the layers of the onion regarding what Naming is, how it can change behaviors, and what establishes it. Various lines of research have demonstrated the role of multiple exemplar instruction in the establishment of naming as well as the role of the echoic as the source of reinforcement for naming. The current study attempts to further our understanding of the relationship between echoic behavior during the establishment of the naming capability as well as beginning to look at the role of conditioned sensory responses, in particular, conditioned or operant seeing, during the establishment process. Implications and further research will be discussed.

 
94. Matched vs. Unmatched Mands Within the Negative Reinforcement Paradigm: An Analysis of Motivating Operations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA E. CARR (The University of Arizona), Andrew W. Gardner (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

We conducted a brief assessment within a multielement design to identify motivating operations (MOs) that increased or decreased the value of negative reinforcement for children with a history of challenging behavior when presented with tasks or demands. For two of the three participants, we identified specific MOs that increased the value of negative reinforcement in the form of escape from nonpreferred tasks. The results demonstrated that the demands themselves were not aversive; rather particular dimensions of the demand (e.g., difficulty, amount). The third participant engaged in challenging behavior regardless of the MOs present, suggesting that the demands were aversive. Based on the results of the assessment of MOs, each participant was provided an individualized and matched mand to use that abolished the value of negative reinforcement. The mands were provided on picture cards and the contingencies of reinforcement were explained to the participants. Within a multi-element design, we then assessed the reinforcers associated with the mand to show their relation to challenging behavior. The individualized mands had the same abolishing effect across all participants, demonstrating that the assessment had identified functionally relevant MOs for each participant. Additionally, increases were observed across task engagement, task completion, and accuracy for all participants when matched mands were utilized.

 
 
 
Poster Session #289
DDA Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University )
Diversity submission 96. Demographic and Environmental Variables Reported In Functional Communication Training Evaluations Between 2011-2021
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH MICAELA NARVAEZ (Salve Regina University), Kaitlynn Jackson (Salve Regina University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a popular, well-established behavior-analytic treatment that increases communicative responses and decreases problem behavior. However, the extent to which FCT has been evaluated across diverse participants is currently unknown. Demographic variables are underreported in behavior-analytic literature (Jones et al., 2020). Underreporting of demographic variables may be especially problematic in the context of treatments supporting the development of verbal behavior because language and cultural variables may be likely to influence treatment outcomes (Brodhead et al., 2014). Previous reviews of the FCT literature have reported limited participant demographic variables (Tiger et al, 2008). Thus, the purpose of this systematic literature review was to extend previous research by assessing reported demographic variables, environmental variables (e.g., setting and implementer), and the effectiveness of FCT in recent FCT research. Consistent with previous research on reporting demographic variables, the extent to which FCT was implemented with diverse participants is unclear.
 
Diversity submission 98. Disability provider perspectives on sexuality: Evaluating the attitudes of behavior analysts and educators regarding the sexuality of neurodivergent individuals
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CLAIRE HOLMES (University of Illinois Chicago), Jessica M. Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: The attitudes, biases, and perspectives of service providers who serve individuals diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disabilities can influence how they interact with those individuals. Specifically, the views of behavior analysts and educators regarding the sexuality of neurodivergent individuals may impact whether they teach the learner about sexuality and sexual health and how they respond to sexual behavior emitted by the learner. In the current study, behavior analysts and elementary school educators completed the Attitudes to Sexuality Questionnaire (Individuals with an Intellectual Disability: ASQ-ID). After completing the ASQ-ID, behavior analysts responded to a series of questions regarding their competency to provide services to neurodivergent individuals who engage in sexual behavior. Likewise, educators responded to questions about their views of providing accessible and inclusive sexuality education to neurodivergent students. Preliminary evidence suggests that respondents generally hold positive attitudes towards sexuality in neurodivergent individuals (M = 183, range, 124-204) and a significant positive correlation between behavior analysts' competency to provide services addressing sexual behaviors emitted by neurodivergent individuals and attitudes towards sexuality in neurodiverse individuals (r = 0.49, p = < .0001). Implications include addressing the intersection of the beliefs of disability providers and how those beliefs influence the services they may provide to neurodivergent individuals.
 
100. Component Analysis of Behavior Management Used Within Parent-Child Interaction Therapy to Facilitate Verbalizations by Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN BARNES (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract:

We examined the effects on child verbalizations of procedures recommended for interventions using Parent Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) protocols. The effects of the procedures of Child Directed Interactions (CDI) were examined within a multiple baseline across participants design. Two seven-year old participants with developmental disabilities and language delay experienced a baseline condition with two experimental conditions during a free play environment. A range of child toys were rotated systematically throughout the study. The total number of therapist-child interactions remained consistent across all experimental conditions. The experimenter received bug in the ear feedback about her use of the therapy components in order to maintain similar interaction frequencies across the study. Only the topography of the interactions varied across conditions. During the first experimental condition the therapist used descriptive-labeled praise, behavior descriptions, and motor imitation of appropriate play. During the second experimental condition the therapist systematically added the use of verbal reflections of child vocalizations. Within the multiple baseline design, total verbalizations, total different verbalizations, and mean length of utterance increased following the introduction of the first intervention condition. The additive effect of reflections of verbal content was examined subsequently.

 
102. A literature review on Tolerance for Delay (TFD)
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
VANDYCK ADADE-YEBOAH (Tennessee Technological University), James J. Fox (East Tennessee State University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: This poster presents the preliminary results of an ongoing review of the research literature regarding a behavior intervention procedure, Tolerance for Delay (TFD) or Signaled Delay. TFD is a procedure in which a participant is systematically taught to delay access to a reinforcer once they have engaged in a certain level of targeted behavior. In effect it is a method of increasing a person’s ability to sustain positive behavior under more naturalistic reinforcement conditions. Applied research studies are identified through ERIC and PsychInfo searches as well as ancestral searches. We are reviewing the extant research base in terms of a number of variables – e.g. participants’ ages, disabilities, research settings, target behaviors, measurement and reliability procedures, intervention agents, treatment integrity, social validity, research design and results. Future research needs will be identified.
 
104. Use of Protective Equipment in Behavior Analysis, a Literature Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR RAAYMAKERS (University of South Florida), Paige Talhelm (University of Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Protective Equipment (PE) such as helmets and arm guards are used regularly by behavior analytic service providers yet infrequently assessed as intervention tools. There are various effects of and reasons for the use of PE. PE may be required to ensure the safety of clients and therapist and lead to decreases in problem behavior via extinction or punishment (with contingent applications). PE may simply block or not allow a response to occur which may make PE difficult to withdraw from interventions. PE may inhibit performing other behavior (e.g., gloves may impact writing or washing hands). PE may also contribute to unintended adverse effects such as the emergence of novel forms of maladaptive behavior, maintenance cost, and therapist and client acceptability. The current review aims to identify how protective equipment has been previously assessed with special attention to both positive and adverse consequences.
 
106. A Quality of Evidence Review on Teaching Mathematical Word Problem Solving for Students with Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
SUNGWOO KANG (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: The purpose of this review is to identify the evidence base intervention to improve mathematical word problem-solving outcomes for students with developmental disabilities in K–12 settings. We analyzed the quality of methodological rigor of five group research design studies and 33 single-case design (SCD) research studies using criteria suggested by the Council for Exceptional Children’s quality indicators (QIs) and standards. This review indicates that six practices met the CEC criteria, including task analysis, a system of least prompts, graphic organizers, explicit instruction, schema-based instruction, and technology-assisted instruction. Implications and directions for research and practice are addressed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #290
AUT Sunday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Penelope Wells Schenkkan (Kadiant, LLC)
112. Preference for Social Stimuli: A Comparison of Stimulus Modes Used in Preference Assessments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON WILSON (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio), Geninna Ferrer (University of Texas San Antonio), Rebecca Salinas (University of Texas San Antonio)
Discussant: Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Social stimuli are some of the most commonly used reinforcers in clinical programming (Graff & Karsten, 2012). Previous research shows that preference for social stimuli can be identified using variations of a paired stimulus preference assessment (PSPA; Fisher et al., 1992), including assessments conducted with video stimuli (Wolfe et al., 2018), pictures of the actual social stimuli (Kelly et al., 2014), and pictures of arbitrary shapes that correspond to the social stimuli (Morris & Vollmer, 2019). To date, no study has evaluated the correspondence in the preference hierarchy for social stimuli identified using these three stimulus modes. Therefore, the purposes of this study were to assess 1) the correspondence in preference hierarchy identified via PSPAs conducted using these three stimulus modes, 2) whether preference corresponds to reinforcing properties, and 3) whether preference is stable over repeated administration of the preference assessment (i.e., within 1 month). Two participants with ASD were included in this study. Current results demonstrate low correspondence in preference hierarchy across stimulus modes; however, preference did correspond to reinforcing properties. Additionally, although preference was somewhat stable over time, the stimulus mode associated with the most stable preference differed across participants.
 
Diversity submission 114. Online ABA Training in Mexico: A Pilot Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Teresa Contreras Gamboa (Universdiad Veracruzana; Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Conocimiento y Aprendizaje Humano (CEICAH)), Gabriela Mendez de la Cruz (Universdiad Veracruzana; Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Conocimiento y Aprendizaje Humano (CEICAH))
Discussant: Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Mexico is one of the largest countries in Latin America. Over the years, social sector reform has dramatically impacted the redesign of health programs and education. Still, challenges related to fragmentation and administrative troubles have resulted in a lack of medical and educational services for many, particularly for families of children who have autism or those suspected of having autism. Extant research demonstrates that early intervention programs and research-based practices significantly improve outcomes in children with ASD. Unfortunately, most materials distributed for dissemination in Mexico are predominantly intended for English-speaking populations, and Spanish resources are not being culturally modified and responsive to Latin American culture. The current study uses the Repeated Acquisition Design (RAD) to measure the effectiveness of delivering a 5-week program focusing on introducing behavior analytic interventions and providing culturally adapted materials for caregivers and professionals supporting children with ASD. Results showed significant improvement in participants’ knowledge of behavior analytic principles, autism characteristics, and implementation of supports in the home or school environment. Recommendations for the development and delivery of culturally responsive materials are provided.

 
116. A Meta-Analysis of Functional Communication Training for Young Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Challenging Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Eun-Young Park (Jeonju University), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), MADELINE ROSE RISSE (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: This meta-analysis synthesized 33 published single case design studies on functional communication training (FCT) for young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The analysis included 63 children with ASD ages 2 to 8, with varying communication modes. Results indicated that most studies were conducted in home or clinical settings. Low reporting rates were found in preference assessment, treatment fidelity, social validity, and maintenance and generalization effects. Overall, the magnitude of FCT effects was large, but the omnibus effect sizes varied depending on moderators. FCT was more effective when implemented at school than when implemented at home. Results indicated assessing treatment fidelity could increase the magnitude of the FCT effect. This study provides further evidence on the positive outcomes of FCT for young children with ASD. More studies with methodological quality are needed to further examine moderating variables associated with better outcomes of the FCT intervention for young children with ASD.
 
118. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Delay/Denial Tolerance Training Implementation and Generalization to a Parent and In-Home Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELTI OWENS (Acorn Health), Bailey D Chapman (Acorn Health)
Discussant: Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: A practical functional analysis (PFA) was used to determine the establishing operations and reinforcers for severe problem behavior. Delayed/Denial Tolerance Training was successfully used to decrease severe problem behaviors. This was used with a 7-year old boy who has ASD and ADHD 7.5 hours a week of center-based services. This was effective at decreasing severe problem behavior without experiencing extinction bursts and increasing his tolerance to nonpreferred activities and being told ‘No’. Results were generalized to other technicians, the in-home setting, and to his parent
 
120. Tools for Advocacy, Acceptance, and Access
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TIFFANY KRISTIN MRLA (Learning & Behavior Solutions, LLC; SageWay Behavioral Health, Arkansas Association for Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Our work in service to individuals with autism, their families, caregivers, educators, therapists, and healthcare providers, has experienced significant growth and success thanks to those who pioneered the science, as well as those who pioneered the legislative and regulatory efforts to ensure services are available to all. As far as we have come, with insurance mandates in all fifty states, a majority of states in compliance with CMS requirements, and licensure laws being implemented in over 32 states to date, we still have work to do to ensure high quality services remain accessible, to increase acceptance and understanding, as well as to ensure the delivery of services remains viable. Our professional organizations continue to provide us with the necessary efforts to ensure our work continues to move forward. Nonetheless, it can be overwhelming, whether as an individual within a service organization or state professional organization, to try to begin to address these things without the right tools and teams. Resources, sample policy recommendations, and general tips will be provided for those interested in pursuing advocacy efforts in your area, developing opportunities for collaboration and collegial relationships with our peers to ensure advocacy efforts for access and acceptance are attainable.

 
122. Barriers to Receiving Applied Behavior Analysis Services in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY LITTMAN (University of Central Florida College of Medicine), Leslie Gavin (Nemours Children's Hospital), Andrew Broda (University of Central Florida College of Medicine), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital), Lisa Spector (Nemours Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Abstract:

Introduction: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the current gold standard for treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), yet barriers for treatment are not well understood. Methods: Patients were identified from four children’s hospitals in Florida, Delaware, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania during 2021. Patients ages 1-8 with a diagnosis of ASD were included. ASD diagnosis <6 months were excluded. Caregivers were voluntarily surveyed on demographics, parental assertiveness, treatment perceptions/knowledge. Data analysis was performed on patients who received and never received ABA services. Results: 444 surveys were completed. Median ASD diagnosis was 3-5 years ago. A majority of patients from Florida, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey received ABA services(>67%) compared to Delaware(45%) (p<.001). Caregivers with children who received ABA services were more likely to know how to find the right services(2.06[1.38-3.08]p<.001), know what to do when not getting the right services(1.98[1.33-2.95]p=.001), comfortable finding services through phone(2.04[1.25-3.34]p=.004), email(1.81[1.05-3.14]p=.034) and social media(1.72[1.16-2.56]p=.007). Caregivers believe the earlier a child gets treatment for ASD the more progress they will make(3.07[1.61-5.86]p=.001), and with proper treatment, behavior(2.24[1.36-3.69]p=.001) and development(1.70[1.01-2.83]p=.044) will improve(OR[95% CI]p-value). Conclusion: Barriers to accessing ABA services is a multifactorial issue. Demographics, parental assertiveness, treatment perceptions, and knowledge contribute to children with ASD not receiving ABA services.

 
Diversity submission 126. Relational Density Theory: Teaching Adolescents Flexible Relations Around Gender Expression using the PEAK Relational Training System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN ROSE HUTCHISON (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Jessica M. Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Abstract: Dense and rigid relational networks surrounding gender in adulthood can have profound effects on those that meet certain gendered stereotypes and previous research has shown that children too, have perceptions of gender discrimination (Brown & Bigler, 2004). In this study, appropriate use of gendered pronouns were taught to two neurotypical and two autistic adolescents using the PEAK Relational Training System. A multiple probe design across participants was used with a pre- and post-test measure of a multidimensional scaling (MDS) procedure. PEAK program T-9B COR: Pronouns in a Story was adapted to include images of individuals with various gender expressions and identities. Results showed that the participant was not able to correctly identify images during baseline, however once training was implemented the participant was able to respond using appropriate pronouns and expression labels as well as derive the correct pronoun given an image. The MDS results showed that the participants changed how they related to the stimuli following training. This study has implications for teaching diversity in a clinical setting as well as the MDS procedure as a measure of generalization and finally, demonstrates the flexibility that is incorporated within the PEAK curriculum.
 
128. Using Behavioral Skills Training with Self-Monitoring to Increase Conversation Skills in Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA DEZAYAS (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Abstract: One of the major skill deficits found in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is limited social communication skills. Behavior skills training (BST) and self-monitoring have been shown to be effective in improving the social communication skills for this population. However, there is limited information on whether adolescents with autism spectrum disorder in the school setting can benefit from these interventions. To address the gap in the literature, the current study aimed to further evaluate the use of behavioral skills training and self-monitoring to address conversation skills of adolescents with autism spectrum disorder in the school setting. Three students with autism spectrum disorder in grades 9-12, who were served at a private high school, participated in the study. A concurrent multiple baseline design across participants with an ABC sequence was used to evaluate the intervention outcomes. Data collection is currently ongoing. It is expected that the implementation of behavioral skills training with self-monitoring is effective in improving conversation skills of the adolescents with autism spectrum disorder, and their conversation skills will generalize to a novel environment with novel peers and adults, and will maintain with self-monitoring only, even when self-monitoring was faded out and after the intervention ended.
 
130. Functional Assessment and Treatment of a Self-Injurious Behaivor in an Adolescent With Severe Autism in Italian Public Healthcare System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GUIDO D'ANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Niccolò USL Varrucciu (Public Local Health, Bologna), Anna Di Santantonio (Health and Disability Integrated Program, Mental Health Dept., Public Local Health Unit, Bologna, Italy), Ingrid Bonsi (Cadiai Cooperativa Sociale), Giulia Papa (Cadiai Cooperativa Sociale), Sara Del Grosso (Cadiai Cooperativa Sociale), Valentina Agnello (Libertas Cooperativa sociale, Pedrosa (Bo), Italy), Rita Di Sarro (Disability and Health Integrated Program, Local Health Unit, Bologna )
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Abstract:

Almost 40 years of functional assessment methodology had proven the effectiveness of the model in identifying the function of the behaviors and implement an intervention coherent with the function. The current study addressed the effectiveness of an outpatient treatment for adolescents with Self-Injurious Behaviors (SIBs), in the context of the Italian public healthcare system. A latency-based functional analysis and function based treatment were carried out for an adolescent with severe autism and intellectual disability, displaying SIBs (head hitting and arm biting). The results of the assessment highlighted tangible and attention as main functions. A Functional Communication Training (FCT) was implemented for each function in one weekly sessions of about 90 minutes, involving parents as therapists since an early stage. Socially significant results were reported in terms of a decrease of SIBs, and increase of alternative responses higher than 80% with respect to the baseline level. Generalization to different settings (home, school, day care center) was achieved through Telehealth sessions. Parents stated that intervention was socially significant and anecdotally reported a reduction of the duration the participants was wearing self-protection equipment. This case study highlights the possibility to provide effective treatments for severe SIBs in public health services. Specific adaptation of functional assessment and treatment in public healthcare system are discussed.

 
132. Teaching Fluent Pre-Handwriting Skills to a Five-Year Old Girl with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Elizabeth M. Sansing (University of North Texas), GABRIEL LUKE ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Abstract: Handwriting is a foundational academic and life skill that is taught in early school years. However, some studies report that individuals with autism spectrum disorder have handwriting difficulties that require individualized instruction. Handwriting is a complex behavior comprised of several prerequisite skills, including correct pencil grasp. Unfortunately, there is limited empirical research to inform interventions for establishing correct pencil grasp, particularly with individuals with autism. In this evaluation, we measured the effects of a telehealth-based caregiver-delivered intervention on teaching fluent (quick and accurate) pre-handwriting skills to a 5-year-old female with autism. We developed a 12-step task analysis to teach the participant to form and write with a dynamic tripod grasp, the developmentally-appropriate grasp. Each step was taught to mastery using least-to-most prompting and fluency training. As a result of the intervention, the participant demonstrated fluent tracing of vertical, horizontal, and diagonal lines while maintaining a correct pencil grasp. Results generalized to accurate tracing of all capital straight-lined letters of the alphabet and to some letters that include curved lines. Limitations and future directions are discussed.
 
134. Teaching Overlapping Domestic and Vocational Skills Remotely Using Components of the LIFE Curriculum
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAGGIE ADLER (Missouri State University), Raymond burke (Apex Regional Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Emergent Learning Center)
Discussant: Penelope Wells Schenkkan (Kadiant, LLC)
Abstract: COVID-19 provided an opportunity to develop technologies that could be used for remote instruction with opportunities for vocational training within and beyond the pandemic. With the use of remote instruction, training can occur in home or in vocational job placements. The LIFE Skills Emergence System (Dixon, 2021) provides an assessment of domestic and vocational skills that can improve independence and quality of life for individuals with disabilities. In a series of two studies, we evaluated a series of programs from the LIFE curriculum with adolescents and young adults with autism using a remote training format. The first series of studies evaluated the training of vocational cleaning skills in a multiple baseline across skills design. The second study replicated the first with a series of leisure and health skills with a new set of participants. Results of both studies demonstrate that remote instruction can efficaciously establish the skills in locations where performance of the skills is likely to take place, moving behavioral instruction into the future with the use of technology in applied settings. Moreover, the procedures illustrate the potential flexibility of the LIFE curriculum.
 
136. Reduction of Pica in Children with Autism across Settings Using Response Interruption and Redirection
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALISON REGAN (CCSN Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Penelope Wells Schenkkan (Kadiant, LLC)
Abstract: Pica is a dangerous behavior that can result in serious injury and can potentially be lethal. Research is unclear on the etiology of pica, yet evidence suggests high rates of co-morbidity of pica and autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Behavior interventions have demonstrated effectiveness in reducing instances of pica behavior. Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) to an alternative/replacement behavior is perspective intervention demonstrating effectiveness in reducing other self-injurious behaviors, similar to pica (e.g., head banging). Research is limited in the generalization of these skills across environments. In these 2 case studies, two children with ASD who engaged in pica, frequently, were taught replacement behaviors (i.e., reaching for a match-stimuli such as pretzels when pica stimuli were in the environment). Researchers examined multiple components of a treatment package necessary to reduce pica behavior, including analysis of preferred pica stimuli, matched-stimuli preference assessments, functional behavioral assessment, the Home Accident Prevention Intervention (HAPI), teaching to access a matched-stimuli upon observing pica stimuli, and consequence strategies including response blocking. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data are being collected for 30% of all sessions and is calculated using interval by interval method.
 
138. Assessment and Treatment of an Idiosyncratic Function of Challenging Behavior: Escape to Context Change
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN LAYMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Southern Mississippi), Nathan Allen Preston Cech (University of Nebraska-Medical Center), Ashley Bell (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe-Meyer Institute), Sarah Elizabeth Martinez Rowe (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Penelope Wells Schenkkan (Kadiant, LLC)
Abstract: The current study aimed to assess effects of an idiosyncratic function of challenging behavior, escape to context change condition (i.e., therapist attention, snack, therapist attention+ new toys, or alone), via a functional analysis (FA) with a subsequent treatment evaluation. A review by Schichenmeyer et al. (2013) notes that a clear function was identified in just 47% of initial FAs and increased to 87% when two or more modified FAs were implemented. The participant in the current study was an 8-year-old female diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder who was referred for aggression, disruption, and self-injurious behaviors. The therapists found that an initial, standard functional analysis (i.e., with attention, escape, tangible, and toy play/control conditions), was undifferentiated. Therapists then completed a pairwise FA which identified an escape to context change function. In the subsequent treatment, the therapists taught the participant to complete a chained sequence in which she first requested a break which resulted in the presentation of a choice between Functional Communication Response (FCR) for the specific contexts identified during the FA. A treatment evaluation was conducted using a reversal design and a 100% reduction in target problem behaviors and 100% independent engagement in the functional communication responses was observed.
 
140. Analysis and Treatment of Self-Injury with a Student Protected by Multiple Forms of Equipment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AUSTIN E HUGHES (The May Institute), Emily Sullivan (Western New England University; May Institute), Robin K. Landa (May Institute)
Discussant: Penelope Wells Schenkkan (Kadiant, LLC)
Abstract: The Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills-Based Treatment (SBT) process has been successfully implemented in a variety of clinic, school, and home settings. However, there have been no studies showing these processes being used with individuals who engage in severe self-injurious behavior (SIB) necessitating continuous, noncontingent use of multiple types of protective equipment. The aim of the present study was to safely functionally analyze and treat SIB for one participant who wore a helmet and arm limiters. A multifactorial analysis was first conducted in which the presence of preferred items and availability of protective equipment was manipulated. Results suggested that inadvertent establishing operations may have been present during the analysis resulting in persistence of problem behavior. Next, a PFA was conducted which showed that SIB was sensitive to a synthesis of social consequences involving escape from demands to access preferred items, protective equipment, and presumably automatic reinforcement. These results informed the development of a SBT designed to decrease rates of SIB and fade the use of protective equipment by teaching functionally related replacement skills.
 
142. An Evaluation of Caregiver Treatment Fidelity during Implementation of a Multi-Component Feeding Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JUSTIN TYLER HALL (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Penelope Wells Schenkkan (Kadiant, LLC)
Abstract: Following the identification of an effective intervention, clinicians train caregivers to implement the intervention so they can continue treatment at home. As interventions often include multiple components, training caregivers to implement a number of components successfully can be difficult, but its importance cannot be minimized. This study sought to evaluate caregiver fidelity with implementation of specific components common to mealtime protocols, for caregivers in an intensive program focused on the assessment and treatment of food refusal and selectivity. Child performance during caregiver-fed meals was also monitored to identify any concomitant changes in child behavior during those meals. Results of the study showed that although caregiver fidelity was generally high, there was a strong negative correlation between the caregivers’ treatment fidelity of a NUK re-distribution procedure and child acceptance, and a weaker positive correlation between the caregivers’ fidelity with a finger prompt procedure and child swallowing. Clinical and research implications are discussed, as well as how these results could impact future caregiver training approaches.
 
144. Evaluation of Free Operant Preference Assessment for Social Interactions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JUSTINE HENRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Luiz Alexandre Barbosa de Freitas (UFMT)
Discussant: Penelope Wells Schenkkan (Kadiant, LLC)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to evaluate a novel preference assessment for social interactions. Three children participated who were diagnosed with ASD, 3 to 7 years old, two male and one female. All participants had verbal repertoire limited to a few mands, vocal or use AAC, at beginning of the study. Three potentially preferred social interactions were identified by indirect assessments completed by therapists. Preference was assessed using an alternating treatment design. Social interactions were correlated with colored t-shirts in 5-minutes sessions. During sessions therapists interacted with participants whenever the individual approached within arm’s reach. Five different behaviors were scored to form a preference index: approach, positive vocalizations, target mands, negative vocalizations and avoidance movements. Preferences were identified for all 3 participants using free operant arrangement.
 
146. From Fast Food To Fast Acceptance: Increasing Food Variety with Rapid Shaping Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELEAH ACKLEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Karlie Petersen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Marysa Wilkinson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Joseph Hacker (Key Autism Services)
Abstract: Research on shaping procedures for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder with food selectivity is growing (e.g., Hodges et al., 2017; Koegel et al., 2012; Penrod et al., 2012; Turner et al, 2020; Valdimarsdottir et al., 2010). However, such research has not included rapid shaping procedures. The current study extends the existing research on shaping procedures within the behavioral pediatric feeding literature. The participant was a six-year-old Latine boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Shaping steps included touch lips, touch lips and open, and take your bite. To progress to the next step, the participant needed a trial with zero inappropriate mealtime behaviors, acceptance of the bite, and compliance. If such criteria were not met on the first step within three trials, the session ended; if they were not met for other steps, then the feeder presented the previous step. Results showed an increase in acceptance of bites, an increase in step compliance, a decrease in inappropriate mealtime behavior, and generalization to the home environment with caregivers-all across four foods.
 
148. Decreasing Inappropriate Comments and Interruptions in an Adolescent with High-Functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TASHINA VANDERWOUDE (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ripple (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Joseph Hacker (Key Autism Services)
Abstract: Appropriate conversation skills are imperative to social interactions and are consequently a common area of intervention for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The present study attempts to decrease inappropriate comments (IC) and interruptions (INT) made by the participant, a 13-year-old female with ASD. Through an ABAB design, the study extends the literature on the Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) intervention, while using a self-monitoring component. During baseline, there was an average of 6 IC and 6.17 INT. During intervention, there was an average of 0.63 IC and 1.5 INT. During withdrawal, there was an average number of 4 IC and 8 INT. A very large Tau-U effect size (.85) was calculated for IC from baseline to intervention, with another very large effect size (.88) from intervention to withdrawal. A large Tau-U effect size (.67) was calculated for INT from baseline to intervention, with a moderate effect size (.5) from intervention to withdrawal. Effect sizes have a 95% confidence interval. Reimplementation and generalization data are currently being collected, with a maintenance phase to follow. The current and expected results could suggest that combining a RIRD intervention with a self-monitoring component is effective at improving conversation skills among adolescents with ASD.
 
150. A Crosswalk of the VB-MAPP and ABLLS-R Assessments: Bridging the Gap
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALANAH PLATTE (University of Kansas), Caitlen Sloan (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Joseph Hacker (Key Autism Services)
Abstract: Two commonly used assessments for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) receiving applied behavior analytic (ABA) services are the Verbal Behavior – Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) and the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills – Revised (ABLLS-R). Each of these programs focuses on assessing the verbal operants (tacts, intraverbals, echoics, mands, etc.). However, each program also targets their own unique skills in the areas of independent living, academics, and social functioning. Practitioners who are deciding which assessment to use with their client may not have the means to examine and compare each assessment to parse out which would be the most appropriate assessment for each client’s present behavioral repertoire and learning environment. Additionally, providers with clients who may have already been administered one assessment cannot easily switch to other assessments due to the lack of equivalency between the assessments. This poster presents the similarities and differences between the VB-MAPP and the ABLLS-R and draws from that a crosswalk of skills that is manageable and easily understood by practitioners.
 
152. Teaching Intraverbal Responses to Activity-Based Questions During Naturalistic Play
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BRITTANY BROWN (Marquette University), Landon Cowan (Marquette University), Ashley Van Handel (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Discussant: Joseph Hacker (Key Autism Services)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) frequently involve strengthening the intraverbal repertoire (responding to social questions, safety skills, conversation skills, etc.). A common strategy employed by clinicians to teach these intraverbal responses is discrete-trial teaching, often occurring in a table-top format. However, it may not be desirable to teach some intraverbal responses, such as those related to play, in this context. Naturalistic teaching strategies have also been shown to be effective in teaching a variety of verbal operants. We applied a naturalistic teaching procedure comprised of an attending procedure, prompt delay, and error correction to teach a child with ASD a variety of intraverbal responses to activity-based questions (“what,” “how,” and “why”) during play. We used a multiple probe design across playsets to evaluate the efficacy and generality of these procedures. The combined treatment package resulted in an increase in correct intraverbal responding to mastery levels across a variety of activity-based questions for multiple playsets. These results provide preliminary support for a naturalistic teaching procedure with relatively few procedural components for teaching intraverbal responses that can be applied across play contexts during sessions with clients.
 
154. Treating Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy in Individuals with Autism: A Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL BEHLING (Endicott College), Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon; Endicott College), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Joseph Hacker (Key Autism Services)
Abstract: Stereotypic behaviors are defined as restricted, repetitive behaviors and are often present in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (American Psychological Association, 2013). Interventions are frequently implemented to target these behaviors based on the assumption that they are maintained by automatic reinforcement (Rapp & Volmer, 2005). Although stereotypic behavior is commonly automatically reinforced, it is important that functional analyses are conducted in order to confirm function prior to intervention implementation. This review of the literature includes 49 studies that utilized function-based interventions to decrease motor and/or vocal stereotypy that was confirmed to be maintained by automatic reinforcement through assessment. Each of the studies were assessed and quantified among the following dimensions; participants, setting, topography of stereotypy, experimental design, intervention procedures, outcomes and maintenance. Results indicated that a wide variety of interventions are effective in treating stereotypic behavior (RIRD, matched stimulation, differential reinforcement). A major concern that was identified through the initial search in this literature review was the lack of functional analyses that are used to confirm the function of stereotypic behavior. Future research is needed in several domains including maintenance of treatment of stereotypy and consistent use of functional assessments when treating stereotypic behavior.
 
156. A descriptive analysis of diurnal bruxism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Savannah Tate (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), RONAN BUSTAMANTE (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Joseph Hacker (Key Autism Services)
Abstract: Diurnal bruxism, defined as audible grinding of teeth while awake, has several harmful side effects including abnormal tooth wear, loss of teeth, and tongue indentations. These issues often result in dental work, which may pose a challenge for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Research indicates that 10.3%-60% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder engage in diurnal bruxism. Thus, it may be important to identify environmental variables that are related or unrelated to the occurrence of diurnal bruxism. We conducted a descriptive analysis of diurnal bruxism and calculated risk ratios to identify the relative risk of environmental variables. Thus far, we have completed this study with one participant. At the time of the study, Kevin was a four-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We measured frequency of bruxism, demands, and praise. We also measured the duration of discrete trial training, time in the bathroom, transitions, time outside, engagement with items, mealtime, and crying. We collected data 1-2 times per week, with two 30-minute sessions each day, for one month. We found that time spent in the bathroom and discrete trial training were associated with higher rates of diurnal bruxism.
 
158. The Effectiveness of Behavioral Skills Training for Parents who have children with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review of ASD Children’s Skill Acquisition and Maintenance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Joanne Wong (Endicott College), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), CRAIG A MARRER (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training is one of the most common multi-component treatment packages that has been applied to teach children with autism spectrum disorder. Since early intensive behavioral intervention is shown to be effective in improving a child's overall functioning across a wide variety of areas, Behavioral Skills Training has also been used to teach parents in implementing interventions to children at home. This literature review include 14 articles that implemented Behavioral Skills Training to caregivers. Each article was analysed across six dimensions (participants, intervention implemented, target skills, training time, dependent variable, and outcome and maintenance). From this analysis, information regarding the effectiveness of Behavioral Skills Training on caregivers is discussed, as well as limitations in current literature and suggestions for future research.
 
160. Early Interventions Targeting Social Skills for Young Children with or at-risk of an Autism Diagnosis: A Systematic Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER WICOREK (Autism Partnership), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Social skill deficits are a hallmark characteristic of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. These deficits may be targeted with a wide variety of interventions, often beginning in childhood. Greater gains are seen with earlier diagnosis and intervention, supporting the implementation of early intervention measures. This literature review includes 43 articles that implemented a variety of interventions targeting social skill deficits in children under the age of five. Each article was analyzed across several dimensions (participants, setting, interventionist, type of intervention, experimental design, and social skill target). Within this analysis, information regarding trends and type of interventions applied are discussed, along with limitations in the literature and suggestions for future research and applications.
 
162. Health Monitoring of Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder through a Computer-Assisted Bowel Movement Tracking System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Andrew Shlesinger (Melmark New England), Haritha Gopinathan (Melmark New England), Kimberly L. Duhanyan (Melmark New England), JESSICA BUCKLEY (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have gastrointestinal (GI) problems and associated fecal incontinence, constipation, and diarrhea. We describe the design and operation of a computer-assisted health monitoring system for tracking and recording bowel movements at a residential school. Implementation integrity of the system by care providers was 100% for six targeted students with ASD and GI difficulties. The utility, objectives, and effectiveness of the system were rated positively by supervisory professionals, parents, and GI physicians. Our discussion focuses on the advantages of computer-assisted data recording and instrumentation technology for documenting health measures such as bowel movement frequency and quality in children with ASD.
 
Diversity submission 164. Behavior Analytic Clinicians Documentation of Cultural Considerations for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Qualitative Thematic Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALEXANDRIA C. ROBERS (University of Minnesota), Bethany Schwandt (Ball State University), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The notion that principles of behavior are so robust across species and settings that they should be universally applicable conflicts with both the importance of context in behavior analysis and the real-world expectation for behavior analytic clinicians to incorporate culture considerations into their service delivery. The purpose of the present investigation was to examine the patterns and usefulness of cultural considerations documented by behavior analytic clinicians for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A total of 208 cultural considerations were included in qualitative analyses that involved both inductive and deductive approaches to thematic analysis. Results showed that the cultural considerations documented by behavior analytic clinicians mostly described the race/ethnicity of clients and their families as well as the language(s) spoken by them. Behavior analytic clinicians did not describe the steps taken to critically examine and/or systematically test hypotheses regarding the influence of culture-specific variables. Implications for documenting and utilizing cultural considerations for children with ASD are discussed.

 
166. Self-Restraint Covariation Analysis: Identifying a Hierarchy of Self-Restraint Topographies by Systematically Blocking Predominant Forms
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Some individuals who engage in self-injurious behavior (SIB) also engage in self-restraint (SR), self-limiting behaviors that restrict movement and interfere with the ability to engage in SIB (e.g., holding on to objects, sitting on hands). Although SR can decrease the occurrence of SIB, it may also interfere with adaptive behavior and lead to other detrimental consequences (e.g., decreased circulation, skin breakdown). Prior research has suggested that blocking SR may result in an increase in SIB (e.g., Scheithauer et al., 2015); it is less clear whether other topographies of SR may also emerge. As part of a clinical trial investigating treatment-resistant subtypes of SIB, one participant completed a self-restraint covariation assessment to formally examine variability in SR and SIB as specific topographies of SR were either freely allowed or systematically blocked. In doing so, this assessment examined the relation between these topographies of SR to SIB and other forms of SR. Results of this study suggest that SR topographies may shift or novel SR topographies may emerge when an individual is physically blocked from engaging in a predominant form of SR. Findings from this assessment can be used to inform individualized treatment decisions and teach individuals how to engage in other forms of self-control that are less restrictive in nature.
 
168. Establishing Echoic Control Through Acquisition of Potential Prerequisite Imitation Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANNA BECK (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinics), Madison Klute (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Jennifer Luebbe (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinics), Leah Hansen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinics), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Echoic skills is a common deficit in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). An echoic is defined as a verbal stimulus that is likely to evoke an identical verbal response (Skinner, 1957). It may be valuable for children to acquire echoic skills, in order to assist in the development of vocal-verbal communication (e.g., requesting, labeling). Few studies have evaluated the effects of teaching specific prerequisite skills that may be responsible for increasing echoic behavior for children with ASD. The purpose of the present investigation was to evaluate a sequence of imitation skills, as prerequisite skills for early echoic control in children with ASD. Participants included children age 5 years or younger, with a diagnosis of ASD. A sequence of prerequisite skills consisting of motor imitation with objects, gross motor imitation, and oral motor imitation tasks were taught to participants. Ongoing results suggest that the acquisition of prerequisite skills (i.e., imitation with objects, gross motor imitation, and oral motor imitation) led to increased echoics that correspond to the oral imitation targets. Future clinical applications and research suggestions will be discussed.
 
170. Further Evaluation of Preference for Fixed and Variable Exchange Production Schedules in a Token Economy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Franchesca Izquierdo (University of Miami), Kamila Garcia Garcia Marchante (University of Miami), MIRANDA ARYN SADLOW (University of Miami)
Discussant: Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Basic research has shown that nonhuman animals generally display a preference for variable ratio (VR) rather than fixed ratio (FR) schedules of reinforcement, particularly when low individual ratios are included (Field et al., 1996). Minimal applied research has investigated preference for these schedules among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) despite a clinical phenotype that suggests a general preference for sameness (which may theoretically extend to a preference for fixed schedules). In a preliminary investigation of second-order schedule effects within a token economy, Argueta et al., (2019) found a similar preference for VR rather than FR schedules for their participant with ASD. This study extends Argueta et al. by evaluating preference for FR and VR exchange schedules across an escalating range of exchange ratios within a token economy. We used a concurrent chains assessment to evaluate preference for FR or VR exchange-production schedules of reinforcement at equal ratios of 5 and 10. Preliminary results did not indicate a strong preference for either schedule at a ratio of 5, however an increase to a ratio of 10 resulted in an emergence of preference for the FR exchange-schedule arrangement.
 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #290A
Passport Prize Drawing
Sunday, May 29, 2022
2:45 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A

Pick up your exhibitor passport at the Registration Desk or ABAI Exhibit Booth. Visit the exhibitors indicated on the passport and have each square initialed. Enter the daily prize drawing by dropping your complete passport in the metal drum at the ABAI Exhibit Booth. Prize drawings will take place at the ABAI Exhibit Booth on Sunday at 2:45pm and Monday at 2:45pm. Must be present to win.

 
 
Paper Session #291
Differential Effectiveness of Early Behavioral Intervention Among Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:25 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Tatiana Zhirnova (California State University, Sacramento)
 

Differential Effectiveness of Early Behavioral Intervention Among Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Domain: Applied Research
ISABELLE PRÉFONTAINE (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Julien Morizot (Université de Montréal), Mélina Rivard (University of Quebec, Montreal)
 
Abstract:

Although early behavioral intervention (EBI) is considered as empirically-supported for children with autism, estimating treatment prognosis is a challenge for practitioners. The purpose of this paper is to present an integrated series of three experiments that examined the differential effectiveness of EBI delivered to 233 children with autism in a community setting. The first experiment used latent growth curves analysis to examine changes in autistic symptoms and adaptive functioning, and identify potential predictors of changes. The intensity of intervention, age at enrolment, IQ and autistic symptoms were associated either with progress during the intervention or maintenance during the follow-up. The second experiment used latent profile analysis to identify more homogenous subgroups in the sample and investigate their associations with sociodemographic characteristics and response to EBI. We found four profiles that all made progress during the intervention, with varying magnitudes of change. The last experiment compared five machine learning algorithms in estimating prognosis of children receiving EBI on adaptive functioning and autistic symptoms. Each algorithm produced better predictions than random sampling. Due to the limitations of observational methods, the results of these experiments must be interpreted with caution, but they support the need for further research on differential effectiveness.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #292
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Feeding Two Birds With One Scone: Connecting Animal Welfare Concepts With Behaviour Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Alexandra Protopopova, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (The University of British Columbia)
Abstract: Scientists and practitioners in applied animal behaviour analysis frequently work in animal welfare, management, and protection fields. Yet, the verbal behaviour within the scientific discipline of animal welfare science is often at odds with the verbal behaviour of behaviour analysts. In this talk, I draw from my own experiences from working with colleagues in animal welfare science as well as working in animal shelter settings to outline some commonalities and differences in verbal behaviour and recommend some ways to reconcile the differences to allow for effective communication across disciplines. I will outline how different disciplines place different emphasis on the importance of various concepts, such as affective states, consent, choice, cognition, etc., and propose possible solutions to reconcile these differing emphases. I will also argue that a clearer distinction between “procedure” and “behavioural process” will allow for easier communication to not only scientists but also practitioners of animal welfare. After this talk, I hope that listeners will be able to more easily connect verbal behaviour of the discipline of animal welfare science to their own work; likewise, I hope that listeners will improve their own verbal behaviour to not only aid interdisciplinary communication but to also allow for the inclusion of novel concepts to guide our work in improving animal lives.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Scientists and practitioners working with non-human animals in applied settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify which features of behaviour are important to scientists and practitioners of animal welfare; (2) list common assessments of animal welfare, and how these assessments relate to behaviour analysis; (3) identify why differentiating between “procedure” and “process” is additionally important in reconciling the two disciplines; (4) consider the utility of incorporating verbal behaviour from other disciplines to aid in their research and/or practice with non-human animals.
 
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (The University of British Columbia)
Dr. Alexandra (Sasha) Protopopova, Ph.D., is an assistant professor in the Animal Welfare Program at the University of British Columbia and the NSERC/ BC SPCA Industrial Research Chair in Animal Welfare. Sasha’s research aims are to learn more about dogs, improve animal shelter practices, improve companion animal welfare in shelters, pet homes, and in assistance roles--all within a One Welfare framework. Recently, Sasha has been shifting her research focus on connecting climate change and other societal issues to companion animal welfare. Sasha earned an MSc and a Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis from the University of Florida with Drs. Clive Wynne and Brian Iwata. She spends her days conducting research, teaching university classes in animal learning and animal sheltering, going on hiking trails, and cuddling dogs.
 
 
Symposium #293
CE Offered: BACB
Generalization of Functional Analyses to Assist in Treatment Development Beyond the Clinical Setting
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Allison Rader (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The use of functional analyses has been well researched in the literature to demonstrate its effectiveness to identify functions of challenging behaviors. Many variations to the traditional functional analysis have evolved to further assist clinicians while minimizing various limitations to the traditional methods. One variation is the trial-based functional analysis that has demonstrated effectiveness in the classroom setting. This symposium will review the literature on the generalization of treatments based on findings from various functional analysis methods as well as on the generalization of the trial-based functional analysis to novel settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Functional Assessment, Generalization
Target Audience:

Basic understanding and implementation of functional analyses in practice is required.

Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will gather knowledge to apply various functional analysis technology across settings (2) Participants will acquire on the generalization of functional analyses in by their methodology (3) Participants will generalize their functional analysis implementation across participants, settings, treatments, and methods.
 
Generality of Treatment Based Function of Severe Challenging Behavior: A Systematic Review
BRITTANY TOMASI (Endicott College), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior is prevalent in the current empirical literature within applied behavior analysis. However, despite robust demonstrations of treatment effectiveness, the efficacy of treatment generalization and durability of treatment outcomes is not widely represented in the literature. Incorporating generalization within treatment outcomes may improve the acceptability and social significance of behavior analytic interventions in natural settings and contexts. Thus, the purpose of this review is to investigate the relationship between treatment generality and the functions of severe challenging behavior identified by various functional behavior assessments. Specifically, we explored the most prevalent type of function(s) of challenging behavior and their impact on programming and testing for generalization. Results and implications for assessment, treatment, and generalization will be discussed.
 
Conducting a Trial-Based Functional Analysis in a Community Setting
SARAH KRISTIANSEN (Trumpet Behavioral Health; Endicott College)
Abstract: This presentation will discuss a trial-based functional analysis, adapted from Bloom et. al, 2011, conducted in a grocery store to determine the function of inappropriate vocalizations when interacting with strangers. The presentation will review ethical considerations that were made when creating the protocol as well as the family’s role in the protocol implementation. Following the assessment’s completion, a function-based intervention was implemented and the intervention team’s role in the intervention was faded.
 

Comparison of Descriptive Assessment and Trial-Based Functional Analysis as the Basis of Treatment in Homes

LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Thomas Marsh (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.), George McClure (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

For effective treatment implementation to reduce the occurrence of problem behavior and increase the occurrence of adaptive behavior, one must identify the maintaining contingencies of the behavior of concern. Many studies have identified the use of narrative antecedent behavior consequence (ABC) data collection, but few have examined its ability to effectively identify the function of the problem behavior. Research has supported the use of the trial-based functional analysis (TBFA), as the results correlate with the traditional experimental functional analyses, but few studies examine its effectiveness in the home setting. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of narrative ABC data compared to a TBFA in the home setting, as it impacts the outcomes of function-based treatment. Control of the problem behavior through the use of functional communication training was demonstrated across participants and within participants across assessments. Results suggest the TBFA identified the primary function of the behavior as demonstrated by independent responding to a functionally equivalent response.

 
 
Symposium #294
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Analyzing Scope of Competence in a Rapidly Evolving Landscape: Ethical Considerations for Practicing Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (The Council of Autism Service Providers)
CE Instructor: Erick M. Dubuque, Ph.D.
Abstract: In contrast to scope of practice, which refers to the range of activities in which members of a profession are authorized to engage, by virtue of holding a credential or license, scope of competence encompasses the range of professional activities of the individual practitioner that are performed with proficiency (Brodhead, et al., 2018). In a field that is growing at a rapid pace, ABA organizations must position themselves to respond not only to market demand, but also to evolving standards related to ethics, quality, clinical practice guidelines, patient outcomes measurement and reporting, and insurance coverage criteria. Failure to adapt to these changes – by providing the organizational supports individual practitioners require to continuously build and maintain new proficiencies – may increase the risk of poor outcomes, harm to patients, or damage to the field. In this symposium, we will discuss current assessment and treatment trends within the field and response strategies to ensure responsible and ethical service delivery in the face of industry change.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment, Ethics, Outcome Measures, Punishment
Target Audience: Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, practitioners, supervisors, and senior leaders.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate scope of practice from scope of competence; (2) identify ethical codes relevant in the administration of clinical assessments; (3) identify strategies to mitigate risk of practicing beyond the boundaries of competence.
 
Current State of Training on Clinical Assessment Measures: A Survey
KRISTIN M. HUSTYI (LittleStar ABA Therapy), S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia)
Abstract: Obtaining a credential or license as a board-certified behavior analyst (BCBA) can be thought of as an entry-level requirement for practicing in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Ongoing professional development is necessary to meet increasingly complex public, payor, and patient needs and standards. Survey research has documented the variability in staff and supervisory training opportunities offered to BCBAs working in applied settings (Reed and Henley, 2015; Columbo, Taylor, and Hammond, 2020; Padilla, 2020). In this study, we partially replicated and extended this line of research by surveying BCBAs working at several unaffiliated ABA organizations on their training experience with clinical assessment measures recommended within the field of ABA, including criterion-referenced assessments, norm-referenced assessments, and functional assessment methodologies. Respondents reported their experience with formal training that met the minimum assessor qualifications to ethically administer, score, interpret, and use the results of each measure as defined by the test publisher and whether they used each measure in their clinical practice irrespective of formal training. Implications regarding boundaries of competence and future directions for research will be discussed.
 
Recommended Strategies to Promote Ethical Administration of Treatment Outcomes Measures
LAURYN TOBY (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Reporting on treatment outcomes is quickly becoming the expectation by insurance providers and patients worldwide. With a focus on improving clinical standards, several organizations have published recommendations on assessment measures that may be used for evaluating treatment outcomes in applied behavior analytic treatment for individuals with autism (e.g., Behavioral Health Center of Excellence [BHCOE], International Consortium for Health Outcomes Measurement [ICHOM]). In addition, insurance providers have begun to request increasingly diverse sets of data to demonstrate patient progress. Given the scope of the recommended measurement sets, important concerns are raised about practice limitations for behavior analysts. Many of the recommended measures are those traditionally administered by psychologists who may be offered a breadth of training in testing and measurement that is uncommon in behavior analysis. Indeed, research suggests that behavior analysts have limited training and exposure to the some of the measures recommended (Padilla, 2020). Recommendations for building internal infrastructure and clinician training to ensure responsible adoption of new outcome measures will be discussed.
 
The Punishment Review Panel as a Practical Safeguard in the Treatment of Severe Challenging Behavior
JESSE LOGUE (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Punishment should only be used under rare circumstances, such as when behavior must be suppressed rapidly to prevent serious physical harm or when reinforcement-based strategies have been exhausted, and punishment should never be used in isolation. While these guidelines exist, it is estimated that up to 50% of behavior analytic research published on punishment procedures failed to report prior treatment approaches or indicated punishment as the sole component of treatment (Lydon, et. al. 2015). Concerns about the use of punishment are further complicated by the rapid expansion of our field and the need to report significant reductions to continue treatment. Research indicates that new BCBAs are sometimes assigned severe behavior cases without receiving initial training or ongoing supports (i.e., 43% did not receive training; Columbo, Taylor, and Hammond, 2020). The development of a Punishment Review Panel (PRP) is a practical safeguard for evaluating the merit of punishment in practice. The PRP process provides a critical support to BCBAs by identifying alternatives to punishment and ensuring comprehensive assessment prior to treatment, thereby reflecting ethical best practices. Sample data will be discussed, which include only 15% of proposals being accepted.
 
 
Symposium #295
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral-Developmental Approach to Autism Assessment, Data Collection, Intervention, and Curriculum
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disability that can cause significant social, nonverbal communication, and behavioral challenges. There is often nothing about how people with ASD look that sets them apart from other people. They may, however, communicate, interact, behave, and learn in ways that are different from most other people. Because there is no definitive medical test, diagnosing ASD can be difficult. Research has shown that intervention can improve a child’s overall development and the earlier it occurs, the more effective it may be. In this symposium, we introduce a diagnostic tool designed to improve a very early diagnosis of autism. The tool is informed by extensive research on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity, a behavioral developmental model of tasks. The Model allows for the scaling of behaviors, tasks, reinforcers, stimuli, etc. in terms of their Hierarchical Complexity, a form of difficulty. This kind of scaling explains developmental sequences. The symposium first describes the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument, including how it was devised, how the data is being collected, and comparison to other assessments. The second paper illustrates how the Model of Hierarchical Complexity can be used to generate a developmental sequence of reinforcers. The third paper applies the model to curriculum development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Early diagnosis, Early intervention
Target Audience:

People who are interested in knowing more about how a Developmental approach can be added to a Behavior Analytic Approach, including how to find out with what behavior(s) to begin an intervention, what behavioral stage a child is behaving at, how to select developmentally appropriate reinforcers and other related topics.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: (1) assess children from infancy on up in terms of 12 domains of behavior (2) develop an intervention based on behavioral developmental criteria, including how to select developmentally appropriate reinforcers; (3) implement two aspects of interventions: what behaviors need intervention and how to more successfully carry out the interventions.
 
Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to generate a behavioral-developmental instrument and see how well it predicted performance in participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Some items were created from our experience with children with an ASD diagnosis, some based on experience with the development with “normal” children. Some items were adapted from existing developmental scales. Each item consists of a task that the child is asked to perform. It starts with behaviors that occur in very early infancy. Currently, several organizations are testing the instrument and are providing feedback. The aim is to allow for possible earlier diagnoses of autism and also to provide a basis for intervention. The items in the instrument are developmentally ordered, based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. If a child is shown to successfully perform these items, the instrument moves to more complex items. Because it assesses specific behaviors it is easier to use, providing face valid results. A brief comparison of this assessment to two others that are commonly used will be included.
 

Testing of an Instrument Measuring Reinforcer Preferences in Children

PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Operant conditioning procedures are used to investigate various developmental emotional and socialization processes (e.g., Gewirtz & Pelaez-Nogueras, 1992). The choice of what reinforcers to use has been conducted in somewhat of an ad hoc manner. This presentation introduces a way to scale reinforcers in terms of their likely effectiveness for children at different behavioral stages of development. Reinforcers are scaled in terms of their complexity using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. This model applies a mathematically based scale to different tasks and behaviors (including reinforcing events). A brief example would be that for some children perhaps only a food-based reinforcer would work. For another saying “Good job” would work. Testing this model, we have generated an ordered list of reinforcers. This can be used with individual children to ascertain which specific reinforcers are effective for each particular child. Ultimately it will provide a list of a large number of reinforcing events that may be effective when working with a wide range of children. We are in the process of testing it out and are looking for collaborators who can help us shortlist the reinforcers.

 
Mapping a Teaching Curriculum Based on the Autism Developmental Instrument
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: A teaching curriculum is described that is based on the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument. Each item in the instrument is both a behavior that is assessed and behavior that can then be trained if the child does not pass the item. Children with developmental delays or with Autism Spectrum disorders are trained bottom up, starting with items of less difficulty and moving to those with higher difficulty. Currently, there are 121 items in the curriculum. Creating teaching curricula from the instrument will facilitate interventions since the child will be placed at the right level of difficulty to learn. That is, the item will not be too easy and will also not be too difficult. More items may also be added at each level of difficulty (called the Order of Hierarchical Complexity of the task). This curriculum can be beneficial for both typically developing children and children with developmental disabilities across a variety of cultural settings.
 
 
Symposium #296
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Public Health: Teaching Infant and Child Safety to Caregivers and Community Members
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College)
CE Instructor: Lauren K. Schnell, Ph.D.
Abstract: Infant and child hazards, due to unsafe environmental arrangements, are a leading cause of death in children in the United States. Hazards such as, unsafe sleep environments and accessible dangerous items can result in unintentional injuries and accidental death. Behavioral interventions, such as, behavior skills training, is a way to teach parents and community members how to keep their children safe by arranging the environment in a way that potentially decreases the likelihood of tragic outcomes. This symposium will evaluate training methods to teach parents, caregivers, and community members how to arrange safe sleep environments for infants and to identify safety hazards for young children.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with the behavioral skills training literature.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Use behavioral skills training to teach caregivers and community members safe child care practices 2. Extend the research on safe infant sleep across participants 3. Be familiar with the Project 12-Ways/Safe Care Home Accident Prevention Inventory Revised Protocol and the ays in which it can be used
 
Teaching Substitute Caregivers to Identify Safety Hazards for Young Children
CARLOS ABARCA (University of South Florida), Rocky Haynes (Sageway Behavioral Health), Kayla Rogover (Sageway Behavioral Health), Asha Fuller (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The leading cause of death for children across the world is unintentional injuries (UNICEF 2001). Hazards such as accessible pools, poisons, and small ingestible items are the leading causes of unintentional injuries. Behavioral interventions such as Project 12-Ways/Safe Care have been used to teach parents how to be proactive in structuring a home free of accessible hazards by teaching the parents to identify and remove hazards in their home. Though the Project 12-Ways/Safe Care model has over 30 years of literature supporting its efficacy, the model has not been tested with substitute caregivers who often play a critical role in keeping children safe. Therefore, this study evaluated the degree to which substitute caregivers could identify and remove hazards after being trained on the Project 12-Ways/Safe Care Home Accident Prevention Inventory Revised Protocol. Results suggest participants required both Behavioral Skills Training and in-vivo feedback to learn to discriminate between hazardous and non-hazardous items. Limitations and future research will be discussed.
 
Safe to Sleep: Community-Based Caregiver Training
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Drexel University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Jacqueline Mery (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Annually, thousands of infant deaths are classified as sudden unexpected infant deaths (SUIDs). In an effort to reduce the risk of SUIDs, the American Academy of Pediatrics has made a number of recommendations to educate caregivers, childcare providers, and healthcare professionals on safe infant sleep practices. The purpose of the current study was to extend the literature on safe infant sleep practices by teaching caregivers to arrange safe infant sleep environments using a mannequin and common infant items. We partnered with community-based agencies to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training delivered in a single-training session as part of the ongoing pre- or post- natal care these agencies provided. Following training, all participants demonstrated a substantial change in responding and returned favorable social validity ratings. We discuss these outcomes in light of previous studies, limitations, and future directions.
 
Training Medical Students to Teach Safe Infant Sleep Environments Using Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training
JACQUELINE MERY (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College)
Abstract: Medical personnel play a critical role in caregiver safe infant sleep education; however, training outcomes in the safe infant sleep training literature have been mixed. Promising approaches that warrant further investigation are the use of behavioral skills training and pyramidal training. The current study consisted of two experiments. Experiment 1 extended Carrow et al. (2020) and Vladescu et al. (2020) by teaching medical students safe infant sleep practices using behavioral skills training. Differential responding was examined across trained and untrained environmental arrangements using a multiple baseline design. All participants arranged safe sleep environments following behavioral skills training in posttraining. In Experiment 2, using pyramidal BST, medical students were trained to teach others safe sleep practices. Results indicated high procedural integrity scores following training and generalization of skills.
 
 
Symposium #297
CE Offered: BACB
Human Development in Psychological Perspective
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Laura Barcelos Nomicos (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium focuses on the broad topic of human development. The first presentation focuses on the study of human development, generally speaking, and considers on how behavior analysts have contributed to work in this area. Behavior analytic contributions will be considered in the context of other developmental work, and the distinguishing features of behavior analytic work will be highlighted. The second half of this presentation provides an overview of the interbehavioral distinctions between biological, psychological, and cultural development, with implications for strengthening both disciplinary and interdisciplinary work. The second presentation focuses on the topic of aging in particular, describing biological, psychological, and cultural aspects of the aging process. The author will consider particular topics pertinent to aging (e.g., memory), and how psychological processes associated with these topics develop as we age. Finally, the discussant of the symposium will provide comments on each of the presentations. In particular, drawing upon their expertise in child development, the discussant will relate the presentations to larger themes within the developmental literature.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): development, interbehavioral
Target Audience: Intermediate audience - pre-requisite skills involve general understanding of basic behavioral principles, radical behaviorism, and an interest in conceptual analysis.
Learning Objectives: 1) Describe challenges associated with the study of human development 2) Distinguish between biological, psychological, and cultural development 3) Explain two behavioral processes associated with aging
 
Human Development in Behavior Analysis
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Understanding human development is fundamental to many disciplines and fields of work, including psychology, biology, education, medicine, and more. Indeed, in applied settings developmental knowledge may help to identify appropriate goals for intervention, understand what to expect and when, and more. While all of this work may be similar in the focus on studying sequences of events, or how one thing leads to another, the study of human development is broad and may focus on distinct areas. This presentation considers how behavior analysts have contributed to the study of human development, including both conceptual analyses and empirical research. Strengths of this work will be highlighted, and opportunities for further behavior analytic work in this area will be described. Finally, drawing upon interbehavioral psychology, the presentation will review the distinction between biological, behavioral, and cultural development, and provide examples related to everyday life. Distinguishing between these different types of development may strengthen the work in each of the respective areas as well as facilitate interdisciplinary efforts.
 
The Unbecoming of Age
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Along with changes of a biological sort, and in keeping with them, as individual’s psychological repertoire deteriorates with advancing age. Some changes of the biological sort, such as failing eyesight or hearing loss, may be remediated by eyeglasses or a hearing aid. Bones and joints may be fortified or replaced, and so on. So valuable is the property of youth in culture that the deterioration of biological characteristics is resisted, an intention facilitated by the partially implicit character of perception. And the tendency to resist aging becomes even more pronounced for women who, by virtue of the additional value attached to beauty, aspire to maintain this property in themselves beyond the natural course of its demise. By contrast, the deterioration of the psychological repertoire, as observed in memorial and intellectual difficulties, is not so readily corrected. For the most part, these changes are failures of responding with respect to verbally attributed and substitutive properties of stimuli, coupled with the disruptions to other activities produced by them. This presentation is focused on the psychological aspects of aging including the nature and implications of the repertorial decline, as well as the reasons and means by which it resisted and disguised.
 
 
Panel #298
CE Offered: BACB
Improving the Collective Efficacy of School-Based Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Selena J Layden, Ph.D.
Chair: Selena J Layden (Old Dominion University)
DANIEL J. IRWIN (Virginia Department of Education)
DARIA LORIO-BARSTEN (William & Mary Training and Technical Assistance Center)
HAYLEY FLYNN MULLINS (Winchester Public Schools)
Abstract:

As behavior analysts continue to work in public schools, these professionals are serving a broadening role to support students and other educators. Despite the growth and diversity of the school-based behavior analyst’s roles and the variety of needs of students and other professionals with whom they work, school-based behavior analysts often function with limited resources and support. This panel presentation will focus on the needs of school-based behavior analysts and provide methods to improve their capacity and effectiveness through identifying means to build self-efficacy and contribute to collective impact. During this panel presentation, participants will hear from panelists who have and are working in public schools in differing capacities to provide considerations and their lessons learned. Additionally, the panelists will discuss examples of how a statewide professional network has grown to support school-based behavior analysts across school districts and how that network is being leveraged to build collective efficacy. Finally, we will discuss the reciprocal relationship and how our professional network has both influenced and been influenced by state policy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs who are or wish to work in school settings or supervisors who support these BCBAs.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe and define their own roles within their school district. 2. Identify at least three strategies for building capacity as a school-based behavior analyst. 3. Describe how a professional network can benefit practitioners, students, and other professionals, as well as influence division leadership and policy.
Keyword(s): collective efficacy, professional network, public schools
 
 
Invited Panel #299
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Ableism and the Social Model of Disability: What Does it Have to do With Behavior Analysts?
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Summer Bottini (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Summer Bottini, Ph.D.
Panelists: DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), STEPHANIE PETERSON (Western Michigan University), ANDREW HALL (Pyles and Associates)
Abstract:

Recipients of behavior analytic services have traditionally been viewed through a medical model lens that treats deficits. Alternatively, a social model of disability views societal barriers and systemic biases as limiting people with disabilities’ ability to thrive and meet their own needs/wants. Some disciplines have increasingly acknowledged this social conceptualization of disability and begun to adopt more equitable language and practices across research and practice. In both research and practice, behavior analysts have generally have not ascribed to a social model of disability, perhaps contributing to ongoing negative perceptions of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in some communities. This panel will begin with a brief overview of terms and concepts relevant to equity in behavior analysis and disability research. Our panel will then discuss these concepts as they relate to ethical research and practice in ABA. Namely, the panel will (1) discuss the importance of considering these concepts as diversity issues in practice, (2) identify indicators of ableism in ABA research and discourse, and (3) consider how subtle ableism may influence behavior analytic interventions. Last, the panel will discuss initial steps behavior analysts may take to challenge their own assumptions and support equity for people with disabilities in our field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Trainees, direct-care therapists, and active certified behavior analysts at the masters or doctoral level. Individuals that provide/supervise clinical services, consume research, and/or contribute to the empirical literature may benefit from this session.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define ableism and the social model of disability as it relates to research and practice in behavior analysis; (2) identify behaviors and permanent products that reflect ableism in behavior analytic research; (3) state at least two behaviors that behavior analysts should engage in to promote ethical and equitable care of disabled people or those with developmental delays
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Dorothea Lerman is currently a Professor of Behavior Analysis at the University of Houston - Clear Lake, where she chairs the master’s program in behavior analysis and serves as Director of the UHCL Center for Autism and Developmental Disabilities (CADD). She received her doctoral degree in Psychology from the University of Florida, specializing in behavior analysis. Her areas of expertise include autism, developmental disabilities, early intervention, functional analysis, teacher and parent training, and treatment of severe behavior disorders. She currently oversees several programs at CADD, including a focused intervention program for children with autism, a vocational program for adults with disabilities, a student support program for college students with autism, and a teacher training program for local school districts. Dr. Lerman has published more than 100 research articles and chapters, served as Editor-in-Chief for The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice and has secured more than $2 million in grants and contracts to support her work. She was the recipient of the 2007 Distinguished Contribution to Applied Behavioral Research Award and the 2001 B.F. Skinner Award for New Researchers, awarded by Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She also was named a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis-International in 2008. Dr. Lerman is a Licensed Behavior Analyst and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst.
STEPHANIE PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. is Associate Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at Western Michigan University. She earned her doctorate in Special Education at The University of Iowa in 1994. She is also Professor of Psychology and the previous chair of the Department of Psychology. Previously, she taught at Gonzaga University, Utah State University, The Ohio State University, and Idaho State University. Her primary research interests are helping to decrease chronic severe behavior problems in children with developmental disabilities. Specifically, she studies choice making in the treatment of problem behavior, functional communication training, reinforcement-based interventions for children with problem behavior, concurrent schedules of reinforcement in the treatment of severe problem behavior, functional analysis of problem behavior, and teleconsultation. She also has interests in applications of behavior analysis to educational interventions and teacher/behavior analyst training. She has served on a variety of editorial boards, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice and is currently the editor of Behavior Analysis in Practice. She also served as a Senior Editor for Education and Treatment of Children for many years. She served two 3-year terms on the Board of Directors for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and was appointed by the Governor of Michigan to the Michigan Board of Behavior Analysts, Michigan’s licensing board for behavior analysts. She served as the President of the Board for two years.
ANDREW HALL (Pyles and Associates)
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #300
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
I Looked But I Did Not See: The Science of Missing What is Right in Front of Your Eyes
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Jeremy Wolfe, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JEREMY M WOLFE (Brigham and Women's Hospital / Harvard Med School)
Abstract:

"Looked but failed to see" errors are a real-world problem with psychological roots. When someone hits a pedestrian in the crosswalk or misses a tumor in a mammogram, it is often clear that the critical stimulus was clearly visible. It may be clear that it was fixated by the eyes. Why, then, did the driver or the radiologist fail to respond appropriately? The answers are found in fundamental limits on human perception and cognition. We cannot simultaneously recognize every object in our field of view. As a result, we deploy attention from object to object or place to place, searching for what we need. This is true whether we are watching a movie or driving downtown. Fortunately, we do not need to search at random. Our attention is guided by the features of the targets we seek and by the structure of the scenes in which those targets are embedded. Unfortunately, our search engine does not work perfectly and so our eyes can be pointed at or near an item of interest and we can fail to recognize its presence. When those missed targets are such things as tumors or bombs, these errors are socially significant. The problem is worth understanding and, if possible, worth correcting. In this talk, I will illustrate some of the basic principles of human visual attention and I can promise that you will fail to see some things that you would think you should have seen.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the basic organization of the human "search engine;" (2) explain how a clearly visible, important stimulus could be missed, (3) discuss possible interventions to address the problem of "looked but failed to see" errors.
 
JEREMY M WOLFE (Brigham and Women's Hospital / Harvard Med School)

Jeremy Wolfe is Professor of Ophthalmology and Professor of Radiology at Harvard Medical School. He is Director of the Visual Attention Lab at Brigham and Women's Hospital. Wolfe received an AB in Psychology in 1977 from Princeton and his PhD in Psychology in 1981 from MIT. His research focuses on visual search and visual attention with a particular interest in socially important search tasks in areas such as medical image perception (e.g. cancer screening), security (e.g. baggage screening), and intelligence. His lab has been funded since 1982 by NIH (NEI, NIMH, NCI), NSF, AFOSR (Air Force), ONR (Navy), ARO (Army), Homeland Security, and the Nat. Geospatial Agency as well as by IBM, Google, Toshiba, Hewlett-Packard, & GE. Wolfe taught Intro. Psychology and other courses for 25 years, mostly at MIT. Leadership: Past President or Chair: Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences (FABBS), Psychonomic Soc, APA Division 3, Eastern Psychological Assoc, NAS Panel on Soldier Systems. Boards: Vision Sciences Society, APA Div 1, 6. Founding Editor-in-Chief of Cognitive Research: Principles and Implications (CRPI). Past-Editor of Attention, Perception, and Psychophysics. Wolfe also serves on the Oversight Committee of the North American Board of the Union for Reform Judaism. He was elected to American Academy of Arts and Sciences in 2019.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #301A
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Healing the Wounds of Racial Trauma: Moving Toward Liberation
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B
Area: DEI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University)
CE Instructor: Thema Bryant Davis, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: THEMA BRYANT DAVIS (Pepperdine)
Abstract:

This presentation will illuminate ways the field of psychology and student services can serve communities who live with the psychological effects of racism. Insights from liberation psychology, decolonial psychology, Black psychology, and womanist psychology will be presented. This 90-minute training is for beginner and advanced clinicians, educators, and administrators, as most training programs have not offered training in addressing racial trauma. The training will encompass both theory and practical application of anti-racism therapy, teaching, and student service. The training also touches on sustainability, self-care, and community-care as clinicians may be affected by vicarious trauma when working with students/clients in the aftermath or continued exposure to racial trauma. Topics discussed will include: • The need for anti-racism therapeutic practice as an ethical mandate given the prevalence of racism-related stress and trauma • The overlapping theoretical frameworks of liberation psychology, decolonial psychology, and anti-racism psychology • Anti-racism in assessment and treatment, as well as education and administration.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Clinicians, educators, and administrators, as most training programs have not offered training in addressing racial trauma.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) List at least three potential mental health consequences of racism; (2) apply decolonial, trauma-informed principles to assessing racial trauma; (3) describe an appropriate liberation, trauma-informed framework to racial trauma intervention.
 
THEMA BRYANT DAVIS (Pepperdine)

Thema Bryant is a professor of psychology at Pepperdine University and director of the Culture and Trauma Research Lab.  She is a past president of the Society for the Psychology of Women and past psychology representative to the United Nations.  The California Psychological Association honored her as Scholar of the Year for her work in the cultural context of trauma recovery and the Institute of Violence, Abuse, and Trauma honored her for mentorship in the field of trauma psychology.  She published one of the first frameworks and models for the treatment of racial trauma and has provided trainings for associations, Universities, counseling centers, and non-profit organizations nationally and internationally.  The APA division of International Psychology honored her in 2020 for contributions to international psychology for her global work on women.  She also gave an invited address at the APA 2020 convention on racial trauma. 

 
 
Symposium #302
CE Offered: BACB
Toward a More Compassionate Implementation of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Britany Melton (Endicott College; Journeys Autism Center)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Compassionate care has been highlighted as vital to the service delivery provided in behavior analysis in recent years, and there has been a call to action issued for the field to increase its effort in defining, measuring, and training practitioners in this vital set of skills. Taylor et al., 2018 highlighted that service recipients have found fault with the compassionate care skills of behavior analysts and have suggested that there is an urgent need for behavior analysts to operationalize and teach compassionate care skills to behavior analysts. The papers presented in this symposium represent a behavior analytic approach to defining and measuring compassionate care skills. Included here is a literature review of compassionate care in behavior analysis, an assessment tool that was developed to support parent-practitioner collaboration in clinical practice, the results of behavior skills training in teaching compassionate care skills via telehealth, and the use of a questionnaire to better define compassionate care as it relates to first responders and victims of trauma. Implications of the presented research are provided, along with suggested future directions for research and for clinical practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Compassionate Care, Empathy, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Practicing Behavior Analysts; graduate students with knowledge of implementation

Learning Objectives: (1): Better define compassionate care behavior(s) (2): Identify how to use BST to teach compassionate care skills via telethealth (3): Identify barriers to teaching compassionate care skills
 
Compassionate Care in Applied Behavior Analysis: How Our Past Can Inform Our Future as Leaders in Compassionate Care
AMY RACHEL BUKSZPAN (Endicott College, Butterfly Effects)
Abstract: A great scholar and Buddhist monk, stated, “compassion is a verb” an action of the heart. He conceptualized compassion not as a quality to possess, but the sum of an individual’s behaviors towards improving the lives of others. As the call for compassionate care in today’s healthcare and medical fields reverberates through the ears of practitioners, what field is better suited than applied behavior analysis to lead the way? ABA is well equipped to be at the forefront in addressing and engaging in compassionate care. Yet compassionate care is subjective and poorly defined. Recently, a renewed emphasis on how compassionate care is delivered in applied behavior analysis, what it looks like in practice, and how behavior analysts obtain those skills has come increasingly under scrutiny. Taylor et al. 's 2018 seminal article defined compassionate care in ABA and suggested substantial pre-service training for practitioners in relationship building skills. This presentation will first review the history of compassionate care in the development of ABA as a field, then highlight some recent arguments for compassionate care in applied behavior analysis, and finally determine how those factors influenced the current state of ABA and some future recommendations.
 

Supporting Behavior Analysts in Providing Compassionate Care: The Development of the Parent Partnership Questionnaire

NANCY MARCHESE (Breakthrough Autism), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The demonstration of compassionate care skills by behavior analysts may be integral to establishing successful parent-professional relationships in the delivery of interventions for autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Taylor et al., 2018). The Parent Partnership Questionnaire (PPQ) is an assessment tool that was developed to support parent-practitioner collaboration in clinical practice. The systematic development process involved multiple phases including collecting descriptive data from families, qualitatively analyzing those data, integrating the findings into an assessment tool (PPQ), soliciting feedback on the PPQ and testing the reliability of the PPQ. Average intercoder agreement on the coding of the qualitative interviews was 89%. During testing of administration of the PPQ, clinicians were able to administer the tool with good intercoder reliability and procedural fidelity (98.2% across both measures). This study offers a resource to support clinicians’ work with families and potentially advance the integration of compassionate care into services provided by behavior analysts.

 
Compassionate Care in First Responders
JERIDITH ANN LORD (Endicott College)
Abstract: Although first responders have extensive training in their specific area of response, they are often called upon to provide compassionate care to survivors of trauma without training in these soft skills. This section will highlight the disparities in understanding of compassionate care by comparing the components of the “12 Item Schwartz Center Compassionate Care Scale” and the surveyed responses from various first responders at the RAF Mildenhall Air Force Base. The first responders surveyed include firefighters, police officers, emergency room technicians, domestic abuse victim advocates, and sexual assault volunteer victim advocates. The survey asked individuals in these professions to provide key words to describe what they believe would be included in the definition of compassionate care. Their answers were then compared with the 12 items Schwartze Center Compassionate Care Scale for uniformity. Although this is a relatively small population size, each of these units of first responders represent a different education, culture, and population. In addition, the environment for each unit is unique in its approach to trauma.
 
Teaching Compassion Skills to Students of Behavior Analysis via Telehealth
JESSICA ROHRER (Center for Children with Special Needs; Endicott College)
Abstract: Socially valid practices are at the heart of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and can influence how interventions are experienced by families. However, the training of practitioners of ABA is primarily focused on the implementation of technical procedures with little focus on therapeutic approaches. Skills that seem ancillary to practice such as empathic interpersonal interactions can in fact be integral to the effective dissemination of our science. Empathy and therapeutic rapport have been associated with improved outcomes in allied professions (Beach et al., 2006; Hojat et al., 2011; Horst et al., 2000) but minimally studied within the field of behavior analysis. In the present study, several sources were utilized to identify and define empathic and compassionate care skills. These skills were divided into three skill areas and taught to ABA masters students using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) via a telehealth platform. All four participants significantly improved their engagement in compassionate care skills following training and maintained these skills in follow up probes and with a different experimenter. Several post-study measures of outcome were taken, including social validity measures from participants, ratings of compassion from consumer and professional experts, as well as comparison measures on the Jefferson Scale of Physician Empathy (JSPE). Participant reports of social validity were high, as were consumer and professional ratings of compassionate behaviors. Improvements on the JSPE were also observed. Implications for training practitioners and for expanding this focus within the field are explored.
 
 
Symposium #303
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Culturally Responsive Behavior Analytic Practice: Conceptualization, Training, and Impact
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon; Endicott College)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In an increasingly diverse world, it is imperative that practitioners of applied behavior analysis reflect on what it means to be culturally responsive, identify best practices for serving diverse and, particularly, marginalized clients and families, and evaluate methods for training staff to be culturally responsive in their interactions with clients. Across the papers within this symposium, the importance of recognizing client demographics as a meaningful variable in behavior analytic practice and research will be highlighted. In addition, a competency checklist for identifying practitioners’ strengths and areas of need with regard to culturally responsive services for individuals on the autism spectrum will be introduced. Finally, a study evaluating the use of behavioral skills training to teach cultural competence will show that components of the complex skill set of cultural responsiveness can be operationalized and successfully trained. Behavior analysis has been effectively applied across many populations, this symposium will emphasize the work that continues to be needed in ensuring that behavior analytic technology can be effectively applied across diverse and marginalized populations in a respectful and responsive manner.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe how ABA service hours were disrupted during the COVID-19 pandemic, across children of diverse racial and socioeconomic backgrounds. (2) Describe simple values and present moment interventions that can be used for supporting immigrant parents. (3) Identify behaviors toward a more culturally responsive practice with clients, caregivers, colleagues, and/or local communities. (4) Through a self-assessment, identify potential areas in which to acquire mentorship and ongoing education. (5) Identify skill repertoires which RBTs can be trained on in relation to Cultural Humility and Cultural Competence. (6) Identify methods for identifying and operationally defining soft skills repertoires associated with session feedback.
 
Diversity submission 

The Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Therapy Utilization Among Racially/Ethnically and Socio-Economically Diverse Children With Autism Spectrum

(Applied Research)
CASSIN GONZALES (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Steven Lopez (University of Southern California), Jennifer Simmonell (University of Southern California), Claudia Rodriguez Gallegos (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Early research on the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) provides evidence of service disruption and worsening behavioral outcomes. The current study evaluates change in hours of ABA therapy before and through the COVID-19 pandemic and disruption differed based on the race/ethnicity and socio-economic status of the child. Retrospective clinical data on client therapy utilization was collected from 5 ABA clinics in California (N=203). Using repeated measures ANOVA, we evaluated change in therapy hours through time and the moderating effects of child’s race/ethnicity and child’s primary therapy funder. We found that there was a significant effect of time on hours of ABA therapy so that there was a reduction in hours between pre COVID-19 and the beginning of COVID-19 with no significant changes in hours of ABA therapy between the beginning of COVID-19 and 6 months into the pandemic. Analysis of moderators revealed no significant effect of race or race x payer on the relationship between time and hours of ABA therapy. Children who receive funding from school districts had a more severe drop in ABA therapy hours during the pandemic compared to others. These findings indicate that ABA therapy hours may have been disrupted for longer periods than anticipated and implications for access to ABA for children during historical moments of healthcare disruption are discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Evaluation of a Zoom-Based, Bilingual Acceptance and Commitment Training Parent Training Program for Supporting Parents in the Undocumented Immigrant Community

(Applied Research)
CLAUDIA RODRIGUEZ GALLEGOS (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Research supports behavioral approaches to parent training but applied behavior analytic (ABA) research, and the social sciences in general, have neglected to include diverse populations in research. One population that has received little or no ABA research is undocumented immigrants. Parents who are undocumented often face multiple layers of adversity, especially regarding accessibility of resources for their children. Barriers often include limited host-language knowledge and fear of contacting authority figures to access services. Parenting can be stressful for all parents and this stress may be exacerbated by the additional stressors that undocumented parents face. Acceptance and commitment training (ACT) is an empirically validated behavior analytic approach to empowering socially meaningful overt behavior change in typically developing adults, but very little research has evaluated ACT training for diverse families, let alone parents without legal immigration status. This multiple baseline study evaluated bilingual, culturally adapted ACT training, delivered over Zoom, for immigrant parents. Target behaviors were self-selected by participants, based on their chosen values. Data collection for one participant is complete and is ongoing for two more. Initial data suggest the program is effective and social validity data suggest a good cultural fit.

 
Diversity submission 

Cultural Responsiveness in Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Autism Services

(Theory)
KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners; Endicott College), Sneha Kohli Mathur (University of Southern California)
Abstract:

Clients of applied behavior analysis (ABA), specifically Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC) receiving treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD), regularly experience the effects of systemic racism via biases (implicit and explicit) in the healthcare system. Examples include delayed diagnosis, missed diagnosis, delayed access to services, culturally inappropriate programming, etc. ABA as a science and practice offers the necessary tools to support immediate, concrete actions toward social justice, including the work of improving timeliness of diagnosis, access to services, and appropriate programming. This paper offers a brief conceptual discussion of cultural responsiveness and humility within autism services. A framework for cultural responsiveness will be offered as a tool to measure a behavior analyst’s skill set across domains of practice and across multiple areas of professional development, with a focus on driving more responsive ABA-based autism services to marginalized communities. While the professional development competency checklist was designed to be applied across settings (e.g., education, community engagement, within a provider organization), this talk will focus especially on applications within an agency/provider organization.

 
Diversity submission Providing Culturally Competent Session Feedback in Applied Behavior Analysis
(Applied Research)
BRITANY MELTON (Endicott College; Journeys Autism Center), Nicholas Vincent Orland (Dubai Autism Center/Endicott College)
Abstract: Dubai, United Arab Emirates is composed of 90% expats who hail from various parts of the world (such as the United Kingdom, India, and Philippines amongst many other). As Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) provide session feedback to these parents from various parts of the world, miscommunications can occur which can potentially cause a variety of challenges (which can range from the therapist being viewed as “rude” by the parent to the parent discontinuing the service due to a miscommunication). A multiple baseline study across participants was employed at the Dubai Autism Center (a state-of-the-art treatment environment located in the Dubai, United Arab Emirates) with 5 RBTs. The RBTs were trained on core competence skills associated with providing culturally sensitive session feedback. Behavior Skills Training (BST) was utilized as the training intervention. Results indicated mastery criteria within 3 to 5 teaching sessions and maintained over time across maintenance and generalization probes. Keywords: Staff training, cultural competence, behavioral skills training
 
 
Symposium #304
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Contingency Management to Support Healthy Behaviors
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: BPN/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew Novak (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
CE Instructor: Matthew Novak, Ph.D.
Abstract: More than half of adults in the United States are living with a chronic health condition. Many chronic diseases can be prevented, delayed, or alleviated with healthy behavior changes, such as increased physical activity or treatment engagement. Unfortunately, consequences for these healthy behaviors are often delayed and uncertain, whereas consequences for competing behaviors (e.g., sedentary behavior) are often immediate and probable. Contingency management interventions, which arrange for the direct and immediate reinforcement of therapeutically important target behaviors, have been highly effective in promoting a wide range of health behaviors in diverse populations. This symposium will cover recent applications of contingency management in the prevention and treatment of chronic health conditions. Specific topics include sedentary behavior reduction, cardiac rehabilitation treatment engagement, self-management of type 1 diabetes, and HIV viral load suppression. Taken together, this symposium will offer an overview of applications of behavior analysis to address a variety of chronic health conditions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingency management, health, incentives, technology
Target Audience: Intermediate: Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavioral principles and research methodology
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and define health promoting behaviors and outcomes; (2) discuss key features of contingency management interventions; and (3) discuss recent applications of contingency management to promote healthy behavior change.
 
Technology-Based Contingency Management for Walking to Prevent Prolonged Periods of Workday Sitting
TYLER ERATH (University of Vermont), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Sedentary behavior is an emerging public health issue. Frequent, brief bouts of walking are recommended by experts to reduce the health risks correlated with physical inactivity and prolonged sedentary periods. The purpose of the current study was to extend the literature by evaluating a technology-based contingency management intervention that reinforced frequent, brief bouts of walking to decrease prolonged periods of sitting during the workday. The packaged intervention was implemented with individuals with primarily sedentary job responsibilities and consisted of a contingency contract with monetary incentives, goal setting, textual prompts, and performance feedback. The intervention was effective in increasing the number of physically active hourly intervals (i.e., hours with > 249 steps) to the preset goal for four participants, thereby disrupting prolonged periods of sedentary time. For two participants, the intervention did not meaningfully increase bouts of walking. Implications of these findings will be discussed along with directions for future research.
 

Contingency Management to Promote Cardiac Rehabilitation Participation Among Patients With Medicaid

DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Cardiac rehabilitation (CR) is a secondary prevention program available to those who have suffered a serious cardiac event or have certain chronic cardiovascular conditions. CR has the highest level of evidence of efficacy (1A), as participation in CR is associated with significant reductions in morbidity and mortality. However, not all eligible patients attend CR, and participation is particularly low among patients with lower socio-economic status, such as those insured through Medicaid. In a series of studies, we have examined whether the provision of incentives (cash or gift cards) following successful completion of CR sessions, improves CR attendance among those with Medicaid. In the current study the efficacy of incentives is being compared to providing a case-manager, to help facilitate entry into and adherence to CR. 136 patients (of a goal of 200) have been randomized 1:2:2:2 to usual care or to one of the three intervention conditions: incentives alone, case-management alone, or incentives combined with case management. The primary outcome is number of CR sessions completed out of a possible 36. Mean numbers of sessions completed thus far by condition is: usual care 15, case management only 13, incentives only 20, case management and incentives 24.

 
Contingency Management to Improve Self-Management of Type 1 Diabetes
MOLLY A ANDERSON (Geisel School of Medicine), Catherine Stanger (Giesel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College)
Abstract: Individuals who have type 1 diabetes (T1D) often struggle with adherence to the complex daily behavior regimen. A study using contingency management (CM) to reinforce blood glucose monitoring for adolescents (ages 13–17) with T1D found the intervention resulted in improved A1c levels that sustained 6 months following intervention (Stanger et al., 2018). The current analysis characterizes the patterns of response to CM. N = 26 participants completed all 25 intervention weeks. The daily goal was to check blood glucose >5 times/day. Phases were: Baseline (2 weeks) — $10 weekly for uploading glucometer; Shaping (5 weeks) — escalating schedule from $10 to $30 for meeting goal +1 day from previous week/$5 bonus for exceeding goal; Maintenance (4 weeks) — $30 weekly for meeting goal >5 days/$5 bonus for >5 days; Fading (14 weeks) — same as maintenance with delays to incentive delivery (paid in weeks 13, 16, 20, and 25). Most participants consistently met weekly goals in all phases (n = 12). Other patterns: loss of gains during fading (n = 9), improved performance after shaping (n = 2), and never consistently met goals (n = 3). Overall, youth responded well to CM, and some may benefit from a slower incentive fading period.
 
Financial Incentives for Suppression of Viral Load in People Living With HIV
MATTHEW NOVAK (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Andrew Rodewald (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Consistent use of antiretroviral medications by adults living with HIV can suppress plasma HIV-1 RNA (viral load) to undetectable levels (<200 copies/mL), which is essential for ending the HIV/AIDS epidemic. This study assessed long-term maintenance and post-intervention effects of financial incentives for suppressing HIV viral load. Adults with detectable viral loads (N=102) were randomly assigned to Usual Care Control or Incentive groups. Incentive participants earned up to $10 per day for 2 years for providing blood samples that showed either reduced or undetectable viral loads. Viral loads for all participants were assessed from blood samples collected every 3 months during the 2-year intervention evaluation period. During the intervention, Incentive participants provided a significantly higher percentage of blood samples with undetectable viral loads than Usual Care Control participants (70.4% vs. 42.5%, respectively). Post-intervention effects on viral load were assessed from blood samples collected 6 and 12 months after the intervention was discontinued. Post intervention, the difference in viral load between Incentive and Usual Care Control groups was not statistically significant (53.8% vs. 45.0%). These findings suggest that financial incentives can produce large and sustained improvements in viral load in people living with HIV, but only while the intervention is in effect.
 
 
Symposium #305
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Prioritizing Safety: A Review of Safety, Restraint, and Seclusion Procedures in Clinical Settings
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Mae Morris (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Alison M. Betz (Children's Hospital Colorado, Pediatric Mental Health Institute)
CE Instructor: Alison M. Betz, M.A.
Abstract:

Reinforcement-based interventions that are informed from a functional behavior assessment have been shown to significantly reduce severe destructive behavior in individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities. These procedures are highly effective and empirically supported; however, additional behavior management strategies, such as restraint and seclusion procedures, may be warranted during emergent situations or when severe destructive behaviors prove resistant to reinforcement-based procedures alone (i.e., programmed as a punishment procedure). In this symposium, DeBrine and colleagues provide a concise review of the Applied Behavior Analysis International best-practice guidelines on the use of restraint and seclusion (2010). Salvatore and colleagues will discuss the use of function-based training to decrease the use of restraint procedures within a hospital setting. Moretti and colleagues review survey results examining behavioral practitioners’ (RBT, BCaBA, BCBA/BCBA-D) experiences with the use of restraint and physical intervention when working with neurodiverse populations. Romani and colleagues review data from an improvement project aimed at reducing staff injuries within a severe behavior program. Lastly, Dr. Alison Betz will provide comments related to best-practice pertaining to the contexts warranting inclusion of punishment, restraint, and/or seclusion practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Crisis Management, Physical Intervention, Restraint, Staff Training
Target Audience:

This symposium is targeted at practitioners who specialize in severe destructive behavior disorders and/or neurodevelopmental disabilities within clinical and medical settings. In addition, this presentation is relevant for any RBT, BCaBA, BCBA, or BCBA-D that regularly encounters crisis situations involving restraint, seclusion, and/or physical interventions.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) evaluate and critically analyze the extent to which published literature on the use of restraint and seclusion procedures during the assessment and treatment of severe destructive behavior aligns with Applied Behavior Analysis International best-practice guidelines on the use of restraint and seclusion (2010), (2) understand the potential adverse responses experienced by patients and practitioners using restraint, seclusion, and physical intervention procedures, (3) identify one way to evaluate and modify crisis procedures to promote staff and patient safety.
 
Restraint and Seclusion Practices in the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Challenging Behavior
JORDAN DEBRINE (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Aaron Christopher White (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Severe challenging behavior can be effectively treated using reinforcement-based intervention. In rare occurrences, severe challenging behaviors are resistant to reinforcement-based intervention and pose an imminent risk of harm to the individual or others, warranting the addition of restraint and/or seclusion procedures. In 2010, Applied Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) published best practice guidelines to advise practitioners and researchers electing to use restraint and seclusion practices within clinical or research practices. The current systematic review aims to analyze behavior change in relation to restraint and seclusion practices documented in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis before and after the dissemination of the 2010 ABAI position statement. Specifically, we 1) examined trends in reported use of restraint and/or seclusion procedures in the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior, 2) provided an in-depth analysis of alignment with ABAI (2010) best-practice guidelines for selected articles, and 3) provided purposeful action and advocacy steps for practitioners and researchers when considering the use of restraint and seclusion practices within their clinical practice or research.
 

Physician Perspectives on Severe Behavior and Restraint in a Hospital Setting for Patients With Autism

GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Physicians in hospital settings are treating an increasing number of patients with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who also engage in severe behavior. Function-based treatments are widely studied and are documented as more effective in producing improved behavioral outcomes than non-function-based treatments. Although the behavioral literature has examined function-based treatment for increasing medical compliance, restraint is commonly used by physicians as a behavior management strategy when severe behavior occurs in hospital settings. Twenty-five physicians and medical trainees from an urban teaching hospital participated in discussions about experiences managing severe behavior in patients with ASD across the lifespan. Thematic analysis of participant transcripts indicated the critical need for physician training in function-based management of severe behavior. Despite moderate knowledge of ASD, participants identified a gap in knowledge specific to behavioral function and practical skills treating patients with ASD who engage in severe behavior, as evidenced by participants attributing severe behavior to internal (e.g., maintaining inner peace) and external (e.g., physical environment) factors and recommending restraint as a management strategy. We will discuss how principles of applied behavior analysis and function-based training may be incorporated into medical curriculum to decrease restraint implementation and promote effective behavior management for neurodiverse patients in hospital settings.

 

Behavioral Practitioners' Experiences With Restraint and Physical Guidance for Managing Challenging Behavior

ABIGAIL MORETTI (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Olivia Scattergood (Rowan University), Taylor Pankiewicz (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Restraint is often considered a last resort behavior management strategy to manage severe behaviors. The use of restraint is controversial, with research demonstrating that clients who had been restrained report feeling overpowered and helpless, and consider restraint a form of punishment and humiliation (Hawsawi et al., 2020). This study examines behavioral practitioners’ (RBT, BCaBA, BCBA/BCBA-D) experiences with and feelings about the use of restraint and physical interventions in their work with clients with autism. Participants completed a survey with open and closed-ended response on their experiences with physical and mechanical restraint and with physical guidance, including perceived clients’ reactions. Preliminary results with 94 participants indicate that 58.82% had implemented and 84.72% had observed a physical restraint within the past year. Of these participants, 71.88% managed challenging behavior at least weekly and 48.44% daily. A smaller percentage had implemented (27.69%) or observed (33.82%) mechanical restraint. The majority (88.52%) reported adverse responses from their clients to physical restraint, most commonly physical resistance (25%), vocal responses (23%), and emotional responses (20%). Most participants (71.15%) reported regularly implementing physical guidance, with 81.03% experiencing a client that disliked physical guidance. These results suggest the need for alternative behavior management strategies for clients with challenging behavior.

 

An Evaluation of Variables Contributing to Behavior Technician Injury on a Psychiatric Inpatient Program for Children With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities

PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Merlin Ariefdjohan (University of Colorado School of Medicine), Lyndsay Gaffey (Children's Hospital Colorado), Maria Torres Dominguez (University of Colorado at Denver), Jada Lister (University of Colorado at Denver)
Abstract:

Youth diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disabilities are more likely to engage in aggressive behavior than their typically developing peers. Behavior technicians responsible for the management of these youth are often placed in risky situations that result in personal injury. This presentation will highlight research conducted on technician injury occurring on a psychiatric inpatient unit. To address technician injury, unit leadership supported implementation of a sweeping quality improvement project that affected staff-to-patient ratio, evidence-based staff training procedures on applied behavior analytic assessment/treatment, and use of behavioral personal protective equipment (B-PPE; e.g., Kevlar arm sleeves). The effect of training and addition of B-PPE resulted in a decrease in injuries reportable to the Occupational Health and Safety Administration from 6.6 per 1,000 patient days to 0.4 per 1,000 patient days. During a retrospective analysis of these data, we compared variables including technician-to-patient ratio and use of restraint and/or seclusion to technician injuries occurring from 2016 – 2018. Results showed significant relations between use of restraint/seclusion and injury and not significant relations between staff-to-patient ratio and injury. These data will be used to discuss both ongoing evaluation of and intervention for technician injury within severe behavior programs.

 
 
Symposium #306
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Diversity submission Partnering to Empower Staff in the Trenches: Strategies for Dealing With Trauma Underlying Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Discussant: Gabrielle Morgan (Bay Path University)
CE Instructor: Gabrielle Morgan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently encounter staff such as teachers, administrators, and youth counselors who deal with youth exhibiting challenging behaviors that may be related to the trauma these youth are experiencing. Moreover, the youth who are experiencing this trauma are often youth of color who may be retraumatized by the traditional means of dealing with challenging behavior. Unfortunately, behavior analysts may lack the skills for dealing with these challenging behaviors and the related trauma and thus are unable to assist staff in their efforts. A partnership developed among the leadership of Together Helping Reduce Youth Violence for Equity (ThrYve), a program for youth at the University of Kansas, a private provider of services to youth in schools, and a university professor and doctoral student at East Carolina University. The goal of this partnership was to provide information, training, and support to staff working with youth in the ThrYve program as well as other community programs. Presenters in this symposium will provide information about the ThrYve program, the structure and resources provided in the training that took place, effective strategies for dealing with traumatized youth and their challenging behaviors, and lessons learned about empowering staff to implement these strategies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Participants can include BCBAs, teachers, school administrators, psychologists, psychiatrists, nurses, counselors, therapists, and social workers. Participants should be familiar with terms including verbal behavior, discriminative stimuli, establishing and abolishing operations, and positive and negative reinforcement, and have experience and examples dealing with those terms.

Learning Objectives: At the completion of this symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the structure and goals of ThrYve, a community-based intervention to address youth violence 2. Describe the structure and goals of START ANU Behavior, a training program for staff who work with traumatized youth exhibiting challenging behaviors 3. Describe several trauma-based strategies that consist of changing staff verbal behavior when dealing with challenging behavior of traumatized youth 4. Describe lessons that were learned from a pilot study that represented a collaboration among programs and universities with the goal of empowering staff to implement trauma-based strategies
 
Diversity submission 

ThrYve: Addressing Youth Violence Using a Trauma-Informed, Behavioral-Community Approach

Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Malika N. Pritchett (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The consequences of youth violence are long-term, causing adverse health effects and negative impacts on life outcomes, including trauma. In Kansas City, Kansas (KCK), 28% of homicides in 2016 involved youth, 92% of victims were racial and ethnic minorities. Using the Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) Framework for Collaborative Action in Communities, this study examines Together Helping Reduce Youth Violence for Equity (ThrYve), a community-based intervention to address youth violence. ThrYve engages more than 40 community partners across 16 sectors through a Systems Advisory Board (SAB). The SAB coalition supports implementation of cross-sector, collaborative strategies by facilitating systems changes across socioecological levels to address factors that contribute to youth violence and prevent trauma. ThrYve supported the implementation of 87 system changes to address youth violence. As a result, the SAB facilitated more than 90 community action and community change activities. Implementation results demonstrate a marked increase in services and systems changes addressing factors impacting youth violence. The project provides social validity for addressing disparities in youth violence and trauma prevention by implementing and sustaining systems-level approaches. Factors that influenced collaboration will be explored including developing and using a strategic plan, data-informed decision-making, and building staff capacity to implement trauma-informed interventions.

 
Diversity submission 

START ANU Behavior: Providing Staff With Skills to Support Traumatized Youth Exhibiting Challenging Behaviors

PAULA Y FLANDERS (rethinked.com), Danielle Webb (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Sensitive to Trauma Assessment and Relationship Training to Alter Negativity Underlying Behavior (START ANU Behavior) is a manualized training program especially designed to provide staff with the skills to support youth, many of whom are youth of color, who have experienced trauma and are exhibiting violent, aggressive, and other challenging behaviors. The START ANU Behavior program was provided online by three facilitators who conducted workshops over the course of four mornings. The first two mornings consisted of content and information sharing and the second two mornings involved modeling, role-play, feedback, and practice of specific strategies. These training days were followed by five online consultation sessions over several weeks. These consultation sessions were used to assist staff who were trying to implement new strategies with youth that they worked with. Staff were also provided with a training manual to use as a reference guide with written scenarios, sample behavioral intervention plans, and checklists providing steps for the various strategies.

 
Diversity submission Trauma-Based Responses to Challenging Behavior of Traumatized Youth: Changing Verbal Behavior of Staff
DANIELLE WEBB (East Carolina University), paula y flanders (rethinked.com)
Abstract: The verbal behavior of staff toward youth can serve as motivating operations that can either encourage (establishing) or discourage (abolishing) aggressive, violent, oppositional, or defiant behavior. When strong emotional reactions and physiological responses are brought about by underlying trauma, techniques such as reflective listening, reframing, empathy, paradoxical intention, reinforcement, validating, and debriefing can serve as abolishing operations for these challenging behaviors. However, when staff are constantly the target of many of these behaviors, it is very difficult to respond using these strategies. Staff need both the skills and the motivation to respond to challenging behaviors in these in trauma-sensitive ways. Presenters will describe and demonstrate how to provide staff with the skills and motivation to use these techniques with traumatized youth.
 
Diversity submission 

START ANU Behavior: Lessons Learned About Empowering Staff to Implement Trauma-Sensitive Strategies

JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas), Malika N. Pritchett (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Changing staff behavior has long been recognized as a difficult endeavor. Particularly when staff are being subjected to violent, aggressive, oppositional, and defiant behavior from youth, it is difficult to maintain a calm demeanor and provide therapeutic responses to their behaviors. Research has indicated that providing staff with didactic information alone does not change staff behavior. Behavior skills training has been demonstrated to be efficacious in training staff (Little &Tarbox, 2019). In our staff training program, staff were provided with two days (two-and-a- half hours each) of didactic information and then two days (two-and-a- half hours each) of modeling, role-play, and practice of the techniques that were taught. Follow-up was provided where staff received further practice and support of these techniques during five sessions over several months. Pre and post role-play videos, written scenarios, and surveys assessing opinions, attitudes, and beliefs were used to evaluate this training program. Much was learned about how to effectively facilitate change in staff who are on the front lines dealing with youth who have experienced trauma and are exhibiting challenging behavior.

 
 
Symposium #307
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Technology for Teaching and Training: Virtual Reality Applications Across Populations
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County)
Discussant: Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Richard W. Serna, Ph.D.
Abstract:

To be effective behavior analysts must adapt to an ever changing world. This involves using the latest technology to progress our science and practice across all domains. In this symposium four data-based studies will be presented that span multiple areas of behavior analysis. All studies include a cutting-edge tool for teaching and training: virtual reality. Virtual reality is a tool that can be used across populations and settings and offers advantages that behavior analysts can leverage when applying our science. Discussion of how behavior science can be integrated into powerful technology including virtual reality will be included.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): skills training, teaching, technology, virtual reality
Target Audience:

The target audience is broad and will include researchers, practitioners, and those interested in technological applications of behavioral science.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify novel and effective practices in skills training; (2) Describe how skills training can be accomplished via the use of technology including video modeling and virtual reality; (3) Participants will be able to plan for how to incorporate technology in their supervision and training of students and practitioners to be more effective and efficient.
 
Exploring Teacher’s Preferences for Learning Behavioral Skills in Simulated Learning Environments
AARON J. FISCHER (University of Utah), Chathuri Illapperuma (University of Utah), Matt Roberts (University of Utah), Haylee Heller (University of Utah)
Abstract: Teachers require ongoing professional development and support on behavior management to best educate their students. Typically this work is completed in-service and in an experiential format with students. Simulating training opportunities for teachers, through virtual reality, provides a chance to learn skills and practice is a safe environment. As our team develops this training platform, we conducted a study exploring pre-service teachers preference for learning behavioral skills in a simulated learning environment (virtual reality). We conducted a mixed method study assessing acceptability for training in VR (pre/post) a brief experience in a virtual reality headset. Further, we conducted semi-structed interviews to asses preferences for training and social validity of elements to include. A total of 15 participants are enrolled in this study. The specific aim of our semi-structured aspect of the study is to identify: (a) the user’s task language, used to describe concepts, (b) the design tool’s input language, used to articulate the task to the tool, (c) the design tool’s output language, used by the tool to present changes to the user, and (d) the user’s environmental representation of the task, updated by observing the tool’s output.
 

Comparing the Effects of a Lecture and Feedback and Virtual Reality and Feedback on Teacher Performance and Generalization of Discrete Trial Training Skills

Lára Borg Bolladóttir (Reykjavík University and Klettaskóli), ASA INGIMARSDOTTIR (Klettaskóli), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University)
Abstract:

Discrete Trial Training (DTT) methods are beneficial for teaching new skills set to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study aims to replicate and modify Sveinbjo¨rnsdo´ttir et al. (2019), who examined the effects of VR in training DTT skills, with two sets of studies. In the first study we examined how long participants reached mastery criteria in DTT after a lecture on how to implement DTT. In the second study a multiple baseline design across participants was used to examine how fast participants reached mastery criteria in DTT after VR training. In addition, we examined if the skills acquired in Study 1 and 2 generalized when implementing DTT with students. Participants in Study 1 acquired the DTT skills after on average 18 sessions. Participants in Study 2 acquired the DTT skills after four VR sessions on average, and the skills generalized to a regular teaching environment with ASD students and across different teaching tasks. In addition, the VR training produced fewer errors in the natural teaching environment compared to the lecture format. These results suggest that VR training might be a beneficial training method since it can minimize the time required in training and produce higher performance accuracy.

 

Technology-Based Interventions for Increasing Social Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CANNON OUSLEY (University of Missouri), Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County), Chad Rose (University of Missouri), Janine Stichter (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

Social skills deficits are a defining characteristic of autism spectrum disorders (ASD). In this literature review researchers examined articles that specifically focused on technology-based interventions for teaching social skills to children with ASD. Researchers extracted content related to format of technology, specific social skills taught, and effectiveness of intervention. Researchers also conducted a quality assessment of all included studies using What Works Clearinghouse standards. Researchers found positive effects in 12 of the 13 studies reviewed. Video modeling was the most prevalent format of technology used. Virtual reality interventions are increasing and made up 38% of the studies reviewed. Specific participant, setting, and procedural features that lead to the most effective intervention outcomes are highlighted, and implications for future research is discussed.

 

Working Through: Using Virtual Reality to Teach Social Skills for Employment to Individuals With Autism

HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

: Individuals with Autism face challenges with securing and maintain meaningful employment. Deficits in social skills are often considered the primary barrier for individuals with Autism in accessing this sector. Working Through used virtual reality to deliver a social skills intervention aimed at teaching 6 core social skills related to employment. The target skills included emotional recognition, initiating a conversation with a colleague, meeting friends/stranger, negotiating with a salesperson, working with a co-worker and managing conflict, and a job interview. Applied Behaviour Analysis was embedded in the pedagogical framework used to design the learning scenarios for each social skill. Participants included individuals with Autism across four countries: Ireland, Denmark, Cyprus, and Greece. Tests of knowledge and skill were taken as pre and post measures. In addition, performance within the virtual reality scenarios was also recorded. Social validity data was also gathered for participants and trainers. The results showed an increase in knowledge and skill following the intervention. Social validity data highlight the acceptability of virtual reality for both the participants and the trainers. The clinical outcomes and utility of virtual reality are discussed in the context of the current findings.

 
 
Symposium #308
CE Offered: BACB
Toward Self-Determination of Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota )
Discussant: Rebecca Renee Eldridge (Children's Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Rebecca Renee Eldridge, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There is an urgent need to teach and facilitate use of self-determination skills for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Self-determination and autonomy are linked to a variety of long-term outcomes including quality of life. In many cases caregivers and staff are the individuals tasked to teach these skills. In this symposium, presenters will describe research related to incorporating aspects of self-determination in skill-building interventions, training caregivers/staff to implement these procedures, and interventionist factors that support self-determination for adults. The symposium highlights a variety of different ways autonomy and self-determination can be evaluated and incorporated in adults with IDD’s lives and discusses the important future research needed in this area.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Adults, Self Determination, Skill Acquisition, Staff/Caregiver Training
Target Audience:

BCBA & BCBA-D; Prerequisite skills needed include: some experience implementing direct assessments and interventions with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and intermediate knowledge of behavior analytic principles and applied behavior analytic intervention procedures.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) define self-determination and provide examples of ways it can be incorporated into intervention targets; (2) describe how behavior analysts might operationalize skills related to self-determination; (3) describe some important factors and/or behaviors of direct support professionals that impact engaging in behaviors supportive of self-determination.
 

Using Behavior Skills Training to Promote Caregivers' Generalized Skill Instruction With Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disorders

SHAWN NICOLE GIRTLER (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The presence of independent and functional living skills increases autonomy and predicts better outcomes for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Teaching caregivers to successfully teach functional living skills is an indirect way to positively impact the lives of adults with IDD. Behavior skills training (BST) is an evidenced-based approach to train caregivers and provides a blueprint for systematic skills training. This study uses a multiple probe design across caregivers to evaluate the effectiveness of BST delivered via telehealth on caregiver use of teaching procedures, generalization of caregiver teaching skills, and improvement in functional living skills of adults as a result of the skill instruction they receive. Additionally, the adult with IDD participants in this study selected the functional life skills they learned. The use of person-centered practices, such as including participant interest and preference, can assist caregivers in selecting goals related to functional living skills that are important to and important for the learner. Initial results demonstrate this approach is effective for teaching self-selected functional skills to adults with IDD and caregiver use of teaching procedures.

 

Using Total Task Chaining to Teach Job Readiness Skills an to an Adult With a Developmental Disability

EMILY KATRINA UNHOLZ-BOWDEN (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Limited literature exists investigating the acquisition of daily living skills that can lead to autonomy and agency in adults with developmental disabilities. The purpose of the current study is to test the effects of total task chaining with least to most prompting to teach one 18-year-old with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to 1) ask for help, 2) ask for a break, and 3) complete an activity schedule independently in the context of using his augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device during housework and job-related tasks. Using a multiple probe design across behavior chains, we measured the percentage of steps completed independently and accurately. We implemented intervention across at least two settings and two interventionists. Upon mastery of each skill, we probed for use of skills across novel settings and interventionists. Across three behavior chains, the participant mastered asking for help and asking for a break in two settings and with at least two interventionists. The participant also used this skill in a novel setting, with a third, novel interventionist. Further acquisition of completing an activity schedule is to be determined. Teaching skills related to independently completing tasks and self-advocating can help in preparing individuals with developmental disabilities for job readiness.

 

Trends in Self-Determination Behaviors of Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities and Their Direct Support Professionals in Residential Settings

RENATA TICHA (University of Minnesota), Brian H. Abery (University of Minnesota - Institute on Community Integration)
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to highlight findings from a longitudinal randomized control trial investigating the impact of an intervention designed to facilitate Direct Support Professionals (DSP) to more effectively support self-determination (SD) of adults with intellectual disabilities (ID) living in community-based residential settings. The results of behavior observations of study participants will be presented as they relate to the exercise of SD in their environment. Implications for future DSP training will be discussed. Research on the self-determination (SD) of individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) has traditionally relied on self-report assessments or proxy evaluations (e.g., surveys and interviews). Given the developing communication skills and low levels of SD of many individuals with ID as well as limitations in the knowledge of DSPs about individuals they serve, there is a need for an assessment technique that does not require self-report or proxy responses based on recollections of the past, but rather, provides more objective data based upon direct behavioral observation. Drs. Abery, Tichá and their colleagues at the University of Minnesota have developed and validated an observation system SD-CORES (Self-Determination and Control Opportunity and Response Evaluation System) that provides information about behaviors related to SD for people of any level of ID. Study participants included individuals with ID, their direct support staff and supervisors living in 21 group homes. Observations of DSPs suggest that their support of consumer SD is both infrequent and short in duration. Although DSPs are almost always present, they are socially engaged with consumers only 25% of the time. Extremely low levels of consumer-consumer interaction were also observed across all homes and agencies. Staff (opportunities & support) and consumer SD behaviors (assessed using the SD-CORES) were found to be significantly related to each other in a positive manner. A significant positive relationship was found between consumer SD Index Scores and the degree to which DSPs provided opportunities and support for SD (SD-CORES). In addition, the consumer SD Index Score was significantly positively related to consumer SD behaviors as observed by SD-CORES.

 

Factors Associated With the Self-Determination of People With Intellectual Disabilities in Community-Based Residential Settings: The Importance of Direct Support Professionals Attitudes and Behaviors

BRIAN H. ABERY (University of Minnesota - Institute on Community Integration), Renata Ticha (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Self-determination (SD) refers to the degree to which people exercise the degree of control they desire over those aspects of life viewed as important. It is not an internal attribute but rather embedded within relationships. Research indicates that people with intellectual disabilities (PWID) exercise lower levels of SD in comparison to peers. Traditional approaches to enhancing SD have centered on supporting the development of personal capacities. An alternative is to focus on changing the behavior of those who support PWIDs. The purpose of this presentation is to highlight findings relevant to factors associated with Direct Support Professionals (DSP) engaging in behaviors supportive of SD. Participants included PWIDs and their DSPs living in 21 group homes managed by multiple agencies. Data was collected via both direct observation using SD-CORES (Self-Determination and Control Opportunity and Response Evaluation System) and interviews with staff. Perceived DSP roles, consumer maladaptive behavior, and house culture all significantly predicted DSP behavior supportive of SD. DSPs who viewed their role as supporting SD rather than as care-taking were significantly more likely to engage in behavior facilitative of SD which predicted frequency of decision -making among PWIDs as measured by direct observation. Lower levels of internalized maladaptive behavior was associated with PWIDs exercising higher levels of SD. Differences between residences contributed a large amount to the total variance explained over and above PWID and DSP characteristics. Implications of findings for PWIDs and providers will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #309
CE Offered: BACB
Durability of Treatment Effects: Assessing Variables Contributing to Relapse in the Lab and Clinic
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Charlene Nicole Agnew (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Daniel R. Mitteer, Ph.D.
Abstract: Analyses of relapse in basic, translational, and clinical settings enables us to better understand factors that promote durability of treatment and those that contribute to reemergence of behavior. The focus of this symposium is to highlight research on relapse designed to 1) synthesize existing experimental and clinical data and 2) evaluate the impact of novel variables. First, we will explore the procedures and analyses used in laboratory investigations of resurgence over the past 5 decades. We will also review relapse during treatments of severe problem behavior during reinforcement thinning and context change in clinical settings. Then, we will examine variables in current investigations of relapse. These include 1) the use of cues during reinforcement thinning and their influence on resurgence and 2) antecedent and response variables that impact clinical cases of relapse resurgence. Attendees will deepen their understanding of relapse, the variables that affect it, and potential methods to prevent it. Dr. Andrew Craig will provide a discussion.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Alternative reinforcement, Reoccurrence, Resurgence, Treatment relapse
Target Audience: The target audience for this talk should have some basic understanding of the paradigms used to study resurgence and familiarity with applications of these paradigms within basic and applied settings. Both practitioners and researchers are welcomed.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify variations of the study of relapse in the lab and clinic; (2) understand the value of studying relapse in both lab and clinical settings; (3) describe methods to analyze relapse in lab or clinical settings.
 
A Systematic Review of Procedures and Analyses Used in Studies of Resurgence, 1970-2020
(Basic Research)
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Auburn University), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Jodie Waits (Louisiana State University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Despite basic research conducted on resurgence for over 50 years, there have been no published systematic reviews of the resurgence literature to provide organization to the range of procedures and analyses employed in this research. A systematic review of this area was performed consistent with the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines and representative works were classified across various dimensions, including participant characteristics, design, procedural features, criteria defining resurgence, and analytic strategies. The review included 120 articles and 200 experiments. Over three-fourths of all articles on resurgence were published in the last 10 years with 13 different nonhuman and human populations comprising the participants. Therefore, resurgence as a behavioral phenomenon is general across species and populations, but rats, pigeons, and university students make up the majority (88.5%) of participants. Overall, 149 experiments (74.5%) included nonhumans as participants. Of the 51 experiments (25.5% overall) including human participants, ten included individuals diagnosed with a disability. Only 12 experiments (6.0%) included a quantitative theoretical analysis of resurgence effects, indicating an area needing further development to organize and understand the behavioral processes involved in resurgence.
 

An Evaluation of Variables Across the Contingency on the Resurgence of Problem Behavior Following Functional Communication Therapy

(Applied Research)
KARLA ZABALA-SNOW (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Rose Morlino (University of Georgia), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Resurgence, or the return of previously extinguished problem behavior when intervention is challenged, represents an important clinical problem for researchers and implementers to address. Understanding the conditions that bring about and mitigate resurgence can lead to improved long-term implementation of DRA-based intervention such as functional communication training (FCT). We evaluated response and consequence variables as part of a large research project related to response persistence in the context of FCT. Our research approach allowed for us to evaluate how these variables impacted resurgence of problem behavior for a subset of participants. For one subset of individuals, we evaluated the relation between communication modality included in FCT and subsequent resurgence. Results indicated that resurgence was greater during the disruption component associated with a low preferred FCT modality, relative to resurgence in a disruption component associated with a high preferred FCT modality. For another subset of individuals, we evaluated the relation between reinforcement history and subsequent resurgence. Results were more equivocal with this group. One individual displayed greater resurgence in the context associated with dense reinforcement, one individual displayed less resurgence in the context associated with dense reinforcement, and one individual displayed no resurgence. The results of the current study suggested that the level of resurgence observed might differ as a function of response-related variables, such as preference for communication modality. Results related to the impact of reinforcement history on resurgence were less consistent.

 
On the Scope and Characteristics of Relapse When Treating Severe Destructive Behavior
(Applied Research)
DANIEL R. MITTEER (Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University), Sarah D Haney (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Prior studies on treatment relapse have typically examined the prevalence of resurgence or renewal of target behavior (e.g., destructive behavior) in isolation. In this study, we analyzed relapse during 25 consecutive treatments involving functional communication training with discriminative stimuli during worsening in reinforcement conditions for alternative behavior or following context changes. We also examined disruption of alternative behavior (i.e., functional communication requests, compliance). Resurgence and renewal of destructive behavior occurred in 76% and 69% of treatments, respectively, and in approximately a third of changes in reinforcement or context. Relapse of destructive behavior predicted alternative-response disruption and vice versa; the co-occurrence of these two events always exceeded the background probabilities of either event occurring in isolation. General reductions in treatment efficacy occurred across changes in reinforcement or context with no apparent decrease in likelihood with later transitions. We discuss implications of our findings with respect to future studies examining treatment durability.
 

Cues Associated With Alternative Reinforcement and their Effects on Resurgence

(Basic Research)
Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara), CARLOS DANIEL EVERARDO RIVERA (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

The mitigation of the resurgence effect has implications both theoretical and practical. In doing so, we add to the comprehension of variables that control resurgence as well as generate ideas that can potentially be applied to clinical situations. In the resurgence procedure, a target response (TR) is established during an initial phase, then extinguished in a second phase, while an alternative response (AR) is reinforced. Finally, during a test phase, both responses are extinguished. The TR usually resurges during the test. A cue associated with the extinction of the TR during alternative reinforcement can mitigate the resurgence effect. This study assessed the effects of varying the presentation of a cue during the alternative reinforcement phase on resurgence. Human participants were exposed to a resurgence procedure varying the presentation of the cue during alternative reinforcement in a continuous, contingent, or a random manner. Results indicated that resurgence can be reduced by presenting a cue associated with alternative reinforcement, although the continuous presentation seems to be the most effective to mitigate relapse.

 
 
Symposium #310
The Broad Utility of Behavioral Economics: Novel Applications for Sustainability, Health, and Industry
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Meredith S. Berry (University of Florida)
Discussant: Steven R Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract: The speakers in this symposium will present on several methodological and conceptual advances in behavioral economic applications. Dr. Jillian Rung will present research evaluating whether sunk cost phenomena—typically when financial investments lead to persistence—apply to behavioral investments, and in particular those that lead to positive outcomes in the form of abstinence from alcohol use. Brett Gelino will discuss the ability of a novel operant demand decision making task to detect differences in community-scale “green” consumerism following introduction of choice architectural environmental manipulations. Dr. Lindsay Schwartz will present on findings related to hypothetical purchase tasks used to assess smartwatch brand demand in consumers, demonstrating that purchase tasks can be sensitive enough to detect differences in demand for brands of smartwatches. Garret Hack will discuss the importance of identifying factors that influence transportation choices in order to promote sustainable behaviors, and the effects of framing manipulations on participants’ reported likelihood of using public transportation in discounting tasks. Dr. Steve Hursh will serve as discussant and will integrate overarching behavioral economic concepts in the context of several novel methodological and conceptual advances covered by this symposium’s speakers.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Demand, Discounting, Purchase Tasks
 
The Upside to Sunk Costs: Framing Recovery as an Investment May Help Maintain Alcohol Abstinence
JILLIAN RUNG (University of Florida), Meredith S. Berry (University of Florida)
Abstract: Focusing on prior investments can lead to persistence toward an outcome, with most studies evaluating such phenomena in the context of financial losses (i.e., sunk costs). The present research sought to determine whether focusing on prior investments could lead to positive outcomes: in this case, whether construing prior alcohol abstinence as an investment in a hypothetical scenario could encourage a greater likelihood of remaining abstinent. Participants were adults recruited through Amazon Mechanical Turk (ages 18-71) who recently consumed alcohol and were at risk for alcohol use disorder. In an online survey, participants were randomly assigned to a no-vignette (neutral) control or an abstinence-related vignette in which participants imagined deciding to quit drinking or having already quit (for 60 or 120 days). Participants then completed a probability-based alcohol purchase task indicating their likelihood of drinking in a tempting hypothetical scenario (abstinence vignettes) or right now (control). Preliminary data analysis using simple nonparametric tests indicates that the decision to quit (motivation) produces large reductions in likelihood of drinking (ps <.05), whereas engaging in abstinence produces nominal reductions beyond motivation (ps > .05). Ongoing data analysis will clarify among whom the manipulation may have most efficacy and whether demand characteristics impact manipulation outcomes.
 
A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Carbon-Neutral Energy Purchasing
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: In the described experiments, we probe the ability of a novel operant demand decision making task to detect differences in community-scale “green” consumerism following introduction of choice architectural environmental manipulations. In both experiments, participants are asked to make decisions regarding their enrollment in an environmentally friendly home-energy supply at prices unique to their household experience. In Experiment 1, we assess task baseline performance by examining consistency within generated demand metrics, relation of metrics to existing measures of ecological concern, and metric predictive ability as it pertains to eco-friendly action. Results suggest adequate internal performance and conceptual divergence from existing measures. In Experiment 2, we test the performance of the task as a framework for evaluating scalable choice architectural intervention. In this case, participants indicate their willingness to enroll or remain enrolled, pending an opt-in or opt-out arrangement. Results suggest task sensitivity sufficient to detect group differences in demand: Our opt-out arrangements (i.e., default enrollment) produced significantly greater clean energy purchasing. Overall findings infer viability of our novel task for use as an evaluative instrument in prospective community intervention.
 
Behavioral Economic Purchase Tasks for New Product Development
LINDSAY SCHWARTZ (Institutes for Behavior Resources)
Abstract: The quantification of behavioral economic demand can provide an important insight into how users might react to new products that target health-related decisions. Hypothetical purchase tasks (HPT) and operant demand analyses are commonly used to understand behaviors related to preventive health, such as drug use and vaccine uptake, but can also be applied to study decisions made about consumer products and brands, such as sleep-tracking smartwatches. In a series of ongoing pilot studies, HPTs are used to assess smartwatch and smartwatch brand demand in consumers recruited via Amazon’s mTurk platform. These studies demonstrate that HPTs can be sensitive enough to detect differences in demand for brands of smartwatches, especially for participants that already use that brand’s products. However, a lack of detection in differences due to product features may indicate that future guidelines for HPT construction are likely required. Ongoing studies are focused on collecting additional data to determine the sensitivity and validity of using HPTs in this context.
 
The Effects of Framing on Discounting of Pro-Environmental Transportation Choices
GARRET HACK (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Andrew C Bonner (University of Florida), Sarah Catherine Weinsztok (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Identifying factors that influence choices among emission-producing activities, in order to promote sustainable behaviors, is crucial to limiting the effects of climate change. Transportation is one of the largest sources of human-produced emission, given the widespread use of personal gas vehicles. Public mass transportation produces fewer emissions but is associated with longer times between leaving home and arriving at a destination. The current study examined the effects of framing manipulations on participants’ reported likelihood of using public transportation in discounting tasks. The majority of current participants were white, female, college undergraduates. Each participant completed two discounting tasks, one with neutral framing and another with environmental framing. Choices were offered between using a personal vehicle or taking public transportation involving a specified length of additional time to reach a destination. The dependent variable was participants’ reported likelihood of using public transportation, provided on a visual analogue scale. Participants experienced either a neutral-environmental condition sequence or an environmental-neutral sequence. In the neutral-environmental sequence, participants reported higher likelihood of using public transportation in the environmentally framed condition than the neutral condition. Little difference was observed between conditions in the environmental-neutral sequence.
 
 
Symposium #311
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Real-World Application After Instruction: Cognitive Strategy Instruction, Think-Alouds, and Delayed Prompting
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Allaina Douglas (University of Oregon )
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Successful people engage in behaviors they were previously taught under a vastly wider variety of contexts than those presented in during initial instruction. After instruction, some learners need only a few models to successfully apply the skills that they have been taught. However, even if they performed well during instruction, many learners require explicit instruction in knowing both how and when to apply their instructed skills. At Morningside Academy we have developed a Generative Instruction model for teaching learners to engage in application as well as novel behavior. First, Kent Johnson will describe that Generative Instruction model, and urge behavioral educators to broaden their focus beyond knowledge and skill acquisition to meet the demands of our current technology and information society. Second, Andrew Kieta will define and illustrate how orient instruction toward application by using Cognitive Strategy Instruction (CSI) with teacher think-alouds, and using think-alouds during opportunities for application. Third, Bailee Scheuffele will provide data to illustrate how application of initially taught vocabulary words can be increased with CSI and think-alouds. Finally, Leah Herzog will provide data to illustrate how to use think-alouds and delayed prompting procedures to promote application of initially taught sentence writing skills to many novel contexts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Application, Generative Responding, Instruction, Language
Target Audience:

Teachers, school psychologists, behavioral educators

Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define, describe, and illustrate simple generative responding. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define, describe, and illustrate cognitive strategy instruction. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define, describe, and illustrate delayed prompting.
 

Promoting Application With Generative Instruction

(Theory)
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Effective people engage in behaviors they were previously taught under a vastly wider variety of contexts than those presented in classrooms. We call applying the same behavior we were taught in a new context or circumstance simple generative responding. To promote simple generative responding, most teachers provide suggestions or wisdom to students about applying the behaviors elsewhere. However, a fully functional analysis must include more than hope for application. How do we promote simple generative responding? For example, how do we guarantee that students will apply newly learned decoding skills to read a magazine or newspaper article? Apply column addition & subtraction skills while grocery shopping? Apply persuasive writing skills to write a letter to a newspaper editor? Watch videos, and read articles and books related to the social studies and science that we teach? Questions like these pertain to the sustainability of behavior. Many students require direct instruction in both knowing how and knowing when to apply what they have learned. We have designed two procedures to facilitate application: Cognitive Strategy Instruction with teacher think-alouds to broaden the context in which a skill is initially taught, and delayed prompting to guide application of the skill in new contexts.

 
Using Teacher Think-Alouds During Cognitive Strategy Instruction and to Facilitate Simple Generative Responding of Previously Taught Concepts, Principles, and Strategies to Novel Contexts.
(Theory)
ANDREW ROBERT KIETA (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Teacher Think-Alouds refer to the instructional practice wherein the teacher vocalizes his or her thought process in order to go beyond simple modeling. Think-Alouds are effective because they prompt empathetic listening; they invite the learner into the thinking process rather than telling the learner what to do. One area where Think-Alouds are particularly effective is during Cognitive Strategy Instruction (CSI). Instead of focusing on explicit steps or algorithms, students learn a series of heuristics, guidelines, or “procedural facilitators” to support problem solving. Learning the cognitive strategy is just the first step, as successful learners apply the behaviors they were previously taught to a vastly wider variety of contexts than those presented in classrooms, a process called Simple Generative Responding. While the broad nature of cognitive strategies make them particularly useful in engineering for Simple Generative Responding, teachers must do more than hope for application. The second important function of teacher Think Alouds is to facilitate simple generative responding by modeling the thinking of an expert as they apply a concept, rule, or strategy to a new context. This presentation will describe CSI, the role of Think-Alouds during instruction of cognitive strategies, and how to Think-Aloud to encourage Simple Generative Responding.
 
Simple Generativity of Language Using a Targeted Vocabulary Intervention and Cognitive Strategy Instruction
(Applied Research)
BAILEE SCHEUFFELE (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Adolescents already show an aptitude for generating language learned in one context while engaged in another. For instance, internet gaming slang terms such as “sus” and “yeet” occur repeatedly throughout a school day. How can we tap this propensity for application, or simple generative responding, to increase learners’ application of targeted vocabulary objectives? Using the Story Champs multi-tiered Direct Instruction language program—specifically the Blitz Vocabulary and Spot the Sparkle tracks—we monitored a group of 4th-7th grade students’ application of vocabulary words taught in the program. Generativity probes for vocabulary application were conducted during other periods of the instructional day: group story reading, Monday morning “weekend retells,” and written work samples. Data revealed that adding cognitive strategy instruction with think-alouds to the teacher routines in Story Champs substantially increased generative responding with the vocabulary words taught in the program. Language expansion via simple generative responding is applicable, accessible, and achievable.
 
Using Teacher Think-Alouds and Delayed Prompting Procedures to Facilitate Simple Generative Responding of Sentence Writing
(Applied Research)
LEAH HERZOG (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: In a mixed-age reading and language arts class, the Strategic Instruction Model’s (SIM) Sentence Writing Strategy curriculum was used to teach Tier 2 elementary and middle school students cognitive strategies for writing four types of sentences: simple, compound, complex, and compound-complex. Once students learned the cognitive strategies, we probed for the occurrence of application, or simple generative responding in other contexts. One context was writing sentences in the Reading Mastery: Language Arts curriculum, which teaches paragraph writing in a variety of genres (i.e., narrative, informative, opinion, persuasive, and poetry). Another context was writing answers to comprehension questions in the Reading Mastery: Reading program. Generative responding was also probed in less structured contexts, such as writing in math classes and writing outside of the school environment. Teacher led think-alouds were used to initially teach the cognitive strategies, and to show students how to apply those strategies in novel contexts. Delayed prompting procedures were also used to facilitate application. Data will show the substantial effects of teacher led think-alouds and delayed prompting on simple generative responding.
 
 
Symposium #312
CE Offered: BACB
Training and Supporting Staff Working in Settings Serving Adults With Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sandra Alex Ruby (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
CE Instructor: Marren Marie Leon-Barajas, M.A.
Abstract:

Staff behavior impacts the quality of services delivered to consumers; thus, identifying ways to effectively train and support staff is a worthwhile area of study. This symposium includes four presentations that address this important topic in settings serving adults with disabilities. Delapp will share findings of an experiment evaluating the effects of video-aided training on staff’s implementation integrity of a skill acquisition procedure. Iannaccone will describe results of an experiment examining a video-aided training package consisting of written coaching skills, models, video critiques, and live practice sessions on staff’s ability to collect data and coach other staff. In addition to initial training, staff need ongoing support to provide quality services. Ruby will share results of an experiment evaluating the effects of a technology-based self-monitoring procedure on staff–consumer positive interactions as research has shown that positive interactions increase leisure, self-help, and community integration skills. Finally, Leon-Barajas will summarize the results of an experiment that evaluated the effects of an indicated (i.e., function-based) intervention on appropriate mask wearing by staff serving adults with disabilities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, group homes, staff support, Staff training
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research-based staff training components; (2) discuss a self-monitoring and feedback procedure; and (3) describe the effects of an indicated intervention on staff’s appropriate mask-wearing.
 
Effects of a Video-Aided Training on the Integrity of Skill Acquisition Interventions in an Adult Service Setting
Sarah Weddle (May Institute), Julia Iannaccone (May Institute), CHRISTINA MARIE DELAPP (May Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (May Institute)
Abstract: Quality of services for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities is impacted by many systemic barriers one of which is training employees to competently implement functionally meaningful, behavior analytic interventions. Behavior skills training (BST), an empirically supported training procedure, is time consuming and requires an adequate number of competent trainers. In large human service settings, training all employees presents as an insurmountable system-level initiative. Therefore, it is critical to explore innovative approaches aimed toward standardization and efficiency. The present study evaluated the efficacy of a video-aided BST package to train employees to implement essential skill acquisition interventions commonly identified on client care plans in an adult day program. Interventions included mand, listener responding, chaining, and task tolerance procedures. Results of a multiple baseline design demonstrated an improvement in procedural integrity from baseline on the targeted intervention procedures. Limitations and future directions such as evaluating efficiency in this setting will be discussed.
 
Preparing Non-Behavior Analytic Administrators to Become Effective Trainers in an Adult Service Setting
JULIA IANNACCONE (May Institute), Sarah Weddle (May Institute), Christina Marie DeLapp (May Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (May Institute)
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) is considered best practice for teaching a variety of skills; however, of practical concern is the expertise required to teach behavior analytic procedures. Many studies demonstrating the effectiveness of BST utilize experienced trainers including behavior analysts and graduate students studying behavior analysis. Human service organizations serving adults with intellectual and development disabilities represents a setting in which qualitied trainers are limited or absent. The purpose of the present study was to prepare non-behavior analytic administrators to: (1) evaluate trainee progress using treatment integrity measures, and (2) demonstrate coaching skills in role play and in-vivo sessions when training a variety of mand, listener responding, chaining, and task tolerance procedures. Administrators received a video-aided training package consisting of descriptions of the coaching skill, models, video critiques (i.e., exemplars with varying levels of treatment integrity), and live practice sessions. Results suggest that the current training package increased levels of accurate treatment integrity data collection from baseline, and increased levels of effective coaching skills demonstrated by non-behavior analytic administrators. Implications are suggested for all settings with limited behavior analytic resources.
 
Evaluating the Effects of Technology-Based Self-Monitoring on Positive Staff–Consumer Interactions in Group Homes
SANDRA ALEX RUBY (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The quality and frequency of positive interactions between staff and consumers are related to reductions in consumer problem behavior and increases in other desired outcomes, such as leisure and self-help skills. Unfortunately, the frequency with which group home staff positively interact with consumers is often low and regularly requires intervention. We evaluated the effects of technology-based self-monitoring on positive interactions between staff and consumers during consumer leisure time. Participant data were collected off-site through video recordings from cameras already present in the group homes. During baseline, participant interactions were low. Upon introduction of an intervention containing self-monitoring completed via a tablet device, staff interactions increased and maintained when the intervention was in effect. Supplemental feedback via text message was provided to two of the three participants to reach criterion. These findings demonstrate the utility of technology-based self-monitoring for some individuals to increase positive staff–consumer interactions in group homes.
 

Improving Mask-Wearing by Group Home Staff

MARREN MARIE LEON-BARAJAS (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Sandra Alex Ruby (University of Kansas), Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Mask wearing is among the most recommended prevention strategies to slow the spread of Coronavirus 2019 (Covid-19) as recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Mask wearing is especially important in settings where vulnerable populations (e.g., older adults, individuals with certain pre-existing conditions [e.g., type 2 diabetes], people living in congregate settings) reside and work. Despite mask wearing being a behavior amenable to change, there are no behavior-analytic studies addressing mask wearing in the workplace to date. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of a Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) -indicated intervention to determine barriers to mask wearing. Using a multiple baseline across staff design with an embedded withdrawal, results of the present study suggest that the indicated intervention (i.e., feedback) may be an effective treatment to improve mask wearing by staff while some staff may require supplemental monetary incentives to meet mastery criterion. This study contributes to a sparse, but important, literature base to address safety in the workplace as it relates to Covid-19 and recommended practices.

 
 
Symposium #313
Recent Advancements in Caregiver Training for Behavior Analytic Services
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Elizabeth Martinez Rowe (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

A successful behavioral intervention is not solely dependent on the relative increase or decrease of the behaviors targeted for change. Success is also determined by the extent to which all caregivers consistently implement all critical features of the treatment package (Allen & Warzak, 2000). As such, caregiver training is an integral component of successful behavior analytic services. This symposium will cover a myriad of topics related to caregiver training with comments from Dr. Joseph Lambert. The first paper will discuss translational research evaluating the impact of behavioral skills training on treatment integrity during low or high-rate destructive behavior conditions. The second paper, a review, identifies publications using single-case design and visual analysis to evaluate behavioral teaching procedures for caregiver performance on acquiring behavior analytic skills to reduce challenging behavior. The third paper presents results from applied research investigating the effects of cultural and linguistic adapted training on caregiver implementation of skill acquisition. Lastly, the final paper will detail methods for teaching parents to implement function-based interventions via telehealth. These papers exhibit some recent advancements in caregiver training within behavior analysis and identify considerations for future directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, caregiver training, challenging behavior, treatment integrity
 

Translational Evaluation of Treatment Integrity Following Training With Varying Destructive Behavior Rates

ALEXANDRA HARDEE (Marcus Autism Center), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Riley Ruzicka (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Samantha Bryan (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Heather Anderson (University Nebraska Medical Center), Sarah Elizabeth Martinez Rowe (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts often use behavioral skills training to teach caregivers to implement treatment for their child’s destructive behavior with high levels of integrity. Even when trained to high levels of integrity, caregivers may revert to undesirable behaviors, and treatment integrity may decrease if high rates of destructive behavior occur (i.e., relapse). In the present study, we implemented a translational evaluation with adult participants to determine the impact of training under low- or high-rate destructive behavior on treatment integrity during subsequent treatment challenges involving exposure to high rates of destructive behavior only. Participants trained to implement the treatment package under conditions of high-rate destructive behavior maintained higher levels of treatment integrity during treatment challenges compared to those exposed to low-rate destructive behavior during training. We discuss potential implications of these results for clinicians to consider when training caregivers in applied settings as well as areas for future research.

 

Approaches to Applied Behavior Caregiver Training for Managing Challenging Behavior: A Review

SAMANTHA BRYAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Aaron Christopher White (Mississippi State University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts train caregivers to use evidence-based behavioral procedures to reduce challenging behavior. Applied behavior analysis interventions are well-established modalities of treatment for challenging behaviors in individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities and crucial to producing clinically significant treatment outcomes, generality, and maintenance. The purpose of this systematic review was to identify peer-reviewed studies published from 2011 to 2021 which used single-case design and visual analysis to evaluate caregiver performance on acquisition of behavioral analytic skills to reduce challenging behavior of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. An initial database search produced 92 articles. Following our inclusionary search eight articles were selected. We evaluated (1) single-case design methodologies, (2) when and how caregivers were introduced to the training context and treatment context with the individual, and (3) overall treatment outcomes obtained during training. Amongst the selected articles, various single-case designs were used to evaluate the effect of behavioral procedures used and researchers adequately trained caregivers to implement and sustain reduction in challenging behavior following training. Although effective, limitations lie in the small sample size of literature produced which include visual analysis for parent training performance, and its effects on treatment outcomes.

 

Comparing Training With and Without Cultural Adaptations on Latino Caregivers of Children With Autism

FABIOLA VARGAS LONDONO (The University of Texas at Austin/Marcus Autism Center, Atlanta, GA, United States), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Nataly Lim (University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) families of children with autism face unique challenges when accessing services that match their culture and language. To reduce disparity, it is essential to understand the impact of a mismatch between the family’s primary language and the training language. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of implementing caregiver training with and without linguistic adaptations on four Latino caregivers of children with autism. An alternating treatments embedded with a concurrent delayed multiple probe design was conducted to investigate the relative effects of language on instruction, using English versus Spanish, and teaching caregivers, via Telehealth, two different skills. Results indicated that CLD families can benefit from training regardless of the language mismatch and positively impact their child’s skills acquisition. Nevertheless, the culturally adapted training was a) more efficient on the skill acquisition for both caregivers and children; b) more socially valid (e.g., caregivers found it easier and more comfortable); c) caregiver’s indices of personalismo, happiness, and involvement were higher. In conclusion, training needs to be culturally adapted to offer optimal training in a timely, efficient manner.

 

Behavior Skills Training Program to Teach Parents to Implement Function-Based Intervention via Telehealth

ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Ipshita Banerjee (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County), Eric Hideyuki Ishijima (Thomson Autism Center)
Abstract:

It is widely known that training parents to implement function-based intervention is effective in reducing problem behavior among children with autism. Research is being conducted to evaluate training programs to teach parents these skills via telehealth as this service mode provides many advantages for families. We evaluated the impact of a behavioral skills training program that consisted of video models to decrease problem behavior with parents of children with Autism. We trained parents to conduct trial-based functional analysis and functional communication training and collect data for their child's problem behavior via telehealth. Parents learned to implement procedures with fidelity and decreased their child’s problem behavior. During this presentation, review our procedures with the audience and discuss the advantages and limitations of training parents to conduct function-based treatment via telehealth.

 
 
Symposium #314
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Applying the New Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts Across a Variety of Service Locations: Addressing Cultural Needs and Institutional Challenges
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Discussant: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation)
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This session will focus on numerous ethical challenges encountered when providing ABA therapy in a variety of service locations. Each paper will use a case study approach to highlight challenges when working with racially, linguistically, financially, and regionally diverse clients. Presenters will highlight the challenges, present the problem-solving solutions, and discuss strategies for prevention of future ethical dilemmas. ABA teams cannot prepare for every possible ethics scenario, however, using a problem-solving strategy and practicing ethical fitness regularly will help ABA providers be better equipped to respond in the moment to ethical dilemmas.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ethically Fit, Ethics, Multicultural, Organizational Ethics
Target Audience:

This is intermediate content. This is not for beginner BCBAs. This is for business owners or very seasoned behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe key changes in the New Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts. 2. Participants will be able to describe how ethical fitness can be developed in their own ABA practice. 3. Participants will be able to identify the problem-solving process for resolving ethical dilemmas.
 
Diversity submission The 2020 Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Abstract: This paper will review the changes from the 2016 BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code to the 2020 Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts. This paper will introduce the term ethically fit (Rosenberg & Schwartz, 2019). This paper will also discuss the role of collaboration and and Coordination of care. Finally, this paper will review the use of the problem solving approach for resolving ethical dilemmas.
 
Diversity submission 

Providing Applied Behavior Analysis Services Internationally: Ethical Considerations, Challenges and Solutions

PAMELA PEREZ (PBS Powered by Cultivate Behavioral Health and Education), Maria Arizmendi (Cultivate Behavioral Health and Education)
Abstract:

Using the case study method, this paper will highlight some of the challenges and creative solutions to providing ABA services internationally. Given that 85% of the world’s population with autism resides in the developing world, there is a great need to provide services and train new clinicians in the developing world. Clinicians serving the developing world may encounter unique considerations and challenges in providing effective and ethical services abroad. This paper will explore how clinicians can best serve and support individuals, families and communities throughout the world to provide services with populations with the greatest needs.

 
Diversity submission 

Providing Applied Behavior Analysis Services in a Diverse Region: Ethical Challenges and Solutions

AMANDA BLOOM (PBS Powered by Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education), Maria Arizmendi (Cultivate Behavioral Health and Education)
Abstract:

This paper will also utilize a case study approach to highlight the ethical challenges of providing ABA therapy in the Miami area. Clinicians working in this part of Florida may encounter racially and linguistically diverse families and their children and this diversity requires that clinicians be well-informed of the populations with whom they serve. The presenters will also discuss common ethical dilemmas associated with fraudulent activities within the field, specifically in South Florida. This paper will highlight how Clinical Directors and Clinical Managers can better support their BCBAs and Technicians in the delivery of ABA services with diverse clients.

 
Diversity submission 

Providing Applied Behavior Analysis in a Large Applied Behavior Analysis Company: Ethical Considerations Across 12 States and 1,000+ Employees

STEPHEN WOOD (Cultivate Behavior Management Corporation), Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Abstract:

This paper will highlight specific ethical challenges encountered by large scale ABA organizations. With over 1000 employees in 12 states, we have experienced a unique set of ethical dilemmas that have required both timely and thoughtful consideration. The presenter will highlight how the problem-solving strategy may be used to help clinicians manage ethical challenges within large scale organizations, across a wide variety of culturally, linguistically, and financially diverse families and children. Strategies for incorporating ethical decision making into daily practice are considered with the goal of increasing both organizational and clinician ethical fitness.

 
 
Symposium #315
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in Higher Education
Sunday, May 29, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca Anne Receveur (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Rachel García, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Higher education is a rapidly changing landscape with increasingly diverse students and faculty who are using a wide range of technologies to foster learning (Blankenberger & Williams, 2020). This is especially true as we consider short- and long-term implications from the COVID-19 pandemic. As a field, behavior analysis has the opportunity to drive innovative approaches to improve student academic outcomes and instructor effectiveness leveraging the science of behavior. This symposium addresses a range of topics within higher education, including strategies to recruit a more diverse pool of graduate school applicants, a review of instructional strategies used in online courses, increasing student engagement in online discussion boards, and the development of an assessment tool to improve instructor behavior. Though focused on higher education, there are applications beyond this environment to all those in positions of teaching, mentoring, and supervision. All presentations will discuss implications for practice and areas for future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): higher education, online learning, online teaching
Target Audience:

Instructors in higher education; Mentors and supervisors of students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a recruitment strategy for diverse students; (2) identify at least two strategies to improve student learning outcomes; (3) evaluate instructor teaching behaviors
 
An Evaluation of Video Modules to Train First-Generation Students to Apply to Graduate School
MOLLY PRIMERO DEMAYO (California State University, Stanislaus), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Professional organizations publish and distribute videos, written instructions, and advice columns designed to help students understand how to apply to graduate school. Although they are widely available, it is unclear whether these resources are effective in improving knowledge about the application process, especially for first-generation college students-- those whose parent(s) have not completed a Bachelor’s degree at a 4-year college or university. This study evaluated a computer-based training program consisting of guided worksheets and videos from the American Psychological Association’s (APA) series on preparing and applying to graduate school in psychology. Participants were first-generation college students pursuing an undergraduate degree in Psychology at California State University, Stanislaus. We evaluated the program’s effectiveness using a multiple probe design in which participants completed the same cumulative test before and after modules on identifying compatible graduate programs, writing personal statements, and securing letters of recommendation. We expected scores on module-related items within the cumulative test to increase only after participants completed the relevant modules. If effective at improving knowledge, academic advisors might be confident in recommending APA’s resources to first-generation student advisees.
 
A Review of Behavior Analytic Instructional Strategies in Online Higher Education
RACHEL GARCÍA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), ZOE I HAY (ABA Solutions)
Abstract: Online learning has grown exponentially in recent years, particularly given circumstance associated with the COVID-19 pandemic (Ali, 2020; Kentnor, 2015). However, students report online instruction as being of lower quality than face-to-face learning (Bustamante, 2011). Given the need for online instruction alongside the limitations of the online learning environment, instructors are looking for ways in which to enhance the quality of instruction and optimize student engagement to improve academic outcomes. As such, a systematic review of behavior analytic instructional strategies in online higher education was conducted. Studies were summarized based on student, instructor, and course characteristics, academic outcomes, treatment integrity, social validity, and conclusiveness of evidence. Results indicated behavior analytic instructional strategies in the online environment, such as interteaching, are moderately effective in improving student academic outcomes and student engagement. Few studies evaluated social validity, however those that did identified mixed results. Implications for instructors and areas for future research will be discussed.
 

Evaluation of Response Modality in Online Discussion Boards

TATIYANNA DUNN (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Over the past decade online enrollments have steadily increased year-over-year with current estimates suggesting 35% of all students are enrolled in online courses (NCES, 2020). One challenge in distant learning is fostering student engagement. Student engagement is a broad construct that refers to increasing contact between three pillars of education. Students, teachers, and course material. Past research has shown increasing engagement leads to improved student performance and instructor evaluations. Unsurprisingly, promoting student engagement is desirable for both students and instructors (Cobb, 2009). An online discussion board is a common and well-researched (c.f. Douglas et al., 2020) form of assessment used in online courses. Discussion boards allow student engagement between themselves and Instructors while knowledge can still be tested. Few studies have evaluated the modality of student responses (e.g., text, picture, video) and potential effects on student engagement. The present study evaluated the effects of the structure of discussion boards and further assessed student preference for response modalities.

 
Development and Testing of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist for Instructors
JESSE DEPAOLO (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have been studying behavior related to academic instruction for decades (Dunlap et al., 2001). Instruction has focused primarily on K-12 teachers with much less emphasis on college level instructors (Baum & McPherson, 2019). Additionally, studies related to improving instruction often lack information related to why a particular intervention was chosen. Creating an assessment tool to assist in determining interventions that would be most effective for improving classroom or virtual instruction could be beneficial. Therefore, the purpose of study one was to develop the Performance Diagnostic Checklist for Instructors (PDC-I) which will help guide supervisors of college instructors into choosing the most effective and efficient type of intervention(s) to improve at least one aspect of their teaching behavior. The purpose of study two was to evaluate the use of the PDC-I with three instructors teaching online courses at the graduate level. Results suggest that the interventions developed based on the results of the PDC-I improved each instructors performance of responding appropriately to student discussion board posts.
 
 
Paper Session #317
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Neurodiversity in Applied Behavior Analysis: Past, Present, and Future
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–4:25 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Emily Wade (Tropical Behavioral Services/Positive Behavior Supports)
CE Instructor: Emily Wade, M.A.
 

The Role of Neurodiversity in Applied Behavior Analysis: Past, Present, and Future

Domain: Theory
EMILY WADE (Tropical Behavioral Services/Positive Behavior Supports)
 
Abstract:

The neurodiversity movement encompasses the majority of the clients we serve and is notoriously critical of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. However, it is possible to bridge this gap by understanding what neurodiversity is and incorporating this concept into our practice. Doing so will enable us to provide services which are truly meaningful and impactful for the people we serve while still preserving the principles of our science. Mending this rift will help maintain the sustainability of our field by aligning with the movement toward compassionate and trauma-informed care.

 
Target Audience:

The target audience is anyone practicing in the field of ABA. Practitioners and educators at all levels should be well-informed on this topic in order to incorporate it into their work.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define the term neurodiversity and identify conditions which fall under this umbrella; (2) Identify at least 3 harmful constructs and assumptions within our society regarding neurodiversity; (3) Identify at least 3 ways the concept of neurodiversity can be incorporated into clinical practices.
 
 
Paper Session #318
Systems, Equifinality, and Faculty Equity at Universities: Unintended Consequences of Performance Metrics
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–4:25 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University)
 
Systems, Equifinality, and Faculty Equity at Universities: Unintended Consequences of Performance Metrics
Domain: Theory
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: The issue is old: if all you have is a hammer, it is tempting to treat everything as if it were a nail. In this case, the hammer constitutes performance metrics. This presentation focuses on unintended consequences of performance metrics on equity issues and faculty appointment types in public metropolitan research universities. The contrasting appointment types are: (a) Permanent (more secure, higher paid, research-oriented, tenured positions), and (b) Contingent (less secure, lower paid, teaching-oriented, non-tenured positions). Appointment types are analyzed by intersectional categories of Gender and Race/Ethnicity. Equifinality within complex dynamical systems, such as universities and organizations in general, refers to taking different paths to similar outcomes. The presentation examines three public metropolitan research universities that have pursued with “lazar focus” selected performance metrics related to funding and rankings. These three universities have achieved significant improvement in a short period. The three paths to exemplary performance in narrowly selected metrics have different outcomes with regard to faculty equity issues. This paper extends an 11-year line of research on intentional systemic change in large organizations, specifically, public metropolitan research universities (e.g., Robertson, 2019, 2020; Robertson & Pelaez, 2016, 2018; Robertson, Pelaez, & Santiago Perez, 2021; also relevant as context, Robertson, 1992).
 
 
 
Symposium #319
CE Offered: BACB
A Series of Comparative Analysis of Evidence-Based Practices: An Evaluation of Assessment, Treatment, and Supervision Practices.
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cayenne Shpall (Assistant Professor, St. Edwards University )
CE Instructor: Cayenne Shpall, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium centers around using comparative research methods to evaluate behavior analytic evidence based practices in assessment, treatment, and supervision. The first presenter will discuss the use of a concurrent schedule of reinforcement design to examine response allocation between fixed and mixed delays to reinforcement. The second presentation will describe the use of a pilot randomized controlled trial to examine and compare the effects of a traditional behavior intervention (TBI) and a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI) on generalized motor imitation for young children with autism spectrum disorder. The third presenter will discuss the use of a multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded multielement design to evaluate the use of performance feedback provided through teleconferencing solutions including live streaming and video conferencing with screen sharing on the acquisition and maintenance of preference assessment procedures on masters' students in the field of special education pursuing their BCBA certification.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Comparison, Delays, Imitation, Supervision
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify different delay to reinforcement procedures (2) identify multiple modalities for supervising students within their clinical placement; (3) identify key components to implementing an imitation intervention program with children with autism spectrum disorder.
 

An Evaluation of Preference of Delays to Reinforcement on Choice Responding: A Translational Study

CAYENNE SHPALL (Assistant Professor (University of Texas, Austin; St. Edwards University))
Abstract:

Delays to reinforcement are often a necessary component during treatments of challenging behavior (e.g., Functional Communication Training; FCT). In the absence of programmed delay or tolerance to delay training, the utility and generality of FCT progress may be limited. Despite the importance of delays to reinforcement during FCT, few studies have empirically isolated and investigated the parameters pertaining to the implementation of delays to reinforcement. Results from basic empirical studies on choice among delays to reinforcement have shown that variable delays, or bi-valued mixed delays to reinforcement, are preferred in humans and nonhuman studies. The current research examined response allocation between fixed and mixed delays to reinforcement using a concurrent schedule of reinforcement. Results showed preference for mixed delays to reinforcement with 4 out of 4 participants. Potential avenues of future research on the use of mixed delays to reinforcement, such as the application within FCT and maintenance of socially appropriate behaviors, are discussed.

 

A Comparison of Feedback Provided through Live Video Streaming and Post-Video Conferencing on the Treatment Integrity of Individuals Pursuing a Board Certification in Behavior Analysis

NICOLETTE SAMMARCO CALDWELL (The University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

There is an increased need for certified service providers in Applied Behavior Analysis (Benevides, Carretta, Lane, 2016). With this, comes challenges in the appropriate training and supervision of providers. This decreases occurrences of the use of evidence based practices (Kabot, Mase, & Segal, 2003). Growing technology may assist in supervision, as it has been successfully used for this purpose in other fields (Rousmaniere et al., 2014; Panos et al., 2002). This study evaluated the use of performance feedback provided through teleconferencing solutions including live streaming and video conferencing with screen sharing on the acquisition and maintenance of preference assessment procedures on masters' students pursuing their Board Certification in Behavior Analysis. A simulated client was used in the training of students. A multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded multielement design was utilized to evaluate the effects of feedback based on the percentage of preference assessment procedures implemented correctly. Results indicated feedback provided through both live streaming and post session videoconference were effective methods for training individuals. Results generalized to working with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder and maintained at four and six weeks post intervention. Each participant rated the use of all teleconferencing strategies, feedback procedures, and outcomes positively.

 

A Pilot Randomized Controlled Trial of Imitation Intervention on Generalized Imitation in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

NICOLETTE SAMMARCO CALDWELL (The University of Arkansas; University of Texas, Austin)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have difficulty imitating others. Tested interventions for targeting imitation can mostly be classified as either traditional behavior interventions (TBI) or naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI, Schreibman, et. al., 2015). While both TBIs and NDBIs have successfully been used to teach specific imitative behaviors to children with ASD, the broader goal of intervention is to teach generalized imitation — that is, imitation that is exhibited flexibly and spontaneously, across a variety of contexts and interaction partners. This study sought to examine and compare the effects of these two types of interventions on generalized imitation for children ages 2-6 with ASD. A pilot randomized controlled trial compared a TBI (Discrete Trial Training) and a NDBI (Reciprocal Imitation Training) in teaching imitation to young children with ASD in their homes. This study is novel in its approach to measuring generalized imitation during a parent-child free play session to evaluate the extent to which each intervention increased generalized motor imitation skills with untrained partners, in natural environments, and with untrained imitation targets. Results indicated Reciprocal Imitation Training facilitated increases in generalized imitation relative to Discrete Trial Training.

 
 
Symposium #320
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Social Interactions and Preferences of Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claudia Campos (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The following presentations assess the extent to which social contexts and different types of praise affect skill acquisition, social behaviors, and preference of children with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental and intellectual disabilities. The first presentation assessed playing with the same toys and engaging in the same activities within social and nonsocial contexts and evaluated children’s social behaviors and preferences. The presenter will discuss ways to utilize preferences to arrange antecedent interventions to increase social behaviors of children with autism spectrum disorder. The second and third presentations evaluate the use of different types of praise (e.g., enthusiastic, neutral, and no praise) within the context of skill acquisition targets (e.g., verbal behavior; receptive identification) and the extent to which the participants’ preferences may not always be predicted by the rate of skill acquisition. Presenters will discuss the clinical benefits of understanding how different variables such as social interaction and praise may affect social preferences of children with ASD.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): praise, preference, social interaction
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: learn about variables that affect social preferences of children with ASD learn how to use preferences to arrange antecedent interventions to increase social behaviors of children with ASD learn how different types of praise may affect skill acquisition in children with ASD
 

Incorporating Measures of Social Behavior into Preference Assessments for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BRIANNA LAUREANO (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

In a recent study, Goldberg et al. (2017) observed that children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) valued playing in a social context more than playing with the same activities in isolation. The current study aimed to extend Goldberg et al. (2017) by utilizing preference assessment methodology to evaluate whether the type of toy or activity available affects social preferences and social behaviors of children with ASD. Overall, some participants’ preferences for activities shifted as a function of whether those activities were accessed in social or nonsocial contexts. Participants whose preference remained consistent across nonsocial or social contexts engaged in significantly fewer social behaviors when accessing their highest preferred activity relative to a moderately preferred activity. The results of this study demonstrates ways to utilize preferences to arrange antecedent interventions to increase social behaviors of children with ASD. The clinical benefits of understanding variables that affect social preferences of children with ASD are discussed.

 

Individual Treatment Evaluation to Determine Effective Praise Types for Two Learners With Autism

SARAH LOSOWYJ (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

We used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of neutral praise, enthusiastic praise, and no praise on the acquisition of intraverbals. We also evaluated preference for each of the praise types. Contrary to our hypothesis that enthusiastic praise would be more effective and preferred for Participant 1, the participant acquired the target intraverbals faster in the neutral praise condition and indicated a slight preference for neutral praise. For Participant 2, we wanted praise statements to be more age appropriate as the learner would soon be graduating to an adult program; also, enthusiastic praise often served as an antecedent to non-contextual vocalizations. For Participant 2, the neutral praise condition yielded the highest and most sustained level of correct responding. Interestingly, the preference assessment revealed that the learner preferred enthusiastic to neutral praise. These results informed our decision to slowly shift from enthusiastic to neutral praise with other instructional programs for Participant 2. Overall, results demonstrated that brief experimental evaluations could provide useful evidence for individualized behavior change programs in applied settings and that relative preference for reinforcement is not always predictive of relative effectiveness of reinforcement.

 

Further Evaluation on the Effects of Different Types of Praise on Skill Acquisition and Preference of Children With Autism

CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Simmons University), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Rahma Ismail (Florida Institute of Technology), Mary Gilhuly (Florida Institute of Technology), Haneen Sabbagh (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Praise is a social stimulus typically provided contingent on socially appropriate responses or as a treatment component to increase appropriate behavior in behavioral interventions. However, the effects of different variables (e.g., quality, tone, magnitude, content) that may influence the effectiveness and efficiency of praise have not received much attention in the literature. An exception is Weyman and Sy (2018)’s evaluation of enthusiastic praise, neutral praise, and no praise on skill acquisition targets in individuals with developmental disabilities. Their results suggest that all individuals learned in all conditions. However, enthusiactic praise resulted in faster acquisition of the targets. The purpose of the current study was to systematically replicate Weyman and Sy (2018) on the effects of neutral, enthusiactic, and no praise on skill acquisition in children with autism spectrum disorder. A second purpose was to determine participants’ preferences. Our preliminary results suggest that all participants learned in all praise conditions, including no praise. In addition, rate of skill acquisition did not predict participants’ preferences.

 
 
Symposium #322
CE Offered: BACB
Turns, Flips, and Lifts: Applications of Behavior Analysis to Increase Sport Performance
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Arezu Alami (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Arezu Alami, M.A.
Abstract:

Participation in sports allows children, youth, and adults to access the numerous physical, physiological, and psychological benefits of physical activity (Riera & Moragas, 2021). However, globally, 81% of children and youth and 28% of adults do not meet the recommended daily amount of physical activity (World Health Organization, 2020). This symposium includes three diverse empirical papers that explore the application of behavior analysis to improve sport performance among children, youth, and adults. Cochrane and colleagues will present a study evaluating the effectiveness of a peer-implemented video feedback intervention to increase proper deadlifting form with three adults. Bajcar and Zonneveld will present a study evaluating the effectiveness of a modified TAGteach intervention package to improve the accurate and fluent performance of gymnastics skills to children via synchronous videoconferencing. Finally, Giambrone & Miltenberger will present a study evaluating the use of video self-evaluation to improve the correct performance of dance movements with adolescents on a competitive dance team. The results of each will be discussed within the context of limitations and implications for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Exercise, Feedback, Sports, Videoconferencing
Target Audience:

Intermediate: Attendees should have a familiarity of behaviour analytic terminology and an understanding of single-subject experimental research designs.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participant will be able to: (1) Identify and explain behavioral strategies (e.g., antecedent- and consequence-based strategies) to improve sport performance; (2) Describe various factors to consider when designing and delivering interventions via synchronous videoconferencing; and (3) Explain the general procedure for video feedback and video self-evaluation.
 

Evaluating Peer-Implemented Video Feedback to Improve Weightlifting Form

Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach peer-trainers to implement video feedback (Study 1) and evaluated the effectiveness of peer-implemented video feedback to increase proper deadlifting form across three participants (Study 2). A non-concurrent, multiple baseline across participants design was employed to evaluate BST and peer implemented video feedback. Results demonstrate BST was effective for teaching peer-trainers to implement video feedback and video-feedback led to improvement of deadlifting form across all participants.

 

Assessing a Modified TAGteach® Procedure to Increase Accurate and Fluent Gymnastics Skills in Children via Videoconferencing

NICOLE BAJCAR (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Sports offer children and youth opportunities to experience the physiological, physical, and psychological benefits of physical activity; however, in sports like gymnastics, injuries are quite common (Caine, 2003). Therefore, it is essential for coaches to teach athletes proper technique to prevent injury. TAGteach® is an intervention package that uses an audible stimulus to provide immediate feedback following the correct performance of a skill (Quinn et al., 2017). To date, no study has (a) evaluated the effectiveness of TAGteach® to enhance the fluency of dynamic sports skills or (b) conducted TAGteach® remotely via a synchronous videoconferencing platform. We used a concurrent multiple baseline across skills design to evaluate the effectiveness of a modified TAGteach® procedure to improve the accuracy and fluency of three dynamic gymnastics skills through synchronous videoconferencing with four participants between the ages of 6–11 years. For all participants, the modified TAGteach® intervention package increased the accurate and fluent performance of all gymnastics skills, and these skills maintained for one month. Results will be discussed within the context of intervention implications and suggestions for future research.

 
Using Video Self-Evaluation to Enhance Performance in Competitive Dancers
JESENIA GIAMBRONE (ABA Solutions, Inc.), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study used a multiple baseline across behaviors design to evaluate the use of video self-evaluation on the performance of three dance movements. The procedure improved all three dance moves for three adolescents on a competitive dance team. Video self-evaluation was shown to be an efficient, accessible, and socially valid procedure to increase performance of competitive dance movements.
 
 
Panel #323
A Day in the Life: Integrating BCBAs into the K-12 System
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kate La Londe (Western Michigan University)
RENA MARIE VANDERWALL (Western Michigan University)
LAUREN MARIE SNYDER (Clinton County RESA)
BENJAMIN WOIWODE (Ottawa Area ISD)
Abstract:

A large percentage (~73%) of newly certified Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) work with individuals with autism, in a clinical or home setting. A smaller percentage of BCBAs work within the K-12 system. Schools offer a unique opportunity to apply the principles of behavior. However, behavior analysis graduate programs often include limited training and experience in this area, leaving newly minted BCBAs unaware of the needs of schools and the application of ABA in this setting. This panel will discuss the roles and responsibilities of BCBAs working in the schools. You will hear from BCBAs working within the schools as behavior consultants and behavior coaches, as well as university faculty supervising BCBA candidates in their fieldwork. This will be a candid discussion of the culture and pace of schools, relationship building, and how BCBAs can successfully bring the science of behavior into the K-12 systems to target both skill acquisition and behavior reduction programs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): education, schools
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #325
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
The Case of the Disengaged Learner
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Karl Kapp, Ed.D.
Presenting Author: KARL KAPP (Bloomsburg University)
Abstract:

Engaging learners is a difficult task. They are constantly confronted with distractions and demands on their time. So how can we create instruction that pulls learners into the content and helps them gain the knowledge required to be successful? How do we grab and hold a learner's attention? How do we motivate them to engage with the content we are teaching? There are techniques and factors that can be borrowed from games which are shown to influence the behavior of individuals. Incorporating these techniques and factors from games into learning is often called “gamification.” This decidedly unacademic presentation will model using those technique to engage and educate the learners. Attendees will discover firsthand how research-based practices and game-thinking are used to engage learners, increase learning, and lead to performance driven results.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
Learning Objectives: Engaging learners is a difficult task. They are constantly confronted with distractions and demands on their time. So how can we create instruction that pulls learners into the content and helps them gain the knowledge required to be successful? How do we grab and hold a learner's attention? How do we motivate them to engage with the content we are teaching? There are techniques and factors that can be borrowed from games which are shown to influence the behavior of individuals. Incorporating these techniques and factors from games into learning is often called “gamification.” This decidedly unacademic presentation will model using those technique to engage and educate the learners. Attendees will discover firsthand how research-based practices and game-thinking are used to engage learners, increase learning, and lead to performance driven results.
 
KARL KAPP (Bloomsburg University)

Karl M. Kapp, Ed.D., is an award-winning professor of Instructional Technology at Bloomsburg University in Bloomsburg, PA. where he teaches instructional game design, gamification classes and online learning design.  He is the Director of Bloomsburg’s Institute for Interactive Technologies and is recognized internationally as an expert in the application of games, game-thinking and gamification to learning.  Karl earned his doctoral degree from the University of Pittsburgh.

He is currently a senior researcher on a grant sponsored by the National Institutes of Health (NIH) which involves the application of microlearning and gamification to help childcare workers identify child abuse. Karl has co-founder of Enterprise Game Stack, a company that has created a digital card game tool for instructional designers. He is also the creator of the popular web video series, “The Unauthorized, Unofficial History of Learning Game.”

Karl has authored or co-authored eight books including The Gamification of Learning and Instruction, its accompanying fieldbook and the widely popular, Play to Learn. His latest co-authored book with Robyn Defelice is Microlearning: Short and Sweet. Karl is author of ten LinkedIn Learning courses including Learning How to Increase Learner Engagement and has been a TEDx speaker. In 2019, he received the ATD Distinguished Contribution to Talent Development Award. The award is presented in recognition of an exceptional contribution that has had a sustained impact on field of the talent development.

Karl’s academic and practitioner work explores the research, theoretical foundations and practical application of gamification, game-thinking and activity-based learning to organizational performance issues. His goal is to help organizations create engaging learning experiences through intelligent, research-based application of instructional strategies and techniques. He shares his expertise and knowledge through consulting, workshops and one-on-one mentoring with start-up firms, Fortune 100 companies and various governmental agencies. Follow him on Twitter @kkapp or check out his website at www.karlkapp.com

 
 
Invited Symposium #326
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Ableism, Professional Growth, and the Task Force for Quality and Values-Based Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago)
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In the summer of 2021, ABAI pulled together a team of professionals and created the Task Force for Quality and Values-Based ABA. This symposium begins with an overview of the Task Force and then brings together three members of the Task Force to discuss the topic of ableism and how that connects to the mission of the Task Force. This symposium discusses the importance of behavior analysts with different views about social justice--diversity, equity, and inclusion convening to discuss the topic of ableism so that we can all begin making substantive changes to the practice of ABA without sacrificing the technical precision that supports skill development in areas identified as important by Autistic clients. Each presenter will address how involvement with the Task Force has changed their views on ableism, their role in the field, or pivotal growth opportunities that have helped them evolve as behavior analysts. Reconsideration of the ways social validity should influence professional decision-making, an emphasis on compassionate care, the need to provide person-centered behavior analytic services, and the myriad ways behavior analysts should challenge their own assumptions as providers will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the purpose of the Task Force for Quality and Values-Based ABA; (2) explain why each behavior analyst needs to collaborate with others to gain insights and grow around the topic of ableism; (3) describe at least one form of ableism in their practice that they can begin discussing with behavior analytic colleagues.
 
Diversity submission 

Ableism: From the Journey Without to the Journey Within

AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Consulting)
Abstract:

As an Autistic adult and member of the ABAI Task Force for Quality and Values-Based ABA, I have had the opportunity to bring a unique perspective to the Task Force’s work. My journey as a professional working in the field of ABA has dovetailed with my journey as a person on the autism spectrum understanding my own internalized ableism, and mention will be made of how each of these spheres work to inform the other. Emphasis will also be placed on the challenges faced as a member of the Task Force in overcoming the idea of my presence as an “other” in the group and the difficulties I experienced based on my own learning history. Engagement with and attitudes toward Autistic people influence the willingness of BCBAs to confront ableism and ultimately make changes to the culture of the field at large will be discussed. Examples of efforts that have been made to encourage dialogue between BCBAs and Autistic advocates will also be discussed, as well as the successes and limitations of these efforts.

 
Diversity submission 

Ableism: What's That Have to Do With Me? Some Reflections on a 50-year Journey as a Behavior Analyst

GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract:

As a person identifying as a behavior analyst for over 50 years, I have observed from a behavior analytic perspective many changes in my behavior, the scope and sophistication of behavior analysis, and in society in the United States during the time of that journey. Sometimes those changes are obvious and recognition of them unavoidable; at other times, they are noticed after comments by others or after times of personal reflection. Mention will be made of some relevant substantial changes in behavior analysis and in society at large as will changes in my personal perspective and practice as a behavior analyst during this 50-year journey. Particular emphasis will be given to changes in my personal and professional perspectives regarding persons said to have disabilities as well as persons whose behavior varies from what is commonly expected in society in the United States. One group of people regarding whom I have experienced and continue to experience changes in my perspective is the very homogeneous group of people identifying or identified as Autistic. As a member of the ABAI Task Force for Quality and Values-Based ABA, my thinking and behavior regarding the latter people, including regarding ableism, have changed and continue to change at an accelerated rate. Instances of the latter set of changes will be discussed.

Gordon Bourland completed his Ph.D. in General-Experimental Psychology at the University of Texas Arlington. Subsequently he was a Postdoctoral Fellow in Behavioral Psychology at the John F. Kennedy Institute (now Kennedy-Krieger Institute) of the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. He is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst-Doctoral and a Licensed Behavior Analyst in Texas. For over 40 years he has held a variety of clinical and administrative positions involving services for persons with a variety of needs in public and private settings, published a number of papers in behavior analytic journals, and participated in the editorial process for several professional journals. Currently, he is the owner and principal in Trinity Behavioral Associates, providing behavior analytic services to persons across the age span with a variety of needs and diagnoses and in a variety of settings. He has been an active member of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA) for over 30 years. He has been a member of the organization's Executive Council and twice elected President of the TxABA. Dr. Bourland has been the initial President of the TxABA Public Policy Group, Past President of the group, and now is a member of the Advisory Committee. He has been actively involved in activities promoting public policies related to behavior analysis in Texas, primarily licensure of behavior analysts. Following establishment of behavior analyst licensure in Texas in 2017, Dr. Bourland was appointed and continues as Presiding Officer of the Texas Behavior Analysis Advisory Board. In addition, Dr. Bourland has been active in the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In 1975, he attended the first convention of the Midwestern Association for Behavior Analysis that evolved into ABAI, with membership in the organization spanning over 40 years. His roles in ABAI include: Coordinator of the ABAI Affiliate Chapters Board from 2010-2016 and 2020-present; membership on the ABAI SIG Task Force; and Chair of the ABAI Licensing Committee that consults with ABAI Affiliate Chapters regarding licensure of behavior analysts.
 
Diversity submission 

Coordinating, Collaborating, Leading, and Learning

SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Given the purpose of applied behavior analysis is to use our technology and principles to lead to socially meaningful improvements in quality of life, we should all be concerned with how ableism influences the way we interact with disabled people. According to the BACB, most behavior analysts serve Autistic clients, and Autistic clients often receive a large number of service hours. The Task Force for Quality and Values-Based ABA was convened, in large part, to identify and address some of the concerns raised about ableism in the practice of ABA. The need to coordinate and collaborate with others with whom you share differences of opinion have served as a growth opportunity for all Task Force members. But growth is always accompanied by some level of pain, and my role in the Task Force is no exception. For example, my effort to lead gave me insights into the differences between impact and intention that can cause pain based on the point of view of Autistics and neurotypical behavior analysts. Learning more about professional actions, I have historically taken that I have caused harm when I thought I was creating good, has also been painful. Balancing the need to regularly dedicate time to examine our own ableist thinking and actions with the self-care that is needed to maintain a long-term commitment to changing ableism in our practice, is challenging but critical for our success as a field.

 
 
Paper Session #327
CE Offered: BACB
Improving the Conversational Skills of Adolescents With Autism Using Individualized Peer-Mediated Strategies
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:30 PM–4:55 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Linda Bambara (Lehigh University)
CE Instructor: Linda Bambara, Ed.D.
 

Improving the Conversational Skills of Adolescents With Autism Using Individualized Peer-Mediated Strategies

Domain: Theory
LINDA BAMBARA (Lehigh University), Christine L. Cole (Lehigh University), Amanda Thomas (Lehigh University)
 
Abstract:

Adolescents with autism commonly experience an array of pragmatic language difficulties that can interfere with peer social conversation and relationships. Yet, there are few demonstrations of effective conversation interventions conducted in high school settings. Based on our accumulated research of six single case studies involving 19 adolescents with autism and over 120 neurotypical peers, this session will illustrate how peer-mediated interventions, implemented in natural high school contexts, can be used to address different profiles of conversational learners. This session will describe a conversational taxonomy for classifying conversational difficulties and identifying relevant intervention goals, essential components of our peer-mediated approach that involves direct peer and focus student instruction, and effective intervention strategies to address different conversational profiles of the reluctant, passive, and overly talkative communicator, including those who engage in inappropriate communication acts such as perseveration. Strategies for intervention will be illustrated and the procedures, findings and implications of our research will be shared. Peer-mediated interventions in high school is relatively new. We hope that is session will motivate both practitioners and researchers to further individualize and advance the effectiveness of the intervention to enhance the social conversations between adolescents with autism and their peers.

 
Target Audience:

School practitioners

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: (1) describe a taxonomy for classifying conversational difficulties for adolescents with autism; (2) identify essential components of peer-mediated interventions (PMI) for improving the social conversation skills of adolescents with autism in high school settings based on our research; (3) identify effective individualized PMI strategies for improving the conversational skills of learners with different conversational profiles.
 
 
Paper Session #328
Behavioral Safety: The Requirements for a Successful Behavior-Based Safety Process
Sunday, May 29, 2022
4:30 PM–4:55 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM
Chair: Fabio Tosolin (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis)
 

Behavioral Safety: The Requirements for a Successful B-BS Process

Domain: Theory
FABIO TOSOLIN (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis)
 
Abstract:

Implementing a Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS) process is a strategic choice that allows to obtain measurable results both in terms of reduction of the number of unsafe behaviors and in terms of building safety values and culture in companies. During the last forty years, through experimental analysis, the B-BS protocol has showed his effectiveness by the vigorous implementation of a structured process, formed by specific and concrete time phases. For such reason, it is of vital importance to follow the specific steps and requirements to avoid some of the common mistakes people, or more specific companies, may interface. The aim of the speech is to present the fundamental elements that need to be adopted to assure the growth of the BBS scientific discipline. The misconception that managers and companies have in relation to the results of a BBS process, is uniquely based on the outcomes, rather than focusing on the possible inappropriate implementation that has been adopted, possibly due to unqualified professionals. Clear definition will be given in relation to the requirements, criteria and professional conduct rules that need to be followed to assure the effectiveness of a B-BS intervention and the protection of the client in all its forms.

 
 
 
Paper Session #329
CE Offered: BACB
QUICK Responses for Reducing Misbehavior in Schools: An Organizational Behavior Management Toolbox for Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:25 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Anika Costa (PENDING)
CE Instructor: Anika Costa, M.S.
 

QUICK Responses for Reducing Misbehavior in Schools: An Organizational Behavior Management Toolbox for Behavior Analysts

Domain: Service Delivery
ANIKA COSTA (The Operant Teacher, LLC; National University), Paul "Paulie" Gavoni (Professional Crisis Management Association)
 
Abstract:

Many teachers and school leaders are entering the classroom and schools with visions of making a large and positive difference. They have the best intentions and want to make a positive difference. But if you check back in 5 years, you’ll find these folks exhausted, disillusioned, and oftentimes seeking greener pastures in another school, or even another field. Because of the complicated nature of an education system, Behavior Analysts regularly struggle to support the complex needs of students and educators. Even schools that have systems of Positive Behavior Supports and Interventions in place routinely face behavioral challenges, especially in Title I schools or special needs classrooms. When there is a breakdown in even one part of the system, it impacts the rest. While sometimes the impact is small, other times it can have a large ripple effect that builds momentum like a behavioral avalanche resulting in a devastating impact across every aspect of a school. As such, when behavioral issues are widespread, Behavior Analysts can’t really consider reducing misbehavior, at least not at the classroom or school level, without making the connection between what happens inside of the classroom to what happens outside of it. This session will address root causes of performance issues in schools as they relate to behavior management at the classroom and school level; moreover, it will focus on how Behavior Analysts can provide the most effective support using solutions rooted in Organizational Behavior Management to increase collaborative and systematic approaches to bring out the best in both educators and the students they serve.

 
Target Audience:

Intermediate Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. Currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List at least three common root causes of performance issues in schools 2. Describe the link between critical student, behavior technician, teacher, and school leader behavior and how it connects to student achievement 3. State at least two OBM solutions to improving behavior at the classroom or school level
 
 
Symposium #331
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Behavior Analysis for Modifying Equine Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: AAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Erica N. Feuerbacher, Ph.D.
Abstract: The principles of behavior analysis apply across species, however little research has been conducted in equines using behavior analytic techniques or addressing questions pertinent to our field. Horses offer a fertile area for behavior analytic research, including how to use systematic observations to understand and predict factors that are associated with behavioral or medical issues; identifying and utilizing positive reinforcers in training; and how we can use our behavioral principles to change equine behavior, such as reducing stereotypies, improving human-horse interactions, and changing stall or pasture behavior. Our symposium highlights three different applications of behavior analysis for equine behavior: first, we discuss the utility of systematic behavioral observations to predict colic, a severe medical issue and frequent cause of death in horses; second, we look at basic research in which we assess reinforcer efficacy of different feed for training; and finally whether using remote feeders can change pasture usage by horses, such that horse owners could improve the quality of their pasture without having to fence horses from certain areas. The work points to the fruitful research and application area that equine behavior offers to behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): colic, equine behavior, reinforcer efficacy, remote feeder
Target Audience: Any experimental or applied behavior analyst
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Learn how behavior can predict medical issues such as colic in horses; 2. Identify effective reinforcers for horses; 3. Assess the utility of using remote feeders to change pasture behavior in horses.
 
Graphing Biobehavioral Data in an Equine: Identification of Colic Episodes
(Applied Research)
CATHERINE KISHEL (The University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: In large animal medicine, colic is a general term referring to abdominal distress that can be caused by a variety of factors (Tinker et al., 1997). In horses located in the Southeastern United States, consumption of coastal hay is a risk factor for a type of colic known as an impaction (Hanson et al., 1996). Impaction colic episodes range in severity from mild to fatal; early identification and treatment by a veterinarian is essential to promoting survival (Furr, Lessard, & White, 1995). The present talk details a data collection system piloted with an adult draft horse mare living in north central Florida with a history of coastal hay impaction colic. Daily data were collected on hay consumption, water intake, and manure output in order to rapidly identify the onset of a colic episode and seek veterinary care as quickly as possible. Results demonstrate the utility of this approach as a colic episode was identified immediately, veterinary care sought promptly, and the horse returned to health. Extensions include the application of this data collection system to other species and medical issues.
 

Using Remote Feeders to Change Pasture Usage by Horses

(Applied Research)
REBECCA THOMPSON (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Horses often graze certain areas of a pasture leaving some areas ungrazed. Changing grazing patterns without having to erect fencing would have benefits to prevent overgrazing. The objective of our study was to determine if the placement of automatic feeders could change the most frequently used grazing area of a three-horse herd. Prior to the intervention, the geldings were fed twice daily. Each horse’s location was monitored by direct observation and also a GPS sensor. The GPS sensors collected six data points per second and the data was used to create a heat map of the horse most frequently grazed locations. For direct observation, the three-acre field was divided into quadrants and observers recorded the quadrant location of each horse every minute. We then mounted three automatic feeders on the fence line in the least used quadrant of the field and trained the horses to eat off mats placed below the automatic feeder. The automatic feeders cycled at 8 am, 10 am, noon, 2 pm, 4 pm, 6 pm, and 8 pm. We continued to monitor the horses’ pasture usage through direct observation and GPS tracking. We also measured rate of inter-horse aggression before and after the feeders were introduced.

 

Assessing Reinforcer Efficacy of SixDifferent Grains for Horses

(Basic Research)
JOANNA PLATZER (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Humans have trained horses for centuries, and training techniques are constantly being refined. Positive reinforcement training, including “clicker training,” is growing in popularity in the equine world. The aim of the study was to determine the reinforcer efficacy of six commercially available grains that could be used in positive reinforcement training. The grains differed in texture, macronutrients, and calories. We trained four thoroughbred geldings to touch their nose to a target, after which we implemented a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement, and delivered different grains as the consequence. We measured break points (highest schedule completed in each session) as a way to assess the relative reinforcer efficacy of each grain. We also converted break points to unit price (per kcal) to determine if caloric value of the grains impacted reinforcer efficacy. Our results showed overall little difference in reinforcer efficacy of the different grains, but found that all grains tested were reinforcing to the horses. Our results did not find support for the hypothesis that horses selectively choose feed based on caloric content.

 
 
Symposium #332
CE Offered: BACB
Early Identification and Treatment of Autism Symptomatology in Infant Siblings
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While there is a growing body of research examining early symptoms of ASD, the point at which this pattern of atypical social responding begins to deviate in children who are later diagnosed with autism is unclear. The first paper in this session describes data obtained using a newly developed research tool, the Early Markers of Autism, on infants under 6 months of age. Assessment data using the EMA reveal the presence of five key early markers in infant siblings and the accurate assessment of each using this tool. The second paper in this session describes the assessment and treatment of stereotypy in a 10-month-old infant who was at risk of ASD. Using a multiple baseline design, two topographies of stereotypy were measured and then treated using a toy manipulation procedure. The third paper in this session describes a case study of an infant who was identified to be at risk for autism at 8 weeks old and the treatment that was provide across 2 years, resulting in a loss of symptoms by 24 months. Findings from these studies have implications for the early identification and treatment of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, assessment
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe the research on early identification of symptomatology in infant siblings. 2. The participant will be able to describe the early social deficits in children with autism. 3. The participant will be able to describe treatment for stereotypy in infants
 
Early Markers of Autism in Infant Siblings
KATHRYN COUGER (William James College), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: While a preponderance of evidence indicates that autism symptomatology emerges at 6 to 12 months of age (Zwaigenbaum et. al, 2005), a recent study by Graupner and Sallows (2017) suggests that symptoms of autism can emerge in infants as early as 3 months of age. The purpose of our current investigation is to document the early emergence of autism symptomatology in high-risk infant siblings, younger than 6 months of age. The second purpose is to pilot the Early Markers of Autism (EMA) assessment tool for young infants, developed by the authors. Currently 50 high-risk siblings and 30 low-risk babies under 6 months of age are participating in this study They receive bi-weekly developmental screenings in addition to the EMA. IOA on the EMA for the high-risk participants (33.5% of sessions) is 95% agreement and for the low risk group (44.5% of sessions) IOA is 96% agreement. Data to date reveal that there are five key early markers of autism in infants, and each can be effectively assessed using the EMA. Data will be presented on the presence of these markers and the specific behavioral profile configuration of these infants. These findings have implications for the early identification of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families.
 

Assessment and Treatment of Stereotypy in Infants at Risk of Autism Spectrum Disorders

MORGAN SCULLY (The New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Stereotypy can be one of the most persistent and difficult to treat topographies of challenging behavior exhibited by children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Although stereotypy is often not physically dangerous, decreasing stereotypy is a common target for clinicians and researchers for a variety of reasons. Stereotypy can interfere with skill acquisition and long-term treatment outcomes, decrease the likelihood of positive social interactions, and is often viewed as socially stigmatizing. The purpose of this study was to identify and treat motor stereotypy in an infant at risk of ASD. Although several studies have investigated the prevalence and topographies of stereotypy in young children, none have identified the age at which it emerges and demonstrated the efficacy of an intervention strategy with individuals under one year of age. Non-physical redirection of stereotypy to toy play and reinforcement for toy engagement was implemented in a multiple baseline design across topographies of stereotypy. Results indicate decreases in all topographies of stereotypy to near-zero levels across the course of the study. These findings are discussed as they relate to the implications of identifying stereotypy in infancy and developing the treatment strategies needed to intervene as soon as it is identified.

 
Treatment Outcomes for a Sibling Identified as Symptomatic for Autism at Eight Weeks Old
VICTORIA WEISSER (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Infant siblings of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have an 18% recurrence risk at 3 years old (Osnoff et al., 2011). Graupner and Sallows (2017) reported symptoms in children under 3 months of age. The purpose of the current investigation was to document early emergence of symptomatology in a sibling and the outcomes of early treatment. Early markers were first noted at eight weeks and included: flat affect, no response to sound out of sight, no response to name/voice, eye contact avoidance, and inconsistent tracking of visual stimuli. At three months, parent-implemented treatment was initiated with little change in symptoms. At six months, 15 hours of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) began with greater gains in skills. However, the participant continued to perform below age level by 12 months of age. At 12 months, 30 hours of ABA began and at 22 months, the participant no longer met the requirements for an ASD diagnosis. The participant has continued to not meet requirements for an ASD diagnosis at 38 months. Interobserver agreement was assessed with an average of 82.9% across sessions. The attached graph shows the participant’s age equivalent scores on the Mullen Scales of Early Learning Assessment over time.
 
 
Symposium #333
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis and Cultural Competence: Bridging Knowledge and Practice
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP))
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over the past few years, there has been a growth of discussion about cultural, diversity, and inclusion (DEI) issues within the field of behavior analysis (Conner, 2019; Fong et al., 2017; Wright, 2019). It is commonly agreed upon that behavior analysts should practice with cultural awareness and humility. However, more research is needed to support such an implementation effort. This symposium contains three presentations that address DEI from the knowledge level leading to two examples of how we can turn the discussion into research-based actions to create behavior analysts who are culturally aware and competent from the lens of supervision and early intervention model development overseas.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): China, Cultural competence, Ethics, Supervision
Target Audience:

The target audience should have knowledge about the ethics code within the field of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Come up with examples relating to the ethical and practical considerations required for effective cultural competence within behavior analytic services. 2. State the essential component of a training model that promotes effective and ethical supervision. 3. State the essential component of an ethical early intervention model that can be implemented across various cultures.
 
Diversity submission Cultural Competence Among Behavior Analysts
HENRY SESSANGA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP), Kasey Bedard (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The United States of America is an increasingly diverse society with a minority-majority predicted by 2044 (Colby & Ortman, 2017). These changing demographics increase the likelihood that health services providers will need to work with clients who differ from themselves, across a variety of areas including ethnicity, religion, gender, and socioeconomic status, among others. As such it will be important that behavior analysts equip themselves with appropriate skills to learn about and appreciate the culture and diversity of their clients, to ensure equitable and efficient services for all. To address this important issue, the Behavior Analysts Certification Board, through the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2022), emphasizes the need for behavior analysts to engage in professional development activities related to cultural responsiveness and diversity, to evaluate the biases of themselves and their trainees, and to do so while working within their scope of practice. Related to this effort, many questions may arise on how to do this effectively. The current presentation will review the literature to discuss the ethical and practical considerations required for effective cultural competence within behavior analytic services, while emphasizing attention on the importance of practicing within our scope of competence.
 
Diversity submission 

From Conceptualization to Empirical Support: A Training Method for Culturally Sensitive Supervision

MELISSA HUNSINGER-HARRIS (Bay Path University), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Walter Chung (Eastern University)
Abstract:

Quantitative research on the manipulation of variables to increase culturally aware conversations within the field of behavior analysis, including in supervision, is emerging. The current research seeks to add data to the under-researched area of teaching culturally aware verbal behavior to supervisors. Two participants completed a self-paced online training program focusing on the use of culturally sensitive verbal behavior in supervision sessions while their verbal behavior was monitored in baseline and intervention conditions. Results were evaluated using a multiple-baseline design and showed an increase in the use of culturally sensitive verbal behavior across baseline levels to intervention levels. Additionally, social validity measures indicate the behavior acquired was important, methods were easy to use, and all participants felt they could accurately perform the skill in the absence of additional training.

 
 
Symposium #334
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Emerging Verbal Skills in Children With or at Risk of Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Kerri P. Peters, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium will focus on recent methodological developments in the area of emerging verbal behavior in children with or at risk of autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The first presenter will discuss an evaluation of procedures teaching an 8-month infant to sign for “help” when preferred items were inaccessible. The second presenter will discuss research extending the literature on the various treatment components used to train the use of speech-generating devices (SGDs), an alternative communication modality for individuals who exhibit minimal speech. Finally, the third presenter will present research aimed at evaluating generative instruction for SGD users by evaluating procedures that can facilitate tact acquisition and evaluate the emergence of untaught associated tacts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Infant, Sign language, Speech-Generating Devices
Target Audience:

Junior BCBAs, Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. Currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the delayed prompting and reinforcement procedure; (2) describe the treatment components involved in SGD training and whether they are all necessary, (3) describe procedures that can facilitate tact acquisition and evaluate the emergence of novel tacts.
 
Teaching an Infant to Mand for Help
CIOBHA A. MCKEOWN (University of Florida), Carley Smith (University of Florida; Florida Autism Center), Domenic Inskip (University of Florida; Florida Autism Center), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida)
Abstract: Teaching infants sign language is beneficial as it promotes early communication, improves socialization, and decreases interfering behaviors like crying and whining. Improving early communication may also reduce the probability of an infant engaging in dangerous behaviors like climbing. According to the CDC, falls are the leading cause of nonfatal injury for young children and account for about 8,000 emergency room visits daily. As such, we sought to extend the current literature by teaching an 8-month infant to sign for “help” when preferred items were inaccessible. Using a reversal design, we evaluated the efficacy of the treatment package (i.e., delayed prompting and reinforcement) used by Thompson et al. (2007) in teaching signs for “help.” The teaching package resulted in acquisition of the targeted sign, reduced inaccurate signs for “more,” and generalized to dangerous situations that previously promoted climbing. However, we observed undesirable generalization of requests for help when the infant could independently access the items. We discuss strategies to reduce undesirable generalization of sign language with infants.
 

Further Evaluations of Icon Discrimination During Use of Speech-Generating Devices

JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (University of Florida), Audrey Milam (University of Florida), Yanelle Soto (Florida Autism Center), Brandon C. Perez (Trinity Christian College), Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Speech-generating devices (SGDs) provide an alternative communication modality for individuals who exhibit minimal speech (Lorah et al., 2015; Tincani et al., 2020). SGDs permit individuals to select icons on a screen that produces vocal output, which allows a listener to respond effectively to the speaker's communication responses. Establishing icon discrimination during mand training has yielded successful outcomes in controlled and naturalistic settings when using a fixed progression through screen and prompting manipulations (Lorah et al., 2014, 2018). The current study extended the preparation of Lorah et al. (2014, 2018) by (a) evaluating the necessity for progressing through all icon manipulations and prompting procedures, (b) completing training during play, (c) probing the maintenance of icon discrimination in a larger array, (d) assessing skill performance before and after SGD training, and (e) completing within-session analyses that further characterize learner's differential performance during participation. To date, participants (i.e., children receiving early intervention services) have varied in their necessity for treatment or all treatment components described by Lorah et al. (2014, 2018) to acquire and maintain icon discrimination in a large array. We discuss our findings with relation to other analyses that further characterize behavior-change that occurred within the scope of participation.

 

Emergence of Untrained Language in Children With Autism Who Use Speech Generating Devices

VIDESHA MARYA (Endicott College; Village Autism Center), Alicia Seng (The May Institute), Haley Blake (Village Autism Center), Samuel Shvarts (The May Institute), Dominic Padgett (Village Autism Center), John Patrick Pruett (The May Institute), Caitlin H. Delfs (Village Autism Center), Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract:

Many individuals with autism remain non vocal and their lack of vocal speech is often supported with speech generating devices (SGDs). Majority of existing SGD studies focus on teaching mands and fewer studies evaluate more complex communicative repertoires involving other verbal operants. Furthermore, unlike the literature evaluating language for vocal individuals with ASD where several strategies are aimed at producing generative language and examining efficient learning practices, the SGD literature is focused on evaluating the effects of direct teaching strategies on the acquisition of target skills. The present study aimed to evaluate generative instruction for SGD users by evaluating procedures that can facilitate tact acquisition and evaluate the emergence of untaught associated tacts that received no direct instruction. Four categories with four items belonging to each category were chosen for each participant. At the start of the study neither participant emitted correct responses to any of the tact targets included in the study. Prompting and reinforcement strategies were used to teach two items from each category as tacts. Results showed that once the participants were taught to tact items from a category, correct tact responses to other associated items that belonged to the same category emerged without any direct training.

 
 
Symposium #335
CE Offered: BACB
Supporting Meaningful Outcomes for Families Through Intervention on the Concept of Privacy
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Leah Hirschfeld, M.Ed.
Abstract:

As the goal of applied behavior analysis is socially significant outcomes, an intervention is incomplete without a consideration of social validity from the consumers themselves. When working with autistic individuals/individuals with autism and their families, it is insufficient to assume that meaningful outcomes automatically follow instruction. For minors, involvement of caregivers before the start of intervention, and throughout the process, is a critical component to ensure the intervention has a positive impact on the child and family as a whole. To provide an example of the application of family involvement at all stages of the planning and intervention processes, a study to teach the concept of privacy to three autistic children/children with autism will be shared. First, the importance of identifying caregiver priorities and setting a plan to meet those needs will be discussed, along with examples. Then, results of the study will be shared, along with explanation of the procedural modifications that were made and the involvement of caregivers in that process. Lastly, a description of social validity measures will be provided, along with examples as it relates to teaching the concept of privacy.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Caregivers, Privacy, Social Validity, Treatment Modifications
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, and those working towards national certification

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify two ways of identifying caregiver priorities; (2) identify how to involve caregivers in identifying appropriate modifications; (3) identify three different aspects of social validity to include in assessments.
 
Identifying Caregiver Priorities and Planning to Meet Their Needs
(Service Delivery)
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders-CARD®), Jennifer Yakos (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Leah Hirschfeld (Center for Autism and Related Disorders – CARD®), Cecilia Knight (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: Studies examining caregivers’ experiences and involvement in ABA and special education programs have commonly revealed that caregivers feel ignored, that their knowledge is not valued, and that they must fight to have their voices heard (Lundeby & Tossebro, 2008). Research suggests clinicians take a humbler approach with caregivers (Lundeby & Tossebro, 2008). Specifically, studies suggest clinicians have open conversations with caregivers about timelines for expected change with their child, establish mutually agreed upon goals, and share planning and decision-making (Keen, 2007; Edwards et al., 2018). Recommendations for clinicians is to see the family as the ‘patient’ rather than just the individual with the disability as the patient (Keen, 2007). To aid the process of identifying goals, clinicians must understand the values important to caregivers. During this talk, we will first review studies that explore caregivers’ experiences and involvement. Then, we will share concrete strategies to engage caregivers, specifically in identifying their priorities and goals and how to translate that information into treatment goals. To ensure caregiver voices are heard, thoughtful planning must occur.
 

Using Discrete Trial Training to Teach Autistic Individuals/Individuals With Autism the Difference Between Public and Private Behaviors

(Applied Research)
CASEY BRADFORD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders-CARD®), Esther Hong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology at Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Autistic individuals/individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulty discriminating which behaviors are appropriate in different contexts. Additionally, inhibiting actions in public locations that are only appropriate in a private context is a foundational and essential safety skill for children. The current study used discrete trial training (DTT) to teach discrimination of public and private locations and actions. Three participants, ages 8, 9, and 14, with a primary diagnosis of ASD were included in the study. The training targeted different skills, including discriminating whether an action or location is public or private, naming public and private actions and locations, identifying an appropriate location in which a specific public or private action may be performed, and identifying an appropriate action that may be performed in a specific public or private location. This study used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention, with additional probes to assess for generalization. Modifications were made to accommodate each participant, with input from caregivers, with all participants demonstrating progress in their understanding of the concept of privacy. Results suggest that DTT is effective for teaching discrimination of public and private behaviors, with modifications, to autistic individuals/individuals with ASD.

 
Social Validity Measures Applied to Teaching Privacy
(Applied Research)
CHRISTOPHER MIYAKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Casey Bradford (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders-CARD®), Esther Hong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: Social validity is an important component of any treatment package and refers to the significance of intervention goals and the impact upon its consumers. Social validity focuses on three primary assessments: the social importance or impact, acceptability, and the importance of the treatment effects (Wolf, 1978). For the public and private behavior study, two surveys were given to caregivers. The first was a 5-item survey to assess the acceptability, social impact, and effectiveness of the study procedures administered post-treatment. The second was a 15-item survey to assess real-life effects of the treatment which was administered both pre- and post-treatment. The potential scores could range from 15-75 with a higher score indicating more frequent display of private behaviors in public. At pre-treatment, the scores for the three participants were 34, 45, and 48 indicating the occurrence of these behaviors and the need for an intervention. As another social validity measure, experimenters also completed a 5-item survey to assess the acceptability and social impact of the study procedures which was administered post treatment. Application of both caregiver and experimenter validity measures and their effect on treatment recommendations from this study will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #336
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
There Is No Right Way to Say Goodbye: An Overview of Training and Resources to Support Clinician's in the Discharge Process
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Candice Colón, Ph.D.
Chair: Candice Colón (LEARN )
ADRIANA (ADIE) ANDERSON (LEARN Behavioral)
ASHLEY WILLIAMS (LEARN/BCI)
JACOB KENNETH DAPONTE (Behavioral Health Works)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board ® and the Council of Autism Service Providers™ provide discharge and documentation guidelines for Applied Behavior Analytic services, however, guidance regarding the discharge planning process (e.g., discharge fade plans, discussions with the family, evaluating responsiveness to treatment) is often gained through experience which can vary across clinicians. Therefore, continual training and support to help behavior analysts with the medical necessity of services and the discharge process are often necessary. This panel will outline steps that can be taken to close the gap between discharge criterion recommendations and the training and support necessary to execute the discharge process. The use of a decision-making model, training and planning resources, as well as an individualized peer-review process, will be discussed. The tools and trained discussed include taking into consideration the client's individual needs, the clinician’s experience (Kornack et al., 2017), the family’s perspective (Beier, 2018), and managed care requirements and recommendations (Papatola & Lustig, 2016).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should have an active BCBA certification, be currently supervising Applied Behavior Analytic services, and knowledge of the updated BACB 2020 ethics code and medical necessity criteria.

Learning Objectives: Objective #1: Describe the components of the discharge planning process and how they relate to the discharge guidelines provided in the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2022) and the Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Practice Guidelines for Healthcare Funders and Managers (2014, 2020). Objective #2: Describe common barriers related to the discharge process, and identify behavior analytic resources to help resolve such barriers. Objective #3: Outline training procedures and resources that can be provided to support clinicians in the discharge process at a supervisory and/or organizational level.
Keyword(s): BCBA Training, Discharge, Insurance, Medical Necessity
 
 
Symposium #337
CE Offered: BACB
We Are in this Together: Applications of Applied Behavior Strategies in Collaboration of Adults With Acquired Brain Injury
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Nichole D. Collins, M.S.
Abstract:

Collaboration is key when utilizing applied behavior analysis (ABA) and other behavioral strategies to improve the quality of life for adults living with a brain injury. Adults with a brain injury often have experiences of a lifestyle that was interrupted by this event. In turn, this may result in a change to their perspective and experience of quality of life. They may not feel that they have the control to make their own life decisions that they once did and may have difficulty reaching their goals of self-advocacy and physical activities that once was easier for them. Practitioners must consider both pre and post injury lifestyles and how to support the values of the individual in a way that promotes individual choices. In this discussion, presenters will share their application of these strategies through active service delivery methods. They will share successes and barriers in practice, as well as exemplifying the importance of the collaborative nature of their work. Through use of a transparent and collaborative process, behavior assessment and behavior changes strategies can be implemented with the person in each step, in turn, potentially creating better person-centered models and future success.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, FBA, Person-Centered, Self-Advocacy
Target Audience:

Participants should have a basic understanding of the applications of behavior change strategies and behavior assessment as well as an interest in application of these toward the population of people with acquired brain injury (ABI).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) apply functional behavior assessment strategies with a focus on collaboration, 2) understand the role of collaboration in supporting people with brain injury to improve their skills of advocating for themselves, 3) learn to utilize behavior change strategies to incorporate checklist and self-monitoring to improve the outcomes for individuals with brain injury.
 

Listen to Me: Using Functional Behavior Assessment to Understand the Behavior of Adults With Brain Injury

PAIGE ALANA IVERSON (CCSN Behavioral Health; Southern Connecticut State University), Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health), Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs), Kristen Powers (The Center for Children with Special Needs), Kaitlin Rose Scanlon Crowe (CCSN Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

It is crucial to have buy-in from the beginning stages of understanding behavioral functions to inform treatment for adults with a brain injury. Participants should be incorporated in every step of the journey toward understanding and treatment of undesirable behaviors in order to develop effective behavior support plans. This presentation will travel through 2 case studies that utilized validated tools in full collaboration with participants in order to find functional hypotheses. The presenter will outline how the process was approached, outlined, and designed with the participant in order to promote a person centered approach and a multi-disciplinary decision making process. The presenter will also discuss how the assessment was implemented with an eye toward collaboration. The presentation will wrap with ideas of how to approach the sharing of the report with the individual as well as with other members of the individuals’ multidisciplinary teams and families and then, how that is translated into a function based support plan build with compassion and care.

 

This is My Life: Learning to Speak up for Yourself Again

KRISTEN POWERS (The Center for Children with Special Needs), Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health), Paige Alana Iverson (CCSN Behavioral Health; Southern Connecticut State University), Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs), Kaitlin Rose Scanlon Crowe (CCSN Behavioral Health; University of Kansas)
Abstract:

There are many notable long-term impairments associated with an acquired brain injury (ABI), including cognitive, physical, social, and psychological functioning. These impairments can further impact an individual’s sense of self and ability to self-advocate for themselves as they feel they may not have control and/or capacity to make their own decisions. In this discussion, the presenter will outline strategies to facilitate a client’s self-advocacy skills for more active participation in the client’s ABI team meeting using coaching, modeling, rehearsal, motivation, reinforcement, and caregiver education. Through case studies, the presenter will share tools that have been successful in fostering a sense of self-worth and accomplishment and barriers to success. Applications to extend the benefits of self-advocacy beyond the individual’s team meeting will be discussed for greater carryover across meaningful life events for the individual with ABI and their family. This topic is of utmost importance to the healthcare field to the creation of more effective person-centered models as well as improving overall quality of life.

 

Improving Outcomes for People With a Brain Injury Using Structured Treatment Sessions

KAITLIN ROSE SCANLON CROWE (CCSN Behavioral Health), Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health), Paige Alana Iverson (CCSN Behavioral Health; Southern Connecticut State University), Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs), Kristen Powers (The Center for Children with Special Needs)
Abstract:

Adults with acquired brain injury may benefit from the use of basic behavior change strategies to meet their individual goals in structured treatment sessions. Through the interview and assessment process, the practitioner will partner with the individual to select meaningful goals that are important to them and match their values. These may include goals to regain aspects of their lifestyle that was lost due to the injury or achieve a new goal. Based on these individual values and personal goals, a practitioner should match age appropriate and person preferred methods in the design phase of intervention to allow for choice and increased participation in treatment. Three case studies will be reviewed to outline the use of such strategies including checklists, self-monitoring, and motivation. These case studies will demonstrate successful implementation leading to improved individual quality of life through attainment of their goals in physical activity, daily living, and making healthy choices.

 
 
Symposium #338
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission It’s Getting Hot in Here: Individual Behavior Change Related to Climate
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University / Western University)
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University / Western University)
CE Instructor: Albert Malkin, M.S.
Abstract:

Throughout the last decade we have been experiencing the unprecedented effects of climate change, and although a systemic change is undisputedly necessary, individual behavior change has proven to be meaningful and is essential to prevent further depletion of natural resources and expansional increases in anthropogenic emissions. The first speaker will discuss a series of three studies analyzing the relational frames surrounding climate related purchasing using arbitrary symbols and a relational training task and was later visually depicted using the Multidimensional Scaling (MDS) procedure. The results of these studies illustrate consistency regarding an individual's climate related purchasing. Finally, using ecofeedback, the speaker will unpack the results of incentivization and climate related behaviors. The second speaker will discuss two studies, the first will analyze the results from a principal analysis of a 20-item list that identifies pro-environmental behaviors that significantly contribute to emission contributions. In the second study, the speaker will discuss the results from a correlational analysis that assessed the relationships between climate anxiety, psychological flexibility, and pro-environmental behavior. Climate change is a complex problem that requires innovative and complex solutions, and these studies together illustrate behavior analysts’ role in combating the climate crisis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Climate anxiety, Climate change, Consumer behavior, Sustainability
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) describe the role of human action in changing earth's climate; (2) discuss the interplay of climate anxiety and psychological flexibility in climate action; (3) discuss relational and contingency strategy to promote green consumption
 
Diversity submission Things are Heating Up: Influencing Consumer Behavior to Combat Global Warming
MEREDITH MATTHEWS (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Consumer behavior plays a centralized role in anthropogenic (i.e., human) factors that are causing accelerating rates of global warming. Moreover, consumer behavior selects practices of organizations that contribute the greatest emissions in the developed world. We developed a series of three experiments to evaluate relational verbal factors and contingency factors that could influence consumer behavior. The first study evaluated environmental purchasing following a relational training task used to establish arbitrary symbols as pro or anti-environmental. Participants completed a purchasing task before and after the relational training, and 6 out of the 7 participants significantly increased spending on the pro-environmental products as denoted by the arbitrary symbols. In the second study, we graphed these relational frames using a Multidimensional Scaling (MDS) procedure generating results consistent with predictions based in Relational Density Theory. Thus, there appear to be orderly patterns in participants’ relational responding around pro-climate purchasing. Finally, in the third study we evaluated a combined intervention that included self-monitoring of anti-climate and pro-climate behavior using a commercially available application to track consumption. Extra credit was provided contingent on improved performance in a changing-criterion design across participants. Results suggest that contingencies, in addition to relational verbal behavior, can effectively influence consumer behavior to impact earth’s climate.
 
Diversity submission 

Flight or Fight? Exploring the Relationship Between Pro-Climate Behavior, Climate Anxiety, and Psychological Flexibility

LAUREN ROSE HUTCHISON (Missouri State University), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

As our climate continues to warm due to anthropogenic (i.e., human) causes, natural disasters continue to increase in magnitude and intensity while climate migration and justice issues become increasingly salient. Human action is needed; however, experiential avoidance of climate action may occur along with high rates of anxiety about climate change. Climate anxiety can become maladaptive when it impacts an individual's quality of life, and arguably when it hinders their ability to engage in pro-climate behavior. In a first study, we developed a 20-item climate checklist from an initial list of 100 items. The results of a principal component analysis identified three factors where consumer behavior was most predictive of high emissions in our sample. In a second study, we evaluated the relationships between climate anxiety (Climate Anxiety Scale) , psychological flexibility (AAQ-II), and engagement in pro-climate behavior as indexed on the climate behavior checklist. Results support a psychological flexibility model of climate anxiety wherein promoting greater flexibility around issues of climate change could influence pro-climate behavior.

 
 
Symposium #339
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment Considerations for Children With Developmental Disabilities Who Are Candidates for Augmentative and Alternative Communication Systems
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Grace Hansen (30306)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
CE Instructor: Amarie Carnett, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with complex communication needs are often candidates for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems. However, there is a need for assessment as well as a range of considerations that may affect an individual’s use of AAC system, as well as collateral effect of acquisition. This symposium will present data from two empirical studies. For the first study, data will be presented on the use of an assessment framework that identifies an optimal modality, while including stakeholder participation and evaluating individual preferences throughout the assessment process. The second study will examine the literature and evaluate the collateral effect of AAC use across participant characteristics. Implications and future directions will be discussed by the discussant, Einar Ingvarsson.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, developmental disabilities, SGD, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a working knowledge of augmentative and alternative communication systems.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learn about methodology for assessment of AAC systems. 2. Learn procedures for engaging stakeholders (families, caregivers, service providers) in the assessment process and how to evaluate learner preference of AAC systems. 3. Learn about the empirical research on the collateral effects of AAC use.
 

A Preliminary Decision-Making Framework and Assessment for Selecting an Augmentative and Alternative Communication Modality

AMARIE CARNETT (Victoria University of Wellington), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder who have limited speech are often candidates for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) modalities to teach basic mands. However, few studies have evaluated the assessment of various AAC modalities. We report on the results a preliminary assessment framework aimed to evaluate a decision-making model and modality comparison for teaching seven children with autism spectrum disorder. Assessment procedures involved the use of a decision-making model that evaluated environments, and caregiver’s preference as a listener. This decision-making framework was then used to inform an assessment of modalities across the learner’s acquisition and preference. Preliminary findings indicate the utility of creating an assessment process that could be viable for practitioners to use and highlight the need to account for the social validity of a modality, by including caregivers within the decision making. Results point to a potentially useful approach for assessing AAC modalities for young children with autism spectrum disorder.

 

Augmented and Alternative Communication Modalities and Spontaneous Vocal Speech: A Systematic Review and Analysis

JESSICA DEMARCO (Georgia State University), Sarah Grace Hansen (30306), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Augmented and Alternative Communication (AAC) Modalities are effective components of interventions to improve communicative ability for individuals who did not develop vocal speech. Increasing communication via AAC modality has documented collateral effects including reduced challenging behavior, increased skill acquisition, and for some populations, emergence of vocal speech. While certain intervention components (e.g., reinforcement, prompting, differential reinforcement, stimulus- stimulus pairing) have been used successfully to increase AAC use and spontaneous vocal speech alike, there is little evidence as to the AAC intervention elements or participant characteristics best associated with spontaneous vocal speech. This systematic review of the literature on AAC interventions that recorded incidence of spontaneous vocal speech reports the participant and intervention characteristics and the relative increase in vocal speech in participants. Future directions and limitations are discussed.

 
 
Panel #340
CE Offered: BACB
Bridging Transitions Gaps: Best Practice Model to Ensure Health, Independence, and Happiness for Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amanda P. Laprime, Ph.D.
Chair: Amanda P. Laprime (University of Rochester Medical Center )
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (University of North Texas)
JENNIFER MORRISON-DIALLO (Kings County Hospital Center)
JULIE ROBYN RUSSELL (Brooklyn Autism Center)
Abstract:

Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (I/DD) are vulnerable to “falling off the cliff” when they transition from childhood to adulthood. Although pediatric services systems (medical, mental and behavioral health, and educational) have been developed to be highly integrated, interprofessional, and supportive, adult service systems are often criticized as being disconnected, insufficiently funded, poorly resourced, and given secondary prioritization in terms relative to pediatric systems. With the sheer number of children with autism and I/DD turning 18/21 in the next few years, it is essential that behavior analysts utilize their science to operationalize evidence based approaches, and consider how to advocate for, establish roles in, analyze the effects of, and substantially expand clinical programs for adults with I/DD. In this panel, behavior analytic leaders in integrated healthcare, vocation, education, and behavioral and mental health will discuss the current barriers in achieving success in each of these areas for transition-aged adolescents and adults with I/DD. Each panelist will identify key elements of successful models, and describe how behavior analysts can partner with the individuals themselves, their families, advocates, and service systems, to ensure health, happiness, and independence for those we have the privilege of supporting in their adult lives.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This is for clinicians and practitioners who service transition aged youth and adults across educational, vocational, residential, or medical/behavioral health settings. Clinicians must have an advanced skill set in applying behavior analytic interventions.

Learning Objectives: Participants will identify barriers to adequate transition-related services across areas identified in the discussion Participants will define and describe the key components of adequate adult service models across vocational, medical, and behavioral health systems Participants will equate observable and operationalized behaviors to the qualities of health, happiness, and independence
Keyword(s): behavioral health, independence, vocation, medical
 
 
Symposium #341
CE Offered: BACB
What You See Is Not All There Is: History Effects in Learning, Relapse, and Choice
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Matthew Lewon, Ph.D.
Abstract: Psychological events are unique among the events under scientific study because they are historical and cumulative in nature. How organisms respond to present contextual circumstances depends in part upon what they have experienced in the past. The fact that organismic history is not always observed/known but affects behavior in the present moment adds a layer of complexity to the study of psychological phenomena that is not present in many other sciences. The purpose of this symposium is to share recent empirical research demonstrating the importance of history in three different domains of investigation with different species. The first paper will describe research on the partial reinforcement extinction effect in the persistence of conditioned taste aversion in rats. The second presentation will address the induction of successive incentive contrast in risky decision-making in humans. The final paper will describe research examining the respective roles of discriminative and motivational factors in the renewal and reinstatement of operant behavior following extinction in mice. Each will address the importance of studying and acknowledging the ubiquitous influence of antecedent events and behavioral history to enhance our understanding and interpretation of behavior.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): extinction, relapse, risky choice, taste aversion
Target Audience: Participants should have some experience interpreting and evaluating experimental data/methodology.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the partical extinction effect and the conditions under which it is observed in taste aversion learning. 2) Distinguish between gain and loss avoidance contingencies and the role of sequence of experimental conditions on choice between these. 3) Describe some discriminative and motivational variables in relapse and the respective contribution of each.
 
A Partial Reinforcement Extinction Effect in Conditioned Taste Aversion Learning in Rats
NOELLE MICHAUD (University of Vermont), Mark E. Bouton (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Extinction of a conditioned response can be slowed by partial reinforcement, where only a percentage of the CSs or responses are followed by a reinforcer during conditioning. The phenomenon is clinically relevant, because the partial reinforcement extinction effect (PREE) suggests that partial reinforcement can generate behavioral persistence. Conditioned taste aversions (CTAs) are learned when a flavor is paired with illness typically induced by injection of LiCl . CTA is often considered a unique form of learning, and perhaps consistent with this, there is no evidence of the PREE in CTA. In four experiments with rats, continuous reinforcement (CRF) groups always received a taste CS followed by LiCl injection during conditioning. PRF groups received these reinforced (R) trials with interspersed nonreinforced (N) trials. The experiments did not produce strong evidence of a PREE until we used more conditioning trials than is typically used in this method. The result is consistent with sequential theory (e.g., Capaldi, 1967), and suggests that CTAs do follow familiar laws of learning. Resistance to extinction in taste aversion learning can be engaged by partial reinforcement provided there are many R trials and N trials.
 
Successive Incentive Contrast Influences Loss Aversion
ERIC A. THRAILKILL (University of Vermont), Julian Kafka (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Loss aversion is a behavioral economic bias wherein individuals prefer avoiding losses over obtaining equivalent gains. We examined how exposure to gains and losses influences loss aversion in a within-subject design. Two groups received three tests consisting of 64 hypothetical 50-50 gambles that presented a potential gain and a potential loss. Participants chose to accept or reject each gamble. For a control group, gains were twice as large as losses, on average, in all three sets of gambles. An experimental group received gambles with the 2-to-1 gain-loss disparity in tests 1 and 3, but the reverse in test 2 (where losses were twice as large as gains). Throughout, choices to accept gambles were sensitive to the gains and losses offered and demonstrated two specific effects. First, although we observed loss aversion in test 1, we observed a reversal of loss aversion when the gain-loss ratio was reversed in test 2. Second, in test 3, which was a repeat of test 1, the experimental group accepted more gambles than the control group. We connect the results to the influence of experience on incentive motivation. Overall, the findings provide new data to connect behavioral economics and the psychology of learning and motivation.
 
Motivational and Discriminative Factors in Relapse
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Two classes of antecedent variables influence the probability of operant behavior: discriminative stimuli and motivating operations (MOs). Discriminative stimuli are those that affect behavior due to their association with particular response-outcome contingencies, while MOs are events that alter the probability of operant behavior in the presence of these stimuli. Interactions between the various discriminative and motivational features of context present/operating at any given moment determine the operant behavior that occurs. Research on the recovery of extinguished operant behavior following extinction (i.e., “relapse phenomena” such as renewal, reinstatement, resurgence, etc.) has primarily focused on the role of exteroceptive discriminative features of context in occasioning relapse. Less research has been conducted on the role of MOs in relapse. I present data from a series of studies using both interoceptive and exteroceptive stimuli as discriminative cues for renewal and reinstatement that suggest that relatively little relapse can be expected even in non-extinction contexts in the absence of a relevant MO. The translational implications of these findings and their relevance to conceptual understandings of interactions between discriminative and motivational features of context will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #342
Implications for Behavior Analysis in Cyber/Online Behaviors
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Paul Romanowich (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: This symposium details different ways that potentially problematic online/cyber behaviors can be assessed. This includes the general notion of individuals wanting to use the internet less often, to more specific problem behaviors like cyberbullying and susceptibility to online scams. Each presentation also suggests treatment implications with the measurement tools used to asses the problematic online/cyber behaviors.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): cyberbullying, functional assessment, internet, social discounting
 
A Preliminary Functional Assessment of Internet Use
(Basic Research)
ELIZABETH KYONKA (California State University - East Bay), Andrea Lumabas (California State University East Bay), Rinisha Naidu (California State University-East Bay), Ezekiel Torres (California State University East Bay)
Abstract: We developed and piloted a self-report instrument to assess positive and negative reinforcement that maintain individuals’ internet use. The initial questionnaire includes five items putatively related to each of six possible functions: positive reinforcement in the form of tangible benefits, attention, or sensory reinforcement, and escape from demand, offline social interaction, or private events. Sixty-one introductory psychology students rated each item on a Likert frequency scale with 7 options (never-always) for course credit. Students endorsed items related to escape from demand most frequently and items related to tangible benefits and social avoidance least frequently. Eighteen students (29%) reported wanting to change the way they used the internet. Compared to students who did not report wanting to change their internet use, those students estimated spending 7 more hours per week online (t(59) = 1.36, p<.001, d = 0.38). They also endorsed specific items related to avoiding feelings and social confrontation more frequently than students who did not want to change. Regardless of whether self-report measures are veridical records of behavior, they may be useful in characterizing key differences between groups and in identifying possible interventions for individuals who want to change their own behavior.
 

Social Discounting in Bystanders' Helping Cyberbullying Victims

(Basic Research)
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton)
Abstract:

The goal of the present study was to examine a role of social discounting in bystanders’ helping cyberbullying victims. College students completed a novel social-discounting task with a hypothetical scenario, in which they encountered cyberbullying instances as a bystander and rated their likelihood of helping cyberbullying victims versus taking no action. Across trials, the social distance to the victims was manipulated, ranging from the person who is emotionally closest to the participants to a mere acquaintance. In addition to this novel social-discounting task with a cyberbullying scenario, the participants also completed a social-discounting task with hypothetical money. The results from the novel social-discounting task showed that the likelihood of helping victims decreased as a hyperbolic function of the social distance to the victims, and the likelihood was significantly greater for participants who had an experience of helping victims. The results also showed that the rates of discounting in the novel social-discounting task were significantly correlated with those in the social-discounting task with hypothetical money. These findings support the importance of the social discounting process in bystanders’ decision to help victims. Implications for developing effective interventions strategies are discussed.

 
The Relationship Between Social Discounting for Personal Information and Cybersecurity Behaviors
(Basic Research)
PAUL ROMANOWICH (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: Discounting research has been very influential, in part, due to the predictive validity of discounting rates for a range of important behaviors. For example, individuals who have higher delay discounting rates (i.e., are more likely to choose a smaller more immediate reward) also tend to engage in other risky behaviors (i.e., binge drinking, unprotected sexual intercourse, etc.). The current set of studies explored how social discounting for personal information (SDPI) may predict maladaptive behaviors related to cybersecurity. The SDPI task asked 96 undergraduate students how much personal information (e.g., PIN #, medical information, passwords) they would be willing to share with a person at a given social distance. Results showed that the SDPI task resulted in hyperbolic discounting function as social distance increases for college-aged students, like questions about hypothetical monetary rewards at two magnitudes (Figure 1). A second study with 33 undergraduate students replicated this finding and showed that there was a significant negative relationship between personal information discounting rate and self-reported ability to take precautions against online scams via a Cybersecurity Awareness Scale (Table 1). The current presentation will discuss these findings along with relationships between social discounting for personal information and clicking on phishing emails.
 
 
Symposium #343
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Organizational Cultural Change Begins With Partnership: Lessons Learned in Building Diverse, Inclusive, and Equitable Higher Education Programs
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University)
CE Instructor: Noor Younus Syed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Much discussion has occurred over the last few years regarding the importance of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in behavior analytic research and practice, particularly surrounding the need to engage in sustainable organizational change towards these initiatives. It has become apparent that listening, learning, and responding in partnership are critical tenets in this work and that, to build inclusive organizational environments, we must begin to shape major cultural changes. These presentations will focus on actions taken by higher education programs for equitable cultural shift within their institutions. The first talk will center on DEI initiatives undertaken in an applied behavior analysis (ABA) graduate program, including climate survey dissemination and analysis, required DEI training for faculty, and revising curricula to promote an increased worldview. The second presentation will describe actions taken in shifting higher education climate culture towards the creation of a nuerodiversive inclusive college, and on forming an autistic and behavior analytic partnership to lead this work. Attendees will engage in discussion surrounding actions taken to promote cultural evolution and sustainable DEI movement at organizational levels.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): cultural evolution, DEI, higher education, partnership
Target Audience:

N/A, basic level

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe actions towards building sustainable organizational environments towards DEI in higher education. (2) discuss the importance of partnership and collaboration in addressing challenging behavior analytic issues, such as anti-ABA controversy (3) identify methods to increase DEI through individual and group contingencies, leading to broader cultural change
 
Diversity submission 

Initiatives to Address Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Within a Higher Education Applied Behavior Analysis Department

JENNIFER LYNN HILTON (Endicott College), Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Videsha Marya (Endicott College), Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon; Endicott College), Ksenia Gatzunis (Endicott College), Christen Russell (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Recent events have highlighted the need for behavior analysis to address issues of diversity, equity, and inclusion in service provision and in higher education. There has been a call to action issued, noting the need for cultural humility and cultural responsiveness. An opportunity exists within training programs to ensure that students of behavior analysis are instructed in ways that promote cultural responsiveness and that equip them to serve diverse populations. Additionally, more needs to be done to engineer environments where students of behavior analysis are treated with respect and compassion, and that educational environments promote the comfort and success of all students. This manuscript outlines the initiatives of an ABA department to gather information about DEI on the local level, identify goals, implement change, and evaluate progress toward these goals.

 
Diversity submission Building a Neurodiverse Inclusive College: An Autistic and Behavior Analytic Partnership
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College), Lauren Lestremau Allen (SUNY Empire State)
Abstract: The need for diversification within higher education institutions is paramount, and neurodiversity, including autism, is no exception. Most higher education institutions within the United States have traditionally served primarily neurotypical students, with only 84 colleges and universities in the contiguous United States reporting specific supports for autistic students (McDermott et al., 2021). To increase inclusivity and accessibility of resources, SUNY Empire State College is holistically implementing universal and tiered behavioral supports across its 80 campuses and robust online learning platforms through multi-tiered systems of support (MTSS) frameworks (Benner et al., 2013). While research has demonstrated that these frameworks (Benner et al., 2013), such as schoolwide positive behavior interventions and supports (SWPBIS) (Sugai & Horner, 2006,) can be successful in improving behavioral and academic outcomes for primary and secondary school students, it has not yet been implemented or investigated in a higher education setting to support students with a variety of needs, including autistic students. Our goal in this initiative is to increase equitability and inclusivity throughout the College by modifying our practices as a whole to be supportive of students with any support needs, and by obtaining continuous stakeholder feedback. Of strongest importance, creation and implementation of this project is guided by an implementation team of behavior analysts working alongside autistic advocates and caregivers in the autism community. This presentation will describe actions taken to date in sustainable organizational development towards diversity, equity, and inclusion through the building of an inclusive college via behavior analytic and autistic partnership. We will share data collected on these initiatives, and describe next steps.
 
 
Panel #344
CE Offered: BACB
Achieving Profitability With Clinical Quality in the Challenging World of Applied Behavior Analysis Services
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Coby Lund, Ph.D.
Chair: Coby Lund (BehaviorLive)
DOUGLAS MOES (STAR of CA, a Stepping Stones Group Company)
ROHIT VERMA (Kadiant)
Abstract:

The industry for providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services to individuals with disabilities has traditionally been challenging, but even more so recently due to COVID-related exposure risk. Even prior to the COVID pandemic and its related constraints on behavioral healthcare, the intricate variables related to providing ABA services (e.g., reimbursement rates, credentialing requirements, individualized programming and training) have required very thoughtful processes and implementation. For most providers, achieving a healthy level of profitability through operational efficiency has become a critical component in maintaining viability. To that end, direct therapy services have a significant impact on achieving sustainable contribution margin targets for an organization. Direct therapy reimbursement rates relative to behavior technician wage rates, along with behavior technician productivity, need to be maintained at high levels to ensure sustainable gross margins. Additionally, supervisor productivity needs to be high, while costs to manage supervisors are optimized. Such considerations are all crucial operational considerations—though not clinical—of an effective ABA practice. The panel will discuss variables contributing to the financial success and viability of ABA companies, as well as recommended considerations to achieving profitability in the challenging world of ABA services.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners involved in the operational decision-making of their organizations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify key metrics related to the financial health of an organization, such as gross margin, contribution margin, and operating expenses; (2) identify key considerations to achieving profitability, such as supervisor and technician productivity; and (3) identify recommendations for maintaining clinical quality and outcomes while operating with sustainable financial health.
Keyword(s): Contribution Margin, Gross Margin, Productivity, Profitability
 
 
Invited Paper Session #345
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Using Organizational Behavior Management to Develop Ethical and Effective Leaders and Supervisors
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
CE Instructor: Alicia M. Alvero, Please Select...
Presenting Author: ALICIA ALVERO (Queens College, CUNY)
Abstract:

“ABA techniques can be used to improve and target specific behavior.” Most would agree that this is a common statement among ABA practitioners. It often triggers thoughts of therapists and clients or classrooms and teachers—but the same exact statement can be used to describe the practice of OBM in organizations including the human service industry. This presentation will explore ways in which ABA techniques can improve ethical and effective leadership behaviors. It will also explore why it is critical for leaders and OBM practitioners to practice what they preach. Topics such as feedback, performance evaluation, training and creating an ethical culture will be explored.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: OBM students, practitioners, ABA supervisors, executive leadership of ABA agencies, BACBs serving as supervisors
Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
ALICIA ALVERO (Queens College, CUNY)
Alicia M. Alvero is the Associate Provost for Academic and Faculty Affairs at Queens College, The City University of New York. She began her academic career at Queens College in 2003 as a professor of Organizational Behavior Management and she helped streamline workflow within the Department of Psychology to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of processes affecting students, staff and faculty. She received her B.A. in Psychology from Florida International University, her M.A. in Industrial-Organizational Psychology and her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University (WMU). Dr. Alvero was awarded the prestigious Ford Foundation Fellowship while at WMU for her research in behavioral safety and the effects of safety observations. She has extensive experience teaching leaders across a number of domains, including human service agencies and higher education, how to utilize OBM to help solve organizational challenges and strengthen their leadership skills. She has published in various journals including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, and Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education and has served on several editorial boards. Dr. Alvero has been an invited speaker across the country and also serves as an organizational consultant in the areas of training, leadership, and performance management.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #346
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Don Baer Lecture: The Current Future of Behavior Analysis in Educational Settings
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JANET S. TWYMAN (blast)
Abstract:

In his 1988 chapter of a similar name, Don Baer described the then-current accomplishments of behavior-analytic approaches to public education. These included the ability to transform student and teacher behavior and refine curriculum; however rather than offer a laundry list of the ways behavior analysis has and could improve education, he instead reiterated the question he and Don Bushell asked seven years earlier: “Why hasn't behavior analysis done more?” Despite their incisive analysis of the school as an organization and the environment and cultural implications of change, almost 40 years later behavior analysts continue to lament a lack of widespread acceptance and use of behavior analysis in education. Perhaps our collective lamenting is misplaced. Perhaps behavior analysis is more pervasive in schools than we recognize. Perhaps we could do more by analyzing a network of contingencies--not just of education systems but of our own approaches. By fusing contingency analyses, education, and technologies (tools and processes), the current and future opportunities for behavior analysts are limitless.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, educators, psychologists, school personnel, students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) characterize how contingency analyses (such as Baer and Bushell's 1981 analysis of systems) might be relevant to the impact of behavior analysis in schools today; (2) describe a current educational trend (e.g., competency-based education, embedded data-based decision making, artificial intelligence, machine learning) and how it relates to behavior analysis; (3) identify current and future opportunities for behavior analysis in the context of teaching and learning.
 
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast)
Dr. Janet Twyman is an educator, instructional designer, and founder of blast: A Learning Sciences Company. Always passionate about education, Janet has been a pre-school and public school teacher, administrator, researcher, and university professor. She currently holds a faculty appointment as Associate Professor of Pediatrics at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, and formerly served as Director of Innovation and Technology for the U.S. Dept of Education funded Center on Innovations in Learning, and as Vice President of Instructional Development, Research, & Implementation at Headsprout. Her numerous articles, book chapters, and presentations address behavior analysis, instructional design, technology, and educational systems, and include co-editing books on educational innovation, personalized learning, and equity. She has presented to and worked with education systems, organizations, and institutions over 60 states and countries, including speaking about technologies for diverse learners and settings at the United Nations. In 2007-08 she served as the President of the Association for Behavior Analysis and in 2014 was named an ABAI Fellow. For her distinguished contributions to educational research and practice she received the 2015 Wing Award for Evidence-based Education and the 2017 American Psychological Association Division 25 Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award.
 
 
Symposium #347
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Behavior Analysis: A Guide to Being an Evidence Based Practitioner
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah Behavior Services)
CE Instructor: Audrey N. Hoffmann, Ph.D.
Abstract: Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a commonly used term in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA); however, disagreement or misunderstanding regarding what EBP is and how to engage in evidence-based decision making persist. In this symposium, we will attempt to clarify the definition of EBP in ABA and we will discuss the role that EBP plays in different domains of ABA. First, Dr. Bethany Contreras will discuss the definition of EBP and will offer specific suggestions on how practitioners can use EBP to guide ethical decision making. Next, Dr. Audrey Hoffmann will discuss how EBP provides a framework for embedding evidence-based decision-making in coursework and supervision in order to improve ethical decision-making in novice behavior analysts. Finally, Dr. Shanun Kunnavatana will discuss challenges to EBP in clinical practice, and potential solutions to promote EBP.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ethics, Evidence-Based Practice
Target Audience: Practitioners, Supervisors, University Educators
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define Evidence Based Practice (EBP) of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and describe the three components comprising EBP of ABA; (2) Identify ethical codes aligned with the EBP of ABA; (3) Identify general strategies for engaging in EBP as part of ethical behavior analytic practice; (4) Identify strategies for including EBP in teaching and training of novice behavior analysts; (5) Identify barriers and potential solutions for engaging in EBP in clinical practice.
 
An Introduction to Engaging in Evidence-Based Practice
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (University of Nevada, Reno), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah Behavior Services), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Evidence-based practice of ABA has been defined as “…a decision-making process that integrates (a) the best available evidence with (b) clinical expertise and (c) client values and context” (Slocum et al., 2014; p. 44). While several articles and books discuss the importance of EBP for ABA, there is limited information on how a practicing behavior analyst can purposefully engage in EBP. In this presentation, we will discuss the definition of EBP for ABA and will offer suggestions as to behaviors practitioners can engage in to ensure that they are engaging in EBP. We will present specific suggestions for how behavior analysts can ensure that they are using the best available evidence to guide decisions, how to build and maintain clinical expertise, and how to incorporate client values and context into the decision-making process that is EBP.
 

Evidence-Based Practice as a Framework for Training Novice Behavior Analysts

AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Utah Behavior Services)
Abstract:

Evidence Based Practice (EBP) provides a useful framework for teaching decision-making skills and ethical practice to novice behavior analysts. This presentation will provide a brief introduction to EBP and go over the importance of including EBP within training programs for behavior analysts (both in higher education and in supervised practice). Suggestions for embedding EBP into course sequences and supervision practices will be provided as well as discussing potential barriers to training a complex behavioral repertoire such as evidence-based decision-making. The presentation will highlight the importance of novice behavior analysts basing decisions on the best available research evidence, considering the client values and context, and improving and appropriately utilizing their clinical expertise as ethical behavior analysts.

 

Challenges of Evidence-Based Practice in Clinical Practice

S. SHANUN KUNNAVATANA (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia)
Abstract:

Effective practice requires behavior analysts to be able to make complex decisions that evaluate not only the evidence for certain interventions but also determine whether critical components of the intervention will be possible given an individual’s context and values, as well as those of other stakeholders involved. This approach requires behavior analysts to be both analytical and flexible in their decision making. Although, Evidence Based Practice (EBP) provides a framework for navigating these decisions, the process is often perceived as daunting and not utilized to its full potential. This presentation discusses the potential reasons why EBP is not yet common in clinical practice and how individuals and organizations may overcome some of the challenges to move toward EBP and better clinical decision making.

 
 
Panel #348
PDS: Effective Practices for Developing and Maintaining Time-Management and Productive Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas)
JUSTIN CHARLES STRICKLAND (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts working in research, teaching, or practice may experience burn-out, loss of productivity, or other roadblocks to success. This PDS event will discuss anecdotes from behavior analysts to speak on the arrangement of contingencies used to be effective in time management strategies and finding ways to stay motivated. The panel will include time management in research, teaching, and other areas of work for behavior analysts. Rather than emphasizing permanent products of success, the panel aims to offer insight to everyday behavior in which successful individuals engage. This event is not meant to be a one-size-fit all approach to productivity, but instead offer insight to a number of approaches successful individuals have used in the field.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): professional development, students, time-management
 
 
Symposium #349
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Skill Acquisition Research
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Aparna Naresh (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The acquisition of novel behavior is an important goal in Applied Behavior Analysis. In this symposium, researchers will present on different topics to illuminate how to improve skill acquisition, with a focus on the effectiveness and efficiency of intervention strategies. In the first talk, researchers compared fixed and repetitive models during an object imitation program. Two talks incorporate instructional feedback. In one, instructive feedback was incorporated to teach tacts and play behavior for children. In the other, instructive feedback and descriptive praise conditions were compared to a condition without differential outcomes. In the last talk, researchers compared acquisition criteria, applied to individual operants v. sets of operants, and their effects on acquisition and maintenance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): instructional feedback, mastery criterion, object imitation, skill acquisition
Target Audience:

Graduate students and professions seeking to learn intermediate skill acquisition tactics

Learning Objectives: 1. Choose among different strategies to implement object imitation programming 2. Choose appropriate applications of instructional feedback 3. Apply acquisition criteria to promote acquisition and maintenance of skills
 

A Comparison of Fixed and Repetitive Models to Teach Object Imitation to Children With Autism

ELIZABETH J. PREAS (UNMC), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Madison Judkins (University of Nebraska-Medical Center), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mikayla Crawford (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Imitative behavior is a foundational skill that is critical to the development of a wide variety of behaviors. A well-established imitative repertoire can facilitate the acquisition of functional communication, social behaviors, and observational learning. Although early intensive behavioral intervention programs for young children with autism incorporate imitation training, learners with autism may exhibit difficulties in acquiring an imitative repertoire. Few studies have evaluated the types of models responsible for acquisition when teaching imitation to children with autism. However, a preliminary evaluation of teaching object imitation with fixed and repetitive model targets suggested that children with autism may acquire imitation more rapidly when taught with repetitive models (Deshais & Vollmer, 2019). The purpose of the current study was to extend and compare the rates of acquisition when teaching with repetitive and fixed models within a conditional discrimination arrangement using evidence-based teaching procedures. We compared the acquisition of targets taught with repetitive and fixed imitative models for three participants with autism. The current results suggest that fixed models resulted in rapid acquisition for one participant across sets; whereas, the fixed model was acquired more quickly in one set for the second participant. Results for additional participants will also be discussed.

 

Promoting Play Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Instructive Feedback via Telehealth

SOFIA MORTON (Caldwell University), Alexandra Marie Campanaro (May Institute), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Craig H. Domanski (DATA Group Central)
Abstract:

Play provides children learning opportunities in the natural environment to acquire communication skills. Due to deficits in social communication skills and increased rates of stereotypic behavior (i.e., non-contextual repetitive behavior), children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have difficulties acquiring both functional and symbolic play skills. To further close the gap between the skill level of children with ASD and their typically developing peers, procedures need to be both effective and efficient. One way to increase efficiency of teaching is through the use of instructive feedback. Therefore, the purpose of the current study is to systematically replicate and extend previous research by examining if play behaviors emerge when using IF to teach conceptually related primary (i.e., tacts) and secondary targets (i.e., play skills). We predict the results of the present study will demonstrate the effectiveness and efficiency of using instructive feedback to teach secondary targets consisting of play skills

 
An Evaluation of Antecedent-Specific Consequences in Early Intervention Procedures
DELANIE FETZNER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities often exhibit slower rates of learning, which require highly individualized interventions to rapidly teach daily living and academic skills. Previous research on the differential outcomes effect (DOE) suggests that presenting a unique consequence stimulus matched to a target stimulus may produce more rapid acquisition of the target relation. Two skill acquisition procedures may be consistent with differential outcomes procedures, instructive feedback (IF) and descriptive praise (DP). The current study evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of antecedent-specific consequences in IF and DP procedures with 11 undergraduate students and one child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The IF and DP conditions were compared to a nondifferential (ND) outcomes condition and a no-treatment control condition. All of the treatment conditions were effective. Moreover, the differential outcomes arrangements (i.e., IF and DP conditions) required fewer sessions to mastery for five undergraduate participants and the child participant. These findings suggest that the use of IF and DP procedures may produce more rapid acquisition, although more nuanced measures of efficiency (e.g., per target measures) sometimes favored the ND condition over the differential outcomes conditions. Considerations for future research are discussed.
 
Units of Analysis in Acquisition-Performance Criteria for “Mastery”: A Systematic Replication
KRISTINA WONG (Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: This study compared two units of analysis for assessing acquisition mastery during sight word instruction for three participants. The unit of analysis refers to the specific performances that criteria are applied to, either sets of stimuli or individual operants. In the Set Analysis condition, we applied the acquisition-performance criterion to the aggregated accuracy of a set of 4 target operants. In the Operant Analysis (OA) condition, we assessed the criterion for individual operants and replaced targets as they met the acquisition criterion. All participants acquired novel textual responses to sight words faster under the OA condition and response maintenance was similar between conditions. This study extended previous research by showing enhanced response maintenance in the OA condition by increasing the performance criterion from one replication of 100% accuracy to two. This study also suggests a unique contribution of OA to quickening learning.
 
 
Symposium #351
CE Offered: BACB
Complex Overt and Covert Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Julie M. Dunbar (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: Julie M. Dunbar, M.S.
Abstract: Skinner’s conceptualization of verbal behavior including both overt (i.e., observable) and covert (i.e., unobservable to all but the behaving individual) responses are explored in this symposium. A behavior analytic definition of gestures as non-vocal verbal behavior with both listener and speaker functions is explored with suggestions for training, programming for maintenance, and future research. The role of bidirectional naming is evaluated with typically developing children on a tact-training procedure to identify pictures as same or different, and followed by an assessment of responding on an analogical reasoning task. A visual imagining training procedure is evaluated with children and adolescents with autism to teach intraverbal responses and intraverbal categorization; a review of the results from this study includes an analysis of evidence of covert behavior. Then, empirical research methods are reviewed with consideration for application to the study and further understanding of covert behavior and processes with recommendations for future research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Problem solving, Verbal behavior
Target Audience: This symposium is recommended for practitioners, researchers, and graduate students. Attendees should have an introductory understanding of Skinner's conceptualization of verbal behavior.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state a behavior-analytic definition of gestures; (2) identify prerequisite skills necessary for children to solve analytical problems; (3) define visual imagining training as a problem-solving strategy for intraverbal categorization; and (4) describe methods for conducting research on covert events.
 
Gestures: The Forgotten Verbal Behavior
GANNA BARTASHEVA (Hunter College City University of New York), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Although gestures are essential in effective verbal behavior, they have received little attention in behavior-analytic research; specifically in interventions targeting acquisition of gestures by individuals with autism spectrum disorder. One likely reason for this is that there does not appear to be a clear behavior analytic conceptualization of gestures that is consistent with a behavior analytic account. To address this limitation, we propose a definition of gestures that is consistent with the science of behavior analysis. Using Skinner’s conceptual paradigm of verbal behavior, we also propose a definition of gestures as forms of non-vocal verbal behavior that are effective in (a) altering the behavior of and reinforced through the mediation of the listener, (b) culturally determined and indispensable for effective communication in a given verbal community, and (c) that can perform some of the same functions as vocal verbal operants (i.e., can serve as tacts, mands, intraverbals, and autoclitics). We further distinguish between speaker and listener gestures. Using these proposed definitions, we present an overview of research on teaching speaker and listener gestures to individuals with ASD with an emphasis on the methods used to teach these skills, procedures used to program for and assess generalization and maintenance, and strategies for assessing social validity of these interventions. We also suggest areas for future research.
 
The Role of Bidirectional Naming in the Emergence of Analogical Relations in Children
TATIANA ZHIRNOVA (California State University, Sacramento), Vanessa N Lee (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: We investigated the role of bidirectional naming in the emergence of analogical reasoning in typically developing children. Following training procedures to tact categories and relationally tact presented stimuli as either “same” or “different,” we tested whether four typically developing children between the ages 5 and 7 years could match pairs of pictures based on same and different categories. Tact training procedures produced derived analogical responding in two out of the four participants. The remaining two participants required additional, direct training to teach strategies to solve analogy tests. The results of this study confirm that typically developing children under 9 years of age can solve analogy-type problems once they have learned needed prerequisite skills including category and relational tacting. Results of this study further suggest that tact training is sufficient to produce both speaker behavior and listener behavior, as well as responding consistent with analogical reasoning. Areas for future research are discussed.
 

Effects of Visual Imagining Training and Visual Prompts on Intraverbal Categorization With Children With Autism

MELANIE MCCARTHY-PEPIN (Simmons University/Behavioral Connections), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract:

Children with autism exhibit delays in the communication skill of intraverbal categorization, defined as responding to category names with several items from that category (e.g., responding to “tell me some animals,” “tell me some vehicles”). Kisamore et al. (2011) increased these responses with typically developing preschoolers using visual imagining training, conceptualized as a problem-solving strategy. The training consisted of showing the participants scenes (e.g., farm, table) with items relevant to each category and asking the participant to close their eyes, imagine the scene, and say what they see. We extended this procedure to four students diagnosed with autism, ages 5-15, using a multiple probe design across behaviors. One participant increased intraverbal responses with visual imagining training alone. The other three participants increased intraverbal responses with visual imagining training and visual prompts that were the trained scenes without the embedded items. Additional data indicated that when the participants emitted many (e.g., 12) intraverbal responses, they grouped their responses by scene, suggesting use of the covert visual imagining strategy. This visual imagining strategy may be effective with some students with autism, and future researchers should identify methods for establishing intraverbal responses free from visual stimulus control.

 
Review of Methods for Conducting Research on Covert Events
JULIE M. DUNBAR (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Radical behaviorists deem covert behavior to be sensitive to the same processes as overt behavior, yet there is a paucity of research evaluating private events due to challenges around the observation, reinforcement, and measurement of these responses. This review summarizes existing empirical methodologies that can be utilized to further explore and expand our understanding of covert behavior. For example, it is possible to teach conditional discriminations to evaluate how covert behavior is established, measure the byproducts of overt behavior that occurs covertly, and measure response latencies. One may evaluate the byproducts of behavior chains, shape overt responses and infer the occurrence of covert behavior, teach covert responses (e.g., visual imagining), and compare vocal self-reports with overt measures of behavior. Additionally, advancements in technology offer a means of capturing behavior unobservable to participants (e.g., brain imaging). Science must address the problem of privacy (Skinner, 1963) to further understand complex human behavior and behavior analysis has the empirical framework to meet that challenge.
 
 
Paper Session #352
Expanding Behavior Analysis to Criminal Investigations
Sunday, May 29, 2022
5:30 PM–5:55 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Kodey Lai (Arizona State University)
 
Expanding Behavior Analysis to Criminal Investigations
Domain: Theory
KODEY LAI (Arizona State University)
 
Abstract: Criminal investigations today employ many tools, and some are used without absolute standards or, in many cases, rigorous scientific evidence. If the United States government can severely impact an individual’s life by placing them in prison using techniques lacking standards and scientific evidence, it is critical that evidence is beyond a reasonable doubt. While these tools are not all that is needed for a ruling, they are used to help find and predict the behavior of unknown subjects during criminal investigations. Behavior Analysis today is designed to understand human behavior to the point of having some prediction and control. But tools like criminal profiling, crime mapping, and statement analysis that are used to predict future behavior use a mentalistic ideology. Behavior Analysis abides by rigorous standards and protocols but has been unable to avoid the narrow scope of developmental disabilities. In the cases of the U.S. court systems, however, this might be more ethical. If behavior analysis is supposed to understand behavior, one must ask whether Behavior Analysis can predict or influence future criminal behavior. This paper proposes an increase in collaboration to further expand behavior analysis and a scientific standard for criminal investigations.
 
 
 
Paper Session #353
CE Offered: BACB
Analysis of the Acquisition of Cultural Biases and Cultural Humility
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:25 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Somchart Sakulkoo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Somchart Sakulkoo, M.S.
 

Analysis of the Acquisition of Cultural Biases and Cultural Humility

Domain: Service Delivery
SOMCHART SAKULKOO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Abstract:

Many researchers pointed out that behavior-analytic principles can promote our society to be fair and just (Biglan, 2015; Levy et al., 2021; Skinner, 1953). The promotion of cultural awareness, competence, sensitivity, and humility and minimizing cultural biases and prejudice give us promising outcome to make world a better place. This notion has been supported by scholarly recommendations, recent concepts and principles, and a growing body of empirical research. This presentation includes the analysis of the acquisition of cultural biases and cultural humility. Cultural biases can be conceptualized through respondent conditioning (i.e., stimulus-stimulus pairing; Matusda et al., 2020) and operant conditioning (e.g., manipulation of motivating operations [MOs], stimulus control, consequence, and verbal behavior [e.g., rules]; Critchfield et al., 2018). Moreover, this presentation offers the summaries of how cultural humility and cultural sensitivity can be promoted in applied settings (workplace and fieldwork supervision). Although several scholars recommended many strategies for promoting cultural sensitivity and cultural competence in workplace and fieldwork supervision, empirical support is still needed to offer the most effective outcomes (Matsuda et al., 2020; Levy et al., 2021). Future studies may evaluate the long-term effectiveness of existing interventions.

 
Target Audience:

Any practitioners who are interested in minimizing cultural biases and promoting cultural humility in workplace and fieldwork supervision

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how cultural biases and cultural humility can be conceptualized through respondent and operant conditioning; (2) identify behavior analytic strategies that can promote cultural sensitivity and cultural humility in applied settings; (3) identify future directions of studying the acquisition of cultural sensitivity and cultural humility.
 
 
Symposium #354
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Evaluation of Social and Academic Supports for College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Courtney Butler (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Courtney Butler, M.S.
Abstract:

In this symposium, presenters will discuss research on improvements to current supports of college students with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The authors will present the results of implementing effective strategies to increase social and academic skills in higher education. The symposium will review methods of increasing social skills using behavior skills training and through the development of quality relationships with typically developing peer mentors. Additionally, the symposium will include the evaluation of academic support meetings to increase student engagement. All presentations will add to the current research involving college students with Autism Spectrum Disorder and will provide future directions of support for this population.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic coaching, BST, college support, mentoring
Target Audience:

The target audience is clinicians that are working with college students with ASD and looking to improve the quality of services presented to this population. Parents and students may find this symposium useful to inform them of some of the supports that are currently available at various universities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify effective methods for targeting social deficits among students with ASD; (2) Evaluate relationship-building models of mentoring support; (3) Describe treatment options for improving student engagement in academic support meetings.
 
Diversity submission 

Evaluating Behavioral Skills Training to Decrease Interfering Behavior and Increase Adaptive Behavior With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

STEPHANIE A. CONTRUCCI KUHN (Western Connecticut State University)
Abstract:

Evidence suggests that while a growing number of students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are reaching college age (Van Bergeijk, Klin, & Volkmar), students with ASD fail to enter college or drop out before completing their degrees despite high intelligence (Cederlund et al, 2008). In addition, evidence-based services for students with ASD are very limited (Bishop-Fitzpatrick et all, 2013; Howlin et al., 2004). Individuals with ASD experience social difficulties such as recognizing and responding to nonverbal cues, following social boundary rules, refusing to complete group work, speaking out, and going on tangents (Gobbo & Shmulksy, 2013). The goal of the current project was to contribute to and expand our knowledge regarding interventions based on the principles of behavior to individuals in college settings. Students participating in a college transition program volunteered to participate based on the recommendation of their advisor. Students targeted 2-3 behaviors for increase and/or decrease. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) consisting of instruction, role-play, modeling, and feedback was implemented. Results indicated that BST may be an effective method for targeting social difficulties among students with ASD in college programs. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Teaching Peer Mentors to Build Rapport and Support College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

WILLIAMS ADOLFO ESPERICUETA LUNA (University of Florida), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Peer mentor programs can increase undergraduate retention and satisfaction, and the perceived quality of a mentee-mentor relationship plays a role in mentee satisfaction with a peer-mentoring program. The current study sought to teach peer mentors to emit behaviors that may contribute to a high-quality peer-mentor relationship. We developed a computer-based instruction (CBI) training module that included identifying target outcomes, operationally defining target behaviors, and developing examples and nonexamples to teach the skills through discrimination training. The CBI training program was divided into four submodules, and we evaluated the efficacy of each submodule using a pretest/posttest design with two peer mentors in a university peer-mentoring program. The results showed an increase in the frequency of correct responses in three out of four submodules for one participant and all four submodules for a second participant. Additionally, more target behaviors were identified within each participant’s typed responses to posttest questions following training. These findings suggest that this CBI training module could be used to teach peer-mentors the behaviors that may improve their relationship with their mentee. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Increasing Engagement in Virtual Academic Coaching Sessions in University Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

FAARIHA FAHEEM (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are enrolling in postsecondary educational institutions with increasing frequency, and these numbers are likely to continue to grow (Wolf et al., 2009; VanBergeijk, 2008). This study aims to add to the sparse literature on supporting successful outcomes for university students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) specifically in regards to their level of engagement in academic settings. This was a nonconcurrent multiple baseline study conducted with three students with ASD currently enrolled at an east coast university. To increase levels of engagement in the students we a) restructured the students’ academic coaching sessions, b) implemented contingency contracts, and c) introduced a consistent and salient schedule of reinforcement throughout the sessions. Results showed that the treatment package was effective in increasing the levels of engagement in all three students. Future studies may examine using the aforementioned treatment package to increase engagement in university students with ASD across multiple settings.

 
 
Panel #355
CE Offered: BACB
Is That Legal? Empowering Behavior Analysts to Use Mental Health Parity Law to Preserve Best Practices in Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ashley Williams, Ph.D.
Chair: Julie Kornack (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
ASHLEY WILLIAMS (LEARN/BCI)
HANNA C. RUE (LEARN Behavioral)
JUDITH URSITTI (Council of Autism Service Providers)
Abstract:

With the proliferation of insurance funding for applied behavior analysis (ABA), behavior analysts increasingly encounter insurer guidelines and limits that hinder their efforts to implement treatment plans that reflect best practices. This panel seeks to empower behavior analysts to recognize and reject payor practices that violate the federal Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act (MHPAEA). Many common insurer guidelines, such as location exclusions, caregiver participation requirements, and age and hour limits, violate MHPAEA. More recently, payors have been using Medically Unlikely Edits (MUEs) to impose improper hour limits on medically necessary ABA in violation of MHPAEA. Although access to ABA is protected by MHPAEA, enforcement of MHPAEA has been limited and inconsistent since MHPAEA was first enacted in 2010. Now, federal agencies are focused on rooting out payor guidelines and practices that violate MHPAEA. With growing scrutiny on payors, behavior analysts have an opportunity to highlight improper guidelines and increase access to ABA that reflects best practices, rather than ABA that is shaped by payor guidelines.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Participants should have experience designing and implementing treatment plans for insurance-funded applied behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify improper quantitative and nonquantitative treatment limitations; (2) understand the appropriate use of Medically Unlikely Edits (MUEs); and (3) recognize the difference between the role of the payor and the role of the behavior analyst in delivering ABA that reflects best practices.
Keyword(s): Mental health, MHPAEA, Patient rights
 
 
Symposium #356
Using Literature Review and Surveys to Identify Clinical Practice and Areas for Future Research on Feeding Therapy and the High-Probability Instructional Sequence
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This symposium includes two surveys and one literature review. The first paper is a literature review of the published literature on pediatric feeding disorders. Results suggest that most research on the treatment of feeding disorders has been completed in clinics specializing in interventions for feeding related problems. The second paper is a survey of feeding practices and pediatric feeding concerns. This paper focused on the identification of the severity of feeding issues, interdisciplinary collaboration, and training received by BCBAs and BCBA-Ds on feeding therapy. The last paper surveyed BACB certificants and students with coursework in applied behavior analysis to identify common practices related to the design and implementation of the High-Probability Instructional Sequence (HPIS). All three papers will summarize results of their surveys or literature review, discuss implications for clinical practice, and provide suggestions for future research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent manipulation, feeding disorders, high-p
 
Reporting of Setting and Resources in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Review and Recommendations
EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (Salve Regina University), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder exhibit persistent feeding difficulties such as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck et al., 2004). Therefore, practitioners working with this population will likely encounter feeding-related concerns in their careers. However, treatment of pediatric feeding disorders is a specialized area of practice (Broadhead et al., 2018) and behavior analysts might not always receive didactic instruction with clinical and research training in this area. Although treatment of pediatric feeding disorders is well described in the behavior-analytic literature (Volkert & Piazza, 20120, these studies might not be representative of the settings in which most practitioners work or include a comprehensive description of the environment that is necessary to provide feeding therapy. Therefore, we conducted a review of the literature on pediatric feeding disorders to evaluate 1) the physical setting; 2) participant characteristics; 3) reported materials and resources; and 4) medical and interdisciplinary involvement. Preliminary data suggest that a majority of the published research in this area is being conducted in specialized feeding clinics which have access to materials and resources that might not be readily available in other community-based settings. We discuss implications of these findings and directions for future research.
 

A Survey of Clinical Pediatric Feeding Practices Among Behavior Analysts

RONALD J. CLARK (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding therapy is in demand within the field of behavior analysis. Research has produced a number of empirically supported practices in the assessment and treatment of a wide range of feeding concerns. In the clinic, behavior analysts are exposed to an assortment of issues relating to, but not limited to, inappropriate mealtime behavior, variety of diet, and the pace of bite consumption. Addressing these concerns has become a focus of the field, while questions surrounding competence, prior feeding training, and considerations regarding client feeding severity have been raised. Additionally, the increasing importance of a multidisciplinary approach in the assessment and treatment of feeding combined with the development of the Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder diagnosis in the DSM-V, has challenged behavior analysts. We surveyed BCBAs and BCBA-Ds on a variety of feeding practices and issues to gain insight into pediatric feeding concerns in the clinic. The purpose of the current study was to learn about (a) the range of feeding severity across clinical clients, (b) the level of multidisciplinary involvement within pediatric feeding treatment, and (c) the various levels of feeding training BCBAs and BCBA-Ds have experienced in pediatric feeding therapy.

 
Survey Study on Current Practices Designing and Implementing High-Probability Instructional Sequences
AMALIX FLORES (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This presentation will summarize results of a survey completed with BACB certificants (BCBA-D, BCBA, BCaBA, and RBT) and students with coursework in applied behavior analysis. The survey aimed to gather information about current practices related to designing and implementing the High-Probability Instructional Sequence (HPIS). Respondents were asked to provide information regarding target behaviors, identification of potential reinforcers, selection of instructions for the HPIS sequence, and specific components of the HPIS procedure used (e.g., duration of the inter-request interval, ratio of high-probability to low-probability instructions, consequences delivered contingent on compliance and noncompliance to the high-probability and low-probability instructions). Additionally, data on the respondents’ perception of the efficacy of HPIS were also collected. Out of the 241 individuals who initiated the survey, 168 designed or implemented HPIS in the last two years. Their responses led to the identification of common practices, which will be described and compared to HPIS implementation guidelines described in the recent literature on HPIS. Additionally, areas for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #357
CE Offered: BACB
Have We Forgotten Our Roots? Applied Behavior Analysis and the Assessment and Treatment of Significant Behavioral Challenges in Adults With Autism and other Intellectual Disabilities
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of Missouri)
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will cover comprehensive assessment protocols as they apply to serving adults and adolescents with autism and other intellectual disabilities (ID). The information will go beyond basic functional assessment tools and methodology to cover environmental assessment measures. This training will also cover various elements of the Happy, Relaxed and Engaged assessment and treatment approach espoused by Greg Hanley and its applications with adults on the autism spectrum. Our clinical journeys have shifted us from a caretaking model of support to creating a new comprehensive, value-driven, and evidence-based treatment and teaching model. The spirit of this work creates a more compassionate environment where we aim to promote dignity, safety, and rapport. A recent survey by Reed and Henley ((2015) reported on the various types of training offered to BCBA’s and aspiring certificants. Following up on this study, Columbo, Taylor and Henley (2021) commented on the state of current training for severe problem behavior. This symposium will follow up on both studies, discuss the concept of those suggesting a change to the DSM V criteria to include profound autism, and review the need for training and compensation for a differential level of training and support.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACCEA, Adults, Autism, Severe aggression
Target Audience:

Experience working with functional assessment and severe problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: Participants will identify the design of environmental assessments in residential settings where clients display severe depression. Participants will select how to better quantify aggressive behavior in terms of its impact on the environment and those that serve them. Participants will be trained on specific aspects of operationally defined self-esteem behaviors and will select the best options for those that they serve.
 

Looking Back and Looking Ahead: The Broadening of the Construct of Autism in the Form of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM-5) Criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder

KELLY MCKINNON-BERMINGHAM (The Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders)
Abstract:

Reed and Henley (Behavior Analysis in Practice, 8, 16-26, 2015) conducted study to evaluate the various types of training offered to BCBA’s and aspiring certificants. Following up on this study, (Columbo, Taylor and Henley, Behavior Analysis in Practice, 14, 11-19, 2021) followed up on this study to comment on the state of current training for severe problem behavior. This training will follow up on both studies, discuss the concept of those suggesting a change to the DSM V criteria to include profound autism, and review the need for training and compensation for a differential level of training and support.

 

The Assessment of Adult Core Competencies: Teaching Skills to Adults With Autism and Severe Behavioral Challenges

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

This training will cover comprehensive assessment protocols as they apply to serving adults and adolescents with autism and other intellectual disabilities (ID). The information will go beyond basic functional assessment tools and methodology to cover environmental assessment measures as well as the ability of the person with ID to fully pursue their values and goals that they have set for themselves. This training will also cover the vast influence that a capable staff can have in the successful management of aggressive responding in residential settings. The module will present the nationwide issues of turnover and burnout that are experienced by direct support professionals (DSPs). The national staff crisis will also be presented and the barriers that our current reimbursement structure places on the DSP profession. This context will then be utilized to outline key areas in which DSP staff can be trained to provide the safety and security that are required in residential settings. Crucial skill sets such as a characteristically positive interaction style and successful data collection skill sets will also be covered.

 

Happy, Relaxed, and Engaged When Discussing Severe Challenging Behavior: Creating a New Comprehensive, Evidence-Based Treatment and Teaching Model to Deliver Essential Outcomes

ERIK JACOBSON (Upstate Cerebral Palsy)
Abstract:

Happy, relaxed, and engaged is a phrase seldom used when discussing severe challenging behavior; however, over the past several years, it has become more and more prevalent at Upstate Cerebral Palsy. The phrase is not only used in the context of addressing challenging behavior, but is used to describe the context in which we strive to provide all services. At the beginning of 2020, we set upon a bold journey to create a new culture and service model built on this Happy, Relaxed, and Engaged mindset. This journey has shifted us from a caretaking model of support to creating a new comprehensive, value-driven, and evidence-based treatment and teaching model to deliver essential outcomes for the people we support. The spirit of this work creates a more compassionate environment where we aim to promote dignity, safety, and rapport. Participants in this training will have the opportunity to understand this model, learn about the underlying innovative treatments used at Upstate Cerebral Palsy, and see how we are measuring outcomes. Videos will be shown that highlight crucial aspects of our new model and provide staff and parent testimonials. We will also discuss various barrier we encountered and solutions discovered along the way.

 
 
Panel #358
CE Offered: BACB
Sex Education: A Proactive Approach
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Christina M King, Ph.D.
Chair: Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting)
JACQUELINE ADAMS (RCS Learning Center)
CHRISTINA M KING (Simmons University)
ERIN KOSTIGEN (RCS Learning Center; Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are often not provided with the sexuality education and knowledge they require in order to be independent and active members of their communities as adults. When this skill set is lacking, both the safety as well as overall level of independence of these individuals is affected. Studies completed by Johnson and Sigler (2000) and Kvam (2000) indicated 44% of children and 83% of adults with intellectual disabilities experience some form of sexual abuse. While these numbers are striking, often instruction is provided reactively after an incident or after puberty has already begun and is often not targeted by a behavior analyst. According to Woo and colleagues in their 2011 study, sexuality education not only encompasses sexual relationships but also includes instruction on puberty, self-care, privacy, communication, and personal safety many of which are skills we as behavior analysts program for on a frequent basis. Panelists will focus on elements of sexuality education that fall under the scope of a behavior analyst while analyzing best practices for preparing individuals of all ages to develop a level of personal autonomy for their health, safety, and self-advocacy in their future.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should be able to determine what is within the scope of practice for a behavior analyst. Audience members should have experience developing skill acquisition programming to promote skill independence. Audience members should be able to identify skill deficits for their clients.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify different skills and concepts that may be taught within a sexual education curriculum; (2) identify the relationship between sex education and safety; (3) identify a rationale for providing sex education proactively.
Keyword(s): sexuality education
 
 
Symposium #359
Bridging Two Worlds: Radical Behaviorist Approaches to Investigating the Role of Brain Systems in Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: BPN/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: While the separation of Behavior Analysis from physiology permitted critically independent growth on both sides, even early behaviorists acknowledged that the two domains would eventually connect to one another (Skinner 1975). Since that time, Neuroscience has grown into a large and technologically advanced field ripe for connection to behavioral science. As behavior analysts, we are interested in how environmental variables influence and select responses, and the role of brain systems in instantiating these behavior-environment relations constitutes an exciting area of future work. Among these systems, the diffuse neuromodulatory systems could be of particular interest to the behavior analyst because their activities are closely correlated with contingencies of punishment and reinforcement, and they powerfully influence the functional brain changes that occur as a result of learning. In this symposium, we will speak about three such systems: the Dopaminergic Ventral Tegmental Area, the Cholinergic Basal Forebrain, and The Oxytocinergic system. We will discuss current research on all three topics together with the potential advantages of investigating them using a behavior analytic framework, which enables potentially fruitful basic and translational experimental approaches.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Conditioning, Neuroscience, Social Behavior, Stroke
 
Addressing Stroke Recovery: With Dopaminergic Manipulations in a Radical Behaviorist Framework
JARED T ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: Strokes are a leading cause of disability globally; re-evaluation and adaptation of the current therapeutic approaches are imperative. Behavior science and neuroscience stand at the forefront of health sciences to address the gap in therapeutics for stroke recovery. Following any form of neurological damage, our brains are in a state of flux as the brain rearranges to establish new neural networks that aid in the emittance operant behavior. Establishing new neural networks is a form of neural plasticity, and the dopaminergic system is one of the four main neuromodulatory systems responsible for driving plasticity. Of particular interest is the phasic activation of dopaminergic Ventral Tegmental Area (VTA), which often occurs upon behavioral reinforcement. This talk will address how a radical behaviorist framework in concert with dopamine manipulations can be employed to address stroke recovery. However, manipulating the dopaminergic system or employing operant techniques in isolation from each other may be insufficient for optimal functional recovery. Therefore, a multifaceted therapeutic approach is required-- dopaminergic manipulation in conjunction with operant behavior techniques.
 
Contributions of the Basal Forebrain to Conditioning
GRAYSON BUTCHER (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: The structure, projections, and neural functions of neuromodulatory systems make them strong candidates for understanding how neural processes instantiate conditioning. A wealth of behavioral neuroscientific research has implicated a role for each of these systems in multiple behavioral paradigms. Experiments have demonstrated that one neuromodulatory system, the cholinergic basal forebrain (CBF), contributes to acquisition and/or maintenance of behavior across multiple classical and operant conditioning procedures. This research has outpaced a systematic treatment of the data, in general, as well as a treatment in terms of behavior analytic processes, in particular. Here, we review some of the most current and salient research on the contributions of the CBF to conditioning and highlight ways in which a reformulation in terms of behavioral processes may clarify the connections between neural and behavioral processes and suggest future empirical work. Additionally, we discuss how behavioral neuroscience research of this kind challenges us to sharpen our conceptualization of core behavior analytic concepts like acquisition, maintenance, and reinforcement.
 
Oxytocin and Social Consequences
CARLOS LOPEZ (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: Oxytocin is a peptide that acts as a neuromodulator in the central nervous system. Oxytocin (OT) studies have suggested that it promotes prosocial behavior, making it a promising target for translational research. Although OT has been shown to promote prosocial behavior, studies have also shown its effects on promoting antisocial behavior towards outgroups or strangers. In the attempt to address these opposing regularities, we wish to investigate the effects of OT on social consequences. This talk will explore how the behavior analytic framework may assist in further understanding how OT may modulate prosocial and antisocial behavior by either potentiating or depotentiating social consequences. Furthermore, we wish to explore how OT in the prefrontal cortex, as opposed to other regions of the brain, affects social consequences. Studies have shown the involvement of the prefrontal cortex in conditioned reinforcement. Given that social behavior contains complex conditioned reinforcers, the prefrontal cortex as an area of OT infusion is of interest.
 
 
Symposium #360
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Social Justice and Verbal Behavior: Evaluating Effects of Empathy Training and Exploring Connections Between Anti-Islamic Incidents and Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Natalie M. Driscoll (Seven Hills Foundation & Endicott College)
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Noor Younus Syed, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This presentation will focus on evaluating the effects of behavioral procedures to relational training and multiple exemplar training on empathic responding of individuals who display racial bias. The behavioral procedures include the presentation of relational frames of coordination and distinction between the participants’ values and the values of a person belonging to a group for which a bias existed altered empathic responses toward people belonging to such groups. This presentation will demonstrate findings to support that relational training resulted in altered patterns of empathic responses toward people belonging to different racial groups for which a bias previously existed. This presentation will also focus on the use of data science to identifying connections between anti-Islamic incidents and verbal behavior on Twitter. The relationship between online and offline activity was explored using Natural Language Processing (NLP). This presentation will demonstrate the use of data science tools to explore these connections. Behavior analysts can combine data science techniques with operant and respondent analyses of verbal behavior to predict events related to anti-discrimination, social justice efforts.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): data science, empathy, social justice, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Target audience for this event should have more than 5 years experience as masters level behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe key differences in the effects of presenting relational frames of coordination and relational frames of distinction on empathic responses. 2. Identify important features of relational frames of coordination and relational frames of distinction. 3. Discuss elements of measuring empathic responses 4. Describe how data science tools can be used to analyze large amounts of verbal behavior 5. Explain relationships between online and offline hate incidents from an operant-respondent paradigm.
 
Diversity submission An Evaluation of the Effects of Empathy Training on Racial Bias
VICTORIA DANIELA CASTILLO (Endicott College)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of behavioral procedures, including relational training and multiple exemplar training on empathic responding of individuals who display racial bias. More specifically, this study used a multielement design with five adult participants to evaluate whether the presentation of relational frames of coordination and distinction between the participants’ values and the values of a person belonging to a group for which a bias existed altered empathic responses toward people belonging to such groups. The results showed empathic responding was higher when relational frames of coordination were presented and was lower when relational frames of distinction were presented. Therefore, this study demonstrated that relational training resulted in altered patterns of empathic responses toward people belonging to different racial groups for which a bias previously existed.
 
Diversity submission 

Islamophobia: Using Data Science to Explore Connections Between Anti-Islamic Incidents and Verbal Behavior on Twitter

ASIM JAVED (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Over the past two decades, the Muslim community has been the target of an increasing number of anti-Islamic incidents. In a 2020 FBI report, anti-Islamic incidents were the second highest anti-religious crimes (e.g., verbal threats, intimidatory statements, or mosque vandalism). Previous studies have used algorithms to classify tweets as hateful or non-hateful and have explored associations between online and offline activity. However, these studies have only analyzed associations within very specific temporal windows. The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between online and offline activity within various temporal windows. We did this by scraping 400,000 Tweets and using Natural Language Processing techniques to identify the content and sentiment of each tweet. These tweets were then compared temporally to a list of hate crimes published by the Council on American-Islamic Relations. We found noticeable differences in the strength of relationships depending on the temporal window used for analysis. Overall, this study demonstrates how data science tools allow us to explore the connections between online verbal behavior and offline events. Behavior analysts can combine data science techniques with operant and respondent analyses of verbal behavior to predict events related to anti-discrimination, social justice efforts.

 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavior Analytic Strategies to Promote Safety Skills
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Lynn Amador (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Lynn Amador, M.A.
Abstract:

Safety skill instruction is critical to the wellbeing of individuals with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities. Learning to respond to dangerous situations can mitigate or eliminate the serious health and safety ramifications (e.g., injury and death) associated with dangerous situations. In this symposium, we will describe behavior analytic interventions focused on safety skills that involve behavioral skills training, error correction procedures, in situ training, use of technology, reinforcement-based procedures, and video prompting procedures. Sureshkumar and colleagues will present a study evaluating the effectiveness of video prompting procedures conducted via telehealth to teach children with intellectual and developmental disabilities to perform first aid on themselves for common childhood injuries under simulated conditions. Morel and colleagues will present a literature review focused exclusively on behavioral strategies for abduction and sexual abuse prevention for individuals with developmental disabilities. Herndon and colleagues will present a study evaluating the effects of behavioral skills training and in situ training using remote technology in teaching victims to identify and respond to bullying and non-bullying behavior. The results will be discussed within the context of implications for clinicians and future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): safety skills
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners who (a) work with individuals with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities and (b) use behavior analytic strategies to teach safety skills to these individuals or their caregivers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe various behaviour analytic strategies to teach safety skills; (2) Identify the training methods with empirical support for teaching safety skills; (3) Describe various factors to consider when designing and delivering interventions via remote learning.
 

Assessing a Video Prompting Procedure to Teach First Aid to Children With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

BRITTNEY MATHURA SURESHKUMAR (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Unintentional injuries are one of the leading causes of morbidity and mortality among children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). First aid training involves teaching critical first aid skills, some of which are designed to treat unintentional injuries. To date, no study has (a) evaluated the effects of video prompting procedures to teach first aid skills to children with IDD or (b) attempted to teach these skills to children using a telehealth delivery format. We used a concurrent multiple baseline across skills design to evaluate the effectiveness of video prompting procedures via telehealth to teach five children with IDD to perform first aid on themselves for insect stings, minor cuts, and minor burns under simulated conditions. For all participants, training resulted in large improvements, which maintained for a minimum of 4 weeks. Further, effects of the training generalized to novel confederates for all participants, and these effects maintained for a minimum of 4 weeks. In addition, participants and their caregivers expressed high satisfaction with the video prompting procedures and telehealth experience.

 

Abduction and Sexual Abuse Prevention by Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature

MELINA MOREL (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

By mitigating injury or death, safety skill instruction is vital to the protection of individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). Despite the importance of learning abduction and sexual abuse prevention skills, these topics remain under researched, especially for individuals with DD. Although past literature reviews on abduction and sexual abuse prevention have included participants with disabilities, no literature review has focused exclusively upon abduction and sexual abuse prevention by individuals with DD. Further, variables like use of technology, error correction procedures, use of reinforcement, and procedural modifications are important to be considered. Therefore, the purpose of this literature review was to conduct a current review of abduction and sexual abuse prevention research by individuals with DD and examine variables omitted in previous reviews. Results indicate that there has been an increase in attention of teaching abduction prevention skills to individuals with DD, but that sexual abuse prevention remains under researched. Limitations of the research include a lack of strategies to actively program for generalization, limited diversity of sex of participants and confederates, lack of maintenance, social validity, assessments of differential responding to non-dangerous situations, and monitoring of participant safety. Results and areas for future research will be discussed.

 
Evaluating the Effects of Remote Behavioral Skills Training and In Situ Training on Response to Bullying
EMILY M HERNDON (University of Kansas), Gabrielle Ruby (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Those who experience bullying endure significant repercussions (e.g., Nansel et al., 2004; Sterzing et al., 2012). Thus, it is important to teach individuals who experience bullying how to respond. Many researchers have investigated bullying (e.g., Griffin et al., 2019; Lawson et al., 2013; Olweus, 1994); however, there is minimal research on bullying within behavior analysis (e.g., Rex et al., 2018, Ross & Horner, 2009; Stannis et al., 2019). Additionally, no research has been conducted on teaching victims to identify and respond to bullying and non-bullying behavior. The purposes of the present study were to extend previous research by teaching individuals to discriminate between respectful and disrespectful behaviors and to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training and in situ training in teaching responses to respectful and disrespectful behavior using remote technology. Results of Study 1 suggest tact training was effective for two participants for whom it was evaluated. Results of Study 2 suggest remote behavioral skills training was effective in teaching responses to disrespectful and respectful behavior for one participant; however, one participant required remote IST.
 
 
Symposium #362
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Practical and Pragmatic Goals in Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Problem behavior often serves as a socially significant concern among individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. In fact, severe problem behavior is unlikely to naturally decrease, as the individual ages, without some form of behavioral intervention. However, multiple assessment and treatment strategies currently exist and it may be difficult for clinicians to determine what strategies are best given the specific practical and pragmatic goals. This symposium includes three separate presentations, each identifying elements informing the selection and use of various functional assessment and treatment models. Presentation 1 introduces a new functional analysis model intended to be efficient and safe termed the performance-based, interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA). The performance-based IISCA is compared to the full IISCA including an evaluation of treatment validity. Presentation 2 presents data on the IISCA designed for use in an outpatient setting. In addition, a comparison is made between various adaptations of the IISCA and a decision-making model for clinicians is presented. Presentation 3 is a systematic review on the longevity of behavioral interventions. The review focuses on the sustainability of treatment outcomes and how studies in the research literature have measured continued impact through maintenance data. All presentations provide clinically relevant information regarding the utility of various assessment and treatment strategies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional assessment, IISCA, practical utility, treatment validity
Target Audience:

The audience should be able to define functional assessment and have a cursory knowledge of different functional assessment models. The target audience includes (a) graduate level students interested in current research on functional assessment and treatment of problem behavior and (b) clinicians interested in learning about new assessment and treatment procedures.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Differentiate between different functional analysis models and their practical utility 2. Identify practical and pragmatic goals that could inform the selection of functional analysis procedures 3. Describe treatment procedures that support treatment longevity
 
Comparison of the Performance-based and Full IISCA with Function-Based Treatment Validation
TESS FRUCHTMAN (Queens College, City University of New York), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Natasha Raghunauth-Zaman (Queens College), Aaron Leyman (queens college, CUNY)
Abstract: Functional analyses are conducted to understand problem behavior and inform function-based treatments. The performance-based, interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) is a brief model that has recently been developed with the intent of improving practicality and acceptance of functional analysis procedures among clinicians. However, the efficacy of the performance-based IISCA for identifying environmental contributors to problem behavior has yet to be fully evaluated. We compared the relative efficacy of the performance-based IISCA with the full IISCA in a single-subject design with two participants who exhibited problem behavior. We began by conducting open-ended interviews with the caregivers to identify the unique contingency to be incorporated in the functional analysis process. The performance-based IISCA involved a single session in which the putative reinforcers were presented following problem behavior and removed following 30-s of calm behavior. A socially mediated function was implicated after five instances of problem behavior was observed each time a reinforcer was removed. The two participants then experienced the full IISCA that included a single test condition compared to a matched control with five, 3-min sessions conducted total. The results of both analyses corresponded and informed a subsequent function-based treatment that eliminated problem behavior and strengthened communicative responses.
 
An Introduction to Various Models of the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis
THERESA FIANI (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Catherine E Jessel (Long Island ABA; FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Functional analyses allow a clinician to identify causal relations between environmental stimuli and problem behavior. The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was developed as a practical functional assessment format intended to be safe and efficient. Since the introduction of the practical functional assessment, various adaptations/models have been developed in response to practical clinical needs, such as safety and lack of time and resources, and to accommodate various client profiles. The presenters will describe the utility and methodology of various adaptations of the IISCA (e.g., single-session, efficient, intensive, school-based, and latency-based IISCA as well as the Enhanced-Choice Model). They will also present their research findings and experiences on the efficiency and strength of functional control of the single-session (Jessel et al., 2018), efficient (Fiani et al., accepted), intensive (Jessel et al., 2016) and latency-based IISCA (Jessel et al., 2018) adaptations. Finally, they will provide a preliminary decision-making model for how to select an IISCA adaptation based on client needs, settings, and resources.
 
On the Longevity of Behavioral Interventions for Challenging Behavior: A Brief Review
VICTORIA SCOTT (Brock University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health), Nora Solomon (George Brown College)
Abstract: When treating severe challenging behavior, maintenance of treatment effects over time may be particularly meaningful for evaluating the effectiveness of an intervention. Treatment effects that fail to maintain their effectiveness are likely to be of little value to society, even if they are demonstrated to be effective initially. In this presentation, we explore the quality and quantity of maintenance data for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior in studies published over the last five years in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. We found that for the vast majority of participants, maintenance data was not reported. For those studies that reported maintenance data, the duration of follow up ranged between 21 and 90 days, with an average duration of 45 days. We discuss possible explanations for the paucity of long-term follow-up data in the applied literature, strategies for obtaining maintenance data in research, as well as implications for the external validity of interventions for challenging behavior.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #363
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Supporting Educator Effectiveness: Measurement, Coaching, and Technology
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
CE Instructor: Linda Reddy, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: LINDA REDDY (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Professional development resources for educators that are highly reliable, valid and practical for routine educational practices are warranted. Evidence-based resources are particularly needed for teachers and paraprofessionals who work in high-poverty schools as they experience higher rates of stress and turnover, as well as rates for classroom disruptive behaviors approximately three times higher than national averages. Dr. Reddy presents the development of new assessments and coaching models designed to support teacher and paraprofessional instructional and behavior management practices that maximize student learning and behavior. Specifically, she will describe the theory, reliability and validity of the Classroom Strategies Assessment System, a multi-method teacher assessment designed to measure empirically-supported instructional and behavior management practices. Dr. Reddy presents the theory and evidence of new data-driven coaching models, Classroom Strategies Coaching for Teachers and Behavior Support Coaching for Paraprofessionals supported by four randomized controlled trials conducted in diverse school settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Researchers, university trainers, psychologists, behavior analysts, and school personnel
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe theories and key components of data-driven coaching models; (2) describe conditions and processes for effective implementation; (3) describe evidence of the Classroom Strategies Coaching for Teachers; (4) describe evidence of the Behavior Support Coaching for Paraprofessionals.
 
LINDA REDDY (Rutgers University)

Linda A. Reddy, Ph.D., is a Professor of School Psychology and Assistant to the Dean for Research and Innovations at Rutgers University who is passionate about helping schools maximize educator effectiveness and student success. She received her PhD in School Psychology from the University of Arizona and has published over 140 peer-reviewed publications and six books on coaching, school/classroom assessment, teacher effectiveness, disruptive behaviors, and educational technology. Her work has received awards and has been funded (over 60 million dollars) by the US of Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, Office of Special Education Programs, Office of Innovation and Improvement through Teacher Quality Programs, and private foundations. Dr. Reddy is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, Fellow of the American Educational Research Association and inducted member of the Society for the Study of School Psychology. Dr. Reddy has held numerous national leadership roles (e.g., President of APA Division 16 School Psychology, member of APA Board of Professional Affairs, APA Council Representative, APA Task Force for Violence Againist Teachers). She is a licensed psychologist and nationally certified school psychologist. Most importantly, she is a proud mother of twin daughters, avid runner, hiker and alpine skier who lives in New Jersey.

 
 
Panel #364
CE Offered: BACB
Post-Supervisory Mentorship: Essential Organizational Behavior Management Repertoires from the Mentee Perspective
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shannon Biagi, M.S.
Chair: Shannon Biagi (Chief Motivating Officers; University of West Florida)
RONALD DRUMMOND (Anne Arundel County Public Schools)
STACEY COOMBES (Pepperdine University)
MELANIE CERONE (Cerone Behavior Consulting)
Abstract:

For many ABA trainees, achieving behavior analytic certification is often perceived as the end of a long, difficult road. However, the harsh reality is that the journey has just begun for these practitioners, and the need for supervision, mentorship, and coaching becomes arguably even more important at this career crossroads. This panel, comprised of individuals who have completed supervision in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) practice towards BACB® certification, will provide insights into the essential behavioral repertoires that create high quality mentorship relationships, even after the final verification form is signed and submitted. Topics covered will include how to seek out potential mentors, signs of a quality mentor, necessary behaviors for the mentee to exhibit to cultivate an effective mentor-mentee relationship, ethical considerations when shifting from a supervisor to ongoing mentorship, and more. All panelists and chair specialize in OBM, and will bring a unique perspective to these issues based on the science of human behavior applied in the workplace.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who are seeking mentorship or are interested in becoming mentors

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Evaluate multiple strategies to seek out potential mentors and determine potential fit prior to committing to a supervisory relationship. (2) Describe essential OBM and other behavior repertoires of mentors and mentees necessary to cultivate high-quality mentorship arrangements. (3) Identify several ethical considerations one must evaluate prior to shifting from a supervisory to mentorship relationship.
Keyword(s): Mentorship, OBM, Professional Development, Supervision
 
 
Invited Tutorial #365
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Ableism and Apple Pie: Disrupting Majority Culture Assimilation in the Practice of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Evette Arlene Simmons-Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; AGI)
Presenting Authors: : EVETTE ARLENE SIMMONS-REED (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Although not as tasty, ableism is as American as apple pie and is rooted in majority culture identities. Ableism is defined as a pervasive system that oppresses people with differing abilities while privileging people who are labeled as able-bodied. Majority culture refers to the ways in which those in power used the concept of race to create whiteness and a hierarchy of racialized value in order to disconnect and divide white people from Blacks, Indigenous, and other people of color, as well as define who is normal or abnormal (Tema Okun, 2021). The practice of applied behavior analysis inherently operates to perpetuate three main dimensions of ableism and privilege in that we operate to make those with the differing abilities account for their differences, treat them as being less than, and we measure our success on the extent to which the targeted behaviors fall in the “normal range.” The presentation will discuss the Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts, the imperfections of ethical guidelines, and the need for ethical and cultural competencies. Specifically, using examples of real-world behavior plans, publications, and the Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts, I will identify examples of ableism and bias attitudes and provide support for the need for development of ethical and cultural competencies for behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss disability as a social construct; (2) identify the characteristics and influence of majority culture perspectives in the treatment and education of children and adults with differing abilities in the field of behavior analysis; (3) describe two or more differences between ableism and inclusion of differing abilities in the practice of behavior analysis; (4) describe why ethical guidelines are imperfect and the need for ethical and cultural competencies that promote inclusion and belonging; (5) identify everyday ethical pitfalls and strategies for becoming change agents in the treatment and education of individuals with differing abilities.
 
EVETTE ARLENE SIMMONS-REED (Ball State University)
Dr. Evette Simmons-Reed is an assistant Professor in the Applied Behavior Analysis graduate program, in the Department of Special education, at Ball State University. She was the 2019 President of the Division for Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Exceptional Learners (DDEL) for the Council for Exceptional Children (CEC). Dr. Simmons-Reed, is the program manager for the Disability in Postsecondary Settings Graduate Certificate Program with and Emphasis in Autism, and the director and co-founder of the CAPS2 Mentor Program for Autistic College Students at the Ball State Center for Autism Spectrum Disorder (CASD). She was a special education teacher in Columbus City Schools from 1994 through 1998, before returning to school full-time to pursue her masters. From 2001 through 2011, she served in multiple academic and vocational positions at the Ohio State School for the Blind, where in 2007, she was one of the recipients of the National Teaching Award from DCDT. Prior to joining the faculty at BSU, she was the Program Manager in the Special Education and Transition Department at The Ohio State University Nisonger Center, a University Center of Excellence on Developmental Disabilities (UCEDD). Dr. Simmons-Reed obtained her Ph.D. in special education and applied behavior analysis from The Ohio State University in 2013. As a tenure track faculty member at BSU, her research and expertise focus on mentoring, improving diversity, equity, and inclusion in and outside the classroom for Black children in particular, and children and youth with dis/abilities in general. Currently, her major research projects involve developing a family and student-centered model program that leverage campus resources, to increase access, persistence, and graduation of autistic college students. Other research projects involve improving the diversity and inclusion of students with dis/abilities in higher education settings including: developing curricula connecting majors and careers, the implementation of the Self-determined Learning Model of Instruction and Goal Attainment Scaling (GAS), to facilitate mastery and utilization of academic, personal, and social skills for college students on the autism spectrum. In addition, she is also interested in increasing cultural competence in teacher education programs, improving clinical practices for culturally and linguistically diverse students, and examining the intersections of race, ability, and gender on student and faculty retention.
 
 
Symposium #366
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Teaching Clinical Decision-Making: Instructing Graduate Students in Collaborative and Ethical Decision Making Skills
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Rohrer (Endicott College; Center for Children with Special Needs )
CE Instructor: Jessica Rohrer, Ph.D.
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) relies on the teaching and learning that occurs during graduate programs and supervision experiences to effectively prepare students to undertake independent roles as behavior analysts. Therefore, it is critically important that we evaluate the effectiveness of our teaching procedures and revise them to achieve maximal learning outcomes for students. The studies presented within this symposium evaluated instruction for graduate students of behavior analysis in navigating complex challenges in clinical practice such as ethical decision making. Decision making topics included training in navigating ethical scenarios and translating nonbehavioral treatments. These areas of great importance in the field of ABA are often complex and nuanced, making it challenging to determine whether mastery has occurred. The present symposium explores the effectiveness of traditional teaching methodologies versus competency-based teaching, the use of ethical decision making frameworks, as well as behavioral skills training methodologies to teach skills which will ultimately improve practitioners’ ability to collaborate and make ethical decisions. The results of these studies have far-reaching implications for instructors and supervisors within behavior analysis, particularly with respect to equipping students and supervisees with the skills they need to navigate complex collaborative and ethical scenarios.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): collaboration, decision making, ethics, teaching
Target Audience: Audience members should have a comprehensive understanding of the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (formerly Professional and Ethical Compliance Code) and an understanding of evidence-based practices for teaching skills.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)describe ethical decision-making skills taught within the studies; (2) identify the importance of teaching complex clinical decision making skills to pre-service clinicians; (3)describe effective ways to train students on behavior analytic ethical skills.
 
Implementing a Training Package to Instruct Aspiring Supervisors to Train Evaluation of Ethical Scenarios
JESSICA PIAZZA (Endicott College)
Abstract: Quality training of individuals pursuing certification as behavior analysts is critical to the continued success of the field of applied behavior analysis. It is equally essential that trainees are competent in implementing interventions, while also receiving comprehensive training in necessary skill sets to support their future success as supervisors of behavior analytic services. The inclusion of effective training packages embedded within supervised experience and university training is crucial to developing a strong repertoire of supervisory practices. Additionally, incorporating comprehensive instruction on complex skills, such as providing a framework for navigating ethical scenarios, is important for trainees to successfully demonstrate ethical practice as clinicians and supervisors. This study assessed the effectiveness of utilizing behavioral skills training (BST) to remotely instruct 9 students, pursuing certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), to train a confederate on assessing ethical scenarios using BST. All 9 participants met mastery criteria and maintained mastery over time. These results support that the use of effective training packages can be used to instruct trainees to competently train others on complex topics, such as assessing ethical scenarios.
 
Teaching Graduate Students to Translate Nonbehavioral Treatments into Behavioral Principles
KRISTIN BOWMAN (Endicott College)
Abstract: Behavior analytic translations of nonbehavioral treatments were recommended by Brodhead (2015) as part of a decision-making framework for practitioners working on interprofessional treatment teams. Professionals from different disciplines often have overlapping scopes of practice and competence, yet each recommends interventions according to their discipline-specific worldview and training. Nonbehavioral treatment recommendations may be especially challenging for behavior analytic practitioners who are committed to the science of human behavior and who are also ethically obligated to work cooperatively and in the best interest of the client. Learning to translate nonbehavioral treatments into behavior analytic principles and procedures may function as a valuable means of improving professional judgment, thereby promoting evidence-based practice and effective collaboration. Behavioral translations may expose procedures that are, in fact, conceptually systematic, thus creating more opportunities for behavior analysts to partner in interprofessional care. Using a behavioral skills training package, graduate students of applied behavior analysis were taught to translate nonbehavioral treatments into behavior analytic principles and procedures. All students produced more comprehensive translations following training.
 
Practice Makes Progress: Evaluating Ethics Instruction Using Competency-Based Assessments
CHRISTEN RUSSELL (Endicott College)
Abstract: Ethical decision-making and ethical behavior are a large focus of training for students who wish to pursue careers in behavior analysis. In addition to education and training mandates by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, universities that offer a Verified Course Sequence are required to teach and maintain ethical behavior in students. However, ethical violations and Code enforcement continue to be an issue in Applied Behavior Analysis. In this study, we conducted a prepost group design to assess students’ ethical decision-making through competency-based learning versus typical class structure (e.g., lecture, interteach, study guides). If Verified Course Sequence programs can help students to identify ethical problems early and rectify concerns before they further develop, students and BCBAs can mitigate the risk of engaging in ethical violations. This will decrease the likelihood of the student having to go through Code enforcement or Professional Coaching, and, potentially, being sanctioned by the Board. This paper compares the use of traditional teaching methods to competency-based assessments in teaching ethics and analyzes the utility.
 
 
Paper Session #367
Derived Transformation of Fear and Avoidance Functions: A Literature Review
Sunday, May 29, 2022
6:30 PM–6:55 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH
Chair: Rodrigo Vianna de Almeida (University of Ulster)
 

Derived Transformation of Fear and Avoidance Functions: A Literature Review

Domain: Theory
RODRIGO VIANNA DE ALMEIDA (University of Ulster), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
 
Abstract:

Transformation of functions refers to a class of stimuli that pertain to a relational frame, and that did not control a particular response, to acquire the function of controlling that particular response under the same context that already controlled another class of stimuli pertaining to the same relational frame to exert that same function. Metaphorically, the function is “transferred” from one class to another in the same relational frame. In tis research, we are interested in the transformation of a particular function: to control fear reflexes and avoidance responses. To find prior literature on this topic, we looked for the concepts of “fear”, “avoidance”, “derived”, and “transfer” (or their synonyms) in PsycINFO, which resulted in 12 papers. Two of-topic papers were removed. We then added 23 papers known to be related to the field. The conditions for the transformation of fear and avoidance functions in a relational frame are discussed.

 
 
 
Business Meeting #368
Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group Annual Business Meeting and Grant Award Presentation
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:
The Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. An abstract of each of the SPABA award winner's submissions for the Giri Hegde Student Research Grant award, the Barb Esch Application Award, and the Nikia Dower Dissemination Award will be provided at this meeting. Financial awards will be provided to the recipients during the meeting. The SPABA business meeting will also include information on SPABA's social/networking component to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, please consider formally joining and donating to the SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com.
Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech-language pathology, speech-language therapy, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #369
Student Committee Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Chair: Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
ABAI student members constitute a significant portion of the Association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for all ABAI student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The Student Committee business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., academic engagement, events, and outreach).
 
 
Business Meeting #371
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Chair: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Presenting Authors:
The Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.a.I.L.) Special Interest Group has continued to support the need for expanding the impact of behavior analysis in the field of rehabilitation, neurorehabilitation, and related areas. Through presentations at the ABAI conference and SIG business meeting, the R.a.I.L. SIG helps to maintain dissemination, communication, and collaboration of information that has proven to be of interest to its members. Visit the page to check it out and join/like, the URL is http://www.facebook.com/pages/ABA-Rehab-Special-Interest-Group/118243448217580. Rehabilitation, and specifically neurorehabilitation, professionals face unique behavior challenges with the population they serve. When individuals have experienced a disruption in neurological function whether from a traumatic brain injury (i.e., impact and/or inertial injuries), non-traumatic brain injury (e.g., stroke, anoxia/hypoxia) or other neurological conditions, it is not uncommon for difficult behaviors and unique skills deficits to emerge. Most allied health professionals, including physical therapists, speech and language pathologists, occupational therapists and nurses, do not focus on behavior remediation; however, in collaboration with behavior analysts, such professionals can have a significant role in positive behavior change. Issues related to training, student development, and research have been and will be reviewed at the SIG meeting. We welcome participants from all treatment disciplines and behavior analysts that currently work in the field of rehabilitation or have interests in populations outside of autism.
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, Neurorehabilitation, Rehabilitation
 
 
Business Meeting #372
Update: Strategic Plan Group
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
Despite years of dissemination effort on our part, a National Medal of Science for Skinner, and impressive generality, replication, and application, learning principles still frequently get ignored in mainstream psychology, minimized or misrepresented in texts, and only spottily incorporated into relevant related disciplines. In 2018, a group of behavior analysts created a list of action items toward a strategic plan for the integration/reintegration of these principles into mainstream psychology and underrepresented interdisciplinary areas - taking advantage of high-profile supporters in those areas, among other methods. Indeed, we helped bring Alan Kazdin to ABAI in 2020. This meeting will provide an update on progress, and further discussion on how to promote interdisciplinary collaboration and dissemination. Andy Lattal and Ray Pitts will co-chair.
Keyword(s): dissemination, interdisciplinary, strategic plan
 
 
Business Meeting #373
Behavior Analysis Programs Interested in ABAI Recognition: Accreditation, Tiered Model, and VCS
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Presenting Authors:
This is an open meeting to disseminate information to new programs seeking initial recognition and established programs seeking further recognition such as moving from a VCS to accreditation.
Keyword(s): Accreditation, Education, University training, VCS
 
 
Business Meeting #374
ABAI Licensing Committee
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Presenting Authors:
The business meeting of the ABAI Licensing Committee provides an opportunity for ABAI members to learn of the activities of the Licensing Committee in the past year, learn of resources and assistance to chapters available to ABAI affiliated chapters and to ABAI members, and to interact with Committee members regarding issues related to behavior analyst licensure and professional credentialing in general.
 
 
Business Meeting #375
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS)
Sunday, May 29, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; AGI)
Presenting Authors:
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues
Keyword(s): climate change, sustainability
 
 
Reunion #378
Melmark, Inc. Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Chair: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
A time for current and past Melmark, Inc. employees to gather and catch up.
Keyword(s): Melmark Reunion
 
 
Reunion #379
University of Massachusetts Lowell Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Southeast Lobby
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)

Students, alumni, and friends of UMass Lowell's Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Studies Program are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate eight years of continued growth and achievements. We are excited to host our inaugural reunion at ABAI in Boston. We look forward to seeing you there!

Keyword(s): ABA, Autism Studies, reunion, UMass Lowell
 
 
Reunion #380A
Western Michigan University Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)

Alums, current students and faculty, and friends of the Western Michigan University Psychology Department are invited to attend this reunion. Please join us for light refreshments, music, and fellowship. We'd love to see you there!

 
 
Reunion #381
Celebrating the Life and Legacy of Barbara C. Etzel (1926-2019)
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Chair: Kenda Morrison (University of North Texas)

All are welcome to join us for a program of memories about Dr. Barbara Etzel's pioneering work and meaningful life as a gracious teacher, mentor, colleague, and friend. Audience members will have an opportunity to share their favorite reminiscences. Cash bar available.

 
 
Reunion #382
Endicott College Institute for Applied Behavioral Science and Department of Applied Behavior Analysis Reunion Gathering
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of Endicott College Institute for Applied Behavioral Analysis are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones. Please come and enjoy the evening with us.

 
 
Reunion #383
Reunion for Contributing Authors of Women in Behavior Science: Observations Inside and Outside the Academy
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252B
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)

Come and socialize with the contributing authors of the edited book Women in Behavior Science: Observations Inside and Outside the Academy. This reunion is a chance for the authors to meet one another and talk and share with others who are interested in academics. All are welcome!

 
 
Reunion #384
Applied Behavior Analysis at Northeastern University Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 207
Chair: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)

Come join Northeastern University students, faculty alumni, and friends! We're excited to gather together in Boston to celebrate our long history of behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): Northeastern University
 
 
Reunion #385
Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group Reunion, Social and Networking Reception
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.)
The Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group welcomes its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue. This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of speech-language pathology and/or behavior analysis to meet and talk about common areas of professional interests in clinical practice and research as well as to further interprofessional collaboration and practice. This social reception will provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. Bring your friends!
Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech-language pathology, speech-language therapy, verbal behavior
 
 
Reunion #386
Southern Illinois University Carbondale Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Northeast Lobby
Chair: Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the Southern Illinois University Carbondale (SIUC) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than five decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at SIUC.

Keyword(s): BAT program, SIUC, Southern Illinois
 
 
Reunion #387
Thirty-First Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Northwest Corner Pre-function
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)

This year marks the 31st Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We are looking forward to celebrating the pioneering careers of our retiring faculty members, faculty replacement hires, and programmatic accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2022: • Our Program has Conferred over 80 Ph.D. degrees. • Our On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • Our Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Since its accreditation in 2016, our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis has provided training to over 200 undergraduate students.

 
 
Reunion #388
The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and the B. F. Skinner Foundation Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Chair: Michael E. May (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)

This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI attendees involved with or interested in the B.F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (TCS) ABA departments in Chicago, Southern California, Washington D.C., Dallas, and Online to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts- from students, to seasoned faculty, to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time.

Keyword(s): BFSkinner Foundation, Cambridge Center, Chicago School
 
 
Reunion #389
May Institute Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Northeast Pre-function
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)

May Institute recently celebrated it’s 65th anniversary and we hope to continue the celebration at ABAI right here in Boston. We welcome all current and former employees, trainees, and collaborators to attend this reunion.

Keyword(s): celebration, reunion
 
 
Reunion #390
Utah State University Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Northwest Pre-function
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)

The behavior analytic faculty from Utah State University invite students, faculty, alumni, and friends to a reunion celebrating behavior analysis at USU. Light refreshments will be available.

 
 
Reunion #391
AFRICA: Cultural Expressions and Social Reflections
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Chair: Bosede Asikhia (Association for Behavior Analysis in Nigeria)
Africans in diaspora, Instructors, Students, alumni, and friends of the Association for Behavior Analysis in Nigeria and International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, Lagos Nigeria are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate AFRICAN’s Cultural Expressions and Social Reflections
 
 
Reunion #392
Columbia University Teachers College and CABAS®
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Northwest Lobby
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)

This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS® professionals and friends from around the world.

Keyword(s): CABAS, Columbia University, Teachers College
 
 
Reunion #393
Behavior Analysis in the Arts Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257A
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Join us for a performance of behavior analysts' artwork in a running slideshow with 5-minute performances of music, and prose and poetry readings.
 
 
Reunion #394
University of North Carolina Wilmington Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Chair: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate our MA and Ph.D. programs.
Keyword(s): Soaring Seahawks, UNCW, Wilmington
 
 
Reunion #395
The Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
The purpose of this event is to provide a social forum for alumni of the Behavior Analysis programs at the Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne and Orlando, Florida.
 
 
Reunion #396
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Chair: Micah Hope (University of North Texas)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT.

 
 
Reunion #399
University of South Florida Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Southwest Pre-function
Chair: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)

The University of South Florida Applied Behavior Analysis program invites current students, alumni, faculty, and friends for a celebration of 16 years of Behavior Analysis at USF. Go Bulls!

 
 
Reunion #400
Simmons University, Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 260
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)

The Department of Behavior Analysis at Simmons University welcomes alumni, students, faculty and other colleagues to join our 2022 reunion celebration!

 
 
Reunion #400A
Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 261
Chair: Jazmyn Sirah Souryamat (Autism Family Consultants)

It's time to play "remember when" at the 2022 BATS reunion in Boston. Please join us for an evening of conversation and memoirs. A zoom link will be provided for anyone who cannot attend in-person to this event so we can try to link in Dick Malott himself if he is able to make the event. We can't wait to hear about your journey since leaving WMU.

Keyword(s): BATS
 
 
Reunion #401
University of Florida (UF) Reunion
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Northeast Corner Pre-function
Chair: Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the University of Florida Psychology Department are invited to attend this reunion to meet reunite with old colleagues and friends and encounter new ones.

 
 
Reunion #401A
Annual Celebration for Beacon ABA Services, Beacon CT, Evergreen Center, and Friends of MassABA
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Chair: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.)

All colleagues, acquaintances, friends, and staff are invited to an evening of engaging social interactions, spirits/food, and team trivia.

 
 
Reunion #405
Celebrating the Life and Legacy of Paul Chance (1941-2021)
Sunday, May 29, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Western Michigan University), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)

We will gather to share reminiscences about Paul Chance, who died at the end of last year. Paul’s many contributions to behavior analysis include the popular text Learning and Behavior and high-profile Psychology Today articles, including a piece on autism that famously influenced Ivar Lovaas. After earning his Ph.D. at Utah State, Paul served as an editor for Psychology Today for many years. His other books include The Teacher’s Craft and the text A First Course in Applied Behavior Analysis. His writing was widely recognized for its clarity and accessibility. Paul saw the importance of dissemination and was a stalwart champion of behavior analysis in the popular press.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}